Program Integrity Issues, 66832-66975 [2010-26531]
Download as PDF
66832
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, 603, 668, 682,
685, 686, 690, and 691
[Docket ID ED–2010–OPE–0004]
RIN 1840–AD02
Program Integrity Issues
Office of Postsecondary
Education, Department of Education.
ACTION: Final regulations.
AGENCY:
The Secretary is improving
integrity in the programs authorized
under title IV of the Higher Education
Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), by
amending the regulations for
Institutional Eligibility Under the HEA,
the Secretary’s Recognition of
Accrediting Agencies, the Secretary’s
Recognition Procedures for State
Agencies, the Student Assistance
General Provisions, the Federal Family
Education Loan (FFEL) Program, the
William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan
Program, the Teacher Education
Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) Grant Program in
part 686, the Federal Pell Grant
Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant (AGC) and
National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant (National
Smart Grant) Programs.
DATES: These regulations are effective
July 1, 2011 with the exception of the
revision of subpart E of part 668,
Verification and Updating of Student
Aid Application Information. Revised
subpart E of part 668 is effective July 1,
2012. The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in the rule is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of July 1, 2011.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
information related to the provisions on
high school diplomas and verification of
information on the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA),
Jacquelyn Butler. Telephone: (202) 502–
7890 or via the Internet at:
Jacquelyn.Butler@ed.gov.
For information related to the return
of title IV, HEA funds calculation
provisions for term-based modules or
taking attendance, Jessica Finkel or
Wendy Macias. Telephone: (202) 502–
7647 or via the Internet at:
Jessica.Finkel@ed.gov. Telephone: (202)
502–7526 or via the Internet at:
Wendy.Macias@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on retaking coursework,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202)
502–7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
For information on the provisions
related to incentive compensation,
Marty Guthrie. Telephone: (202) 219–
7031 or via the Internet at:
Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on satisfactory academic
progress, Marty Guthrie or Marianna
Deeken. Telephone: (202) 219–7031 or
via the Internet at:
Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov. Telephone: (206)
615–2583 or via the Internet at:
Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on ability to benefit, Dan
Klock. Telephone: (202) 377–4026 or via
the Internet at Dan.Klock@ed.gov.
For information related to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation, John Kolotos. Telephone:
(202) 502–7762 or via the Internet at:
John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions for written agreements
between institutions, Carney
McCullough. Telephone: (202) 502–
7639 or via the Internet at:
Carney.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on misrepresentation, Carney
McCullough or Vanessa Freeman.
Telephone: (202) 502–7639 or via the
Internet at: Carney.McCullough@ed.gov.
Telephone: (202) 502–7523 or via the
Internet at: Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on timeliness and method of
disbursement, Harold McCullough.
Telephone: (202) 377–4030 or via the
Internet at: Harold.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions related to the definition of
credit hour, Fred Sellers. Telephone:
(202) 502–7502 or via the Internet at:
Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to provisions
on State authorization, Fred Sellers.
Telephone: (202) 502–7502 or via the
Internet at: Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
If you use a telecommunications
device for the deaf (TDD), call the
Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at
1–800–877–8339.
Individuals with disabilities can
obtain this document in an accessible
format (e.g., braille, large print,
audiotape, or computer diskette) on
request to one of the contact persons
listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT.
On June
18, 2010, the Secretary published a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM)
for program integrity issues in the
Federal Register (75 FR 34806).
In the preamble to the NPRM, the
Secretary discussed on pages 34808
through 34848 the major regulations
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed in that document to
strengthen and improve the
administration of programs authorized
under the HEA. These proposed
regulations included the following:
• Requiring institutions to develop
and follow procedures to evaluate the
validity of a student’s high school
diploma if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe that the
diploma is not valid or was not obtained
from an entity that provides secondary
school education;
• Expanding eligibility for title IV,
HEA program assistance to students
who demonstrate they have the ability
to benefit by satisfactorily completing
six credits of college work, or the
equivalent amounts of coursework, that
are applicable toward a degree or
certificate offered by an institution;
• Amending and adding definitions
of terms related to ability to benefit
testing, including ‘‘assessment center,’’
‘‘independent test administrator,’’
‘‘individual with a disability,’’ ‘‘test,’’
‘‘test administrator,’’ and ‘‘test
publisher’’;
• Consolidating into a single
regulatory provision the approval
processes for ability to benefit tests
developed by test publishers and States;
• Establishing requirements under
which test publishers and States must
provide descriptions of processes for
identifying and handling test score
abnormalities, ensuring the integrity of
the testing environment, and certifying
and decertifying test administrators;
• Requiring test publishers and States
to describe any accommodations
available for individuals with
disabilities, as well as the process a test
administrator would use to identify and
report to the test publisher instances in
which these accommodations were
used;
• Revising the test approval
procedures and criteria for ability to
benefit tests, including procedures
related to the approval of tests for
speakers of foreign languages and
individuals with disabilities;
• Revising the definitions and
provisions that describe the activities
that constitute substantial
misrepresentation by an institution of
the nature of its educational program, its
financial charges, or the employability
of its graduates;
• Removing the ‘‘safe harbor’’
provisions related to incentive
compensation for any person or entity
engaged in any student recruitment or
admission activity, including making
decisions regarding the award of title IV,
HEA program assistance;
• Clarifying what is required for an
institution of higher education, a
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
proprietary institution of higher
education, and a postsecondary
vocational institution to be considered
legally authorized by the State;
• Defining a credit hour and
establishing procedures that certain
institutional accrediting agencies must
have in place to determine whether an
institution’s assignment of a credit hour
is acceptable;
• Modifying provisions to clarify
whether and when an institution must
award student financial assistance based
on clock or credit hours and the
standards for credit-to-clock-hour
conversions;
• Modifying the provisions related to
written arrangements between two or
more eligible institutions that are owned
or controlled by the same person or
entity so that the percentage of the
educational program that may be
provided by the institution that does not
grant the degree or certificate under the
arrangement may not exceed 50 percent;
• Prohibiting written arrangements
between an eligible institution and an
ineligible institution that has had its
certification to participate in title IV,
HEA programs revoked or its
application for recertification denied;
• Expanding provisions related to the
information that an institution with a
written arrangement must disclose to a
student enrolled in a program affected
by the arrangement, including, for
example, the portion of the educational
program that the institution that grants
the degree or certificate is not providing;
• Revising the definition of
unsubsidized student financial aid
programs to include TEACH Grants,
Federal PLUS Loans, and Direct PLUS
Loans;
• Codifying current policy that an
institution must complete verification
before the institution may exercise its
professional judgment authority;
• Eliminating the 30 percent
verification cap;
• Retaining the ability of institutions
to select additional applicants for
verification;
• Replacing the five verification items
for all selected applicants with a
targeted selection from items included
in an annual Federal Register notice
published by the Secretary;
• Allowing interim disbursements
when changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information would not change the
amount that the student would receive
under a title IV, HEA program;
• Codifying the Department’s IRS
Data Retrieval System Process, which
allows an applicant to import income
and other data from the IRS into an
online FAFSA;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
• Requiring the processing of changes
and corrections to an applicant’s FAFSA
information;
• Modifying the provisions related to
institutional satisfactory academic
progress policies and the impact these
policies have on a student’s eligibility
for title IV, HEA program assistance;
• Expanding the definition of fulltime student to allow, for a term-based
program, repeated coursework taken in
the program to count towards a full-time
workload;
• Clarifying when a student is
considered to have withdrawn from a
payment period or period of enrollment
for the purpose of calculating a return
of title IV, HEA program funds;
• Clarifying the circumstances under
which an institution is required to take
attendance for the purpose of
calculating a return of title IV, HEA
program funds;
• Modifying the provisions for
disbursing title IV, HEA program funds
to ensure that certain students can
obtain or purchase books and supplies
by the seventh day of a payment period;
• Updating the definition of the term
recognized occupation to reflect current
usage;
• Establishing requirements for
institutions to submit information on
students who attend or complete
programs that prepare students for
gainful employment in recognized
occupations; and
• Establishing requirements for
institutions to disclose on their Web site
and in promotional materials to
prospective students, the on-time
completion rate, placement rate, median
loan debt, program cost, and other
information for programs that prepare
students for gainful employment in
recognized occupations.
Implementation Date of These
Regulations
Section 482(c) of the HEA requires
that regulations affecting programs
under title IV of the HEA be published
in final form by November 1 prior to the
start of the award year (July 1) to which
they apply. However, that section also
permits the Secretary to designate any
regulation as one that an entity subject
to the regulation may choose to
implement earlier and to specify the
conditions under which the entity may
implement the provisions early.
The Secretary has not designated any
of the provisions in these final
regulations for early implementation. As
indicated in the DATES section, the
regulations contained in subpart E of
part 668, Verification and Updating of
Student Aid Application Information
are effective July 1, 2012.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66833
While the Secretary has designated
amended § 600.9(a) and (b) as being
effective July 1, 2011, we recognize that
a State may be unable to provide
appropriate State authorizations to its
institutions by that date. We are
providing that the institutions unable to
obtain State authorization in that State
may request a one-year extension of the
effective date of these final regulations
to July 1, 2012, and if necessary, an
additional one-year extension of the
effective date to July 1, 2013. To receive
an extension of the effective date of
amended § 600.9(a) and (b) for
institutions in a State, an institution
must obtain from the State an
explanation of how a one-year extension
will permit the State to modify its
procedures to comply with amended
§ 600.9.
Analysis of Comments and Changes
The regulations in this document
were developed through the use of
negotiated rulemaking. Section 492 of
the HEA requires that, before publishing
any proposed regulations to implement
programs under title IV of the HEA, the
Secretary must obtain public
involvement in the development of the
proposed regulations. After obtaining
advice and recommendations, the
Secretary must conduct a negotiated
rulemaking process to develop the
proposed regulations. The negotiated
rulemaking committee did not reach
consensus on the proposed regulations
that were published on June 18, 2010.
The Secretary invited comments on the
proposed regulations by August 2, 2010.
Approximately 1,180 parties submitted
comments, a number of which were
substantially similar. An analysis of the
comments and of the changes in the
regulations since publication of the
NPRM follows.
We group major issues according to
subject, with appropriate sections of the
regulations referenced in parentheses.
We discuss other substantive issues
under the sections of the regulations to
which they pertain. Generally, we do
not address minor, nonsubstantive
changes, recommended changes that the
law does not authorize the Secretary to
make, or comments pertaining to
operational processes. We also do not
address comments pertaining to issues
that were not within the scope of the
NPRM.
General Comments
Comment: We received a significant
number of comments that expressed
support for the Secretary’s proposed
regulations. Many of the commenters
noted that the proposed regulations
would protect taxpayer investments in
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66834
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
higher education by helping to curtail
fraud and abuse and would protect the
interests of a diverse population of
students who are seeking higher
education for personal and professional
growth. Some of the commenters also
stated that the Secretary’s proposed
regulations would provide a level
playing field that benefits the majority
of institutions of higher education that
are committed to sound academic and
administrative practices.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the numerous comments we
received in support of the proposed
regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
disagreed with the process by which the
Department developed the proposed
regulations. The commenters believe
that the Department did not negotiate in
good faith and did not follow faithfully
the Federal negotiated rulemaking
process. These commenters believed
that the Department excluded important
members of the proprietary school
sector from the process and failed to
provide adequate time for review of and
comment on the proposed regulations.
Because of the complexity of the
proposed regulations, these same
commenters also requested that the
Department delay the effective date for
implementation of the final regulations.
Several other commenters believed that
before negotiating proposed regulations
with such a broad scope, the
Department should have conducted
studies to assess the impact the
proposed regulations would have on
affected institutions. Lastly, one
commenter expressed the view that the
Department began negotiations without
presenting examples of abuse or data
that supported additional regulation and
that many of the Department’s concerns
about program integrity could have been
better addressed by enforcing current
regulations.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters who said that the
Department did not act in good faith in
negotiating the proposed regulations or
that we did not follow the negotiated
rulemaking process. In conducting the
negotiated rulemaking for these
proposed regulations, the Department
followed the requirements in section
492 of the HEA, which govern the
negotiated rulemaking process and
require the Department to choose nonFederal negotiators from the groups
involved in the student financial
assistance programs authorized by title
IV of the HEA. As addressed earlier in
this preamble, all of these groups were
represented during the negotiations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
We believe that the 45-day public
comment period was an adequate period
of time for interested parties to submit
comments, especially in light of the fact
that prior to issuing the proposed
regulations, the Department conducted
public hearings and three negotiated
rulemaking sessions, where
stakeholders and members of the public
had an opportunity to weigh in on the
development of much of the language
reflected in the proposed regulations. In
addition, we believe that the 45-day
public comment period is necessary in
light of the HEA’s master calendar
requirements. Under those
requirements, the Department must
publish final regulations by November
1, 2010, in order for them to be effective
on July 1, 2011. The Department must
adhere to the master calendar set forth
by Congress and does not have the
statutory authority to amend it.
We also do not agree that, except for
certain provisions of the regulations
such as those that may involve systems
changes that require adequate lead time
to make, implementation of the final
regulations should be delayed. For
example, the proposed regulations on
FAFSA verification cannot be
implemented by the July 1, 2011
effective date because the changes
would require system updates that will
not be in place by that date. We discuss
the implementation delay of regulations
that involve these system changes
elsewhere in this preamble. Absent
these system-related or similar issues,
however, we believe a delay in
implementing the final regulations will
undermine the Department’s goal of
protecting taxpayers and students by
ensuring the integrity of the title IV,
HEA programs.
Lastly, we disagree with the
commenters who stated that the
Department should have conducted a
study to assess the impact of the
proposed regulations on institutions of
higher education before negotiating the
proposed changes and those
commenters who stated that the
Department did not present examples of
abuse or data to support the proposed
regulations. The Department’s decision
to improve program integrity by
strengthening the regulations was based
on many factors, including feedback we
received from the public. Specifically,
the Department developed a list of
proposed regulatory provisions based on
advice and recommendations submitted
by individuals and organizations as
testimony in a series of three public
hearings in June of 2009, as well as
written comments submitted directly to
the Department. Department staff also
identified issues for discussion and
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
negotiation. The proposed regulations
that were negotiated during negotiated
rulemaking and included in the
proposed regulations were developed
for one or more of the following reasons:
• To implement provisions of the
HEA, as amended by the Higher
Education Opportunity Act of 2008
(HEOA).
• To update current regulations that
had not been updated in some time so
that they more accurately reflect the
state of the law as well as the
Department’s current practices and
policies (e.g., aligning the regulations
with the Department’s FAFSA
simplification initiative).
• To respond to problems identified
by students and financial aid advisors
about the aggressive sales tactics used
by some institutions.
• To respond to a report from the
United States Government
Accountability Office published in
August of 2009 that raised concerns
about proprietary institutions and
recommended stronger Department
oversight to ensure that only eligible
students receive Federal student aid.
We believe that all of these factors
provided ample support for the
Department to immediately propose
stronger regulations to protect students
and prevent fraud and abuse in the title
IV, HEA programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern about what they
argued would be a negative impact of
the proposed regulations on institutions
of higher education, particularly
proprietary institutions. These
commenters stated that the proposed
regulations are too complex and too
broad in scope and that, as a result, they
would disproportionately impose
burdens on the institutions that serve
many of the students who need the most
financial assistance. Other commenters
stated that, in these trying economic
times, institutions simply do not have
the resources to administer the
disclosure, reporting, and
implementation requirements included
in the proposed regulations. Some of
these commenters stated that they
feared that the cost of compliance with
these regulations, which many argued
were ambiguous or inconsistent, would
drive their small proprietary institutions
out of business.
Several commenters stated that the
proposed regulations target the entire
proprietary school sector of higher
education, while the actions of only a
few proprietary institutions are cause
for concern. These commenters decried
the Department’s ‘‘one-size-fits-all’’
approach to ensuring program integrity.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Lastly, one commenter requested that
the Department indicate in each section
of the final regulations the types of
institutions to which that specific
section applies.
Discussion: The Department is aware
that some institutions may have limited
resources to implement some provisions
of the final regulations and is committed
to assisting these institutions in every
way possible to ensure that all
institutions can comply with program
requirements. Several of the changes are
to discrete areas of existing regulations
rather than wholly new requirements.
As such, institutions wishing to
continue to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs have already absorbed
many of the administrative costs related
to implementing these final regulations.
Any additional costs are primarily due
to new procedures that, while possibly
significant in some cases, are a cost of
continued program participation.
The Department believes that the
benefits of these regulations for
students, consumers, and taxpayers
justify the burdens of institutional
compliance, as discussed, in the
Regulatory Impact Analysis in
Appendix A. These regulations
strengthen the Federal student aid
programs by protecting students from
aggressive or misleading recruiting
practices and clarifying State oversight
responsibilities, providing consumers
with better information about the
effectiveness of career colleges and
training programs, and ensuring that
only eligible students or programs
receive aid.
We do not believe it is necessary to
specifically indicate in each section
which institutions are covered by a
particular regulation because all
provisions of these regulations apply to
all postsecondary institutions, unless
otherwise specified.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
stated that the proposed regulations
would harm students who are already
disadvantaged, underserved, and not
adequately represented in
postsecondary institutions because they
would limit their choice of educational
programs and their chances of getting a
quality education. Other commenters
noted that the proposed regulations
could become a barrier to access for
needy students, as well as adult
students who work full-time, because
aid may be discontinued for programs
that do not meet new regulatory
requirements. Finally, one commenter
urged the Department to ensure that the
final regulations further the objectives of
student access and success, and
promote quality educational programs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Discussion: We are confident that the
regulations strengthening program
integrity are in the best interest of
students, consumers, and taxpayers, and
will improve the quality of the programs
offered at institutions by ensuring that
all programs meet a threshold of quality.
We believe that students, particularly
disadvantaged, high-need students who
are the most vulnerable, are not well
served by enrollment in programs that
leave them with limited or low-paying
job prospects and with crushing debt
that they are unable to repay. Students
who complete their educational
programs should not expect results that
leave them in a worse situation than
when they began their educational
programs. We believe the regulations
will hold institutions accountable and
ensure that students can have
confidence in the quality of the
educational programs in which they
invest their time, energy, and money.
The Department has a fiscal
responsibility to American taxpayers to
ensure the value of education provided
by all institutions and programs that are
eligible for Federal student aid,
regardless of whether they are public,
private nonprofit, or proprietary
institutions, and these regulations will
aid the Department in achieving the best
possible return on taxpayers’
investment.
Changes: None.
Gainful Employment in a Recognized
Occupation (§§ 600.2, 600.4, 600.5,
600.0, 668.6, and 668.8) Gainful
Employment Reporting and Disclosure
Requirements (§ 668.6)
General
Comment: Many commenters believed
that the proposed reporting and
disclosure requirements should apply to
all programs, regardless of the type of
institution or credential awarded, or
whether the programs are otherwise
subject to the gainful employment
provisions. Alternatively, other
commenters maintained that since these
requirements were targeted to prevent
known abuses in the for-profit sector,
they should apply only to those
institutions.
A number of commenters supported
the proposed requirements and Webbased disclosure approach. Some of the
commenters urged the Department to
require institutions to provide the
information under § 668.6(b) in a clear,
prominent, user-friendly, and easily
understood manner. The commenters
also recommended that this information
be given directly to prospective students
prior to enrolling or making a verbal or
written commitment to enroll. Other
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66835
commenters made similar suggestions
including making the information
available in a prominent, clear, and
conspicuous location in the first
promotional materials conveyed to
prospective students. Another
commenter believed that disclosures
could be helpful if they are offered early
in the process and are clear and
conspicuous. However, the commenter
opined that there is virtually no
evidence that disclosures impact
consumer decision making in a
meaningful way. The commenter further
stated that the fiction that disclosures
are sufficient to regulate markets is
especially apparent for low-literate
consumers, citing an example where a
client was pressured to enroll in a
medical assisting program at a for-profit
institution even though she dropped out
of school in the 9th grade and had a 6th
grade reading level. The student did not
complete the program, never found
work, and defaulted on her loans. The
commenter concluded that disclosures
are not an adequate counterweight to
school overreaching and are useful only
in conjunction with substantive
standards.
Discussion: As we noted in the NPRM
for these regulations (75 FR 34808–
34809), the reporting and disclosure
requirements in § 668.6 apply only to
programs that prepare students for
gainful employment, as provided under
sections 102(b) and (c) and 101(b)(1) of
the HEA.
With regard to the comments on how
an institution should disclose on its
Web site the information required in
§ 668.6(b), and when it would be most
beneficial to students to receive this
information, we expect institutions to
abide by the intent of the provisions—
to enable students to make an informed
choice about a program—by making the
disclosures in a clear, timely, and
meaningful manner. To this end, and to
help ensure that the disclosures are
easily accessible, an institution must
prominently provide the required
information on the home page of its
program Web site and provide a
prominent and direct link to this page
on any other Web page about a program.
The information displayed must be in
an open format that can be retrieved,
downloaded, indexed, and searched by
commonly used Web search
applications. An open format is one that
is platform-independent, is machinereadable, and is made available to the
public without restrictions that would
impede the reuse of that information.
In addition, we agree with the
suggestion that an institution should be
required to make this information
available in the promotional materials
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66836
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
conveyed to prospective students. To
promote the goal of facilitating informed
choice, the disclosure must be simple
and meaningful.
The Department intends to develop in
the future a disclosure form and will be
seeking public comment about the
design of the form through the
information collection process under
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA). While the form will be
developed through that process, the
regulations require institutions to
provide clear and prominent notice,
delivered to students at appropriate
times and in promotional materials
prior to enrollment. Until a form is
developed and approved under the PRA
process, institutions must comply with
these disclosure requirements
independently. In addition, we agree
with the comments that disclosures
alone are likely to be inadequate and
have proposed to establish program
performance standards in our NPRM on
Program Integrity—Gainful Employment
that was published in the Federal
Register on July 26, 2010 (75 FR 43616).
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been
revised to provide that an institution
must prominently provide the
information it is required to disclose
about a program in a simple and
meaningful manner on the home page of
its program Web site, and provide
prominent and direct links to this page
on any other Web page containing
general, academic, or admissions
information about the program. The
revised provision also states that an
institution must use the disclosure form
developed by the Secretary when it
becomes available and the disclosure
information must be displayed on the
institution’s Web site in an open format
that can be retrieved, downloaded,
indexed, and searched by commonly
use Web search applications. An open
format is one that is platformindependent, is machine-readable, and
is made available to the public without
restrictions that would impede the reuse
of that information.
Finally, § 668.6(b) has been revised to
provide that an institution must make
the information available in the
promotional materials conveyed to
prospective students.
Placement Rates
Comment: Many commenters objected
to using the placement rate calculation
in § 668.8(g) arguing that it is overly
burdensome and administratively
complex. The commenters opined that
tracking a student for 180 days after
graduation for a period of 13 weeks was
too long and believed that it would be
virtually impossible for the Department
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or any other auditor to affirm the
accuracy of the placement data because
the tracking period represents nothing
more than a snap-shot of how many
students were employed for 13 weeks at
the time the data was collected. The
commenters asserted that if the
Department requires placement
information to be disclosed to students,
the information that an institution
currently provides to its accrediting
agency, which routinely assesses that
information, would be more accurate. In
addition, the commenters were
concerned about potential conflicts with
the misrepresentation provisions in
subpart F of part 668 on the grounds
that any placement rate disclosed to
students would be obsolete as soon as
it was posted to an institution’s Web
site. Some of the same commenters
objected to the proposed alternative of
relying on State-sponsored workforce
data systems arguing that there is no
consistency between the States that
maintain employment outcome data,
and that in many cases the data
collected fails to provide a full and
accurate depiction of the demand,
growth, and earnings of key
occupations.
A number of commenters opposed
using the placement rate calculation in
§ 668.8(g) arguing that it is a highly
restrictive measure developed solely for
extremely short programs offered by a
few institutions. The commenters noted
that an institution is already required
under § 668.41(d)(5) to disclose any
placement rates it calculates and that it
would be confusing to students to
disclose any additional rates beyond
those that it is required to calculate
under accrediting agency or State
requirements. Some of these
commenters suggested that in cases
where an institution is not required by
its accrediting agency to calculate
placement rates, the institution should
calculate the rates using a methodology
from a national accrediting agency or
the State in which the institution is
authorized to operate. Under either the
agency or State methodology, the
commenters requested flexibility in
determining the rates for degree
programs because employment
opportunities for graduates of degree
programs are much more diverse than
for graduates of occupationally specific
training programs.
One commenter stated that its
institution’s mission of educating
working adults is at odds with the
concept of placement rates—many of
the institution’s students are already
employed and enroll to enhance their
careers through further education. In
addition, the commenter stated that it
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
would be impractical to administer a job
placement regime for students taking
online programs who reside throughout
the world. The commenter
recommended that placement rates be
calculated in accordance with an
institution’s accrediting agency or State
requirements, but that the proposed
disclosures should not apply where
there are no agency or State
requirements. As an alternative, the
commenter suggested that regionally
accredited institutions, which are not
required to track employment outcomes,
conduct post graduation surveys asking
program graduates if they are working in
their field. An affirmative response
would count as a ‘‘placement’’ even if
the graduate maintained the same
employment he or she had while
attending the institution. Along the
same lines, another commenter
suggested that the Department allow an
institution that is not required by an
outside agency to calculate placement
rates, to develop and implement a
method that best reflects the make-up of
its student body, including surveys,
collecting employer documentation, or
other methods.
One commenter objected to using the
placement rate calculation intended for
short-term programs in § 668.8(g)
because all of its programs were at or
above the baccalaureate level. While the
commenter stated that requiring public
disclosure of relevant outcomes puts
pressure on an institution to ensure that
it is providing a good education to its
students, the commenter suggested that
unless an institution’s accrediting
agency or State requires it to disclose
placement rates, the institution should
only disclose rates that it calculates on
an annual basis for internal purposes or
any employment or placement
information it receives from surveying
its students. Another commenter made
the same suggestions and asked the
Department to clarify that placement
rates would only need to be updated
annually.
Another commenter argued that the
placement rate methodology in
§ 668.8(g) was never intended for
gainful employment purposes and made
several recommendations including:
(1) Excluding from the total number of
students who completed a program
during an award year, the students who
are unable to seek employment due to
a medical condition, active military
duty, international status, continuing
education, incarceration, or death. In
addition, an institution could exclude
those graduates who certify they are not
seeking employment or those that it is
unable to locate. The commenter
specified the documentation an
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
institution would have to obtain for
each of these exclusions.
(2) Removing the requirement in
§ 668.8(g)(1)(iii) that a student must be
employed, or have been employed, for
13 weeks and allowing students to find
employment within 6 months from the
last graduation date in the award year.
(3) Replacing the employer
certification, income tax form, and
Social Security provisions in
§ 668.8(g)(3) with other ways that an
institution would verify that a student
obtained gainful employment.
Several commenters suggested using
the methodology developed by a
national accrediting agency because the
proposed method in § 668.8(g) does not
take into consideration circumstances
that would prevent graduates from
seeking employment, such as health
issues, military deployment or
continuing education, or practical issues
related to the employment of
international or foreign students.
Several commenters stated it would
be difficult, if not impossible, for these
institutions to obtain the data needed to
calculate placement rates. Some of these
commenters supported the use of Statesponsored workforce data systems, but
cautioned that many community
colleges would not be able to obtain
sufficiently detailed placement
information through data matches with
these systems to satisfy the proposed
requirements. Other commenters noted
that some States do not have workforce
data systems, so institutions in those
States would have to use the non
preferred placement rate methodology
under § 668.8(g). Many of the
commenters believed the requirement to
document employment on a case-bycase basis under § 668.8(g)(2) would be
overly burdensome and labor intensive.
Others opined that the placement
provisions are counterproductive,
claiming that a substantial number of
community colleges eschewed
participating in programs under the
Workforce Investment Act because of
placement rate requirements. On the
other hand, another commenter
supported the placement rate provisions
and recommended that all institutions
in a State participate in a workforce data
system, if the State has one. The
commenter asked the Department to
clarify how the data obtained from a
workforce data system would be used to
meet the placement rate requirements
and the timeline for reporting those
rates. In addition, the commenter
suggested revising the placement rate
provisions in § 668.8(g) to more closely
align those provisions with practices
used by State data systems.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
One commenter stated that in order to
receive Federal funding under the Carl
D. Perkins Career and Technical
Education Act, a program must receive
State approval that entails a review of
documentation requiring that the
program be high demand, high wage or
in an emerging field. As part of the State
review, the institution provides
documentation of potential placement.
The commenter recommended that the
Department waive the gainful
employment provisions for all
certificate programs approved by the
State under this review process.
A commenter supported disclosing
placement rate data, but noted that the
institution would only be able to report
on graduates who are employed in the
State or continued their education. The
institution would not be able to provide
occupationally specific placement data,
or data about graduates who find
employment outside the State, because
the State’s labor data base only tracks (1)
the type of business a graduate is
employed by, not the occupation of the
graduate, and (2) graduates who are
employed in the State.
Several other commenters supported
the proposed placement rate
disclosures, but believed that the
provisions in § 668.8(g) were
inadequate. The commenters made
several suggestions, including:
(1) Expanding the category of students
who complete a program (currently in
§ 668.8(g)(1)(i)) to include students who
are eligible for a degree or certificate.
The commenters stated they are aware
of institutions that delay providing the
degree or certificate to students, which
omits these students from the placement
rate calculation.
(2) Specifying that the time standards
in § 668.8(g) (employment within 180
days of completing a program and
employment for 13 weeks) also apply to
rates calculated from State workforce
data systems.
(3) Specifying that employment must
be paid. The commenters stated they are
aware of institutions that have counted
students in unpaid internships as being
employed.
(4) To be counted in the placement
rate, providing that a student must find
employment in one of the SOC codes
identified for the program unless the
student finds a job that pays more than
any of the identified SOC codes. The
commenters believed that some
institutions stretch the concept of a
‘‘related’’ comparable job as currently
provided in § 668.8(g)(1)(ii). For
example, an institution might include
any job at a hospital, including the
lowest paying jobs, when the student
was trained for a skilled job such as an
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66837
x-ray technician. The higher earnings
recommendation would condition a
successful placement but allow an
institution to count a student employed
in an unrelated SOC.
(5) To address the situation where a
student cannot qualify for employment
until he or she passes a licensing or
certification examination, providing that
the 180-day period during which the
student would otherwise have to find
employment should start after the
results of the examination are available.
(6) To be counted in the placement
rate, specifying that a student must
work for at least 32 hours per week. The
commenters stated that they are aware
of institutions that include as successful
placements any student that works at
any time during a week, even if it is
only for a few hours per week.
(7) Specifying that institutions must
use a State data system if it is available
to ensure accurate reporting.
(8) If the institution chooses to
demonstrate placement rates by salary,
providing that documentation must
include signed copies of tax returns,
W–4s or paystubs to document earnings.
(9) To more thoroughly substantiate
placement rates, requiring the auditor
who performs the institution’s
compliance audit under § 668.23 to
directly contact former students and
employers whose statements were
obtained by the institution.
Discussion: We are persuaded by the
comments that using the methodology
in § 668.8(g) may not be the most
appropriate method for determining the
placement rate for the majority of the
programs that are subject to the gainful
employment provisions. Moreover, in
view of the varied suggestions for how
the rate should be calculated,
documented, and verified, in early 2011
we will begin the process for developing
the method to calculate placement rates
for institutions through the National
Center for Education Statistics (NCES).
These final regulations establish some
reporting requirements using existing
placement data as explained below,
with a transition in a later period for
institutions to disclose placement rates
obtained from the NCES methodology.
NCES will develop a placement rate
methodology and the processes
necessary for determining and
documenting student employment and
reporting placement data to the
Department using the Integrated
Postsecondary Education Data System
(IPEDS).
NCES employs a collaborative process
that affords the public significant
opportunities to participate in making,
and commenting on, potential changes
to IPEDS. Potential changes are
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66838
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
examined by the IPEDS Technical
Review Panel (TRP), which is a peer
review panel that includes individuals
representing institutions, education
associations, data users, State
governments, the Federal government,
and other groups. The TRP meets to
discuss and review IPEDS-related plans
and looks at the feasibility and timing
of the collection of proposed new items,
added institutional burden, and possible
implementation strategies. After each
meeting, a meeting report and
suggestions summary is posted to the
IPEDS Web site. The postsecondary
education community then has 30 days
to submit comments on the meeting
report and summary. After those
comments are considered, the
Department requests the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) to
include the changes in the next IPEDS
data collection. This request for forms
clearance is required by the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, as amended. A
description of the changes and the
associated institutional reporting
burden is included in the request which
is then published by OMB as a notice in
the Federal Register, initiating a 60-day
public comment period. After that, a
second notice is published in the
Federal Register, initiating a 30-day
public comment period. Issues raised by
commenters are resolved, and then
OMB determines whether to grant forms
clearance. Only OMB cleared items are
added to the IPEDS data collection.
Although we agree with the
commenters that the data maintained or
processes used by workforce data
systems may vary State by State, and
that the data systems are not available
to all institutions or in all States, we
continue to believe that these data
systems afford participating institutions
an efficient and accurate way of
obtaining employment outcome
information. However, because of Stateto-State variances and in response to
comments about how employment
outcome data translate to a placement
rate, NCES will develop the methods
needed to use State employment data to
calculate placement rates under its
deliberative process for IPEDS.
Until the IPEDS-developed placement
rate methodology is implemented, an
institution that is required by its
accrediting agency or State to calculate
a placement rate, or that otherwise
calculates a placement rate, must
disclose that rate under the current
provisions in § 668.41(d)(5). However,
under new § 668.6(b), the institution
must disclose on its Web site and
promotional materials the placement
rate for each program that is subject to
the gainful employment provisions if
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
that information is available or can be
determined from institutional
placement rate calculations.
Consequently, to satisfy the new
disclosure requirements, an institution
that calculates a placement rate for one
or more programs would disclose that
rate under § 668.6(b) by identifying the
accrediting agency or State agency
under whose requirements the rate was
calculated. Otherwise, if an accrediting
agency or State requires an institution to
calculate a placement rate only at the
institutional level, the institution must
use the agency or State methodology to
calculate the placement rate for each of
its programs from information it already
collects and must disclose the programspecific placement rates in accordance
with § 668.6(b).
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been
revised to specify that an institution
must disclose for each program the
placement rate calculated under a
methodology developed by its
accrediting agency, State, or the
National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES). The institution must disclose
the accrediting agency or State-required
placement rate beginning on July 1,
2011 and must identify the accrediting
agency or State agency under whose
requirements the rate was calculated.
The NCES-developed placement rate
would have to be disclosed when the
rates become available.
On-Time Completion Rate
Comment: Many commenters asked
the Department to clarify the meaning of
‘‘on-time’’ completion rate. Other
commenters assumed that ‘‘on-time’’
completion referred to the graduation
rate currently calculated under the
Student Right to Know requirements in
§ 668.45, or encouraged the Department
to either (1) adopt the current
requirements in § 668.45 for gainful
employment purposes, or (2) use a
completion rate methodology from an
accrediting agency or State, to minimize
confusion among students and burden
on institutions. One of the commenters
suggested that if the Department
intended ‘‘on-time’’ to mean 100 percent
of normal time for completion, then the
proposed rate should be calculated in
the same manner as the completion rate
in § 668.45 for normal time and
incorporate the exclusions for students
transferring out of programs and other
exceptions identified in § 668.45(c) and
(d). Another commenter opined that
absent significant enforcement to ensure
that all institutions consistently use the
same definition of ‘‘on-time’’ completion
rate, students will be unfairly led to
believe that institutions who report
conservatively have less favorable
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
outcomes than institutions who report
aggressively. One commenter cautioned
that it may be misleading to focus
heavily on graduation and placement
rates, particularly for institutions whose
students are employed while seeking a
degree.
A number of commenters supported
the ‘‘on-time’’ completion requirement,
and in general all of the proposed
disclosures, stating that providing
outcome data would allow prospective
students to make more informed
decisions. The commenters believed
that better outcome data will help to
ensure that the taxpayer investment is
well spent, and that students are
protected from programs that overcharge
and under-deliver.
A commenter stated that under State
licensing requirements for cosmetology
schools a student must be present,
typically for 1,500 hours, to qualify for
graduation and to complete the
program. Taking attendance and
ensuring that a student is present for
these hours is typically required. The
commenter reasoned that for a student
to complete the program ‘‘on-time’’ the
student could not miss a single day or
even be late for classes as opposed to a
credit hour program where a student
does not have to attend classes 100
percent of the time but will still be
considered to satisfy the on-time
requirement. To mitigate the difference
between clock and credit hour programs
and account for legitimate
circumstances where a student would
miss classes, the commenter suggested
that the standard for ‘‘on-time’’
incorporate the concept of a maximum
timeframe under the satisfactory
academic progress provisions that allow
a student to complete a program at a
specified rate.
Discussion: In proposing the on-time
completion rate requirement, the
Department intended to include all
students who started a program to
determine the portion of those students
who completed the program no later
than its published length. This approach
differed significantly in two ways from
the completion rate under the Student
Right to Know (SRK) provisions in
§ 668.45. First, in calculating the
completion rate the SRK methodology
includes in the cohort only full-time,
first-time undergraduate students, not
all students. Second, the SRK rate is
based on 150 percent of normal time,
not the actual length of the program.
However, in view of the comments
suggesting that we use the SRK
methodology, or a modified version, we
examined whether the cohort of
students under SRK could be expanded
to include all students and from that,
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
whether a completion rate could be
calculated based on normal time, as
defined in § 668.41(a). We concluded
that doing this would be difficult and
too complex for institutions and the
Department.
We believe prospective students
should know the extent to which former
students completed a program on time,
not only to ground their expectations
but to plan for the time they will likely
be attending the program—an important
consideration for many students who
cannot afford to continue their
education without earnings from
employment. Therefore, to minimize
burden on institutions while providing
meaningful information to prospective
students, an institution must calculate
an on-time completion rate for each
program subject to the gainful
employment provisions by:
(1) Determining the number of
students who completed the program
during the most recently completed
award year.
(2) Determining the number of
students in step (1) who completed the
program within normal time, regardless
of whether the students transferred into
the program or changed programs at the
institution. For example, the normal
time to complete an associate degree is
two years. The two-year timeframe
would apply to all students who enroll
in the program. In other words, if a
student transfers into the program,
regardless of the number of credits the
institution accepts from the student’s
attendance at the prior institution, the
transfer credits have no bearing on the
two-year timeframe. This student would
still have two years to complete from
the date he or she began attending the
two-year program. To be counted as
completing on time, a student who
enrolls in the two-year program from
another program at the institution
would have to complete the two-year
program in normal time beginning from
the date the student started attending
the prior program.
(3) Dividing the number of students
who completed within normal time in
step (2) by the total number of
completers in step (1) and multiplying
by 100.
With regard to the commenter who
believed that a student could not miss
a single day of classes to complete a
program on time, we note that under
§ 668.4(e) a student can be excused from
attending classes. Under this section, a
student may be excused for an amount
of time that does not exceed the lesser
of (1) any thresholds established by the
institution’s accrediting agency or State
agency, or (2) 10 percent of the clock
hours in a payment period. Absent any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
State or accrediting agency
requirements, for a typical payment
period of 450 clock hours a student
could miss 45 hours. In the commenter’s
example of a 1,500 clock hour program,
the student could miss 150 hours and
still complete on time for this
requirement. Also, under § 668.41(a),
normal time for a certificate program is
the time published in the institution’s
catalog and that time may include makeup days. So, an institution could
schedule make-up days, as part of
normal time, to enable students who
missed classes to complete the number
of hours required for State licensing
purposes.
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been
revised to specify how an institution
calculates an on-time completion rate
for its programs.
Median Loan Debt
Comment: Many commenters objected
strongly to the requirement in proposed
§ 668.6(a)(4) that an institution report
annually to the Department, for each
student attending a program that leads
to gainful employment, the amount each
student received from private education
loans and institutional financing plans.
With regard to private education loans
taken out by students, the commenters
argued that because the loans are selfcertified, in many cases an institution is
not aware of the loans and should only
have to report the amount of the private
loans it knows about or the amount of
those loans that were paid directly to
the institution. Commenters
representing students and consumer
advocacy groups contended that most
institutions have preferred lender lists,
help students arrange private loans,
recommend a lender, receive student
payments from a lender, or otherwise
have information about the lender.
Consequently, to clarify that an
institution cannot avoid reporting on
private loans by feigned ignorance, the
commenters suggested that an
institution report any private loan it
knows about or should reasonably know
about. To clarify the meaning of ‘‘private
education loan’’ one commenter
suggested that the Department reference
the definition in § 601.2.
With regard to institutional financing
plans, many commenters, argued that an
institution should only be required to
report the amount of any remaining
institutional loans or debt obligations
owed by a student after he or she
completes the program, not the amount
of the loan or credit extended to the
student at the start of, or during, the
program.
Many commenters asked the
Department to clarify whether median
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66839
loan debt would include only loan debt
incurred by students who completed a
particular program or loan debt incurred
from previously attended programs or
institutions. Some of the commenters
argued that it would be difficult to
determine the relevant loan debt of
students who enroll in
postbaccalaureate certificate programs
and end up concurrently pursuing an
associated master’s degree. The
commenters argued that extracting the
portion of debt that applies to the
certificate would be difficult, but
reporting based on the total debt
accumulated during the graduate-level
enrollment period would overstate the
amount borrowed if the intent was to
report on the certificate program. They
also believed that an institution would
have to track loan debt pertaining to
credits accepted for a program that were
not necessarily earned by students who
continue in a graduate program,
including transfer credits accepted from
other institutions. In addition, the
commenters believed that for any
undergraduate work that ‘‘transfers up,’’
the portion of the loan debt from that
period would have to be identified. In
view of these complexities and
considering that two-year transfer
programs are excluded from the
reporting requirements, the commenters
requested a similar exclusion for
graduate certificate programs where the
credits apply directly to a graduate
degree. Along the same lines, other
commenters requested that
postbaccalaureate certificate programs
or courses such as a certification as a
school principal, district
superintendent, or director of
instruction be exempted from these
regulations.
A commenter requested an exemption
for four-year degree-granting institutions
stating that such institutions only have
a handful of certificate programs that
would be of no concern to the
Department.
A few commenters believed that
institutions should either (1) be allowed
to disclose separately the amount of
loan debt students accumulate for
institutional charges and the amount
incurred for living expenses, or (2) not
be required to disclose loan debt
incurred for living expenses because
that debt is incurred at the student’s
discretion and not be required to
disclose loan debt incurred by a student
at prior, unrelated institutions.
Other commenters urged the
Department to use the mean instead of
the median loan debt arguing that using
median debt would unjustly penalize
students attending institutions with
larger numbers of borrowers by
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66840
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
providing a competitive advantage to
institutions with smaller populations of
student loan borrowers.
Many commenters supported the
proposed requirement for disclosing the
median debt of students who complete
a program, but suggested that
institutions should also disclose the
median debt of noncompleters. The
commenters stated that it was one thing
for students to be told that 40 percent
graduate with $20,000 in loan debt, but
it’s another for them to understand that
the majority of students who don’t
complete have $15,000 in loan debt they
would have to repay. The commenters
believed that separating the disclosures
by completers and noncompleters
would enable better comparisons
between programs, and would not create
the appearance of low median debt for
programs with low completion rates. In
addition, to minimize burden the
commenters suggested that collecting
the data needed to calculate the median
loan debt could appropriately be limited
to programs in which a significant share
of students borrow. According to the
commenters, this approach would
ensure that potential students and the
Department know when a program has
high student borrowing rates and low
completion rates.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters that the debt an institution
reports under § 668.6(a)(4) for
institutional financing plans is the
amount a student is obligated to repay
upon completing the program. Under
this same section, an institution must
also report the amount of any private
education loans it knows that students
received.
The HEOA amended both the HEA
and the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA) to
require significant new disclosures for
borrowers of private education loans.
The HEOA also requires private
education lenders to obtain a private
loan self-certification form from every
borrower of such a loan before the
lender may disburse the private
education loan.
Although the term ‘‘private education
lender’’ is defined in the TILA, the
Federal Reserve Board considers an
entity to be a private education lender,
including an institution of higher
education, if it meets the definition of
‘‘creditor.’’ The term ‘‘creditor’’ is defined
by the Federal Reserve Board in 12 CFR
226.2(a)(17) as a person who regularly
extends consumer credit that is subject
to a finance charge or is payable by
written agreement in more than four
installments (not including a down
payment), and to whom the obligation is
initially payable, either on the face of
the note or contract, or by agreement
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
when there is no note or contract. A
person regularly extends consumer
credit only if it extended credit more
than 25 times (or more than 5 times for
transactions secured by a dwelling) in
the preceding calendar year. If a person
did not meet these numerical standards
in the preceding calendar year, the
numerical standards must be applied to
the current calendar year.
The term private education loan is
defined in 12 CFR 226.46(b)(5) as an
extension of credit that:
• Is not made, insured, or guaranteed
under title IV of the HEA;
• Is extended to a consumer
expressly, in whole or in part, for
postsecondary educational expenses,
regardless of whether the loan is
provided by the educational institution
that the student attends;
• Does not include open-end credit or
any loan that is secured by real property
or a dwelling; and
• Does not include an extension of
credit in which the covered educational
institution is the creditor if (1) the term
of the extension of credit is 90 days or
less (short-term emergency loans) or (2)
an interest rate will not be applied to
the credit balance and the term of the
extension of credit is one year or less,
even if the credit is payable in more
than four installments (institutional
billing plans).
Examples of private education loans
include, but are not limited to, loans
made expressly for educational
expenses by financial institutions, credit
unions, institutions of higher education
or their affiliates, States and localities,
and guarantee agencies.
As noted previously, the HEOA
requires that before a creditor may
consummate a private education loan, it
must obtain a self-certification form
from the borrower. The Department, in
consultation with the Federal Reserve
Board, developed and disseminated the
private loan self-certification form in
Dear Colleague Letter GEN 10–01
published in February of 2010.
The Department’s regulations in 34
CFR 601.11(d), published on October
28, 2009, require an institution to
provide the self-certification form and
the information needed to complete the
form upon an enrolled or admitted
student applicant’s request. An
institution must provide the private
loan self-certification form to the
borrower even if the institution already
certifies the loan directly to the private
education lender as part of an existing
process. An institution must also
provide the self-certification form to a
private education loan borrower if the
institution itself is the creditor. Once
the private loan self-certification form
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and the information needed to complete
the form are disseminated by the
institution, there is no requirement that
the institution track the status of a
borrower’s private education loan.
The Federal Reserve Board, in 12 CFR
226.48, built some flexibility into the
process of obtaining the selfcertification form for a private education
lender. The private education lender
may receive the form directly from the
consumer, the private education lender
may receive the form from the consumer
through the institution of higher
education, or the lender may provide
the form, and the information the
consumer will require to complete the
form, directly to the borrower. However,
in all cases the information needed to
complete the form, whether obtained by
the borrower or by the private education
lender, must come directly from the
institution.
Thus, even though an institution is
not required to track the status of its
student borrowers’ private education
loans, the institution will know about
all the private education loans a student
borrower receives, with the exception of
direct-to-consumer private education
loans, because most private education
loans are packaged and disbursed
through the institution’s financial aid
office. The institution must report these
loans under § 668.6(a)(4). Direct-toconsumer private education loans are
disbursed directly to a borrower, not to
the school. An institution is not
involved in a certification process for
this type of loan.
We wish to make clear that any loan,
extension of credit, payment plan, or
other financing mechanism that would
otherwise not be considered a private
education loan but that results in a debt
obligation that a student must pay to an
institution after completing a program,
is considered a loan debt arising from an
institutional financing plan and must be
reported as such under § 668.6(a)(4).
The Department will use the debt
reported for institutional financing
plans and private education loans along
with any FFEL or Direct Loan debt from
NSLDS that was incurred by students
who completed a program to determine
the median loan debt for the program.
In general, median loan debt for a
program at an institution does not
include debt incurred by students who
attended a prior institution, unless the
prior and current institutions are under
common ownership or control, or are
otherwise related entities. In cases
where a student changes programs
while attending an institution or
matriculates to a higher credentialed
program at the institution, the
Department will associate the total
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66841
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
amount of debt incurred by the student
to the program the student completed.
So, in the commenter’s example where
a student enrolls in a postbaccalaureate
certificate program and is concurrently
pursuing a master’s degree, the debt the
student incurs for the certificate
program would be included as part of
the debt the student incurs for
completing the program leading to a
master’s degree. If the student does not
complete the master’s degree program,
but completes the certificate program,
then only the debt incurred by the
student for the certificate program
would be used in determining the
certificate program’s median loan debt.
The Department will provide the
median loan debt to an institution for
each of its programs, along with the
median loan debt identified separately
for FFEL and Direct Loans, and for
private education loans and
institutional financing plans. The
institution would then disclose these
debt amounts, as well as any other
information the Department provides to
the institution about its gainful
employment programs, on its Web site
and in its promotional materials to
satisfy the requirements in § 668.6(b)(5).
While we generally agree with the
suggestion that disclosing the median
loan debt for students who do not
complete a program may be helpful to
prospective students, determining when
or whether students do not complete is
program. The Department will include
the student’s associated debt for the
higher credentialed program when the
student completes that program. If the
student does not complete the higher
credentialed program, then only the
loan debt incurred by the student for
completing the first program would be
used in calculating the median loan
debt for the first program.
Similarly, in cases where a student
transfers from school A to school B, the
Department will delay including the
loan debt incurred by a student
attending a program at school A
pending the student’s success at school
B. If the student completes a higher
credentialed program at school B, the
median loan debt for that program
includes only the student’s loan debt
incurred at school B. If the student does
not complete the program at school B,
then only the student’s loan debt
incurred for completing the program at
school A is included in calculating the
median loan debt for the program at
school A. In other words, a student who
completes a program and continues his
or her education at the same institution
or at another institution is considered to
be in an in-school status and we will
delay using the student’s loan debt until
the student completes a higher
credentialed program or stops attending.
The following chart and discussion
illustrate this process.
problematic for many programs even for
students who withdraw or stop
attending during a payment period—
those students may return the following
payment period. Because further review
and analysis are needed before we could
propose a requirement along these lines,
institutions will need to report the CIP
code for every student who attends a
program subject to the gainful
employment provisions and the total
number of students who are enrolled in
each of its programs at the end of an
award year.
In cases where a student matriculates
from one program to a higher
credentialed program at the same
institution, the Department will
associate all the loan debt incurred by
the student at the institution to the
highest credentialed program completed
by the student. To do this, the
institution must inform the Department
that even though a student completed a
program, the student is continuing his
or her education at the institution in
another program. We wish to make clear
that an institution would still need to
provide the information under § 668.6(a)
about each program the student
completes. The Department will include
the student’s loan debt in calculating
the median loan debt for the program
the student most recently completed, or
delay including the student’s associated
loan debt in calculating the median loan
debt for the higher credentialed
School A
School B
Student
Loan debt
Loan debt
Certificate
1 ...........................
2 ...........................
3 ...........................
$3,000
Completed
Degree
$4,000
Completed
Gainful
Employment
Program?
............................
............................
............................
................
................
................
Yes .....................
Yes .....................
Yes .....................
............................
............................
............................
................
................
................
Yes .....................
No .......................
Yes .....................
Yes.
Yes.
No.
................
................
................
Yes .....................
No .......................
Yes .....................
Yes.
Yes.
No.
Same School
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
4 ...........................
5 ...........................
6 ...........................
............................
............................
............................
................
................
................
Student 1. Student is in an in-school
status until the degree program is
completed at School B. School A and B
would report loan debt for each of their
programs. Only the $4,000 debt incurred
by the student at School B would be
included in the median loan debt
calculation for the degree program
(highest credential completed). The
student’s loan debt at School A would
not be included in calculating the
median loan debt for the certificate
program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Yes .....................
Yes .....................
Yes .....................
............................
............................
............................
Student 2. Student is in an in-school
status while attending School B, but
does not complete the degree program.
Only the $3,000 debt incurred by the
student at School A would be included
in the median loan debt calculation for
the certificate program. The student’s
loan debt at School B would not be
included in calculating the median loan
debt for the degree program because the
student did not complete that program.
Student 3. Student is in an in-school
status while attending School B, but the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
degree program at School B is not
subject to the gainful employment
provisions. When the student completes
the degree program, none of the
student’s debt would be included in the
median loan debt calculation for the
certificate program and no calculation
would be performed for the degree
program because it is not subject to the
gainful employment provisions.
Student 4. Student is in an in-school
status until the degree program is
completed. All of the student’s debt at
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66842
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the school is associated to the degree
program and included in the median
loan debt calculation for the degree
program. None of the student’s debt is
included in calculating the median loan
debt of the certificate program.
Student 5. Student is in an in-school
status while attending the degree
program, but does not complete that
program. Only the $3,000 debt incurred
by the student for completing the
certificate program would be included
in the median loan debt calculation for
that program. None of the student’s debt
would be included in the median loan
debt calculation for the degree program
because the student did not complete
that program.
Student 6. Student is in an in-school
status while attending the degree
program, but the degree program is not
subject to the gainful employment
provisions. When the student completes
the degree program, none of the
student’s debt would be included in the
median loan debt calculation for the
certificate program and no calculation
would be performed for the degree
program because it is not subject to the
gainful employment provisions.
The Department disagrees with the
suggestions that an institution should
not be required to disclose loan debt
incurred by students for living expenses
because many students cannot afford to
enroll in a program without borrowing
to pay for living expenses and other
education-related costs. Identifying only
a portion of the loan debt that a student
is likely to incur not only defeats the
purpose of the disclosure but also may
be misleading. With respect to the
comments that loan debt related to
living expenses should be disclosed
separately from loan debt tied directly
to institutional charges, we are
concerned about how institutions would
make or portray these disclosures and
believe that separating the debt amounts
would be confusing to prospective
students.
We find little merit in the argument
that using median loan debt, instead of
mean loan debt, would provide a
competitive advantage to institutions
with fewer student loan borrowers.
Assuming that an institution with fewer
borrowers has the same enrollment as
an institution with a large number of
borrowers, then regardless of whether
the mean or the median is used, the loan
debt will be lower for an institution
with fewer borrowers because all of the
students who do not borrow would
reduce its mean or median loan debt.
When these regulations take effect on
July 1, 2011, the Department will
require institutions to report no later
than October 1, 2011 the information
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
described in § 668.6(a) for the 2006–07,
2007–08, and 2008–09 award years. In
accordance with the record retention
requirements under § 668.24(e), most
institutions should have the required
information. We note that many
institutions may have an existing
practice of keeping student records for
longer periods, or do so for State or
accrediting purposes. If an institution
has the records for the earlier periods,
it must report the information described
in § 668.6(a). Institutions that are not
otherwise required to maintain the
information for the 2006–07 award year
described in § 668.6(a) at the time this
regulation goes into effect on July 1,
2011, should consider doing so for their
own purposes. In any case, if an
institution is unable to report all or
some the required information, it must
provide an explanation of why the
missing information is not available.
Changes: Section 668.6(a) has been
revised to provide that in accordance
with procedures established by the
Secretary, an institution must provide
(1) information for the award year
beginning on July 1, 2006 and
subsequent award years, (2) information
about whether a student matriculated to
a higher credentialed program at the
institution, (3) if it has evidence,
information that a student transferred to
a higher credentialed program at
another institution, and (4) if the
institution is unable to report required
information, an explanation of why the
missing information is not available.
Student Information Database
Comment: Several commenters
questioned the Department’s ability to
collect data under section 134 of the
HEA which prohibits the Department
from developing, implementing, or
maintaining a Federal database of
personally identifiable information. The
commenters claimed that obtaining
identifying information on program
completers by CIP code and program
completion date would constitute a
violation of section 134 of the HEA.
Some of the commenters suggested that
institutions provide only aggregate
information for individuals by CIP code
and opined that the completion date
was not necessary and should be
removed. These commenters reasoned
that the Department should use existing
information, such as enrollment and
loan repayment data in NSLDS and in
any other systems, to determine when
students are enrolled or have completed
their program. Another commenter cited
section 134 of the HEA as a reason why
an institution should not be required to
provide information on private or
institutional loans.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Because section 134 of the HEA
exempts existing systems that are
needed to operate the student aid
programs, some commenters asked the
Department to clarify which current
systems would be used to gather the
information requested under proposed
§ 668.6(a). Several of the commenters
did not believe that institutions should
have to collect and report information
for students who completed their
programs in the past three years and
requested that the information be
prospective (students who begin
attending a program after July 1, 2011).
Discussion: Section 134 of the HEA
places restrictions on the Department’s
ability to develop, implement, or
maintain a new database of personally
identifiable information about
individuals attending institutions and
receiving title IV, HEA program funds,
including systems that track individual
students over time. It does not prohibit
the Department from including such
information in an existing system that is
necessary for the operation of the
Federal student aid programs. In this
case, the information being reported is
already a part of the information that is
maintained by institutions in their
student financial aid and academic
records, and is subject to compliance
and program reviews. Institutions
reporting that students have started or
completed a program for which those
students received title IV, HEA program
funds will augment the existing
information in the Department’s systems
that are used to monitor and maintain
the operations for the title IV, HEA
programs. The information is also being
compiled to create aggregate
information to evaluate whether a
program demonstrates that it leads to
gainful employment for its students,
rather than to monitor the individual
students attending those programs over
time. For those reasons, the reporting
and use of this information is not
prohibited under the law.
Changes: None.
Links to O*Net
Comment: Several commenters agreed
it was important to inform students and
the public about possible job
opportunities that could result from
enrolling in a program, but were
concerned that the proposed
requirement would not serve to
accurately inform students. Some of the
commenters believed that the proposed
requirements might work for some
programs like teaching and nursing.
However, for graduate-level programs,
like MBAs and PhDs in Psychology,
institutions would be required to
provide an unwieldy amount of data.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
For example, it would be impossible for
an institution to identify and disclose
the full range and number of job
opportunities that might exist for MBA
graduates. As an alternative, the
commenters suggested that the
Department require schools to disclose
the types of employment found by their
graduates in the preceding three years.
Other commenters had similar concerns
and suggested that instead of disclosing
all occupations by name and SOC code,
the Department should allow an
institution to disclose a sampling or
representative set of links for the
occupations stemming from its
programs. Otherwise, the commenters
were concerned that an institution
would run afoul of the
misrepresentation provisions unless it
fully and completely listed all of the
SOC and O*NET codes related to each
program offered at the institution.
Another commenter suggested that an
institution should only list those
occupations in which a majority of its
program completers were placed.
A commenter claimed that it would
be confusing and misleading to provide
information on hundreds of jobs. To
illustrate this point, the commenter
stated that entering a CIP code of 52 for
‘‘Business, Management, Marketing and
Related Support Services’’ would lead to
86 codes representing more than 300
occupational profiles. To avoid
confusing students, the commenter
suggested that an institution provide
links only to those careers where its
students have typically found
employment.
One commenter thought that the link
to O*Net was unnecessary because
students could use search engines to
research potential jobs.
Another commenter supported the
O*NET disclosures because the
additional administrative burden was
not significant and the change was long
overdue.
Discussion: In general, we do not
believe that the links to O*NET will
lead to an unwieldy amount of
information when the full 6-digit CIP
code is entered on the SOC crosswalk at
https://online.onetcenter.org/crosswalk/.
For example, entering the full 6 digit
CIP code, 52.9999, for Business,
Management, Marketing and Related
Support Services, identifies only nine
related occupations (SOCs). As shown
below, it is these links to, and the names
of, the nine occupations that an
institution must post on its Web site.
52.9999 Business, Management,
Marketing, & Related Support
Services, Other
11–9151.00 Social and Community
Service Managers
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
11–9199.00 Managers, All Other
13–1199.00 Business Operations
Specialists, All Other
41–1011.00 First-Line Supervisors/
Managers of Retail Sales Workers
41–1012.00 First-Line Supervisors/
Managers of Non-Retail Sales Workers
41–3099.00 Sales Representatives,
Services, All Other
41–4011.00 Sales Representatives,
Wholesale and Manufacturing,
Technical and Scientific Products
41–4012.00 Sales Representatives,
Wholesale and Manufacturing, Except
Technical and Scientific Products
41–9099.00 Sales and Related
Workers, All Other
However, for 6-digit CIP codes that
yield more than ten occupations, an
institution may, in lieu of providing
links to all the identified SOCs, provide
links to a representative sample of the
SOCs for which its graduates typically
find employment within a few years
after completing a program.
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been
revised to allow an institution to
provide prospective students with Web
links to a representative sample of the
SOCs for which its graduates typically
find employment within a few years
after completing the program.
Disclosing Program Costs
Comment: Many commenters
supported the proposal to disclose
program costs. The commenters lauded
this information as more useful to
students than disclosing costs by credit
hour or by semester and several
commenters encouraged the Department
to make this section of the regulations
effective as soon as possible.
Some commenters indicated that the
program costs in proposed § 668.6(b)(2)
differ from the costs an institution
makes available under § 668.43(g). The
commenters suggested that all costs that
a student may incur should be disclosed
including charges for full-time and parttime students, estimates of costs for
necessary books and supplies as well as
estimated transportation costs. Other
commenters asked the Department to
clarify how program costs under the
proposed Web site disclosures would be
calculated differently than those
required in the student consumer
information section of the regulations.
In addition, some of these commenters
noted that although § 668.43 requires an
institution to disclose program cost
upon request, many students do not
know to ask for it, or the information is
not currently presented in a clear
manner. Another commenter noted that
the phrase ‘‘institutional costs’’ could be
interpreted to mean only those costs
payable to the institution and
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66843
recommended that the phrase be
changed to ‘‘cost of attendance.’’
Several commenters opined that
providing program costs would confuse
students. One of the commenters
recommended using just the net price
calculator as that would also ease
institutional burden.
Discussion: Although we recently
revised § 668.43(a) to provide that an
institution must make program cost
information readily available, not just
upon the request of a student, that
section does not require the institution
to disclose program costs on its Web
site. All of the disclosures in § 668.6(b),
including the disclosure of program
costs, must be on the same Web page to
enable a prospective student to easily
obtain pertinent information about a
program and compare programs. Along
these lines, and in view of the recent
GAO investigation (see https://
www.gao.gov/new.items/d10948t.pdf)
raising concerns over program cost
information, § 668.6(b) specifically
requires an institution to disclose on the
same Web page (1) Links to O*NET
identifying the occupations stemming
from a program or Web links to a
representative sample of the SOCs for
which its graduates typically find
employment within a few years after
completing the program, (2) the on-time
graduation rate of students completing
the program, (3) the placement rate for
students completing the program, (4) the
median loan debt incurred by students
completing the program, and (5) the
costs of that program. The institution
must disclose the total amount of tuition
and fees it charges a student for
completing the program within normal
time, the typical costs for books and
supplies (unless those costs are
included as part of tuition and fees), and
the cost of room and board if the
institution provides it. The institution
may include information on other costs,
such as transportation and living
expenses, but in all cases must provide
a Web link, or access, to the
institutional information it is required
to provide under § 668.43(a).
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been
revised to provide that an institution
must disclose, for each program, all of
the required information in its
promotional materials and on a single
Web page. The institution must provide
a prominent and direct link to this page
on the program home page of its Web
site or from any other page containing
general, academic, or admissions
information about the program. In
addition, this section is revised to
specify that an institution must disclose
the total amount of tuition and fees it
charges a student for completing the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66844
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
program within normal time, the typical
costs for books and supplies (unless
those costs are included as part of
tuition and fees), and the amount of
room and board, if applicable. The
institution may include information on
other costs, such as transportation and
living expenses, but must provide a Web
link, or access, to the program cost
information it makes available under
§ 668.43(a).
One-Year Program
Comment: A commenter supported
removing references to degree programs
in proposed § 600.4(a)(4)(iii) believing it
would avoid confusion and
misrepresentation of the programs
subject to the proposed regulations on
gainful employment. Another
commenter noted that for technical
reasons the Department should have
instead revised § 600.4(a)(4)(i)(C).
To better understand which programs
would be subject to the reporting and
disclosure requirements in proposed
§ 668.6, another commenter asked the
Department to clarify whether the
phrase ‘‘fully transferable to a
baccalaureate degree’’ means that every
credit must be transferable to that
degree.
Discussion: A program is fully
transferable to a baccalaureate degree if
it meets the requirements in
§ 668.8(b)(1)(ii) and qualifies a student
for admission into a third year of a
bachelors degree program.
We agree that proposed
§ 600.4(a)(4)(iii) should be removed in
order to avoid confusion and
misrepresentation of the programs
subject to the regulations on gainful
employment. We also agree that
§ 600.4(a)(4)(i)(C) should be revised to
state that an institution of higher
education provides an educational
program that is at least a one academic
year training program that leads to a
certificate, or other nondegree
recognized credential, and prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
Changes: Proposed § 600.4(a)(4)(iii)
has been removed and § 600.4(a)(4)(i)(C)
has been revised as noted in the
discussion above.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Definition of a Credit Hour (§§ 600.2,
602.24, 603.24, and 668.8)
General
Comment: Several commenters
supported the Secretary’s proposed
definition of a credit hour, including a
commenter representing institutional
registrars and admissions officers. A few
commenters believed that institutions
are already using this definition. One
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
commenter believed that the Secretary’s
definition aligned with New York
State’s regulatory definition of a
semester hour.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
of those commenters who approved of
the definition of a credit hour. Like
some commenters, we believe that many
institutions and others, including States,
are already following the definition of a
credit hour or a reasonably comparable
standard that would require minimal or
no adjustment for purposes of
participating in Federal programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
believed that during the negotiated
rulemaking process, Federal and nonFederal negotiators reached tentative
agreement on proposed credit-hour
regulations that did not include a
definition of a credit hour. A few
commenters believed that during the
negotiated rulemaking process, most
non-Federal negotiators were opposed
to a Federal credit-hour definition.
Several of these commenters believed
that the Department should adhere to
the proposed regulations agreed upon
during the negotiated rulemaking
process and should remove the credithour definition from the regulations.
Other commenters believed that the
Federal and non-Federal negotiators
agreed to proposed regulations that
relied more heavily on accrediting
agencies and institutions to determine
credit assignment policies. These
commenters believed that the proposed
regulations did not appropriately reflect
this position.
Discussion: The commenters are
correct in noting that during the
negotiated rulemaking process tentative
agreement was reached on the proposal
related to credit hours that did not
include a definition of a credit hour as
proposed by the Department. Tentative
agreement was reached by removing the
definition from the proposals to satisfy
one non-Federal negotiator. The Federal
and non-Federal negotiators tentatively
agreed to proposed credit hour
regulations that relied heavily on
accrediting agencies and institutions in
determining the appropriate credit
hours that represented a student’s
academic work. We also agree with the
commenters who proposed continuing
this reliance to a significant degree, and
we believe that this reliance is reflected
in the final regulations. We note that
tentative agreements reached during the
negotiated rulemaking meetings are not
binding on the Department in form or
substance. It is not unusual for most if
not all of the substance of a tentative
agreement to be included in a proposed
regulation because the Department sees
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the benefits that are realized through the
discussion process. In some cases,
though, changes may be made upon
further reflection, or to reinstate
concepts that may have been removed
in furtherance of an overall consensus
that was not achieved. In the case of the
definition of a credit hour we
determined that the proposed definition
of a credit hour is necessary to establish
a basis for measuring eligibility for
Federal funding. This standard measure
will provide increased assurance that a
credit hour has the necessary
educational content to support the
amounts of Federal funds that are
awarded to participants in Federal
funding programs and that students at
different institutions are treated
equitably in the awarding of those
funds.
Changes: None.
Institutional Determination and
Flexibility
Comment: Many commenters believed
that institutions and accrediting
agencies should have the ultimate
responsibility for determining academic
credit. Several commenters believed
that institutions must have the
discretion to use their existing systems
of self-review and faculty involvement
to determine the appropriate credit to
assign to academic activities. Some of
these commenters also believed that
institutional processes are solely
capable of considering the unique
qualities of each class, program,
professor, and institution. Two
commenters believed that any problems
with credit assignment can be addressed
through existing institutional review
procedures.
A few commenters agreed with the
provision in proposed paragraph (3) of
the credit-hour definition allowing
institutions to provide reasonable
‘‘equivalencies’’ for the amount of work
specified in proposed paragraph (1) of
the definition. Two of these commenters
believed that this provision allows
institutions to use alternative methods
of instruction and measures of credit
that are more appropriate for
institutions with nontraditional
students entering the modern workforce.
These commenters suggested making
proposed paragraph (3) the first
paragraph in the credit-hour definition
in § 600.2. Another of these commenters
believed that this provision would allow
institutions the flexibility to use and
develop innovative forms of course
content delivery.
Several commenters believed that a
Federal definition of a credit hour
would undermine the integrity of the
American higher education system
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
which they believed has been effective
at assigning credit for over 100 years.
One commenter noted that the
education community has been able to
reach consensus on credit
determinations despite the lack of a
uniform definition.
Many commenters believed that credit
hours are fundamentally measurements
of academic achievement and others
believed that the Secretary’s only reason
for defining a credit hour is to have a
standard measure for determining
eligibility for and distribution of title IV,
HEA program funds. The commenters
believed that credit hours should not be
treated as fiscal units. One of these
commenters contended that the systems
of assigning academic credit and
determining the distribution of title IV,
HEA program funds are different and
should be kept separate. Another
commenter expressed concern that
treating credit hours as fiscal units
would cause the Federal Government to
give consideration to fiscal matters
above all others.
Several commenters believed that the
Secretary’s proposed definition of a
credit hour is too restrictive and does
not account for institutional or
programmatic variances. These
commenters believed that a Federal
credit-hour definition is inapplicable to
a diverse educational system composed
of different types of institutions,
programs, and course formats.
One commenter expressed concern
that the proposed credit-hour definition
did not account for events that may
occur within institutions’ academic
calendars, such as Federal and religious
holidays, natural disasters, or campus
safety issues. This commenter believed
that these events may prohibit
institutions’ compliance with proposed
paragraph (1) of the credit-hour
definition because institutions may not
meet the requirements for classroom
instruction or minimum weeks in a
semester.
A few commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition needed
more specificity in proposed paragraph
(1) with regard to the quantity of time
that constitutes a credit hour. One
commenter suggested revising the
proposed definition to specifically state
that a credit hour consists of 50 minutes
of instructor contact for every credit
earned in a 16 week semester and two
hours of out-of-class work for each
credit. Another commenter suggested
defining a credit hour in proposed
paragraph (1) of the definition in terms
of clock hours.
One commenter suggested
generalizing the proposed definition of
a credit hour to state: (1) A credit hour
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
is a unit of measure associated with the
achievement of prescribed learning
outcomes for a particular course of
study, regardless of instructional
delivery, (2) each institution
participating in title IV, HEA programs
must define, document, and
consistently apply its process for the
determination of credit for the
achievement of learning outcomes, and
(3) some institutions may also adhere to
a standard academic credit conversion
rate as defined by their accrediting
agency or State agency.
One commenter believed that all
accrediting agencies should be required
to use a more general definition of a
credit hour wherein a semester hour
consists of at least 15 hours of classroom
contact; 30 hours of supervised
laboratory instruction, shop instruction,
or documented independent study
activities; or not fewer than 45 hours of
externship, internship, or work related
experience. This commenter believed
that a quarter hour should consist of at
least 10 hours of classroom contact; 20
hours of supervised laboratory
instruction, shop instruction, or
documented independent study
activities; or not fewer than 30 hours of
externship, internship, or work related
experience.
One commenter believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition
provided institutions with too much
autonomy to determine an equivalent
amount of work as defined in proposed
paragraph (1) because there are no
standard measures for student learning
outcomes. This commenter suggested
revising proposed paragraph (1) to
equate classroom time with direct
faculty instruction and three hours of
laboratory work with one hour of
classroom time and two hours of out-ofclass work. The commenter also
suggested revising proposed paragraphs
(2) and (3) to require institutions to
establish and document academic
activities equivalent to the work defined
in proposed paragraph (1) and revising
proposed paragraph (3) to require
institutions to compare student
achievement to the intended outcomes
assigned and student achievement
attained for credit hours measured
under proposed paragraph (1).
Discussion: The credit-hour definition
in § 600.2 and the provisions in
§§ 602.24(f) and 603.24(c) were
designed to preserve the integrity of the
higher education system by providing
institutions, accrediting agencies, and
State agencies recognized under 34 CFR
part 603 with the responsibility for
determining the appropriate assignment
of credit hours to student work. Under
proposed §§ 602.24(f) and 603.24(c), the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66845
institution’s accrediting agency, or
recognized State agency if, in lieu of
accreditation, the institution is
approved by one of the four State
agencies recognized under 34 CFR part
603, would be responsible for reviewing
and evaluating the reliability and
accuracy of an institution’s assignment
of credit hours in accordance with the
definition of credit hour in § 600.2.
These final regulations employ these
basic principles of reliance on
institutions and on accrediting agencies
or, if appropriate, recognized State
agencies, for ensuring institutions’
appropriate determinations of the credit
hours applicable to students’
coursework.
The credit-hour definition in § 600.2
is intended to establish a quantifiable,
minimum basis for a credit hour that, by
law, is used in determining eligibility
for, and the amount of, Federal program
funds that a student or institution may
receive. We believe that the definition of
a credit hour in § 600.2 is consistent
with general practice, provides for the
necessary flexibilities, and may be used
by institutions in their academic
decision-making processes and
accrediting agencies and recognized
State agencies in their evaluation of
institutions’ credit assignments.
We note, however, that institutions,
accrediting agencies recognized under
34 CFR part 602, and State agencies
recognized under 34 CFR part 603 are
required to use the definition in § 600.2
for Federal program purposes such as
determining institutional eligibility,
program eligibility, and student
enrollment status and eligibility. We
believe that in most instances the
definition will generally require no or
minimal change in institutional practice
to the extent an institution adopts the
definition for its academic purposes
rather than maintaining a separate
academic standard.
The provisions in §§ 600.2, 602.24,
and 603.24 neither limit nor prescribe
the method or manner in which
institutions may assign credits to their
courses for academic or other purposes
apart from Federal programs. These
regulations do not require institutions to
adopt the definition of a credit hour in
§ 600.2 in lieu of existing institutional
measurements of academic
achievement, but rather to quantify
academic activity for purposes of
determining Federal funding. An
institution will be able to continue
using the long-standing creditassignment practices that it has found to
be most effective for determining credit
hours or equivalent measures for
academic purposes, so long as it either
ensures conformity, or uses a different
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66846
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
measure, for determining credit hours
for Federal purposes. This position is
consistent with the application of other
Federal program requirements. For
example, an institution may choose to
define full-time enrollment status in a
semester for academic purposes as 15
semester hours while it defines full-time
for title IV, HEA program purposes as 12
semester hours under the minimum
requirements of the definition of fulltime in § 668.2.
We do not agree that the proposed
definition is too restrictive or is
inapplicable in a diverse educational
system. Nor do we believe that the
definition would prevent institutions
from taking into consideration events
such as Federal and religious holidays
or campus safety issues. In the event of
natural disasters, the Department has
consistently provided guidance on how
the regulations may be applied in such
exceptional circumstances. The credithour definition allows an institution to
establish an academic calendar that
meets its needs and its students’ needs,
while ensuring a consistent measure of
students’ academic engagement for
Federal purposes.
We do not agree with the commenters
that paragraph (1) of the proposed
credit-hour definition needs more
specificity of the term ‘‘one hour.’’ We
believe that it is unnecessary to define
one hour as either 50 minutes or one
clock hour because the primary purpose
of paragraph (1) of the proposed credithour definition is to provide institutions
with a baseline, not an absolute value,
for determining reasonable
equivalencies or approximations for the
amount of academic activity defined in
the paragraph.
We do not agree that the proposed
definition should be more generalized
or that differing standards should be
adopted. A credit hour is a basic unit for
determining the eligibility of recipients
for, and the amount of, Federal
assistance that may be provided to
parties participating in Federal
programs. We believe the proposed
definition provides a consistent basis for
the equitable treatment of participants
and recipients.
Changes: We have revised the
definition of credit hour to clarify the
basic principles applied in the proposed
definition of a credit hour to delineate
further that it is an institution’s
responsibility to determine the
appropriate credit hours or
equivalencies. The revision requires
that, except as provided in § 668.8(k)
and (l), an institution determines the
credit hours applicable to an amount of
work represented in intended learning
outcomes and verified by evidence of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
student achievement that reasonably
approximates not less than the amount
of work described in paragraph (1) or (2)
of the definition of credit hour in
§ 600.2 of the final regulations. The final
regulations also continue to provide that
institutions may establish other
measures that approximate the
minimum standards in paragraph (1) or
(2) of the definition in § 600.2, thus
permitting each institution to consider
the unique characteristics of its course
and program offerings, as well as, its
distinctive student populations.
Comment: Many commenters believed
that credit hours do not represent a
reasonable assessment of student
learning. Many commenters believed
that the Secretary’s proposed definition
of a credit hour dictates that the
outdated concept of ‘‘seat time’’ is the
main metric by which program
substance should be judged rather than
the appropriate focus on student
learning outcomes.
A few commenters believed that a
credit hour, and in particular, the
Carnegie Unit, does not account for
academic rigor. These commenters
believed that a student’s completion of
a specified number of hours of direct
instruction and out-of-class work does
not provide assurance that the student
has acquired a certain level of
competency.
Two commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition does
not consider the actual behavior of
students in American higher education.
One commenter believed that the
typical student does not spend two
hours on out-of-class work for every
hour of instruction. The other
commenter believed that there has not
been enough research into the amount
of time that students are engaged in
academic activities.
One commenter believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition put too much emphasis on
work outside of class instead of student
learning outcomes.
A few commenters believed that
credit hours are measurements of
educational inputs. One commenter
stated that credit hours, when used to
determine eligibility for financial aid,
are only proximate preconditions for
student learning and are equivalent to
other input measures such as scores on
standardized tests, high school GPAs, or
faculty degrees.
One commenter believed that the
credit-hour definition would force
institutions to treat all students the
same, regardless of ability, as long as
they are in class for the specified
number of hours.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
One commenter expressed concern
that the Secretary’s proposed credithour definition does not consider
current efforts in higher education to
increase institutional accountability.
This commenter believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition would
undermine institutional efforts to assess
student learning outcomes.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters that the credit-hour
definition emphasizes the concept of
‘‘seat-time’’ as the primary metric for
determining student work. We believe
that the definition of a credit hour in
§ 600.2 in these final regulations
emphasizes that institutions may award
credit to courses for an amount of work
represented by verifiable student
achievement of institutionally
established learning outcomes.
Eligibility for Federal programs
requires that institutions are able to
demonstrate that the amount of work in
a course assigned credit for Federal
purposes will constitute a reasonable
approximation of the amount of
academic activity defined in paragraph
(1) of the definition of credit hour in
§ 600.2. Institutions are responsible and
accountable for demonstrating that each
course has the appropriate amount of
educational content to receive credit for
Federal program purposes and for
students to achieve the level of
competency defined by institutionally
established course objectives.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters believed
that a Federal credit-hour definition will
stifle institutions’ ability to develop new
and innovative education models,
especially with regard to delivery
methods. Several commenters believed
that institutions’ ability to respond
creatively to changing pedagogies,
circumstances, and student needs
would be limited under the proposed
credit-hour definition.
A few commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition would
limit innovation in education at a
critical time. One of these commenters
believed that because of the economic
recession, institutions need to be more
innovative in developing alternative
delivery methods. One commenter
believed that institutions must be able
to respond to the rapidly changing
education sector. Another commenter
believed that other nations are currently
developing new educational models and
the United States will fall behind these
nations in education.
Many commenters believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition would have a negative impact
on alternative delivery methods such as
compressed and accelerated programs,
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
online and distance education
programs, and hybrid programs with
online and in-class components. A few
commenters believed that the proposed
credit-hour definition would
particularly suppress innovation of
delivery methods because institutions
would be focused on ensuring they meet
the Federal definition of a credit hour
and not on the desired academic
outcomes. These commenters believed
that institutions would not be able to
respond to changing student
populations by diversifying delivery
methods. A few commenters noted that
minority students and nontraditional
students such as veterans, active
military personnel, and working adults
would be particularly harmed because
they rely on programs offered through
alternative delivery methods.
Several commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition is not
applicable to alternative delivery
methods. A few commenters believed
that credit hours are not compatible
with technological advancements in
education. These commenters believed
that the proposed credit-hour definition
would minimize the use of technology
in education. Some commenters
believed that proposed paragraph (1)
assumed a classroom or lecture based
model of instruction and was not
applicable to online or hybrid programs.
A few commenters questioned how to
measure direct faculty instruction with
regard to an online or hybrid program
when no physical classroom exists. Two
commenters noted that in distance
education and hybrid programs, the
concept of contact hours does not apply.
The commenters recommended
expanding paragraph (3) of the proposed
definition to specifically address that
institutions offering nontraditional
programs including distance delivery
programs and accelerated programs may
provide institutionally established
equivalencies for the amount of work
required in paragraph (1) within the
discretion of the institution.
Several commenters believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition would negatively impact how
earned credits are calculated for online
and hybrid courses.
One commenter believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition represented an effort by the
Secretary to reinstate a regulation that
had been removed in 2002 which
required higher education programs that
did not operate in a standard semester,
trimester, or quarter system to offer a
minimum of 12 hours of course work
per week to maintain eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Two commenters believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
regulations would legitimize
institutions’ use of the Carnegie Unit,
which generally consists of a ratio of
two hours of work outside of class for
every hour of classroom time, and
increase scrutiny on institutions that do
not currently use the Carnegie Unit.
These commenters believed that under
the proposed regulations, an
institutional credit system that is not
currently based on the Carnegie Unit
would be undervalued because these
institutions would have a significant
burden to develop and demonstrate
student achievement of learning
outcomes that their peers using the
Carnegie Unit would not have.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters that the credit-hour
definition in § 600.2 will limit
institutions’ flexibility to creatively
respond to innovations in educational
delivery methods and changing student
needs. A fundamental component of the
credit-hour definition in § 600.2
provides that institutions must
determine the academic activity that
approximates the amount of work
defined in paragraph (1) based on
institutionally established learning
outcomes and verifiable student
achievement. The definition allows
institutions that have alternative
delivery methods, measurements of
student work, or academic calendars to
determine intended learning outcomes
and verify evidence of student
achievement.
All institutions participating in title
IV, HEA programs have a responsibility
to ensure appropriate treatment of
Federal funds, regardless of course
format or educational delivery method.
The definition in § 600.2 provides
institutions with a baseline for
determining the amount of student work
necessary for title IV, HEA program
eligibility, but does not specify the
particular program formats or delivery
methods that institutions must use.
The credit-hour definition is not a
reinstatement of the old ‘‘12-hour rule,’’
that was removed from the Department’s
regulations in 2002. The 12-hour rule
required programs that did not operate
in standard semester-, trimester-, or
quarter-term systems to offer a
minimum of 12 hours of course work
per week to maintain eligibility for
Federal programs. The credit-hour
definition in these final regulations
applies to all institutions, regardless of
whether they operate on a standard-term
academic calendar. In addition, while
the old 12-hour rule required 12 hours
of instruction, examination, or
preparation offered by an institution per
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66847
week, the credit-hour provisions in
§ 600.2 require institutions to provide
students with an amount of work
equivalent to the amount of work
described in paragraph (1) of the credithour definition.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
objected to proposed paragraph (3) of
the credit-hour definition. A few
commenters believed that paragraph (3)
of the proposed credit-hour definition is
vague regarding the entity responsible
for determining ‘‘reasonable
equivalencies.’’ A few commenters
believed that the proposed credit-hour
provisions did not provide enough
guidance on what academic activities
the Department would accept as
reasonable equivalencies for the amount
of work defined in proposed paragraph
(1). A few commenters believed that the
term ‘‘reasonable’’ put the Department in
the position of final arbiter on the
determination of reasonable
equivalencies.
One commenter believed that
proposed paragraph (3) created
uncertainty and the potential for
litigation related to whether an
institution’s proposed equivalency for
the work defined in paragraph (1) is
reasonable. This commenter expressed
concern that institutions would be liable
for using equivalencies that the
Department viewed as unacceptable.
One commenter asked for clarification
on the types of corrective actions that
the Department can take to enforce the
provisions of the credit-hour definition
in proposed § 600.2.
Discussion: Institutions have a
responsibility to ensure that the use of
Federal program funds is in accordance
with applicable regulations. In addition,
the Department has the oversight
responsibility to determine that
institutions are acting in accordance
with the definition of a credit hour in
these final regulations to ensure the
appropriate use of Federal program
funds. It is therefore necessary and
appropriate for the Secretary to review
an institution’s assignment of credit for
Federal purposes and an accrediting
agencies’ or State agencies’ evaluations
of an institution’s credit polices and
their implementation to determine
whether an institution is assigning
credit hours for Federal program
purposes in accordance with these final
regulations. If an institution is found to
be out of compliance for Federal
program purposes with the credit-hour
definition in § 600.2, the amount or
Title IV, HEA funds awarded under the
incorrect assignment of credit hours
may be recalculated to establish a
repayment liability owed by the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66848
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
institution. In cases where the amount
of credit hours assigned to a program is
significantly overstated, the Secretary
may fine the institution or limit,
suspend, or terminate its participation
in Federal programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters believed
that the proposed credit-hour definition
would alter institutions’ current credit
assignments and courses. A few of these
commenters believed that a Federal
definition of a credit hour sets an
expectation that institutions should
assign additional credit to courses if the
work exceeds the amount defined in the
proposed definition. One commenter
believed that the proposed definition
would increase the amount of class time
that students are required to complete in
order to earn credit. Another commenter
believed that the proposed definition
could cause institutions to increase
courses’ lecture or theory content and
decrease hands-on training.
One commenter believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition would
force accrediting agencies to impose
homework requirements on vocational
institutions.
Discussion: The credit-hour definition
does not require institutions to alter
their assignment of credit to courses for
academic purposes; however,
institutions have the responsibility to
demonstrate that credit hours assigned
to courses for Federal program purposes
adhere to the minimum standards of the
credit-hour definition in § 600.2. If an
institution determines that its current
assignment of credits to its programs for
Federal program purposes does not
satisfy the minimum standards in the
regulation, the institution will either
have to reduce the credits associated
with the program, increase the work
required for the program, or both.
There is no requirement for
institutions to assign additional credit to
courses if the amount of work exceeds
the amount described in paragraph (1)
of the credit-hour definition. We have
revised the credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2 to clarify that the amount of
work described in paragraph (1)
represents a minimum acceptable level
of academic activity for which credit
can be awarded to constitute a credit
hour for Federal purposes. Institutions
may use their discretion to assign
additional credit if the amount of work
for a course justifies such an assignment
of credit in accordance with § 600.2.
There is no requirement under the
credit-hour definition that would force
accrediting agencies to impose
homework requirements on vocational
institutions. In general, institutions will
be assessed to determine if they have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
established credit hours for title IV,
HEA program purposes that meet at
least the minimum standards in the
regulation. Unless the program is
subject to the credit-to-clock-hour
conversion requirements in § 668.8(l)
and (k), an institution would be
required to determine the appropriate
credit hours in accordance with
paragraphs (1) and (2) of the credit-hour
definition in § 600.2 of these final
regulations for a program or coursework
in a program that has no student work
outside the classroom.
Changes: We have revised the credithour definition in § 600.2 to clarify that
the amount of work specified in
paragraph (1) is a minimum standard
and that there is no requirement for the
standard to be exceeded.
Comment: One commenter believed
that the proposed provisions in § 600.2
did not appropriately address faculty
workloads or faculty time in class.
Discussion: We do not believe that
§ 600.2 should address faculty
workloads or faculty time in class as
these issues are institutional
administrative considerations outside
the scope of these final regulations
which set minimum standards for the
measurement of credit hours.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter questioned
why the proposed credit-hour
regulations did not address § 668.9
which provides in paragraph (b) that a
public or private nonprofit hospitalbased school of nursing that awards a
diploma at the completion of the
school’s program of education is not
required to apply the formula contained
in § 668.8(l) to determine the number of
semester, trimester, or quarter hours in
that program for purposes of calculating
Title IV, HEA program funds. This
commenter questioned whether forprofit hospital-based nursing programs
would be subject to the proposed
provisions in § 668.8(k) and (l).
Discussion: Section 481A of the HEA
and § 668.9(b) specify that any
regulations promulgated by the
Secretary concerning the relationship
between clock hours and semester,
trimester, or quarter hours in calculating
student grant, loan, or work assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs do not
apply to a public or private nonprofit
hospital-based school of nursing that
awards a diploma at the completion of
the school’s program of education.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter believed
that institutions would need an
accrediting or State agency’s review of
their programs’ compliance with the
proposed credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2. The commenter believed that
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the regulations are unclear on how
programs should operate in the interim.
One commenter expressed concern
that waiting for accrediting agencies to
revise their standards after the proposed
regulations are finalized would be
detrimental to institutions offering
programs in alternative formats.
One commenter believed that
institutions will be developing new
credit policies and should be afforded
an adjustment period to receive and
react to guidance from State agencies on
their credit assignment policies.
Discussion: The provisions in
§§ 602.24 and 603.24 provide that an
institution must have a process for
assigning credit that meets its
accrediting agency’s or State agency’s
standards, as well as, the credit-hour
definition in § 600.2. An institution’s
credit assignment process is subject to
review by its accrediting agency or, in
some cases, a State agency recognized
under 34 CFR part 603. We believe that
institutions already have processes for
assigning credit and, to the extent that
these existing processes do not comply
with these final regulations, institutions
will need to revise their credit
assignments to comply with the credithour definition in these final regulations
for Federal program purposes. During
the interim period between the effective
date of these regulations and an
accrediting agency’s or State agency’s
review of institutions’ compliance with
the credit-hour definition in § 600.2, an
institution is responsible and
accountable for ensuring that its credithour assignments conform to the
provisions of the credit-hour definition
in § 600.2 of these final regulations and
that its processes are in accord with its
designated accrediting agency’s or
recognized State agency’s requirements.
Changes: None.
Out-of-Class Student Work
Comment: Several commenters did
not agree with the component of
proposed paragraph (1) of the credithour definition related to student work
outside of class. A few commenters
believed that an institution cannot
determine how much time students
spend on work outside of class and that
quantifying work outside of the class
does not account for variations in
students’ learning abilities and styles.
One commenter believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition did not take into account the
nature of different courses. This
commenter believed that certain courses
require more direct faculty instruction
and supervision while other courses
may require more study outside of the
classroom.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Two commenters did not agree with
the Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition with regard to the ratio of
classroom time to time outside of class
and suggested revising the proposed
definition to allow for more direct
classroom instruction. These
commenters recommended revising
proposed paragraph (1) to define a
credit hour as one hour of classroom or
direct faculty instruction and a
minimum of two hours of student work
in or out of the classroom.
One commenter recommended that
the Department distinguish class time
from time outside of class by making
explicit in the proposed definition that
class time refers to instruction.
One commenter asked for clarification
of proposed paragraph (2) regarding
whether a credit hour awarded for
laboratory work must consist of onehour work in the laboratory and two
hours outside the laboratory performing
either preparation or follow up
activities.
Discussion: Institutions must
demonstrate that the credit hours
awarded for the amount of academic
work necessary for Federal program
purposes approximates the amount of
work defined in paragraph (1) of the
definition of credit hour in § 600.2. The
credit-hour definition in § 600.2 sets a
minimum standard and institutions may
offer additional hours of instructional
time to courses or provide for additional
student work outside of class beyond
what is specified in paragraph (1) of the
definition at their discretion. We do not
believe it is necessary to decrease the
amount of out-of-class time specified in
paragraph (1) of the definition.
We do not want to limit the
interpretation of class time only to
direct instruction in order to take into
consideration other in-class activities
such as examinations. Similarly, the
provisions related to laboratory work in
paragraph (2) of the definition do not
require one hour of work in the
laboratory and two hours of out-of-class
work related to the laboratory.
Paragraph (2) of the credit-hour
definition allows institutions to use
their discretion to determine the in-class
and out-of-class components for
laboratory work to the extent the credit
awarded reasonably approximates the
requirements of paragraph (1) of the
credit-hour definition in § 600.2. An
institution’s basis for making this
determination would be subject to
review by its accrediting agency, the
State agency recognized under 34 part
603, and the Department in order to
demonstrate that it was reasonable.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Authority and Need To Regulate
Comment: Several commenters
believed that the Secretary does not
have the legal authority to promulgate
the proposed regulations in §§ 600.2,
602.24, 603.24, and 668.8. These
commenters believed the credit-hour
definition in proposed § 600.2
represented a Federal intrusion into
academic matters. A few commenters
believed that the General Education
Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232a) and the
Department of Education Organization
Act (20 U.S.C. 3403) prohibit the
Secretary from exercising undue control
of curricula, programs, administration,
and personnel of educational
institutions. These commenters believed
that the Secretary needs explicit
Congressional authorization to
promulgate regulations that intrude in
the academic decision-making process
at institutions. Two commenters
recommended including language in the
final regulations reaffirming that it is
appropriate for institutions and
accrediting agencies to address student
achievement, but that it is not within
the Secretary’s authority.
Many commenters believed that a
Federal definition of a credit hour
represents a Federal intrusion into a
core academic issue and the academic
decision-making process. A few of these
commenters expressed concern that a
Federal definition of a credit hour
would set a precedent for Federal
interference in other academic matters.
One commenter representing
institutional registrars and admissions
officers believed the proposed definition
of a credit hour should be revised to
require an institution to make a
reasonable determination of whether the
institution’s assignment of credit hours
conforms to commonly accepted
practice in higher education as
demonstrated in the portability of such
credits to other institutions of higher
education offering similar programs.
One commenter believed that the
Secretary is not authorized to make
academic decisions and did not want
institutions to be subject to any adverse
administrative action by the Department
if the Department did not concur with
an institution’s or accrediting agency’s
determination of appropriate credit.
This commenter suggested that the final
regulations specify that the credit hours
awarded for a program shall be deemed
in compliance with the definition of a
credit hour as defined in § 600.2, where
the credit hours awarded have been
approved by the institution’s accrediting
agency based upon a review performed
in accordance with § 602.24(f).
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66849
Several commenters believed that the
Secretary’s proposed credit-hour
definition was incongruent with
existing Federal laws, State regulations,
or accrediting agency policies.
One commenter believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2 could conflict with the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,
as amended, which requires entities
such as institutions of higher education
to make reasonable accommodations for
students with disabilities.
Several commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition would
force some institutions that use credit
hours to use clock hours. These
commenters believed that this change
would conflict with some State
regulations and is not required by any
other Federal agency.
A few commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour regulations were
harmful to institutions that had been
required to convert from clock hours to
credit hours by State mandates. These
commenters believed that these
institutions would be at a disadvantage
compared to institutions that were
previously using credit hours. One
commenter recommended that the
Department allow institutions that have
converted to credit hours based on State
mandates to use State-mandated clockto-credit-hour conversion rates to
determine Federal program eligibility.
Several commenters believed that the
proposed credit-hour definition may
directly violate some State regulations
because it inherently requires that
institutions take attendance.
Discussion: The Secretary is
authorized under 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3, to
make, promulgate, issue, rescind, and
amend rules and regulations governing
the manner of operation of, and
governing the applicable programs
administered by, the Department. The
intent of the regulations in §§ 600.2,
602.24, 603.24, and 668.8 is not to
interfere with the academic decisionmaking processes at institutions,
accrediting agencies, and recognized
State agencies, but to rely on these
processes to ensure the integrity of the
Federal programs, including the title IV,
HEA programs. Fundamental to these
decision-making processes is the
measurement of the credit used to
determine the amounts of title IV, HEA
program funds provided to eligible
students who are enrolled in eligible
programs. Since the regulations
establish a minimum standard, and
institutions may choose to include more
work for their credit hours than the
minimum amount, credit hours at one
institution will not necessarily equate to
credit hours at another institution for a
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66850
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
similar program. Thus, we do not agree
with the recommendation that an
institution should be required to
demonstrate the portability of such
credits to other institutions of higher
education offering similar programs as
we believe such a requirement would,
in fact, interfere with the academic
decision-making processes at
institutions.
These regulations should not be
inconsistent with current Federal laws,
State regulations, and accrediting
agencies’ policies because of their
intended narrow application to the
determination of eligibility for, and
distribution of, Federal program funds.
Therefore, to the extent an institution
determines that it may be necessary to
use a current credit assignment system,
for example, to comply with other
requirements such as State mandates, an
institution may continue using its
current system for purposes unrelated to
Federal programs.
We do not agree with the commenter
that the credit-hour definition in § 600.2
conflicts with the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended.
The credit-hour definition in § 600.2
does not prohibit institutions from
developing policies for academically
accommodating students with
disabilities in accordance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,
as amended. The credit-hour definition
provides institutions with the flexibility
to determine the appropriate credit
hours or equivalencies to award for
student work.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
believed that a Federal definition of a
credit hour is unnecessary. Many of
these commenters noted that there has
been no history of fraudulent practices
in credit assignment by institutions in
the nonprofit sector and that any fraud
or abuses identified have been in the
for-profit sector. Some of these
commenters believed that it is unfair to
apply a Federal definition of a credit
hour to all institutions. One commenter
suggested that the credit-hour definition
apply only to institutions that are not
accredited by regional or specialized
accreditors.
A few commenters believed that the
Secretary’s only motive to define a
credit hour stemmed from a report from
the Department’s Inspector General
regarding one regional accrediting
agency’s accreditation of a for-profit
institution it found to have
inappropriate credit-hour policies. One
commenter believed that although there
have been problems reported with some
institutions’ assignment of credit hours,
these problems were primarily related to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
two regional accrediting agencies’
evaluation of degree programs and not
with vocational career education
programs.
One commenter expressed concern
that enforcement of institutions’
compliance with the credit-hour
definition would be directed primarily
at for-profit institutions even though
there have been inappropriate credit
awarding practices at nonprofit
institutions as well.
A few commenters believed that
institutional credit assignment problems
identified in the nonprofit sector are
effectively resolved through the existing
processes of accreditation and
institutional self-review.
One commenter suggested that
instead of establishing a Federal credithour definition, the Department should
require institutions to describe their
credit assignment policies in their
catalogs and promotional materials.
Discussion: The Secretary did not
intend to define a credit hour for
Federal program purposes as a punitive
measure against institutions in a
particular sector or institutions that
have engaged in inappropriate credit
awarding practices in the past. Instead,
the revised credit-hour definition is
intended to provide a minimum,
consistent standard for all institutions
regardless of State, sector, or accreditor
in determining the amount of student
work necessary to award credit hours
equitably for Federal program purposes.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
believed that a Federal credit-hour
definition is unnecessary because State
agencies already review institutions’
credit-hour policies within their general
oversight of an institution’s integrity.
Discussion: We do not agree. Many
State agencies do not perform such
oversight activities nor do they use a
uniform standard that would assure the
equitable administration of Federal
programs.
Changes: None.
Administrative Burden
Comment: Several commenters
believed that the proposed credit-hour
provisions would cause an undue
administrative and financial burden on
institutions. A few commenters believed
that institutions would be forced to
focus their administrative resources on
ensuring that their programs and
courses conform to the Federal credithour definition and remain eligible for
title IV, HEA program funds instead of
other important academic matters such
as ensuring program integrity. Other
commenters believed that in order to
comply with the proposed credit-hour
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
definition, institutions would be
burdened with administrative tasks
such as reevaluating and significantly
restructuring their credit-assignment
systems, ensuring compliance with their
accrediting agency’s standards,
reconfiguring the use of classroom
space, and recalculating students’
financial aid packages.
One commenter believed that State
agencies and accrediting agencies will
be burdened by the requirement to focus
on institutions at a more detailed level
and will need to increase their staffs and
costs to account for the increased
workload. This commenter believed that
increased costs would be passed to
institutions, and subsequently, to
students.
Discussion: We do not believe that
assigning credit to courses in
accordance with the definition of credit
hour in § 600.2 for Federal program
purposes will cause any significant
increase in administrative or financial
burden on institutions. Institutions
participating in Federal programs such
as title IV, HEA programs are already
responsible for ensuring the appropriate
treatment of Federal funds, including
accurate distribution of Federal funds to
students. Institutions will not be
required to change their current systems
of awarding credit for academic
purposes which in many instances will
already be compliant with these final
regulations, but some institutions will
be required to make the necessary
changes to ensure accurate and
equitable credit assignments for Federal
program purposes.
We do not believe that the credit-hour
definition will cause any significant
increase in the administrative burden on
accrediting agencies or State agencies
recognized under 34 CFR part 603.
Section 496(a)(5) of the HEA requires
accrediting agencies recognized by the
Secretary to evaluate an institution’s or
program’s ‘‘measures of program length
and the objectives of the degrees or
credentials offered’’ which inherently
requires accrediting agencies to evaluate
the courses that constitute institutions’
programs.
Changes: None.
Accrediting Agency Procedures
(§ 602.24(f))
Comment: Several commenters
supported the addition of § 602.24(f).
These commenters believed that
accrediting agencies are the appropriate
entities to ensure institutions’
compliance with the credit-hour
provisions in § 600.2.
Many other commenters believed that
the proposed provisions in § 602.24(f)
are unnecessary. These commenters
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
believed that the integrity of
institutions’ assignment of credit hours
is already reviewed and evaluated by
accrediting agencies through a system of
peer review. These commenters also
believed that the peer-review system is
capable of recognizing how credit hours
are defined in different settings. A few
commenters noted that the Secretary has
already permitted accrediting agencies
to perform this function and that
accreditors have been diligent in their
duties. One commenter believed that the
Secretary could tighten Federal
regulatory control over institutions’
credit-hour policies by revising the
existing accrediting agency recognition
regulations in 34 CFR part 602.
One commenter believed that
accrediting agencies have long-standing
practices, or in the case of some national
accrediting agencies, formulas that
provide reasonable measures of credit
hours.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters who believed that
accrediting agencies’ peer-review
systems are structured to evaluate the
appropriateness of institutions’ credit
policies and assignments in diverse
educational settings. Amending § 602.24
to add § 602.24(f) initially was a
proposal of the non-Federal negotiators
representing accrediting agencies to
clarify their role in overseeing the
assignment of credit hours by
institutions as it relates to Federal
program requirements. With the
addition of the credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2, we added § 602.24(f) regarding
an accrediting agency’s review of an
institution’s policies and procedures for
assigning credit hours, and the
institution’s application of these
policies because this addition indicates
how those requirements fit together and
makes the two regulations consistent.
We note that these provisions relate
solely to an accrediting agency’s
consideration of an institution’s
implementation of the credit-hour
definition for Federal program purposes.
The regulations do not require the
accrediting agency to use the definition
of credit hour in § 600.2 for non-Federal
purposes nor do the regulations prohibit
an accrediting agency from only using
the definition of credit hour in § 600.2.
We believe that § 602.24(f) is the
appropriate place to define accrediting
agencies’ responsibilities for reviewing
institutions’ processes for assigning
credit for title IV, HEA program
purposes because § 602.24 defines the
procedures institutional accreditors
must have if the institutions they
accredit participate in title IV, HEA
programs.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comment: Several commenters did
not support the addition of § 602.24(f)
because they believed the proposed
provisions would allow the Department
to indirectly regulate academic matters.
A few of these commenters requested
that the Department add language to the
regulations making it clear that no
provision in § 602.24 would permit the
Secretary to establish any criteria that
specifies, defines, or prescribes the
procedures that accrediting agencies
shall use to assess any institution’s
credit-hour policies or procedures.
One commenter believed that by
requiring accrediting agencies to ensure
institutions’ compliance with the
proposed credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2, the Department would be
placing accrediting agencies into a
quasi-regulatory role for which they are
neither designed nor intended. This
commenter believed that over time
accrediting agencies’ regulatory role will
be seen as their most important role and
accrediting agencies will in effect
become government agents. Another
commenter believed that proposed
§ 602.24(f) would cause accrediting
agencies to focus on institutions’
assignment of credit hours instead of
other valuable areas of review.
One commenter requested
clarification of whether § 602.24(f)
would allow the Department to rely
exclusively on an accrediting agency’s
determination of an institution’s
definition and assignment of credit, or
whether the Department would have
separate authority under the regulations
to evaluate and regulate an institution’s
definition or assignment of credit for
title IV, HEA program eligibility
purposes.
One commenter believed that an
accrediting agency found to be
permitting inappropriate credit
assignment activities at institutions
should be cited and forced to address
the identified issues. Another
commenter believed that institutions’
policies for assigning credit are
extremely diverse, and that the
Department is not capable of properly
determining whether an accrediting
agency has appropriately evaluated the
variety of institutional policies.
One commenter believed the
provisions in § 602.24(f) are
unnecessary because section
496(a)(5)(H) of the HEA requires
accrediting agencies to assess
institutions’ measures of program length
but does not mandate any quantitative
requirements establishing the
components necessary for the measure
of credit.
Discussion: The provisions in
§ 602.24(f) reflect that accrediting
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66851
agencies are the oversight bodies
responsible for evaluating the
appropriateness of institutions’ policies
and procedures for assigning credit that
is consistent with Federal program
purposes. This role is in accordance
with the provisions of the HEA under
which accrediting agencies have the
primary responsibility, as part of the
oversight triad with the Federal
Government and State agencies, to
determine whether institutions
participating in Federal programs such
as the title IV, HEA programs, meet
minimum standards of educational
quality. The provisions in § 602.24(f)
further support accrediting agencies in
fulfilling these responsibilities but do
not prescribe the methods by which
accrediting agencies must perform these
evaluations.
If the Secretary determines that a
recognized accrediting agency does not
comply with the provisions in
§ 602.24(f) for purposes of Federal
programs, or is not effective in its
performance with respect to these
provisions, then the Secretary may
restrict or remove the agency’s
recognition in accordance with 34 CFR
part 602, subpart C.
We do not agree that the provisions in
§ 602.24(f) are unnecessary. While
section 496(a)(5)(H) of the HEA requires
accrediting agencies to assess
institutions’ measures of program
length, we believe the provisions in
§ 602.24(f) provide necessary
clarification regarding the means of
evaluating an institution’s assignment of
credit hours.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
believed that the provisions in
§ 602.24(f) were not specific enough
with regard to the requirements for
accrediting agencies.
One commenter proposed that the
Department require accrediting agencies
to base their evaluations of the validity
of institutions’ credit-hour assignments
on the manner in which other
institutions offering similar programs
assess and accept credits for purposes of
evaluating credit for transfer.
One commenter asked the Department
to revise proposed § 602.24(f)(1)(ii) to
specify that accrediting agencies must
make a determination of whether an
institution’s assignment of credit hours
conforms to the provisions in proposed
§ 600.2.
One commenter recommended that
the Department require accrediting
agencies to prescribe clearly the
methodologies and equivalencies that
will be utilized by institutions to
determine the amount of work specified
by the credit assigned to courses as
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66852
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
represented through stated student
learning outcomes and demonstrated
achievement of those outcomes,
regardless of the delivery method.
One commenter recommended
revising the proposed accrediting
agency requirements in § 602.24(f) to
state that in the case of competencybased programs that do not use clock
hours or classroom time as a basis for
credit, an accrediting agency must
determine the appropriate assignment of
credit by reviewing a well-substantiated
list of competencies and assessing
documented evidence of student
achievement of competencies.
A few commenters requested that the
Department revise proposed
§ 602.24(f)(2) to clarify that accrediting
agencies have the authority and
autonomy to determine review
methodologies and techniques.
One commenter believed that it
would be appropriate for an accrediting
agency to review a sample of an
institution’s curriculum to determine
whether the credit assignment policies
were being appropriately applied by an
institution, but it would not be
appropriate for an accrediting agency to
employ an unspecified sample of other
institutions to determine whether or not
the credits awarded for a particular
course or program conformed to
commonly accepted practice in higher
education. This commenter suggested
revising proposed paragraph
§ 602.24(f)(2) to specify that the agency
must sample courses within an
institution’s program of study.
One commenter suggested that
accrediting agencies review annual
institutional submissions of data,
policies, and procedures for assigning
credit hours.
Discussion: We do not believe that
further specificity is appropriate or
necessary in § 602.24(f). Accrediting
agencies must have the flexibility to
review institutional credit-assignment
processes that may vary widely in their
policies and implementation and may
have differing methods for measuring
student work such as direct assessment.
We believe that accrediting agencies are
capable of developing appropriate
methods for evaluating institutional
credit processes without providing
further specificity in the regulations. We
note that accrediting agencies must
demonstrate their ability to
appropriately review these areas in
order to receive recognition by the
Secretary as reliable authorities on the
quality of education or training offered
by the institutions and programs they
accredit, and that evaluation by the
Secretary continues during periodic
reviews of accrediting agencies.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
We believe that it is not necessary to
specify how an accrediting agency
should review a competency-based
program that does not use credit hours
or clock hours as a basis for credit. In
the case of a competency-based
program, the institution may either base
the assignment of credit on the time it
takes most students to complete the
program, or the program must meet the
definition of a direct assessment
program in § 668.10. In the first
scenario, the institution’s accrediting
agency would review the institution’s
compliance with the provisions in
§ 600.2 or § 668.8(k) and (l) as
applicable. In the second scenario, the
institution’s accrediting agency must
review and approve each of the
institution’s direct assessment
program’s equivalencies in terms of
credit hours or clock hours.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
opposed the proposed provisions in
§ 602.24(f)(1)(i)(A) and (B) requiring
accrediting agencies to evaluate an
institution’s policies and procedures for
determining credit hours in accordance
with proposed § 600.2 and to evaluate
an institution’s application of those
policies and procedures to its programs
and courses. Two commenters suggested
that the provisions should not require
accrediting agencies to evaluate
compliance with proposed § 600.2 but
should permit institutions to justify the
manner in which credit hours are
assigned and permit accrediting
agencies to determine whether an
institution’s application of its policies
and procedures are appropriate. These
commenters believed that the proposed
provisions require accrediting agencies
to instruct institutions to follow a
specific approach to assigning credit
hours.
A few commenters suggested that the
cross reference to the proposed credithour definition in § 600.2 be stricken
from proposed § 602.24(f)(1)(i)(A) and
replaced with a provision requiring
accrediting agencies to conduct their
review of an institution’s assignment of
credit hours consistent with the
provisions of § 602.16(f).
Discussion: We do not believe that the
provisions in proposed § 602.24(f)
require accrediting agencies to mandate
specific policies for institutions with
regard to assigning credit hours to
programs and coursework. However, we
do believe that it is necessary to specify
in § 602.24(f) that accrediting agencies
must review an institution’s policies
and procedures for determining credit
hours, and the application of those
policies and procedures to programs
and coursework in accordance with
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 600.2 for title IV, HEA program
purposes. Accreditation by an
accrediting agency recognized by the
Secretary is an institutional and
programmatic requirement for eligibility
for the title IV, HEA programs.
It is appropriate to specify the
responsibilities of an accrediting agency
in reviewing institutions’ processes for
assigning credit hours in § 602.24, and
not § 602.16. The provisions in § 602.24
are related specifically to procedures
accrediting agencies must have for
institutions they accredit to obtain
eligibility to participate in title IV, HEA
programs. The provisions in § 602.16(f)
address the processes used by
accrediting agencies in setting standards
in statutorily-defined areas required for
agencies to be recognized by the
Secretary.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concern about proposed
§ 602.24(f)(1)(ii), which requires
accrediting agencies to determine
whether an institution’s assignment of
credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education.
A few commenters believed that this
proposal was inconsistent with the
proposed credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2 and expressed a preference for
the language in proposed
§ 602.24(f)(1)(ii).
One commenter suggested striking
this proposed provision from the
regulations and including this
information in the ‘‘Guide to the
Accrediting Agency Recognition
Process’’ issued by the Department. This
guide was issued in August 2010 under
the title ‘‘Guidelines for Preparing/
Reviewing Petitions and Compliance
Reports.’’
One commenter suggested revising
proposed § 602.24(f)(1)(ii) to require
accrediting agencies to evaluate
institutions’ assignment of credit hours
based on a comparative study of similar
institutions.
Discussion: We do not agree that the
provisions in §§ 600.2 and
602.24(f)(1)(ii) are inconsistent. The
provisions in § 600.2 establish a title IV,
HEA program requirement for
institutions to award credit hours for an
amount of academic work that is a
reasonable equivalency to the amount of
work defined in paragraph (1) of the
credit-hour definition. By comparison,
the reference to ‘‘commonly accepted
practice in higher education’’ in
§ 602.24(f)(1)(ii) establishes the
parameters for accrediting agencies to
determine whether institutions establish
reasonable equivalences for the amount
of work in paragraph (1) of the credithour definition within the framework of
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
acceptable institutional practices at
comparable institutions of higher
education.
We believe that it is necessary to
include § 602.24(f)(1)(ii) in the
regulations, rather than solely in the
Department’s ‘‘Guidelines for Preparing/
Reviewing Petitions and Compliance
Reports.’’ The regulations provide the
requirements for accrediting agencies
recognized by the Secretary whereas the
‘‘Guidelines for Preparing/Reviewing
Petitions and Compliance Reports’’
provides guidance to accrediting
agencies seeking the Secretary’s
recognition and does not have the force
of regulations. We will rely upon the
accrediting agencies to choose the
methods used to evaluate institutions’
processes for assigning credit hours.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that the reference to ‘‘commonly
accepted practice in higher education’’
in proposed § 602.24(f)(1)(ii) may
require institutions that primarily use
clock hours to adopt credit-hour
assignment policies that were developed
by traditional four-year degree granting
institutions, but are unsuitable for
specialized institutions.
Discussion: The reference to
‘‘commonly accepted practice in higher
education’’ in § 602.24(f)(1)(ii) is not a
requirement for clock-hour institutions
to convert to credit hours.
Changes: None.
Notification Requirements
Comment: Several commenters
opposed proposed § 602.24(f)(4) that
would require an accrediting agency,
that identifies noncompliance with the
agency’s policies regarding an
institution’s credit assignments during a
review under proposed § 602.24(f), to
notify the Secretary of the identified
deficiencies. A few commenters
believed that proposed § 602.24(f)(4)
lacked due process provisions. Some of
these commenters believed that the
notification requirement would force
accrediting agencies to report minor or
trivial credit-hour problems to the
Department. One commenter believed
that institutions would not be afforded
an opportunity to respond to allegations
or attempt immediate corrective actions
which may lead to delayed resolutions
to credit assignment problems.
A few commenters believed that
proposed § 602.24(f)(4) was redundant
with regard to the existing notification
requirements in § 602.27. These
commenters suggested removing
proposed paragraph § 602.24(f)(4) and
cross-referencing § 602.27.
One commenter believed that
proposed § 602.24(f)(4) contradicts the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
requirements of proposed § 602.24(f)(3)
which requires an accrediting agency to
take appropriate action to address any
institutional deficiencies it identifies as
part of its review under proposed
§ 602.24(f)(1)(i).
A few commenters believed that the
terms ‘‘systemic noncompliance’’ and
‘‘significant noncompliance’’ in
proposed § 602.24(f)(4) need
clarification. One commenter suggested
specifying that if an accrediting agency
has any reason to believe that an
institution is failing to meet its title IV,
HEA program responsibilities, or is
engaged in fraud or abuse, then that
agency must notify the Department in
accordance with existing regulations.
Another commenter suggested
specifying that if an accrediting agency
determines that an institution does not
develop and adhere to an acceptable
credit assignment policy, then the
agency must promptly notify the
Secretary. This commenter also
suggested that because institutions will
be developing new credit policies, they
should be afforded an adjustment period
to receive and react to guidance from
accrediting agencies on their credit
assignment policies prior to being
reported to the Secretary.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters that § 602.24(f)(4) does not
specify due process provisions for
institutions. Section 602.24(f)(4) only
requires an accrediting agency to report
its findings and an agency’s process of
establishing and reporting a finding will
rely upon the agency’s own procedures.
The Secretary recognition process
ensures that accrediting agency
procedures provide due process.
Further, we believe § 602.24(f)(4) is
needed because it corresponds to the
provisions in § 602.27 that require an
accrediting agency to submit
information upon request from the
Secretary about an accredited or
preaccredited institution’s compliance
with its title IV, HEA program
responsibilities. The provisions in
§ 602.24(f)(4) specify the agency’s
existing responsibility under § 602.27
with regard to inappropriate
institutional processes for assigning
credits.
We do not agree with the commenter
who believed that § 602.24(f)(3) and
(f)(4) is contradictory. The provisions in
§ 602.24(f)(3) require an accrediting
agency to take appropriate action to
address any institutional deficiencies it
identifies as part of its review under
§ 602.24(f)(1)(i). Section 602.24(f)(4),
however, requires an accrediting agency
to notify the Secretary of any severe
deficiencies such as systemic or
significant noncompliance with the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66853
agency’s policies identified at an
institution during a review under
§ 602.24(f).
The terms ‘‘systemic noncompliance’’
and ‘‘significant noncompliance’’ do not
encompass trivial or minor deficiencies.
The term ‘‘systemic noncompliance’’
refers to an institutional process for
awarding credits that is fundamentally
flawed with regard to assigning credit
hours in accordance with the credithour definition in § 600.2 and its
accrediting agencies policies. The term
‘‘significant noncompliance’’ refers to
institutional assignment of credit hours
to individual courses or programs that
are particularly egregious with regard to
the compliance with § 600.2.
We do not believe that it is necessary
to delay the effective date of the
definition of a credit hour in § 600.2 or
§ 602.24(f) in these final regulations. An
institution must implement the
definition of a credit hour regardless of
whether its accrediting agency has
issued guidance on the implementation
of § 602.24(f). While an accrediting
agency is required to implement
§ 602.24(f) effective July 1, 2011, we will
review on a case-by-case basis, based on
an adequate justification as determined
by the Secretary, any reasonable request
from an accrediting agency for a delayed
implementation date.
Changes: None.
State Agency Procedures (§ 603.24(c))
General
Comment: Several commenters
opposed proposed § 603.24(c). A few
commenters believed that the proposed
provisions would be confusing for State
agencies and that State agencies do not
have the administrative capabilities to
review institutions’ credit-hour policies.
One commenter believed that the
proposed provisions would lead to
inconsistencies and inequalities
between States based on States’ reviews
of institutions’ credit policies and
enforcement of institutions’ compliance
with the proposed credit-hour definition
at § 600.2.
One commenter believed that some
State agencies, such as those in Iowa,
would not be able to comply with
proposed § 603.24(c) because the
agencies may operate within the defined
scope authorized by the State code and
compliance would require changes in
State law. This commenter also believed
that some State agencies would not have
the expertise to evaluate institutions’
credit policies.
One commenter suggested specifying
that if a State agency determines that an
institution does not develop and adhere
to an acceptable credit assignment
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66854
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
policy, the agency must promptly notify
the Secretary.
One commenter believed that with
regard to proposed § 603.24(c)(2), it
would be appropriate for a State agency
to review a sample of an institution’s
curriculum to determine whether the
credit assignment policies were being
appropriately applied by an institution,
but it would not be appropriate for a
State agency to employ an unspecified
sample of other institutions to
determine whether the credits awarded
for a particular course or program
conformed to commonly accepted
practice in higher education. This
commenter suggested revising proposed
§ 603.24(c)(1) to require State agencies
to evaluate an institution’s assignment
of credit hours based on a comparative
study of similar institutions, and to
revise proposed § 603.24(c)(2) to specify
that the agency must sample courses
within an institution’s program of study.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters who believed that State
agencies subject to the recognition
criteria in 34 CFR part 603 will be
confused by § 603.24(c) or will lack the
administrative resources to meet these
requirements. To be subject to
§ 603.24(c), a State agency must be an
agency recognized by the Secretary
under 34 CFR part 603 as a reliable
authority regarding the quality of public
postsecondary vocational education in
its State. The only States that currently
have recognized State agencies under 34
CFR part 603 are New York,
Pennsylvania, Oklahoma, and Puerto
Rico.
As with accrediting agencies that are
recognized by the Secretary, we do not
believe it is necessary to define the
specific methods that State agencies
recognized by the Secretary should use
to evaluate institutions’ processes for
assigning credit hours.
We believe that § 603.24(c)(4)
provides the necessary level of
specificity with regard to a recognized
State agency’s notification to the
Secretary in case of institutional
noncompliance with the credit-hour
definition in § 600.2.
Changes: None.
Program Eligibility: Clock-to-CreditHour Conversion (§ 668.8)
Comment: One commenter questioned
whether it is necessary to have a clockto-credit-hour conversion if a credit
hour is defined in the regulations and
accrediting agencies are required to
review institutional policies for
awarding credits to ensure compliance.
Two commenters believed that
proposed §§ 600.2 and 668.8(l) define a
credit hour in two different ways and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
are therefore inconsistent. These
commenters believed that it is illogical
to define credit hours for purposes of
the title IV, HEA programs in different
ways depending on whether or not a
program is subject to the clock-hour-tocredit-hour conversion.
Discussion: On October 1, 1990, the
Secretary published proposed
regulations (55 FR 40148–40150) to
establish standards for clock-to-credithour-conversion for undergraduate
vocational training programs and on
July 23, 1993, the Secretary published
final regulations (58 FR 39618–39623)
based on the public comments. The
Secretary published the regulations to
address significant abuse in the title IV,
HEA programs, citing, for example, a
309 clock-hour program that was
converted to a 27.7 quarter-credit
program. We believe that the potential
for such abuse continues to exist and
that § 668.8(k) and (l) continues to be
essential to the administrative integrity
of the title IV, HEA programs. In
§ 668.8(l)(2) of the final regulations, we
have included consideration by an
institution’s accrediting agency of the
institution’s policies and procedures,
and their implementation, for
determining credit hours in a program if
an institution seeks to establish any
conversions that are less than the
conversion rate specified in
§ 668.8(l)(1).
Due to the separate conversion
formula in new § 668.8(l), programs that
are subject to the clock-to-credit-hour
conversion in § 668.8(l) are exempted
from using the credit-hour definition in
§ 600.2. Therefore, we do not believe
there is any inconsistency between the
definition in § 600.2 and the provisions
of § 668.8(l).
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked for
clarification regarding whether an
institution that was recently approved
for a degree program must wait for
students to graduate from the program
before it utilizes the exemption, in
proposed § 668.8(k)(1)(ii), from the
requirements to perform a clock-tocredit-hour conversion under the
provisions in proposed § 668.8(l) with
regard to students in a diploma program
in which all credits are fully
transferable to the new degree program.
Discussion: Section 668.8(k)(1)(ii)
provides that an institution’s shorter
length program is not subject to the
conversion formula in § 668.8(l) if each
course within the shorter program is
acceptable for full credit toward a
degree that is offered by the institution
that requires at least two academic years
of study. Additionally, under
§ 668.8(k)(1)(ii), an institution would be
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
required to demonstrate that students
enroll in, and graduate from, the longer
length degree program. Thus, for a
recently approved degree program that
is at least two academic years in length,
an institution must use clock hours for
its title IV, HEA programs that are fully
accepted for transfer into the new
degree program until students graduate
from the new degree program unless the
institution offers other degree programs,
each with graduates, and all the
coursework in the first year of the
program is acceptable for full credit
toward one or more of these other
degree programs. After students
graduate from the new degree program,
the programs at the institutions that are
fully accepted for transfer into the new
degree program will qualify under the
exception in § 668.8(k)(1)(ii). We believe
that it is essential that an institution is
able to demonstrate that students
graduate from the longer length degree
program to ensure that the exception
provided in § 668.8(k)(1)(ii) is being
appropriately applied. We note that in
an instance where a student is enrolled
in a new degree program in which the
first year of study may lead to a
certificate or diploma and the second
year provides an associate’s degree, any
student in the first year must have
eligibility for title IV, HEA programs
determined on a clock-hour basis until
students graduate from the program
with a degree after completing the
second year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters did
not agree with the provisions in
proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) and (B),
which provide for when a program is
required to measure student progress in
clock hours.
Two commenters believed that if an
institution’s State licensing board or
accrediting agency approve a credential
to be awarded in credit hours, then that
approval should be sufficient to award
title IV, HEA program funds based on
credit hours. These commenters
believed that the provisions in
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) and (B) create an
unnecessary duplication of services
provided by these approving entities.
One commenter believed that this
provision would be detrimental to
institutions that have received licensing,
accrediting, or Federal approval to use
credit hours because these institutions
would need to convert to clock hours.
A few commenters believed that
proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) is unclear
on the requirement to measure student
progress in clock hours. These
commenters believed that State
agencies’ disclosure and calculation
requirements may involve clock hours
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
but do not necessarily require that an
institution measure student progress in
clock hours. These commenters
recommended revising proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) so that an institution
is not required to measure student
progress in clock hours unless the
Federal or State authority requires the
institution to measure student progress
exclusively in clock hours. One
commenter believed that many
accrediting agencies and State agencies
require institutions to include a clockto-credit-hour conversion rate as part of
the new program submission process,
but it is not the agencies’ intent to
consider these credit-hour programs as
clock-hour programs. The commenter
suggested adding a provision to
proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) so that it
does not apply to institutions that are
required to include a clock-to-credithour conversion rate in their accrediting
agency or State application for a new
program.
One commenter believed that
accrediting agencies’ standards vary
with regard to requirements for
programs offering a certain number of
clock hours in order for a graduate to be
eligible to take a certification or
licensure exam and students’
requirement to attend the programs’
clock hours. This commenter believed
that there should be no requirement for
a program to be a clock-hour program
unless an accrediting agency specifies
that students must attend the clock
hours to take the certification or
licensure exam.
A few commenters believed that
credit-hour programs are more
recognized by employers and
institutions. These commenters believed
that it is difficult for students in clockhour programs to transfer to credit-hour
programs. The commenters also
believed that employer-paid or
employer-reimbursed tuition programs
are generally administered based on
credit hours.
One commenter believed that the
proposed clock-to-credit-hour
conversion provisions that only use
credit hours were not consistent
concerning States throughout the
proposed regulations.
Discussion: The provisions in
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) provide that a
program must be considered a clockhour program for title IV, HEA program
purposes if the program is required to
measure student progress in clock hours
for Federal or State approval or
licensure. We believe that any
requirement for a program to be
measured in clock hours to receive
Federal or State approval or licensure,
and any requirement for a graduate to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
complete clock hours to apply for
licensure or authorization to practice an
occupation demonstrates that a program
is fundamentally a clock-hour program,
regardless of whether the program has
received Federal, State, or accrediting
approval to offer the program in credit
hours. As clock-hour programs, these
programs are required to measure
student progress in clock hours for title
IV, HEA program purposes. In these
circumstances where a requirement
exists for the program to be measured in
clock hours, this becomes the
fundamental measure of that program
for title IV, HEA program purposes. This
outcome is not changed for such a
program when an institution’s State
licensing board or accrediting agency
also allows the institution to award a
credential based upon credit hours, or
when a State licensing board may
require that a program be measured in
clock hours but the program is approved
by the institution’s accrediting agency
in credit hours. Further, because the
institution is already required to report
or otherwise establish the underlying
clock hours of a program, we do not
agree that provisions in
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) and (B) create an
unnecessary duplication of services
provided by these approving entities.
We also do not believe that using clock
hours for title IV, HEA program
purposes will be detrimental to
institutions that have received licensing,
accrediting, or Federal approval to use
credit hours for academic purposes. In
the case of institutions that are required
to include a clock-to-credit-hour
conversion rate in their accrediting
agency or State application for a new
program, we do not believe those
accrediting agency or State requirements
would affect the application of the
provisions of § 668.8(k)(2)(i)(A) and (B)
because the institution is clearly
required to establish the clock hours in
the program to receive approval.
With regard to the commenters who
believed that credit-hour programs are
more recognized and accepted by
employers and institutions, there are no
provisions in § 668.8(k) and (l) that
would prevent a program that must be
considered a clock-hour program for
title IV, HEA program purposes from
also being offered in credit hours for
academic or other purposes. We agree
there was an inconsistency in proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2) with State requirements.
Proposed § 668.8(l)(2) incorrectly
referred to an institution’s relevant State
licensing authority when it should have
referred to an institution’s recognized
State agency for the approval of public
postsecondary vocational institutions
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66855
that approves the institution in lieu of
accreditation by a nationally recognized
accrediting agency. This has been
corrected.
Changes: Section 668.8(l)(2) has been
modified to remove the reference from
proposed § 668.8(l)(2) to an institution’s
relevant State licensing authority and
now refers to an institution’s recognized
State agency for the approval of public
postsecondary vocational institutions.
Comment: Several commenters did
not agree with proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(iii) that provides that an
institution must require attendance in
the clock hours that are the basis for
credit hours awarded, except as
provided in current § 668.4(e).
Some of these commenters questioned
the effect this provision would have on
institutions’ attendance policies and
asked that the Department clarify
whether institutions are required to take
attendance and have attendance policies
that prohibit students from having
absences. Two commenters believed
that institutions would be required to
take attendance in clock hours and
credit hours. A few commenters noted
that institutions that recently converted
to systems using credit hours instead of
clock hours, but that do not take
attendance, would be particularly
burdened.
A few commenters believed that the
Department did not address how
institutions should handle typical
classroom absences or extended leaves
of absence when calculating clock hours
completed or converting credit hours to
clock hours. One commenter expressed
concern that this provision in proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(iii) would decrease
institutions’ ability to address students’
needs in regard to absences. A few
commenters asked whether a student
must attend 100 percent of the clock
hours in a course in order to receive
credit for the course.
One commenter believed that the
proposed provision is impractical
because most institutions use a 50minute instructional hour instead of a
60-minute clock hour. This commenter
also believed that the provision was
unclear on whether the relevant clock
hours would be considered to be
provided if no instructor appeared for
the clock hour.
One commenter believed that the
Department should clearly state in the
final regulations that § 668.8(k)(2)(iii) is
not intended to be a test of the
reasonable equivalencies that
institutions can develop with regard to
determining credit hours as that term is
defined in proposed § 600.2.
Discussion: We believe it is essential
for an institution to require students to
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66856
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
complete the clock hours that are the
basis for the credit hours awarded in a
program even when an institution
converts a program to credit hours
under the provisions of § 668.8(k) and
(l). These programs are still required to
contain the clock hours that support the
conversion under the regulations, and
institutions are expected to make sure
that those clock hours are completed by
the students, subject to the institution’s
existing policies for excused absences
and make-up classes.
We do not agree with the commenters
who believe that § 668.8(k)(2)(iii) does
not provide for excused absences or
would require 100 percent attendance,
because the regulations for clock hour
programs already account for excused
absences. Section 668.8(k)(2)(iii)
specifically accounts for excused
absences in accordance with the current
regulations in § 668.4(e) which provides
guidance on when an institution, in
determining whether a student has
successfully completed the clock hours
in a payment period, may include clock
hours for which the student has an
excused absence. An institution should
ensure that students taking a program in
credit hours are still completing the
clock hours associated with the
conversion, and excused absences from
the classes should be within the
tolerance permitted in the clock hour
regulations. With regard to a leave of
absence, an institution is expected to
ensure that a student returning from an
approved leave of absence still
completes the clock hours that are
needed to support the conversion for the
program.
We do not agree with the commenter
who believed that § 668.8(k)(2)(iii) is
impractical because most institutions
use a 50-minute instructional hour
instead of a 60-minute clock hour. A
clock hour is currently defined in
§ 600.2 as (1) a 50- to 60-minute class,
lecture, or recitation in a 60-minute
period; (2) a 50- to 60-minute facultysupervised laboratory, shop training, or
internship in a 60-minute period; or (3)
sixty minutes of preparation in a
correspondence course. We also do not
agree with this commenter’s belief that
the provision is unclear on whether the
relevant clock hours would be
considered to be provided if no
instructor appeared for the clock hour.
If a student is unable to complete a
clock hour because the instructor is not
present, there is no clock hour to be
counted towards meeting the required
clock hours unless it may be counted as
an approved absence.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter believed
that the Department should clearly state
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
in the final regulations that
§ 668.8(k)(2)(iii) is not intended to be a
test of the reasonable equivalencies that
institutions can develop with regard to
determining credit hours as that term is
defined in § 600.2.
Discussion: We do not believe it is
necessary to amend § 668.8(k)(2)(iii) to
state that the provision is not intended
to be a test of the reasonable
equivalencies that institutions can
develop with regard to determining
credit hours as defined in § 600.2. The
credit-hour definition in § 600.2
specifically excludes its applicability to
a program subject to the conversion
formula in § 668.8(l).
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters believed
that proposed § 668.8(l) would decrease
students’ eligibility for title IV, HEA
program funds. These commenters
believed that students enrolled in shortterm and nondegree programs measured
in credit hours would unjustly
experience a decrease in their eligibility
for title IV, HEA program funds because
the proposed clock-to-credit-hour
conversion would require institutions to
use 900 clock hours instead of the
current 720 clock hours to support the
same amount of credit hours.
These commenters believed that
students’ decreased eligibility would
force them to withdraw from short-term
and nondegree programs or rely on
loans which would increase their debt.
One of these commenters expressed
concern that the decreased eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds would
disproportionately impact
nontraditional and financially
disadvantaged students.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters who believed that students
currently enrolled in short-term or
nondegree programs would unjustly
experience a decrease in their eligibility
for title IV, HEA program funds nor do
we believe that the conversion formula
inappropriately impacts students’ title
IV, HEA program eligibility. We do not
believe that the clock-to-credit-hour
conversion rate in current § 668.8(l)
provides equitable outcomes for
students taking similar programs
measured in clock-hours and credit
hours. The current regulations result in
students in some credit hour programs
having greater eligibility based on a
conversion from clock hours to credit
hours that assumed student work
outside of class is always present in the
same ratio to the time the students
spend in class. The changes to the
conversion formula in § 668.8(l) of these
final regulations provide for a more
equitable accounting for student work
outside of class. New § 668.8(l)(2) would
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provide for conversion based on the
varying rates of work outside class for
particular educational activities within
a student’s courses or program rather
than mandating the use of a constant
ratio that may be incorrect. An
institution applying the appropriate
conversion rate to a program in
accordance with § 668.8(l)(1) would be
considered compliant with § 668.8(l).
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters believed
that the proposed clock-to-credit-hour
conversion formula would force
institutions to increase the lengths of
their programs or offer associate’s
degrees in order to retain their eligibility
for title IV, HEA program funds. Several
of these commenters believed that
increasing program lengths would cause
financial hardships for students by
delaying students’ entry into workforce
and increasing tuition. A few
commenters believed that many
programs would be potentially
eliminated because of the institutional
burden of unnecessarily extending
program lengths.
Discussion: We do not agree with
these commenters. Under the current
regulations in § 668.8(d), public and
private nonprofit institutions and
proprietary institutions offering
undergraduate programs may have
eligible programs with a minimum of
600 clock hours, 16 semester or
trimester hours, or 24 quarter hours. To
the extent that any short-term programs
would not have been eligible for title IV,
HEA program funds in the past due to
the inequitable clock-to-credit-hour
conversion rate, we believe that
students enrolled in these programs
should not have been eligible for title
IV, HEA program funds. Short-term
programs offered in credit hours that
contained outside work that met or
exceeded the assumed outside work that
was implicit in the conversion should
be in compliance with the new
requirements and unaffected by the
change.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
questioned how proposed § 668.8(l)
would affect institutional credit
policies. One commenter believed that
programs that were designed to be
compliant with the clock-to-credit-hour
conversion ratio for a semester hour in
current § 668.8(l) cannot be easily or
quickly changed because using the ratio
alters the delivery, design, and
curricular structure of the programs.
One commenter requested
clarification of how the conversion
should be applied when one program
has courses that require outside work
and other courses that do not.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion: We do not believe that it
is necessary for programs to change
their structure or credit assignments for
academic purposes if they are subject to
the conversion formula in new
§ 668.8(l); however, institutions are
responsible for ensuring that the credit
hours awarded for title IV, HEA program
purposes comply with the provisions in
§ 668.8(l). In some instances, there may
be no discernable difference between
institutions’ determinations of credit
hours for academic purposes and title
IV, HEA program purposes depending
on the outcome of determinations of
work outside of class and instructional
periods within a program. Some
institutions may currently award fewer
credits then the existing regulations
allow or would be allowed under the
final regulations.
The provisions in § 668.8(l)(2) provide
an exception to the minimum standard
for converting clock hours to credit
hours in § 668.8(l)(1) for coursework in
a program that qualifies for a lesser rate
of conversion based on additional
student work outside of class. In a case
where a program offers courses with
work outside of class, an institution
must use the standards in § 668.8(l)(1)
for the courses without the work outside
of class and may apply the exception in
§ 668.8(l)(2) to courses with work
outside of class.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter supported
proposed § 668.8(l)(2) because it
provides institutions the ability to
account for work outside of class. One
commenter supported the provision, but
recommended that the Department
specify when an institution is eligible to
use work outside of class as part of the
total clock-hour calculation.
A few commenters asked for
clarification regarding proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2) and the work outside of
class that may be combined with clock
hours of instruction in order to meet or
exceed the numeric requirements
established in § 668.8(l)(1). These
commenters requested clarification on
how institutions should measure
student’s completion of work outside of
class, whether work outside of class
should be identified in course syllabi,
whether work outside of class should be
graded, and what entity should
determine that a program is suited to
include work outside of class.
Discussion: Under § 668.8(l)(2), an
institution may use a determination of
appropriate amounts of work outside of
class for various educational activities
in a course or program in determining
the appropriate conversion rate from
clock hours to credit hours for each
educational activity in the course or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
program. However, we do not believe
that it is appropriate for the Department
to provide more specificity for
determining the appropriate conversion
rates for various educational activities
in a course or program. An institution,
in accordance with the requirements of
its designated accrediting agency, or
State agency for the approval of public
postsecondary vocational institutions,
recognized under 34 CFR 603, is
responsible for making determinations
of the appropriate credit hours under
proposed § 668.8(l)(2). If an institution
is unsure of how to apply the provisions
of § 668.8(l)(2) to a program, it would be
considered compliant if it uses the
appropriate conversion ratio specified
in § 668.8(l)(1).
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
eliminating the provision in proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(ii) that requires institutions
to measure student progress in clock
hours in any program if the credit hours
awarded for the program are not in
compliance with the definition of credit
hour in § 600.2. The commenter
believed the Secretary’s proposed
credit-hour definition in § 600.2 allowed
the Secretary to interfere in academic
matters.
Discussion: The definition of credit
hour in § 600.2 is intended to establish
a quantifiable, minimum basis for a
credit hour for Federal program
purposes, including the title IV, HEA
programs. We believe that it is necessary
to establish the standards by which a
program that awards credit hours that
are not in compliance with the
definition of credit hour in § 600.2 may
still be eligible for title IV, HEA program
funds. Thus, § 668.8(k)(2)(ii) provides
that a program that does not award
credit hours in compliance with § 600.2
may still be eligible for title IV, HEA
programs using the underlying clockhours of the program.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
requested clarification on how to
address students that are already
enrolled in programs that may change
the measurement of student progress to
comply with proposed § 668.8(k) and (l).
A few of these commenters also
requested additional time to comply
with the proposed regulations in these
sections. One commenter requested that
current students should be permitted to
complete their programs using the
current conversion ratio. One
commenter asked that the Secretary
allow institutions that offered credithour programs in the 2010–11 academic
year, but will need to measure student
progress in clock hours under proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i)(B), to continue
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66857
measuring student progress in these
programs using credit hours.
One commenter asked whether
institutions are required to execute
revised Enrollment Agreements with
currently enrolled students when the
new regulations take effect.
One commenter suggested that the
conversation rate in § 668.8(l) should
not be applied to existing programs for
at least one year from July 1, 2011 to
allow for accrediting agencies to create
procedures for assessing institutions’
assignment of credit hours. This
commenter added that only new
programs should be required to use the
proposed conversion rate.
One commenter requested that the
proposed provisions in § 668.8(l)(2)(i)
not take effect for two award years in
order for institutions that use clock
hours to have time to redesign their
programs.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters’ concerns regarding the
applicability of the changes to § 668.8(k)
and (l) to students enrolled prior to the
effective date of these regulations in
programs affected by the changes in the
requirements. We agree that for students
enrolled in programs subject to the
provisions in § 668.8(k) and (l) as of the
July 1, 2011 effective date of these final
regulations, an institution may choose
to apply the regulations in current
§ 668.8(k) and (l) until these students
complete the program or to apply
amended § 668.8(k) and (l) in these final
regulations for all students enrolled in
payment periods or assigned to the
2011–12 and subsequent award years.
For students who enroll or reenroll on
or after July 1, 2011 in programs affected
by changes in § 668.8(k) and (l),
institutions must determine title IV,
HEA eligibility using § 668.8(k) and (l)
in these final regulations.
We do not agree that a delay in the
effective date is needed for institutions
to allow institutions more time to bring
their existing programs into compliance.
If an institution’s accrediting agency, or
State agency, is not yet compliant with
the provisions of § 602.24(f) for an
accrediting agency, or § 603.24(c) for a
State agency, the institution must use
the conversion formula in § 668.8(l)(1)
of these final regulations until the State
agency and accrediting agency are
compliant.
Changes: None.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66858
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
State Authorization (§§ 600.4(a)(3),
600.5(a)(4), 600.6(a)(3), 600.9, and
668.43(b))
General—No Mandate for a State
Licensing Agency
Comment: Several commenters
believed the proposed regulations
would create mandates for States to
create new State oversight bodies or
licensing agencies, or compel States to
create bureaucratic structures that
would further strain higher education
resources. Some commenters believed
that a majority of the States would have
to modify licensing requirements or
adopt new legislation and that the
regulations would cause a major shift in
State responsibility.
Discussion: These final regulations do
not mandate that a State create any
licensing agency for purposes of Federal
program eligibility. Under the final
regulations, an institution may be
legally authorized by the State based on
methods such as State charters, State
laws, State constitutional provisions, or
articles of incorporation that authorize
an entity to offer educational programs
beyond secondary education in the
State. If the State had an additional
approval or licensure requirement, the
institution must comply with those
requirements. In the case of an entity
established as a business or nonprofit
charitable organization, i.e., not as an
educational institution, the entity would
be required to have authorization from
the State to offer educational programs
beyond secondary education. While
these final regulations require the
creation of a State licensing agency, a
State may choose to rely on such an
agency to legally authorize institutions
to offer postsecondary education in the
State for purposes of Federal program
eligibility.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposed regulations as
an effort to address fraud and abuse in
Federal programs through State
oversight. An association representing
State higher education officials noted
that despite differences in State
practice, all the States, within our
Federal system, have responsibilities to
protect the interests of students and the
public in postsecondary education and
supported the basic elements of
proposed § 600.9. A State agency official
praised the Department’s proposed
regulations but suggested that the
Department insert ‘‘by name’’ in the
proposed § 600.9(a)(1) to provide some
protection against recurrence of
situations such as the one in California
when the State licensing agency lapsed
prior to the State renewing the agency
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or a successor to the agency and no
State approval was in place that named
an institution as licensed or authorized
to operate in the State.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
of the commenters. We agree with the
commenter that a State’s authorization
should name the institution being
authorized. We believe that by naming
the institution in its authorization for
the institution to offer postsecondary
education in the State, the State is
providing the necessary positive
authorization expected under § 600.9.
Changes: We are amending proposed
§ 600.9, where appropriate, to recognize
that an institution authorized by name
in a State will meet the State
authorization requirements as discussed
further in response to other comments.
Comment: Some commenters believed
that the proposed regulations exceeded
the Department’s authority and
infringed on the States’ authority. One
commenter requested that the proposed
regulations be eliminated because
private institutions are authorized
through various unique authorizations.
Another commenter believed that the
proposed regulations upset the balance
of the ‘‘Triad’’ of oversight by States,
accrediting agencies, and the Federal
Government. One commenter
questioned whether the Department
could impose conditions restricting a
State’s freedom of action in determining
which institutions are authorized by the
State by requiring that a State’s
authorization must be subject to, for
example, adverse actions and provision
for reviewing complaints. The
commenter believed that there was no
intent to have the Department impose
such conditions. Another commenter
believed that proposed § 600.9
unnecessarily intruded on each State’s
prerogative to determine its own laws
and regulations relative to the
authorization of higher education
institutions and to define the conditions
for its own regulations. One commenter
suggested that the Department only
apply proposed § 600.9 to the problem
areas that the commenter identified as
substandard schools, diploma mills, and
private proprietary institutions.
One commenter believed that the
proposed regulations would infringe
upon the States’ sovereignty by
commanding state governments to
implement legislation enacted by
Congress. Specifically, the commenter
noted that under the proposed
regulations the States must adopt
legislation or rules that expressly
authorize institutions to offer
postsecondary programs and further
make such an authorization subject to
adverse action by the State and that the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed regulations would require that
States establish a process to act on
complaints about the institution and
enforce State laws against the
institution. The commenter believed
that the Department would improperly
direct State officials to participate in the
administration of a federally enacted
regulatory scheme in violation of State
Sovereignty. By doing so, the
commenter believed that the Federal
Government would be forcing State
governments to absorb the financial
burden of implementing a Federal
regulatory program, while allowing the
Federal government to take credit for
‘‘solving’’ problems without having to
ask their constituents to pay for the
solutions with higher Federal taxes. The
commenter believed that the
Department cannot construe the HEA to
require a State to regulate according to
the Department’s wishes. The
commenter believed that such a
construction would exceed the
Department’s authority under the HEA
and violate the States’ rights under the
Tenth Amendment.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters that the proposed
regulations exceed the Department’s
authority and infringe on States’
authority. Under the provisions of the
HEA and the institutional eligibility
regulations, the Department is required
to determine whether an institution is
legally authorized by a State to offer
postsecondary education if the
institution is to meet the definition of an
institution of higher education,
proprietary institution of higher
education, or postsecondary vocational
institution (20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002) as
those terms are defined in §§ 600.4,
600.5, and 600.6 of the institutional
eligibility regulations. In accordance
with the provisions of the HEA, the
Department is establishing minimum
standards to determine whether an
institution is legally authorized to offer
postsecondary education by a State for
purposes of Federal programs. The
proposed regulations do not seek to
regulate what a State must do, but
instead considers whether a State
authorization is sufficient for an
institution that participates, or seeks to
participate, in Federal programs.
Contrary to the commenter’s
suggestion that the Department is
upsetting the Triad, we believe these
regulations clarify the role of the States,
a key participant in the Triad, in
establishing an institution’s eligibility
for Federal programs. Further, the
Department believes that clarifying the
State role in the Triad will address some
of the oversight concerns raised by
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
another commenter regarding problem
areas with certain types of institutions.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
questioned the need for proposed
§ 600.9. For example, several
commenters questioned whether the
Department’s concern that the failure of
California to reinstate a State regulatory
agency was justified. Commenters
believed that the regulations would not
have prevented the concerns the
Department identified in the case of the
lapsing of the California State agency.
One commenter believed the California
issue was resolved and that
accreditation and student financial aid
processes worked. Some commenters
believed that the current State
regulatory bodies or other authorization
methods were sufficient. One
commenter stated that authorizations
are spelled out in State statutes, and
there is no need for the regulations.
Some commenters believed that
additional information is needed, such
as a State-by-State review of the impact
of proposed § 600.9, or the States with
adequate or inadequate oversight.
Several commenters were concerned
that proposed § 600.9 would
unnecessarily impact small States
without discernable problems. Some
commenters believed there is no
evidence of marginal institutions
moving to States with lower standards
and that there is no danger to title IV,
HEA program funds. One commenter
believed that proposed § 600.9 should
be eliminated because the commenter
believed that its full effect is not known
and that it will be chaotic if
implemented. Another commenter
believed that proposed § 600.9 would be
burdensome, is not economically
feasible, and would leave an institution
at the mercy of the State. One
commenter believed that proposed
§ 600.9 would encourage for-profit
institutions to undermine State agencies
such as through lobbying to underfund
an agency and would stall
reconsideration of legislation.
Some commenters believed that the
Department’s concerns were valid. One
of these commenters believed that, in
the absence of regulations, many States
have forfeited their public
responsibilities to accrediting agencies.
In the case of the interim lapse of the
State regulatory agency in California,
the commenter believed that we do not
know yet the extent of the mischief that
may have occurred or may still occur,
but the commenter has received reports
that schools began operating in the gap
period and are being allowed to
continue to operate without State
approval until the new agency is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
operational. The commenter understood
that at least one of those schools closed
abruptly, leaving many students with
debts owed and no credential to show
for their efforts.
Some commenters believed that the
proposed regulations would not address
issues with degree mills as they are not
accredited. Some commenters urged the
Department to offer leadership and
support of Federal legislation and
funding to combat diploma mills.
One commenter recommended that
the Department use Federal funds for
oversight. Another commenter
suggested that the Department
encourage the Federal Government to
provide incentives to the States.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters who believe that proposed
§ 600.9 should be eliminated. For
example, we believe these regulations
may have prevented the situation in
California from occurring or would have
greatly reduced the period of time
during which the State failed to provide
adequate oversight. While it may appear
that the California situation was
satisfactorily resolved as some
commenters suggested, the absence of a
regulation created uncertainty. As one
commenter noted, during the period
when the State failed to act, it appears
that problems did occur, and that no
process existed for new institutions to
obtain State authorization after the
dissolution of the State agency. We are
concerned that States have not
consistently provided adequate
oversight, and thus we believe Federal
funds and students are at risk as we
have anecdotally observed institutions
shopping for States with little or no
oversight. As a corollary effect of
establishing some minimal requirements
for State authorization for purposes of
Federal programs, we believe the public
will benefit by reducing the possibilities
for degree mills to operate, without the
need for additional Federal intervention
or funding. We do not believe that
additional information is needed to
support § 600.9 in these final
regulations as § 600.9 only requires an
institution demonstrate that it meets a
minimal level of authorization by the
State to offer postsecondary education.
Because the provisions of § 600.9 are
minimal, we believe that many States
will already satisfy these requirements,
and we anticipate institutions in all
States will be able to meet the
requirements under the regulations over
time. This requirement will also bring
greater clarity to State authorization
processes as part of the Triad. Since the
final regulations only establish minimal
standards for institutions to qualify as
legally authorized by a State, we believe
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66859
that, in most instances they do not
impose significant burden or costs.
States are also given numerous options
to meet these minimum requirements if
they do not already do so, and this
flexibility may lead to some States using
different authorizations for different
types of institutions in order to
minimize burden and provide better
oversight. The question of whether these
regulations will impact the ability of
any group to seek changes to a State’s
requirements is beyond the purview of
these final regulations. As one
commenter requested, we will continue
to support oversight functions as
provided under Federal law, and we
believe that these final regulations will
provide the necessary incentives to the
States to assure a minimal level of State
oversight.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned how the Department would
enforce the proposed regulations. One
commenter stated that the Department
has no mechanism to enforce the
proposed regulations and asks how they
will improve program integrity. One
commenter questioned why an
institution may be held accountable for
the actions of the State over which it has
no direct control.
Discussion: Any institution applying
to participate in a Federal program
under the HEA must demonstrate that it
has the legal authority to offer
postsecondary education in accordance
with § 600.9 of these final regulations. If
a State declines to provide an institution
with legal authorization to offer
postsecondary education in accordance
with these regulations, the institution
will not be eligible to participate in
Federal programs.
As to an institution’s inability to
control the actions of a State, we do not
believe such a circumstance is any
different than an institution failing to
comply with an accreditation
requirement that results in the
institution’s loss of accredited status.
We believe that in any circumstance in
which an institution is unable to qualify
as legally authorized under § 600.9 of
these final regulations, the institution
and State will take the necessary actions
to meet the requirements of § 600.9 of
these final regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter believed
that proposed § 600.9 would result in an
unfunded mandate by the Federal
Government. Another commenter stated
that many States may see proposed
§ 600.9 as a revenue-generating
opportunity and pass the costs of this
requirement on to institutions, which
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66860
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
would have no choice but to pass that
cost on to students.
Discussion: We do not agree that
§ 600.9 of these final regulations will
result in an unfunded mandate by the
Federal Government, since many States
will already be compliant and options
are available that should permit other
States to come into compliance with
only minimal changes in procedures or
requirements if they want to provide
acceptable State authorizations for
institutions. The regulations also
include a process for an institution to
request additional time to become
compliant. Furthermore, if a State is
unwilling to become compliant with
§ 600.9, there is no requirement that it
do so. We also do not agree that States
will see coming into compliance with
§ 600.9 as a revenue-generating
opportunity, since any required changes
are likely to be minimal.
Changes: None.
Implementation
Comment: Some commenters believed
that the proposed regulations are
ambiguous in meaning and application
or are vague in identifying which State
policies are sufficient. For example, one
State higher education official suggested
that proposed § 600.9 should be
amended to differentiate among
authorities to operate arising from
administrative authorization of private
institutions from legislation and from
constitutional provisions assigning
responsibility to operate public
institutions. The commenter believed
that proposed § 600.9 obfuscated the
various means of establishing State
authorization and the fundamental roles
of State legislatures and State
constitutions and recommended that
these means of authorization and roles
of State entities should be clarified.
Several commenters questioned what
authorizing an institution to offer
postsecondary programs entails. A few
commenters pointed out that there is a
wide array of State approval methods
and many institutions were founded
before the creation of State licensing
agencies. An association representing
State higher education officials urged
that ample discretionary authority
explicitly be left to the States. One
commenter indicated that proposed
§ 600.9 failed to address when more
than one State entity is responsible for
a portion of the oversight in States
where dual or multiple certifications are
required. Another commenter believed
that proposed § 600.9 did not
adequately address the affect an
institution’s compliance with proposed
§ 600.9 would have if one of two
different State approvals lapsed and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
both were necessary to be authorized to
operate in the State or if the State ceased
to have a process for handling
complaints but the institutions
continued to be licensed to offer
postsecondary education. Some
commenters asked whether specific
State regulatory frameworks would meet
the provisions of the proposed
regulations. For example, one
commenter believed that, under State
law and practice in the commenter’s
State, the private institutions in the
State already met the requirements in
proposed § 600.9 that the commenter
believed included: (1) The institution
being authorized by a State through a
charter, license, approval, or other
document issued by an appropriate
State government agency or State entity;
(2) the institution being authorized
specifically as an educational
institution, not merely as a business or
an eleemosynary organization; (3) the
institution’s authorization being subject
to adverse action by the State; and (4)
the State having a process to review and
appropriately act on complaints
concerning an institution. The
commenter noted that all postsecondary
institutions in the State must either
have a ‘‘universal charter’’ awarded by
the legislature or be approved to offer
postsecondary programs. The
commenter noted that these institutions
are authorized as educational
institutions, not as businesses. In
another example, a commenter from
another State believed that current law
in the commenter’s State addresses and
covers many of the requirements
outlined in proposed § 600.9. The
commenter noted that many of the State
laws are enforced by the State’s
Attorney General and attempt to protect
individuals from fraud and abuse in the
State’s system of higher education.
However, the commenter believed that
it remained unclear whether the State
would be required to create an oversight
board for independent institutions like
the commenter’s institution or would be
subject to State licensure requirements
via the State licensure agency. The
commenter believed that either option
would erode the autonomy of the
commenter’s institution and add layers
of bureaucracy to address issues
currently covered by State and Federal
laws.
One commenter suggested that
proposed § 600.9(a)(1) be amended to
provide that authorization may be based
on other documents issued by an
appropriate State government agency
and delete the reference to ‘‘state entity.’’
The commenter believed that the
documents would affirm or convey the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
authority to the institution to operate
educational programs beyond secondary
education by duly enacted State
legislation establishing an institution
and defining its mission to provide such
educational programs or by duly
adopted State constitutional provisions
assigning authority to operate
institutions offering such educational
programs.
Some commenters questioned
whether there were any factors that a
State may not consider when granting
legal authorization. One commenter
requested confirmation that under the
proposed regulations authorization does
not typically include State regulation of
an institution’s operations nor does it
include continual oversight. A few
commenters expressed concern
regarding the involvement of the States
in authorization and that a State’s role
may extend into defining, for example,
curriculum, teaching methods, subject
matter content, faculty qualifications,
and learning outcomes. One commenter
was concerned that proposed § 600.9
would create fiscal constraints on an
institution due to, for example,
additional reporting requirements or
would impose homogeneity upon
institutions that would compromise
their unique missions. One commenter
stated that the Department does not
have the authority to review issues of
academic freedom or curriculum
content.
One commenter wanted assurances
that the Department does not intend to
use the proposed regulations to
strengthen State oversight of colleges
beyond current practices. One
commenter was concerned that States
could exercise greater and more
intrusive oversight of private colleges.
One commenter suggested that the
Department grandfather all institutions
currently operating under a State’s
regulatory authority without a
determination of its adequacy. Another
indicated that private colleges and
universities operating under a Stateapproved charter issued prior to 1972
are already subject to State regulation,
even as they are exempt from State
licensing. One commenter believed that
the Department should accept State
laws and regulations that can be
reasonably interpreted as meeting the
regulatory requirements.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters who were concerned that
proposed § 600.9 may be viewed as
ambiguous in describing a minimal
standard for establishing State legal
authorization. We agree, in principle,
with the State higher education official
who suggested that proposed § 600.9
should be amended to differentiate the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
types of State authorizations for
institutions to operate, but not based
upon whether the source of the
authorization is administrative or
legislative. We believe the distinction
for purposes of Federal programs is
whether the legal entities are
specifically established under State
requirements as educational institutions
or instead are established as business or
nonprofit charitable organizations that
may operate without being specifically
established as educational institutions.
We believe this clarification addresses
the concerns of whether specific States’
requirements were compliant with
§ 600.9 as provided in these final
regulations.
We continue to view State
authorization to offer postsecondary
educational programs as a substantive
requirement where the State takes an
active role in authorizing an institution
to offer postsecondary education. This
view means that a State may choose a
number of ways to authorize an
institution either as an educational
institution or as a business or nonprofit
charitable organization without specific
authorization by the State to offer
postsecondary educational programs.
These legal means include provisions of
a State’s constitution or law, State
charter, or articles of incorporation that
name the institution as established to
offer postsecondary education. In
addition, such an institution also may
be subject to approval or licensure by
State boards or State agencies that
license or approve the institution to
offer postsecondary education. If a legal
entity is established by a State as a
business or a nonprofit charitable
organization and not specifically as an
educational institution, it may be
subject to approval or licensure by State
boards or State agencies that license or
approve the institution to offer
postsecondary education. The key issue
is whether the legal authorization the
institution receives through these means
is for the purpose of offering
postsecondary education in the State.
In some instances, as one commenter
noted, a State may have multiple State
entities that must authorize an
institution to offer postsecondary
programs. In this circumstance, to
comply with § 600.9, we would expect
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
that the institution would demonstrate
that it was authorized to offer
postsecondary programs by all of the
relevant State entities that conferred
such authorizations to that type of
institution.
We do not believe it is relevant that
an institution may have been
established prior to any State oversight.
We are concerned that institutions
currently be authorized by a State to
offer postsecondary education, although
we recognize that a State’s current
approval for an institution may be based
on historical facts. We therefore do not
believe it is necessary to grandfather
institutions currently operating under a
State’s regulations or statutes nor are we
making any determination of the
adequacy of a State’s methods of
authorizing postsecondary education
apart from meeting the basic provisions
of § 600.9 in these final regulations. If a
private college or university is operating
under a State-approved charter
specifically authorizing the institution
by name to offer postsecondary
education in the State, a State may
exempt an institution from any further
State licensure process. The
requirement to be named specifically in
a State action also applies if the
institution is exempt from State
licensure based upon another condition,
such as its accreditation by a nationally
recognized accrediting agency or years
in operation.
Further, these regulations only require
changes where a State does not have any
authorizing mechanisms for institutions
other than an approval to operate as a
business entity, or does not have a
mechanism to review complaints
against institutions. We anticipate that
many States already meet these
requirements, and will have time to
make any necessary adjustments to meet
the needs of the institutions.
With regard to the commenters who
were concerned with the potential scope
of a State’s authority, we note that the
Department does not limit a State’s
oversight of institutions, and only sets
minimum requirements for institutions
to show they are legally authorized by
a State to provide educational programs
above the secondary level. These
regulations neither increase nor limit a
State’s authority to authorize, approve,
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66861
or license institutions operating in the
State to offer postsecondary education.
Further, nothing in these final
regulations limits a State’s authority to
revoke the authorization, approval, or
license of such institutions. Section
600.9 ensures that an institution
qualifies for Federal programs based on
its authorization by the State to offer
postsecondary education.
Changes: We are amending proposed
§ 600.9 to distinguish the type of State
approvals that are acceptable for an
institution to demonstrate that it is
authorized by the State to offer
educational programs beyond the
secondary level.
An institution is legally authorized by
the State if the State establishes the
institution by name as an educational
institution through a charter, statute,
constitutional provision, or other action
to operate educational programs beyond
secondary education, including
programs leading to a degree or
certificate. If, in addition, the State has
an applicable State approval or
licensure process, the institution must
also comply with that process to be
considered legally authorized. However,
an institution created by the State may
be exempted by name from any State
approval or licensure requirements
based on the institution’s accreditation
by an accrediting agency recognized by
the Secretary or based upon the
institution being in operation for at least
20 years.
If the legal entity is established by a
State as a business or a nonprofit
charitable organization and not
specifically as an educational
institution, the State must have a
separate procedure to approve or license
the entity by name to operate programs
beyond secondary education, including
programs leading to a degree or
certificate. For an institution authorized
under these circumstances, the State
may not exempt the entity from the
State’s approval or licensure
requirements based on accreditation,
years in operation, or other comparable
exemption.
The following chart and examples
illustrate the basic principles of
amended § 600.9:
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66862
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
MEETS STATE AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENTS*
Legal entity
Entity description
Approval or licensure process
Educational institution .......................
A public, private nonprofit, or for-profit institution established by name by a State through a charter,
statute, or other action issued by an appropriate
State agency or State entity as an educational institution authorized to operate educational programs beyond secondary education, including
programs leading to a degree or certificate.
A for-profit entity established by the State on the
basis of an authorization or license to conduct
commerce or provide services.
The institution must comply with any applicable
State approval or licensure process and be approved or licensed by name, and may be exempted from such requirement based on its accreditation, or being in operation at least 20
years, or use both criteria.
Business ...........................................
Charitable organization .....................
A nonprofit entity established by the State on the
basis of an authorization or license for the public
interest or common good.
The State must have a State approval or licensure
process, and the institution must comply with the
State approval or licensure process and be approved or licensed by name.
An institution in this category may not be exempted
from State approval or licensure based on accreditation, years in operation, or a comparable
exemption
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
*Notes:
• Federal, tribal, and religious institutions are exempt from these requirements.
• A State must have a process, applicable to all institutions except tribal and Federal institutions, to review and address complaints directly or
through referrals.
• The chart does not take into requirements related to State reciprocity.
Examples
Institutions considered legally
authorized under amended § 600.9:
• A college has a royal charter from
the colonial period recognized by the
State as authorizing the institution by
name to offer postsecondary programs.
The State has no licensure or approval
process.
• A community college meets the
requirements based upon its status as a
public institution.
• A nonprofit institution has State
constitutional authorization by name as
a postsecondary institution; State does
not apply a licensure or approval
process.
• A nonprofit institution has a State
charter as a postsecondary institution.
State law, without naming the
institution, considers the institution to
be authorized to operate in lieu of State
licensure based on accreditation by a
regional accrediting agency.
• An individual institution is owned
by a publically traded corporation that
is incorporated in a different State from
where the institution is located. The
institution is licensed to provide
educational programs beyond the
secondary level in the State where it is
located.
• An institution is owned by a
publicly traded corporation established
as a business without the articles of
incorporation specifying that the
institution is authorized to offer
postsecondary education, but the
institution is licensed by the State to
operate postsecondary education
programs.
• An individual institution is owned
by a publically traded corporation that
is incorporated in a different State from
where the institution is located. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
State licenses the institution by name as
a postsecondary institution.
• Rabbinical school awarding only a
certificate of Talmudic studies has
exemption as a religious institution
offering only religious programs.
• Tribal institution is chartered by the
tribal government.
Institutions not considered legally
authorized under amended § 600.9:
• An institution is a publicly traded
corporation established as a business
without the articles of incorporation
specifying that it is authorized to offer
postsecondary education, and the State
has no process to license or approve the
institution to offer postsecondary
education.
• A nonprofit institution is chartered
as a postsecondary institution. A State
law considers the institution to be
authorized based on accreditation in
lieu of State licensure but the institution
is not named in the State law and does
not have a certification by an
appropriate State official, e.g., State
Secretary of Education or State Attorney
General, that it is in compliance with
the exemption for State licensure
requirements.
• An institution is established as a
nonprofit entity without specific
authorization to offer postsecondary
education, but State law considers the
institution to be authorized based on it
being in operation for over 30 years. The
State Secretary of Education issues a
certificate of good standing to the
institution naming it as authorized to
offer postsecondary education based on
its years in operation.
• A Bible college is chartered as a
religious institution and offers liberal
arts and business programs as well as
Bible studies. It is exempted by State
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
law from State licensure requirements
but does not meet the definition of a
religious institution exempt from State
licensure for Federal purposes because
it offers other programs in addition to
religious programs.
• An institution is authorized based
solely on a business license, and the
State considers the institution to be
authorized to offer postsecondary
programs based on regional
accreditation.
Comment: One commenter provided
proposed wording to amend proposed
§ 600.9(a)(1) to clarify that the State
entity would include a State’s legal
predecessor. The commenter believed
that the change was necessary to ensure
that colonial charters would satisfy the
State authorization requirement.
Discussion: If a State considers an
institution authorized to offer
postsecondary education programs in
the State based on a colonial charter that
established the entity as an educational
institution offering programs beyond the
secondary level, the institution would
be considered to meet the provisions of
§ 600.09(a)(1)(i) of these final
regulations so long as the institution
also meets any additional licensure
requirements or approvals required by
the State.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that all institutions
within a State could lose title IV, HEA
program eligibility at once and that the
regulations put students at risk of harm
through something neither they nor the
institution can control.
One commenter was concerned with
how the Department would specifically
assess State compliance with proposed
§ 600.9. Another commenter believed
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
that the Department should accept State
laws and regulations that can be
reasonably interpreted as meeting the
requirements of § 600.9 especially if
State officials interpret their laws and
regulations in such a manner.
One commenter requested that the
Department explain how it would
address currently enrolled students if a
State is deemed not to provide sufficient
oversight in accordance with Federal
regulatory requirements. Another
commenter asked how the Department
will avoid such negative consequences
as granting closed school loan
discharges for large numbers of enrolled
students. One commenter requested that
the Department provide for seamless
reinstatement of full institutional
eligibility when a State meets all
eligibility requirements after losing
eligibility.
Discussion: We do not anticipate that
all institutions in a State will lose title
IV, HEA program assistance due to any
State failing to provide authorization to
its institutions under the regulations,
because States may meet this
requirement in a number of ways, and
also with different ways for different
types of institutions. If a State were to
undergo a change that limited or
removed a type of State approval that
had previously been in place, it would
generally relate to a particular set of
institutions within a State. For example,
a licensing agency for truck driving
schools could lapse or be closed at a
State Department of Transportation
without providing another means of
authorizing postsecondary truck driving
programs. Only the eligibility of truck
driving schools in the State would be
affected under § 600.9 while the State
could continue to be compliant for all
other institutions in the State. It also
seems likely that the State would
consider alternate ways to provide State
authorization for any institutions
affected by such a change.
We believe that the provisions in
amended § 600.9 are so basic that State
compliance will be easily established
for most institutions. The determination
of whether an institution has acceptable
State authorization for Federal program
purposes will be made by the
Department. We also note that the
regulations permit a delayed effective
date for this requirement under certain
circumstances discussed below, and this
delay will also limit the disruption to
some institutions within a State.
If an institution ceased to qualify as
an eligible institution because its State
legal authorization was no longer
compliant with amended § 600.9, the
institution and its students would be
subject to the requirements for loss of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
eligibility in subpart D of part 600 and
an institution would also be subject to
§ 668.26 regarding the end of its
participation in those programs. If an
institution’s State legal authorization
subsequently became compliant with
amended § 600.9, the institution could
then apply to the Department to resume
participation in the title IV, HEA
program.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters were
concerned that students may lose
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds if a State is not compliant with
proposed § 600.9. Some commenters
noted that States may have to take steps
to comply, which may include making
significant statutory changes, and the
regulations therefore need to allow
adequate time for such changes,
reflecting the various State legislative
calendars. In some cases, the
commenters believed a State’s
noncompliance would be because the
State could no longer afford to meet the
provisions of proposed § 600.9. One
commenter believed that alternative
pathways should be allowed for meeting
State authorization and that States that
exempt or grant waivers from licensing
should be considered to fulfill
requirements of proposed § 600.9 and
another questioned whether a State that
is not in compliance would have an
opportunity to cure perceived problems
before all institutions operating in the
State lost institutional eligibility.
Discussion: We recognize that a State
may not already provide appropriate
authorizations as required by § 600.9 for
every type of institution within the
State. However, we believe the
framework in § 600.9 is sound and
provides a State with different ways to
meet these requirements. Unless a State
provides at least this minimal level of
review, we do not believe it should be
considered as authorizing an institution
to offer an education program beyond
secondary education.
If a State is not compliant with § 600.9
for a type or sector of institutions in a
State, we believe the State and affected
institutions will create the necessary
means of establishing legal
authorization to offer postsecondary
education in the State in accordance
with amended § 600.9. However, in the
event a State is unable to provide
appropriate State authorizations to its
institutions by the July 1, 2011 effective
date of amended § 600.9(a) and (b), we
are providing that the institutions
unable to obtain State authorization in
that State may request a one-year
extension of the effective date of these
final regulations to July 1, 2012, and if
necessary, an additional one-extension
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66863
of the effective date to July 1, 2013. As
described in the section of the preamble
entitled ‘‘Implementation Date of These
Regulations,’’ to receive an extension of
the effective date of amended § 600.9(a)
and (b) for institutions in a State, an
institution must obtain from the State an
explanation of how a one-year extension
will permit the State to modify its
procedures to comply with amended
§ 600.9.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
requested that the Department identify,
publish, and maintain a list of States
that meet or do not meet the
requirements. One commenter cited an
analysis that estimated that 13 States
would comply with the proposed
regulations upon implementation; 6
States would clearly not be in
compliance; and 37 States would likely
have to amend, repeal, or otherwise
modify their laws. One commenter
requested data to be provided by the
Department for each sector of
postsecondary education, including
how many States are out of compliance,
how many institutions are within those
States, and how many students are
enrolled at those institutions.
Discussion: We do not believe that
there is a need to maintain and publish
a list of States that meet, or fail to meet
the requirements. States generally
employ more than one method of
authorizing postsecondary education.
For example, a State may authorize a
private nonprofit university through
issuing a charter to establish the
university, another private nonprofit
college through an act of the State
legislature, a for-profit business school
through a State postsecondary education
licensing agency, a cosmetology school
through a State cosmetology board, and
a truck-driving school through the
State’s Department of Transportation.
We believe that an institution of
whatever sector and type already is
aware of the appropriate State
authorizing method or methods that
would establish the institution’s legal
authorization to offer postsecondary
education and publication of any list is
unnecessary.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern with whether a State must
regulate the activities of institutions and
exercise continual oversight over
institutions.
Discussion: While a State must have
a process to handle student complaints
under amended § 600.9(a) for all
institutions in the State except Federal
and tribal institutions, the regulations
do not require, nor do they prohibit, any
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66864
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
process that would lead to continual
oversight by a State.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern regarding the
financial burden on the States to make
changes in State laws and the amount of
time that would be needed to make the
necessary changes. Commenters feared
that the States would most likely have
to reduce further State tax subsidies
provided to public institutions. As a
result, costs will be increased for
students at public institutions to cover
lost revenues and increase costs for the
title IV, HEA programs. One commenter
stated that schools could delay progress
of degree completion at State funded
universities because they will be forced
to reduce offerings.
Discussion: We do not believe that it
would impose an undue financial
burden on States to comply with the
provisions in § 600.9. In most instances
we believe that a State will already be
compliant for most institutions in the
State or will need to make minimal
changes to come into compliance. Thus,
we do not agree with commenters who
believed that the regulations would
generally impact the funding of public
institutions in a State or would
necessitate a reduction in the offerings
at public institutions.
Changes: None.
Exemptions: Accreditation and Years of
Operation
Comment: Several commenters
supported the existing practice by
which a State bases an institution’s legal
authorization to offer postsecondary
education upon its accreditation by a
nationally recognized accrediting
agency, i.e., an accrediting agency
recognized by the Secretary. The
commenters believed that proposed
§ 600.9 should be revised or clarified to
permit existing practices allowing
exemption by accreditation. Another
commenter indicated that several States
have exempted accredited institutions
from State oversight unless those
institutions run afoul of their
accreditors’ requirements. One
commenter believed that proposed
§ 600.9 would require the creation of
unnecessary, duplicative, and
unaffordable new bureaucracies, and
recommended that its State should
continue its partial reliance on
nationally recognized accrediting
agencies. Another commenter believed
it appropriate that a State delegate some
or all of its licensure function to a
nationally recognized accrediting
agency provided that the State enters
into a written agreement with the
accrediting agency.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
One commenter stated that the
Department should eliminate the
ambiguity about how much a State may
rely on accrediting agencies. Several
commenters stated that the regulations
are confusing as to which exemptions
are permissible and which are not. One
commenter believed that the
Department should make it clear that
although a State is not prohibited from
relying on accrediting agencies for
quality assessments, the essential duties
of State authorization cannot be
collapsed into the separate requirement
for accreditation.
Some commenters noted that an
institution’s legal authorization may be
based on a minimum number of years
that an institution has been operating.
One of the commenters cited a
minimum number of years used by
States that ranged as low as 10 years of
operation while two other commenters
noted that institutions had been
exempted in their State because they
had been in operation over 100 years
and were accredited. The commenters
believed that the Department should
consider it acceptable for a State to rely
on the number of years an institution
has been operating.
Some commenters did not think that
States should be allowed to defer
authorization to accrediting agencies.
One of these commenters believed that
basing State authorization on
accreditation was contrary to law. One
commenter believed that existing law
makes clear that institutional eligibility
for title IV, HEA programs is based on
the Triad of accreditation, State
authorization, and the Federal
requirements for administrative
capability and financial responsibility.
As a result the commenter believed that
the extent to which States may rely on
accrediting agencies should be clear and
limited. Along the same lines, another
commenter believed strongly that
accrediting agencies should never be
allowed to grant authorization to
operate in a State, and that further
clarifications about the ways in which
accrediting agencies may substitute for
State agencies is necessary. One
commenter encouraged the Department
to study more carefully the role of State
entities and accreditation agencies.
Another commenter believed that
relying on accrediting agencies to be
surrogates for State authorization is
inappropriate and should not be the sole
determinant for authorization. One
commenter stated that accreditation
may not be accepted as a sufficient basis
for granting or continuing authorization
to operate and that the authorization
process must be independent of any
accreditation process or decision.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
One commenter believed that
proposed § 600.9 would undermine the
role of accreditation and the publicprivate partnership and would call for
States to intrude into academic areas.
The commenter believed that the
proposed regulations would move
toward establishing accreditation as a
State actor, a role that is incompatible
with accreditation’s commitment to selfregulation and peer and professional
review. Another commenter believed
that the Department should make it
clear that although a State is not
prohibited from relying on accrediting
agencies for quality assessments, the
essential duties of State authorization
cannot be collapsed into the separate
requirement for accreditation. If an
institution’s State and accrediting
agency have different standards, one
commenter was concerned regarding
which entity’s standards would be
applied.
Discussion: While we recognize and
share the concerns of some commenters
that States should not be allowed to
defer authorization to accrediting
agencies, we believe that such a practice
would be permissible so long as it does
not eliminate State oversight and clearly
distinguishes the responsibilities of the
State and accreditor under such an
arrangement. We also do not agree that
additional study is needed of the roles
of State entities and accrediting agencies
as we believe these relationships are
well understood.
We believe that accreditation may be
used to exempt an institution from other
State approval or licensing requirements
if the entity has been established by
name as an educational institution
through a charter, statute, constitutional
provision, or other action issued by an
appropriate State entity to operate
educational programs beyond secondary
education, including programs leading
to a degree or certificate. For such an
educational institution, a State could
rely on accreditation to exempt the
institution from further approval or
licensing requirements, but could not do
so based upon a preaccredited or
candidacy status.
We also agree with the commenters
that States may utilize an institution’s
years in operation to exempt it from
State licensure requirements, but only,
as with accreditation, for a legal entity
that the State establishes as an
educational institution authorized to
offer postsecondary education.
However, we believe that there should
be a minimum standard for allowing
years of operation to exempt an
institution to ensure that this exemption
is not set to a short period of time that
would not provide a historical basis to
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
evaluate the institution. Based on our
consideration of the public comment,
we believe that standard should be at
least 20 years of operation. As in the
case of accreditation, such an exemption
could only be used if the State has
established the entity as an educational
institution. As noted above, a State may
use a separate process to recognize by
name the entity as an educational
institution that offers programs beyond
the secondary level if an institution was
not authorized by name to offer
educational programs in its approval as
a legal entity within a State. We note
that a State may also base a licensing
exemption on a combination of
accreditation and the number of years
an institution has been in operation, as
long as the State requirements meet or
exceed at least one of the two minimum
requirements, that is, an institution
must be fully accredited or must have
been operating for at least 20 years.
If an institution is established as a
legal entity to operate as a business or
charitable organization but lacks
authorization to operate by name as an
educational institution that offers
postsecondary education, the institution
may not be exempted from State
licensing or approval based on
accreditation, years in operation, or
comparable exemption from State
licensure or approval.
We do not believe that permitting
such exemptions from State licensing
requirements will distort the oversight
roles of the State and an accrediting
agency. We believe these comments are
based on a misunderstanding of the role
of a State agency recognized by the
Secretary under 34 CFR part 603 as a
reliable authority regarding the quality
of public postsecondary vocational
education in its State. Public
postsecondary vocational institutions
are approved by these agencies in lieu
of accreditation by a nationally
recognized accrediting agency. As noted
in the comments, there are overlapping
interests among all members of the
Triad in ensuring that an educational
institution is operating soundly and
serving its students, and a State may
establish licensing requirements that
rely upon accreditation in some
circumstances.
If an institution’s State and
accrediting agency have different
standards, there is no conflict for
purposes of the institution’s legal
authorization by the State, as the
institution must establish its legal
authorization in accordance with the
State’s requirements.
Changes: We have amended proposed
§ 600.9 to provide that, if an institution
is an entity that is established by name
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
as an educational institution by the
State and the State further requires
compliance with applicable State
approval or licensure requirements for
the institution to qualify as legally
authorized by the State for Federal
program purposes, the State may
exempt the institution by name from the
State approval or licensure requirements
based on the institution’s accreditation
by one or more accrediting agencies
recognized by the Secretary or based
upon the institution being in operation
for at least 20 years. If an institution is
established by a State as a business or
a nonprofit charitable organization, for
the institution to qualify as legally
authorized by the State for Federal
program purposes, the State may not
exempt the institution from the State’s
approval or licensure requirements
based on accreditation, years in
operation, or other comparable
exemption.
Complaints
Comment: An association of State
higher education officials recommended
that the States, through their respective
agencies or attorneys general, should
retain the primary role and
responsibility for student consumer
protection against fraudulent or abusive
practices by postsecondary institutions.
The commenter stated that handling
complaints is not a role that can or
should be delegated to nongovernmental
agencies such as accrediting agencies,
nor should it be centralized in the
Federal Government. Another
commenter asked about the role of State
enforcement of laws unrelated to
postsecondary institutions licensure
such as a law related to fraud or false
advertising. A few commenters asked
for clarification as to whether State
consumer protection agencies or State
Attorneys General could retain the
primary role for student consumer
protection and handling student
complaints. One commenter believed
that the proposed regulations failed to
address circumstances where the State
licensure or approval agency and the
agency handling complaints are
different agencies.
Several commenters recommended
that the Department allow States to rely
on accrediting agencies but require a
memorandum of understanding with the
accrediting association that would
include, at a minimum, procedures for
periodic reports on actions taken by the
association and procedures for handling
student complaints. One commenter
strongly believed that accrediting
agencies should never be allowed to
handle complaints in lieu of the State.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66865
One commenter expressed concern
that the Department is requiring States
to serve as an additional check on
institutional integrity, but believed that
there would be no check on the State.
One commenter from an accrediting
agency believed that proposed
§ 600.9(b)(3) is an unnecessary use of
limited public resources, is impractical,
and would be impractical and chaotic to
administer. Several other commenters
expressed concern that requiring States
to act on complaints would be
duplicative because 34 CFR 602.23
already requires accrediting agencies to
have a process to respond to complaints
regarding their accredited institutions.
One commenter requested that the
Department exempt public
postsecondary institutions from the
complaint processes. Otherwise, the
commenter asked that the Department
clarify that a State is permitted to
determine whether an institution within
its borders is sufficiently accountable
through institutional complaint and
sanctioning processes. One commenter
requested that the Department clarify
that student complaints unrelated to
violations of State or Federal law are not
subject to State process or reviewing
and acting on State laws, instead the
commenter believed that student
complaints are appropriately addressed
at the institutional level. A commenter
questioned how the requirements for
State review of complaints relate to
student complaints about day-to-day
instruction or operations and whether
the potential review process represents
an expansion of State authority. The
commenter believes that student
complaints that are unrelated to
violations of State or Federal law are
appropriately addressed at the
institutional level and thus not subject
to the process for review of complaints
included as part of proposed § 600.9.
One commenter suggested that the
Department’s Office of Ombudsman
respond to student complaints as an
alternative if a State does not have a
process for complaints.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters who believed that the
States should retain the primary role
and responsibility for student consumer
protection against fraudulent or abusive
practices by some postsecondary
institutions. For an institution to be
considered to be legally authorized to
offer postsecondary programs, a State
would be expected to handle complaints
regarding not only laws related to
licensure and approval to operate but
also any other State laws including, for
example, laws related to fraud or false
advertising. We agree that a State may
fulfill this role through a State agency or
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66866
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the State Attorney General as well as
other appropriate State officials. A State
may choose to have a single agency or
official handle complaints regarding
institutions or may use a combination of
agencies and State officials. All relevant
officials or agencies must be included in
an institution’s institutional information
under § 668.43(b). Directly relying on an
institution’s accrediting agency would
not comply with § 600.9(a)(1) of these
final regulations; however, to the extent
a complaint relates to an institution’s
quality of education or other issue
appropriate to consideration by an
institution’s accrediting agency, a State
may refer a complaint to the
institution’s accrediting agency for
resolution. We do not believe it is
necessary to prescribe memoranda of
understanding or similar mechanisms if
a State chooses to rely on an
institution’s accrediting agency as the
State remains responsible for the
appropriate resolution of a complaint.
Section 600.9(a)(1) requires an
institution to be authorized by a State,
thus providing an additional check on
institutional integrity; however, we do
not believe there are inadequate checks
on State officials and agencies as they
are subject to audit, review, and State
legislative action.
We do not agree with the commenters
that proposed § 600.9(b)(3) would
unnecessarily use State resources, be
impractical, or be chaotic to administer.
There are complaints that only a State
can appropriately handle, including
enforcing any applicable State law or
regulations. We do not agree that public
institutions should be exempt from this
requirement as a complainant must have
a process, independent of any
institution—public or private, to have
his or her complaint considered by the
State. The State is not permitted to rely
on institutional complaint and
sanctioning processes in resolving
complaints it receives as these do not
provide the necessary independent
process for reviewing a complaint. A
State may, however, monitor an
institution’s complaint resolution
process to determine whether it is
addressing the concerns that are raised
within it.
We do not agree with the suggestions
that the Department’s Student Loan
Ombudsman is an appropriate
alternative to a State complaints
process. The Ombudsman is charged,
under the HEA, with the informal
resolution only of complaints by
borrowers under the title IV, HEA loan
programs. By comparison, a State’s
complaint resolution process would
cover the breadth of issues that arise
under its laws or regulations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Changes: We have amended proposed
§ 668.43(b) to provide that an institution
must make available to a student or
prospective student contact information
for filing complaints with its accreditor
and with its State approval or licensing
entity and any other relevant State
official or agency that would
appropriately handle a student’s
complaint.
Comment: One commenter believed
that proposed § 668.43(b) under which
an institution must provide to students
and prospective students the contact
information for filing complaints with
the institution’s State approval or
licensing entity should make allowance
for situations in which a State has no
process for complaints, or defers to the
accrediting agency to receive and
resolve complaints. Another commenter
believed that, in the case of distance
education, the institution should be
responsible for responding to
complaints. Instead of providing
students and prospective students,
under proposed § 668.43(b), the contact
information for filing complaints with
the institution’s accrediting agency and
State approval or licensing entity, the
commenter recommended that the
institution provide students with the
institution’s name, location, and Web
site to file complaints.
Discussion: We do not agree that
proposed § 668.43(b) needs to make
allowance for an institution in a State
without a process for complaints, since
every State is charged with enforcing its
own laws and no institution is exempt
from complying with State laws. If no
complaint process existed, the
institution would not be considered to
be legally authorized. With respect to an
institution offering distance education
programs, the institution must provide,
under § 668.43(b), not only the contact
information for the State or States in
which it is physically located, but also
the contact information for States in
which it provides distance education to
the extent that the State has any
licensure or approval processes for an
institution outside the State providing
distance education in the State.
Changes: None.
Reciprocity and Distance Education
Comment: In general, commenters
expressed concerns regarding legal
authorization by a State in
circumstances where an institution is
physically located across State lines as
well as when an institution is operating
in another State from its physical
location through distance education or
online learning. One commenter urged
the Department to include clarifying
language regarding a State’s ability to
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rely on other States’ authorization in the
final regulation rather than in the
preamble. Several commenters
requested that the Department limit the
State authorization requirement in
§ 600.9 to the State in which the
institution is physically located. One
commenter believed that a State should
only be allowed to rely on another
State’s determination if the school has
no physical presence in the State and
the other State’s laws, authority, and
oversight are at least as protective of
students and taxpayers. One commenter
asked whether the phrase ‘‘the State in
which the institution operates’’ is the
same as ‘‘where the institution is
domiciled’’. The commenter asked for
clarification of the meaning of ‘‘operate’’
including whether it means where
online students are located, where
student recruiting occurs, where an
instructor is located, or where
fundraising activity is undertaken. One
commenter requested that the
Department clarify and affirm that
reciprocity agreements that exist
between States with respect to public
institutions operating campuses or
programs in multiple States are not
impacted by these regulations. Another
commenter believed that the
Department should issue regulations
rather than merely provide in the
preamble of the NPRM that a State is
allowed to enter into an agreement with
another State. One commenter asked
whether an institution that operates in
more than one State can rely on an
authorization from a State that does not
meet the authorization requirements.
One commenter urged the Department
to clarify that States may rely on the
authorization by other States,
particularly as it relates to distance
education. One commenter stated that
the proposed regulations would be
highly problematic for students who
transfer between different States.
Another commenter feared that large
proprietary schools that are regional or
national in scope would likely lobby
States to turn over their oversight to
another State where laws, regulations,
and oversight are more lax. Another
commenter was concerned that forprofit institutions may lobby a State to
relinquish its responsibilities to a State
of those institutions’ choosing. This
situation could result in a State with
little regulation that is home to a large
for-profit institution actually controlling
policies in many States where the
corporation does business. One
commenter suggested that if an
institution is not physically located in a
State, the State could enter into an
agreement with other States where the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
institution does have physical locations
to rely on the information the other
States relied on in granting authority. In
this case, the commenter recommended
that the oversight be at least as
protective of students and the public as
those of the State, and the State should
consider any relevant information it
receives from other sources. However,
the commenter thought the State should
retain authority to take independent
adverse action including revoking the
authority to offer postsecondary
programs in the State. Another
commenter expressed concern that the
proposed regulations would confuse
and burden the States and institutions
because they are not clear regarding
whether a State can continue to rely on
the authorization of another State. The
commenter believed that without
clarification, an institution that offers
education to students located in other
States might be needlessly burdened
with seeking authorization from each of
those States. Another commenter
expressed concern that the proposed
regulations could potentially require an
institution offering distance education
courses in 50 different States to obtain
authorization in each State, which
would be an administrative burden that
could result in increased tuition fees for
students. Another commenter stated
that during the negotiations, the
Department indicated it was not its
intent to require authorization in every
State. Therefore, the commenter urged
the Department to include this policy
expressly in the final regulations.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters that further clarification is
needed regarding legal authorization
across State lines in relation to
reciprocity between States and to
distance education and correspondence
study. In making these clarifications, we
are in no way preempting any State
laws, regulations, or other requirements
established by any State regarding
reciprocal agreements, distance
education, or correspondence study.
To demonstrate that an institution is
legally authorized to operate in another
State in which it has a physical
presence or is otherwise subject to State
approval or licensure, the institution
must demonstrate that it is legally
authorized by the other State in
accordance with § 600.9. We continue to
believe that we do not need to regulate
or specifically authorize reciprocal
agreements. If both States provide
authorizations for institutions that
comply with § 600.9 and they have an
agreement to recognize each other’s
authorization, we would consider the
institution legally authorized in both
States as long as the institution
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
provided appropriate documentation of
authorization from the home State and
of the reciprocal agreement. In addition,
the institution must provide the
complaint contact information under 34
CFR 668.43(b) for both States.
If an institution is offering
postsecondary education through
distance or correspondence education in
a State in which it is not physically
located, the institution must meet any
State requirements for it to be legally
offering distance or correspondence
education in that State. An institution
must be able to document upon request
from the Department that it has such
State approval.
A public institution is considered to
comply with § 600.9 to the extent it is
operating in its home State. If it is
operating in another State, we would
expect it to comply with the
requirements, if any, the other State
considers applicable or with any
reciprocal agreement between the States
that may be applicable.
Changes: We have revised § 600.9 to
clarify in paragraph (c) that, if an
institution is offering postsecondary
education through distance or
correspondence education to students in
a State in which it is not physically
located, the institution must meet any
State requirements for it to be legally
offering postsecondary distance or
correspondence education in that State.
We are further providing that an
institution must be able to document
upon request by the Department that it
has the applicable State approval.
State Institutions
Comment: Many commenters
requested that public institutions be
exempted from the proposed
regulations. They were concerned that
requiring States to reexamine their State
authorization for public colleges would
not be a good use of resources. One
commenter requested that the
Department explicitly state that public
institutions are by definition agents of
the State and thus need no further
authorization. One commenter from a
State university system believed that the
Federal Government should not impose
a uniform model with ‘‘one size fits all
States.’’ Another commenter noted that
a State may not have legal power over
decisions made by authorities given
under the State’s constitution for
oversight of certain public
postsecondary institutions. One
commenter believed that public
institutions should be exempt from the
proposed requirements for adverse
actions and complaint processes.
Discussion: As instrumentalities of a
State government, State institutions are
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66867
by definition compliant with
§ 600.9(a)(1)(i), and no exemption from
the provisions of § 600.9 of these final
regulations is necessary. We do not
agree that State institutions should be
exempt from the requirement that a
State have a process to review and
appropriately act on complaints
concerning an institution. We believe
that students, their families, and the
public should have a process to lodge
complaints that is independent of an
institution.
Changes: None.
Religious Institutions
Comment: Two commenters requested
a definition of the term religious
institution. One of these commenters
felt strongly that a religious exemption
must be tailored to prevent loopholes
for abuse but needed to offer an
alternative for religious institutions so
that changes to a State’s constitution
would not be necessary. The commenter
suggested that a religious institution
should be exempted if the institution is
owned, controlled, operated, and
maintained by a religious organization
lawfully operating as a nonprofit
religious corporation pursuant to the
Internal Revenue Code and meets the
following requirements:
• Instruction is limited to the
principles of that religious organization.
• A diploma or degree awarded by
the institution is limited to evidence of
completion of that education.
• The institution offers degrees and
diplomas only in the beliefs and
practices of the church, religious
denomination, or religious organization.
• The institution does not award
degrees in any area of physical science.
• Any degree or diploma granted by
the institution contains on its face, in
the written description of the title of the
degree being conferred, a reference to
the theological or religious aspect of the
degree’s subject area.
• A degree awarded by the institution
reflects the nature of the degree title,
such as ‘‘associate of religious studies,’’
‘‘bachelor of religious studies,’’ ‘‘master
of divinity,’’ or ‘‘doctor of divinity.’’
Discussion: We agree with the
commenters that a definition of a
religious institution is needed to clarify
the applicability of a religious
exemption. We also agree that a
modification to the proposed
regulations is needed to allow a State to
provide an exemption to religious
institutions without requiring the State
to change its constitution.
Changes: We have expanded
§ 600.9(b) to provide that an institution
is considered to be legally authorized by
the State if it is exempt from State
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66868
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
authorization as a religious institution
by State law in addition to the provision
of the proposed regulations that the
exemption by law, or exempt under the
State’s constitution. We have also
included a definition of a religious
institution, which provides that an
institution is considered a religious
institution if it is owned, controlled,
operated, and maintained by a religious
organization lawfully operating as a
nonprofit religious corporation and
awards only religious degrees or
religious certificates including, but not
limited to, a certificate of Talmudic
studies, an associate of biblical studies,
a bachelor of religious studies, a master
of divinity, or a doctor of divinity. We
note, however, that a religious
institution is still subject to the
requirement in § 600.9(a)(1) of these
final regulations that, for the institution
to be considered to be legally authorized
in the State, the State must have a
process to review and appropriately act
on complaints concerning the
institution.
Tribal Institutions
Comment: One commenter suggested
the Department should exempt from
State authorization any institution
established and operated by tribal
governments. Three commenters stated
that the Department should recognize
that tribal institutions would not be
subject to State oversight but instead the
tribe would exercise oversight. One of
those commenters suggested amending
the regulations to add ‘‘tribal authority’’
wherever State authority is mentioned
in the proposed regulations.
Discussion: We agree that tribal
institutions are not subject to State
oversight for institutions operating
within tribal lands. Proposed
§ 600.9(a)(2) provided that a tribal
college would be considered to meet the
basic provisions of proposed
§ 600.9(a)(1) if it was authorized to offer
educational programs beyond secondary
education by an Indian tribe as defined
in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2). However,
proposed § 600.9(b), could be read as
inappropriately making a tribal
institution subject to adverse actions by
the State and a State process for
handling student complaints. We did
not intend to make a tribal institution
subject to any State process for handling
complaints and have clarified the
language in § 600.9. If a tribal college is
located outside tribal lands within a
State, or has a physical presence or
offers programs to students that are
located outside tribal lands in a State,
the tribal college must demonstrate that
it has the applicable State approvals
needed in those circumstances.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Changes: Section 600.9 has been
revised to clarify the status of tribal
institutions. As noted elsewhere in this
preamble, we have removed proposed
§ 600.9(b)(2) regarding adverse actions.
Further, we are providing that, in
§ 600.9(a)(2)(ii) of the final regulations,
the tribal government must have a
process to review and appropriately act
on complaints concerning a tribal
institution and enforce applicable tribal
requirements or laws.
Part 668 Student Assistance General
Provisions Retaking Coursework
(§ 668.2)
Comment: Many commenters agreed
with the Secretary’s proposal to amend
the definition of full-time student in
§ 668.2(b) to allow repeated coursework
to count towards a student’s enrollment
status in term-based programs. The
commenters believed the change would
alleviate the administrative burden
related to tracking student coursework
to prevent payment based on repeated
coursework, as is currently required.
Discussion: The Department agrees
with the commenters that amending the
definition of full-time student in
§ 668.2(b) will be beneficial for students
who retake coursework.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters asked
the Department to clarify whether
amending the definition of full-time
student will apply to all students,
regardless of their enrollment status,
including less-than-half-time, half-time,
and three-quarter-time enrollment
statuses.
Discussion: Less-than-half-time, halftime, and three-quarter-time statuses are
generally defined in relation to the
definition of a full-time student. In
§ 668.2 half-time and three-quarter-time
statuses generally are defined as at least
one-half and three quarters of the
academic workload of a full-time
student, respectively. Less-than-halftime status is not defined, as the term
is self-explanatory in its relationship to
half-time and full-time statuses. Thus,
including this provision in the
definition of full-time student will apply
to less-than-full-time students who are
enrolled in term-based programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters asked
the Department to allow early
implementation of this retaking
coursework provision, because the
Department’s current guidance in the
Federal Student Aid Handbook does not
provide for this benefit.
Discussion: We have determined, as a
general policy, that no provisions of
these final regulations should be
designated for early implementation.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
We will update the Handbook for the
2011–2012 award year to reflect the
amended definition of full-time student
in these final regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned whether institutions may
continue to set their own policy in
regards to retaking coursework and
awarding credits for repeated
coursework. One commenter asked the
Department to clarify if the proposed
regulation on retaking coursework
would allow a student to repeat courses
already passed to achieve a higher
grade. Another commenter asked the
Department to clarify whether a student
who has already earned the maximum
number of remedial courses allowed
could be paid to retake coursework if
the student repeats more remedial
courses.
Discussion: In general, the regulations
do not affect an institution’s policies
governing whether a student may retake
coursework in term-based programs,
including repeating courses to achieve a
higher grade, as these regulations apply
only to determining enrollment status
for title IV, HEA program purposes.
Moreover, the regulations do not limit
an institution’s ability to establish
policies for title IV, HEA program
purposes to the extent those policies are
not in conflict with title IV, HEA
program requirements. However, with
respect to repeating coursework
previously passed by a student in a
term-based program, the student’s
enrollment status for title IV, HEA
purposes may include any coursework
previously taken in the program, but we
are limiting the provision so that it may
not include more than one repetition of
a previously passed course or any
repetition of previously passed
coursework that would be taken due to
a student’s failure of other coursework.
In other words, an institution may pay
a student one time for retaking
previously passed coursework if, for
example, the student needed to meet an
academic standard for that particular
course, such as a minimum grade.
Conversely, an institution may not pay
a student for retaking previously passed
courses if the student is required to
retake those courses because the student
failed a different course in a prior term.
For example, if a student enrolls in four
classes in the fall semester and passes
three of them, the institution could
require the student to retake the failed
class and also require the student to
retake the other three classes because of
failing the one class. If the student
retakes the four classes in the spring
semester, the failed class would be
included in the student’s enrollment
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
status, but the three classes passed in
the fall would not be included in
determining the student’s enrollment
status for the spring semester for
purposes of the title IV, HEA programs.
We believe these revisions are necessary
to limit potential abuse from courses
being retaken multiple times, while
providing institutions sufficient
flexibility to meet the needs of most
students.
We would also note that an
institution’s satisfactory academic
progress policy could further limit a
student from retaking coursework,
because the credits associated with any
course the student retakes count toward
the maximum time-frame requirement.
The regulations do not affect the oneyear academic limitation on noncredit
and reduced-credit remedial coursework
under § 668.20(d) and (f). For example,
if a student repeats a remedial course
that exceeds the one-year limitation, the
course could not be considered in the
student’s enrollment status.
Changes: We have revised the
definition of full-time student in
§ 668.2(b) to provide that a student’s
enrollment status for a term-based
program may include repeating any
coursework previously taken in the
program but may not include more than
one repetition of a previously passed
course, or any repetition of a previously
passed course due to the student’s
failing other coursework.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that the change in the
definition of full-time student should be
expanded to include nonstandard-term
and nonterm programs.
Discussion: Since the change in the
definition applies to all term-based
programs, the change would apply to
standard terms, including semesters,
trimesters, and quarters, as well as
nonstandard terms. Under the definition
of a nonterm payment period in
§ 668.4(c), a student’s coursework is
divided into payment periods based on
the hours and weeks of instructional
time in the program. In general, under
these nonterm provisions a student
must successfully complete the credit or
clock hours in a payment period to
advance to the next payment period,
and may not be paid for repeating
coursework regardless of whether the
student successfully completed it unless
the provisions of § 668.4(g) apply.
Changes: None.
Written Arrangements (§§ 668.5 and
668.43)
General
Comment: Several commenters agreed
with the proposed regulations relating
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
to written arrangements. One
commenter commended the
Department’s proposals on this topic,
noting that they strike a fair balance in
the presence of many minutia-driven
concerns. Some commenters stated that
the proposed changes eliminate
inconsistencies that exist in the current
regulations and provide better
information to students while allowing
institutions to determine the best way to
disseminate the required information.
Other commenters stated that they
agreed with the proposed changes in
§§ 668.5 and 668.43 because if an
eligible institution enters into a written
arrangement with another eligible
institution, under which the other
eligible institution provides part of the
educational program to students
enrolled in the first institution, it is
important for all parties to have a clear
understanding of which institution is
providing the credential and the
majority of the education and training.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ support of the proposed
changes reflected in §§ 668.5 and
668.43.
Changes: None.
Written Arrangements Between Two or
More Eligible Institutions (§ 668.5(a))
Comment: Some commenters objected
to the Department’s assertion—in the
preamble of the NPRM (75 FR 34806,
34815)—that students who want to take
more than 50 percent of an educational
program at another institution could
transfer to the institution that provides
the preponderance of the program’s
coursework. One commenter stated that
students should be allowed to take
courses at more than one campus of
eligible institutions that have a written
arrangement without needing to go
through unnecessary activities related to
transfer of credit.
Several commenters disagreed with
the proposed changes reflected in
§ 668.5(a)(2)(ii). First, they argued that
imposing a limitation on the portion of
an educational program one institution
can provide under a written
arrangement is not consistent with the
purpose of consortium agreements,
which is to allow students to obtain a
degree or certificate from their
institution of choice while allowing
them to satisfy course requirements by
taking courses delivered by another
institution. Second, the commenters
disagreed with the limitation because
we do not place similar restrictions on
institutions when they accept transfer
students who have earned more than
half of the credits that will go toward
their educational program at another
institution. Finally, the commenters
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66869
argued that more students are attending
multiple institutions before completing
their degree or certificate programs and
a requirement that the credentialgranting institution must provide 50
percent of the individual student’s
educational program would be a barrier
to the students’ postsecondary success.
In addition, a few commenters noted
that current articulation agreements
allow students to further their education
at another institution that may accept
enough credits on transfer that the
student has less than 50 percent of the
program remaining to be completed.
Some commenters expressed the view
that the proposed regulations governing
written arrangements should not apply
to articulation agreements while others
sought clarification of whether the
Department’s position is that they do
apply to such agreements. Commenters
expressed concern that the proposal
would result in undue hardship and
fewer opportunities for students in
small communities who take a portion
of their coursework locally. One
commenter asked whether the proposed
changes reflected in § 668.5 affect
students who obtained college credit
while still in high school.
Discussion: There appears to be some
confusion about the scope of the
proposed changes to § 668.5. Under
proposed § 668.5(a)(1), eligible
institutions that are not under common
ownership may enter into a written
arrangement (which may include the
type of consortium agreements
mentioned by the commenters) under
which the non-degree-granting
institution offers part of the degreegranting institution’s educational
program; this provision does not impose
a specific limitation on the portion of
the educational program that may be
offered by the non-degree-granting
institution. In contrast, under proposed
§ 668.5(a)(2)(ii), if a written arrangement
is between two or more eligible
institutions that are under common
ownership (i.e., are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership or
corporation), the degree- or certificategranting institution must provide more
than 50 percent of the educational
program. In this situation, a student is
considered a regular student at the
degree- or certificate-granting institution
while taking a portion of the
educational program at another
institution under common ownership.
Under this regulatory framework, a
consortium agreement between two
eligible institutions that are not under
common ownership is not subject to the
50 percent limitation in § 668.5(a)(2)(ii).
Moreover, § 668.5(a) does not apply to
articulation agreements under which
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66870
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
institutions agree to accept credits when
students transfer from one institution to
another, or to cases where individual
students transfer to a different
institution to complete their educational
programs. Students who enroll in an
institution and have college credits
accepted on transfer that were earned
while in high school also do not come
within the scope of this regulation.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
disagreed with proposed § 668.5(a)(2),
which has the effect of limiting the
relative portions of an educational
program provided by more than one
institution under the same ownership or
control. Some commenters argued that
the limit is arbitrary and inappropriate
because—for all intents and purposes—
institutions under common ownership
are the same. A few commenters
suggested that the regulations should
focus more narrowly on the institutions
with problems as opposed to all
institutions under common ownership.
Some commenters were unclear about
what constitutes ‘‘common ownership’’
and what types of written arrangements
are subject to the 50 percent limitation
in § 668.5(a)(2)(ii).
Some commenters indicated that the
proposed regulations should apply to all
institutions and not apply only to forprofit institutions. Several commenters
expressed concern about the
applicability of this provision to the
many written arrangements between
public institutions within a State and
whether a State is considered to ‘‘own’’
all of its institutions. Other commenters
asked the Department to clarify that
public and private nonprofit institutions
are not covered by the proposed
language in § 668.5(a)(2).
In addition, commenters raised
concerns about the potential impact
these regulations could have on
students who move to another area and
want to transfer to another location of
the same institution. One commenter
stated that the proposed change would
discourage students who finish a
program from transferring to another
institution under the same control for a
higher level program.
Some commenters objected to the
Department’s assertions in the preamble
of the NPRM that written arrangements
are used by institutions under common
ownership to circumvent other
regulations and argued that the
Department provided only anecdotal
evidence to support the proposed
changes in § 668.5. Commenters stated
that institutions that are circumventing
the current regulations will find other
opportunities to do so and should face
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
sanctions under the misrepresentation
provisions.
Discussion: As indicated in the
preamble to the NPRM, the Department
focused its regulatory changes on the
types of institutions and situations
where problems have been identified
rather than expanding a requirement for
accrediting agencies to review written
arrangements between institutions
under common ownership. We modeled
these regulations on the language in
§ 668.5(c)(3)(ii)(B), regarding written
arrangements between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution
or organization because that section of
the regulations refers to institutions that
are owned or controlled by the same
individual, partnership, or corporation.
We do not agree with the commenter
who stated that the regulations are
arbitrary and inappropriate because
institutions under common ownership
are the same entity. This is because
institutions are approved to participate
in the Federal student aid programs as
separate entities, and they must
individually demonstrate eligibility as
an institution, eligibility for the
programs they offer, program
compliance, cohort default rates,
financial responsibility, and
administrative capability. Some
limitations on institutions that are based
on program measures can be
circumvented if programs that appear to
be offered by one institution are actually
offered by another institution. The
prohibition in this regulation will
ensure that the institution providing
most of the program will be the one
associated with the students that are
taking the program.
Section 668.5(a)(2) does not apply to
public or private nonprofit institutions
because these institutions are not owned
or controlled by other entities and
generally act autonomously. Some
nonprofit institutions may have
business relationships through
management agreements or service
agreements where similar concerns
could arise, but those instances are
expected to be infrequent and will be
addressed on a case-by-case basis.
These provisions do not impact the
ability of individual students to transfer
to another location of the same
institution or to another institution
under the same ownership or control
either to complete an educational
program or to enroll in a higher-level
program. When a student transfers to a
new institution and enrolls for the
purpose of completing a degree or
certificate, the new institution becomes
the degree-granting institution.
We agree that institutions that
circumvent or otherwise violate
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
regulations should face appropriate
sanctions.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
supported the proposed changes to
§ 668.5 regarding the limitations on the
portion of the educational program that
may be offered by another institution
under a written arrangement, but sought
clarification on how to measure portions
of educational programs for these
purposes. These commenters suggested
that, for the purposes of determining the
percentage of the educational program
provided by each institution, we should
track the provision of educational
services on a programmatic basis rather
than by the amount of coursework an
individual student may elect to take.
Discussion: For purposes of
determining the portions of the
educational program provided by each
institution under any written
arrangement under § 668.5, the degreegranting institution is responsible for
limiting the amount of the program that
may be taken from any other institution.
Because an institution cannot offer
more than 50 percent of an educational
program through another institution that
is under common ownership or control,
if an institution offered an educational
program on campus and online (through
a written arrangement with another
institution under common ownership)
and offered students the option of taking
courses by either method, the institution
must ensure that each student
completes more than 50 percent of the
educational program on campus. If the
same institution enrolled students who
live beyond a reasonable commuting
distance to the campus and, therefore,
take the online portion of the program
first, the institution must be able to
demonstrate that the students intend to
attend on campus to complete at least
50 percent of their educational program.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters agreed
that the institution that grants the
degree or certificate should provide
more than 50 percent of the educational
program, but suggested that monitoring
for compliance with this regulatory
provision should be done by accrediting
agencies rather than the Department.
These commenters noted that to the
extent that written arrangements are
part of a deliberative process related to
the development of curriculum and
academic requirements, they are part of
a decision-making process best
performed by an institution’s faculty
and leadership and best evaluated by
accrediting agencies. Some commenters
stated that the Department should rely
on accrediting agencies to set
appropriate limits on the portion of an
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
educational program that can be
provided by the non-degree-granting
institution. One commenter stated that,
currently, some national accrediting
agencies allow students the opportunity
to take more than 50 percent of their
educational program from the nondegree-granting institution.
Discussion: We acknowledge the
important role that an institution’s
faculty and leadership play in the
development of written arrangements as
well as the role of accrediting agencies
in monitoring the use of such
arrangements in accordance with their
standards. However, as we learned
during negotiations, accrediting
agencies have differing practices
concerning the review of written
arrangements, and some accrediting
agencies do not routinely review written
arrangements. As such, we believe that
it is important to establish a threshold
for the amount of the educational
program that can be offered under a
written arrangement by an institution
under common ownership with a host
institution. Accrediting agencies may
establish a more restrictive measure if
they wish to do so.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that proposed § 668.5(a) would
affect the Service Members Opportunity
College Army Degree (SOCAD)
Institution Agreements currently in
place, which allow 75 percent of an
educational program to be provided by
the non-degree-granting institution.
However, the Contract Administrator of
SOCAD provided a separate comment
stating that the proposed regulations
would not affect the current
relationships provided to members of
the military.
Discussion: As noted earlier, the
proposed limitations in § 668.5(a)(2)
apply only to written arrangements
between two or more eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation. To the extent that the
eligible institutions that participate in
SOCAD are not owned or controlled by
the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, they are not subject to the
proposed changes in § 668.5(a)(2).
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter supported
the clarification that the enrolling
institution has all the necessary
approvals to offer an educational
program in the format in which it is
being provided. Another commenter
argued that it is nonsensical to require
the enrolling institution to have all the
same approvals as the providing
institution. The commenter stated that
written arrangements exist to permit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
flexibility for students and additional
options for students in pursuing their
education goals. One of the benefits of
such arrangements, argued the
commenter, is to provide student access
to learning resources and opportunities
that the degree-granting institution
cannot provide. For example, written
arrangements may afford students
access to online learning from an
institution with demonstrated
competencies in providing distance
education. Our clarification in the
preamble to the NPRM that the
institution enrolling the student must
have the approval to offer an education
program in the format in which it is
being offered limits the ability for
campus-based schools to offer cuttingedge online delivery methods for some
programs even when these online
courses are provided by affiliated and
fully accredited institutions. One
commenter argued that the Department
had failed to provide data to support
this limitation. Another commenter
suggested that there should be a
transition or grace period to allow
institutions to get any needed approvals.
Discussion: We agree that written
arrangements are designed to provide
educational flexibility for students and
to allow them access to resources and
opportunities that may not be available
from their degree-granting institution.
However, we believe that it is important
that the degree-granting institution have
all the necessary approvals to offer the
educational program in the format in
which it is being offered. We note that
only in cases in which an institution is
offering more than 50 percent of an
educational program through distance
education is the institution required to
receive approval from its accrediting
agency to offer distance education.
Therefore, a student who is taking only
a few courses online as part of a written
arrangement would not be likely to
trigger the requirement that an
institution seek approval from its
accrediting agency to offer distance
education. We do not see a need for a
transition or grace period to allow
institutions to get any needed approvals
because we believe that most
institutions already have the necessary
approvals in place.
Changes: None.
Requirements for Arrangements
Between Eligible Institutions and
Ineligible Institutions or Organizations
(§ 668.5(c))
Comment: One commenter supported
the expansion of the list of conditions
that preclude an arrangement between
an eligible institution and an ineligible
entity reflected in proposed § 668.5(c).
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66871
Another commenter stated that the list
of exclusions in proposed § 668.5(c) is
overly broad. This commenter agreed
with the Department’s intent but
pointed out that denial of recertification
(§ 668.5(c)(iv)) may be due to a factor
such as program length. The commenter
suggested that we narrow § 668.5(c)(iv)
to cover only denials of recertification
that are based on the institution’s lack
of administrative capability or financial
responsibility.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
for the expansion of the list of
conditions that preclude an arrangement
between an eligible institution and an
ineligible entity reflected in § 668.5(c).
We disagree with the commenter who
recommended that we limit the denial
of recertification condition to cover only
those recertification denials that are
based on the institution’s lack of
administrative capability or financial
responsibility. An institution that has its
recertification denied because it does
not offer one or more programs of
sufficient length to qualify to participate
in the Title IV, HEA programs has
committed a serious programmatic
violation that the Department believes
should be included in this prohibition.
Changes: None.
Disclosures to Students (§§ 668.5(e) and
668.43(a)(12))
Comment: Several commenters
supported the requirement that
institutions providing an educational
program under § 668.5(a), (b), or (c)
inform students when part of their
educational program is provided by a
different institution and of additional
charges that the student may incur
when enrolling in an educational
program that is provided in part by
another institution. They noted that all
communication to students should be
clear, user-friendly, and understandable.
One commenter suggested that we
revise § 668.43(a)(12)(ii) to require the
institution to include in its description
of its written arrangements the Web
sites along with the names and locations
of the other institutions or organizations
that are providing the portion of the
educational program that the degree- or
certificate-granting institution is not
providing. Another commenter asked
whether § 668.43(a)(12)(iv) requires the
institution to include in its description
of its written arrangements an estimate
of the costs incurred by students taking
online courses (e.g., the costs of
purchasing a computer and obtaining
Internet access).
A few commenters requested
clarification on whether the required
student notifications apply only to
educational programs that require
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66872
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
students to take coursework at another
institution or whether they apply to
institutions that enter into arrangements
when students choose to take
coursework at another institution. The
commenters stated that if the
notifications apply to both situations,
the regulations would create an
overwhelming burden for institutions.
These commenters expressed concern
that this burden would result in
institutions limiting the use of written
arrangements and that this, in turn,
would result in less choice for students.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
for requiring additional disclosures
regarding the portion of a program being
provided by a different institution and
the additional costs that a student may
incur under such an arrangement. We
agree that these disclosures should be
clear and understandable. While we
agree that providing the Web site of the
non-degree-granting institution in the
disclosures may be helpful to students,
on balance, we determined that
requiring that particular disclosure is
not necessary and that the decision to
include such information in the
disclosure should be left to the degreegranting institution’s discretion.
As noted by the commenters, the
required disclosures include disclosure
of the estimated additional costs
students may incur as the result of
enrolling in an educational program that
is provided, in part, under a written
arrangement. Therefore, when the
coursework provided through the
written arrangement is provided online,
it would be appropriate to include
estimated additional costs such as the
costs of purchasing a computer and
obtaining Internet access.
As stated in the preamble to the
NPRM, the disclosure requirements
reflected in §§ 668.5(e) and
668.43(a)(12) apply to written
arrangements between or among
institutions under which the degreegranting institution can offer
educational programs that are provided,
in part, by another institution (i.e., on an
educational program-by-program basis)
and not to individual, student-initiated
written arrangements. We
acknowledged that requiring disclosures
to individual, student-initiated written
arrangements would be impractical,
burdensome and unnecessary because
the student is a party to the arrangement
and would already have the information
required to be disclosed.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Incentive Compensation (§ 668.14(b))
General
Comment: A significant number of
commenters supported the Secretary’s
proposed changes to § 668.14(b)(22),
which they stated would align the
regulations with the statute and
comprehensively ban the use of
commissions, bonuses, and other direct
forms of compensation based on success
in securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid. These commenters
supported our efforts to ensure the
integrity of the Federal student aid
programs and to protect students against
aggressive admissions and recruitment
practices. They agreed that the current
regulations, which included the
language describing permitted
compensation activities (i.e., ‘‘safe
harbors’’), did not achieve the goals
intended by the Congress. These
commenters expressed the belief that
the current safe harbors enable
institutions to circumvent the law.
Several commenters stated that the
proposed definitions reflected in
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii) would be particularly
helpful and expressed appreciation for
our readiness to provide broad and
appropriate guidance to institutions,
rather than opinions on an individual
institution’s arrangements, in evaluating
compensation issues.
Numerous commenters, particularly
groups representing admissions
counselors, specifically supported the
deletion of the twelve safe harbors. The
groups representing admissions
counselors stated that they believe that
counselors should be compensated in
the form of a fixed salary. They further
argued that because the admissions
profession is a form of counseling,
admissions professionals can only
discharge their ethical obligations if
they are free of vested interests in the
enrollment decisions made by the
prospective students they advise. The
commenters representing admissions
personnel also noted that elimination of
the safe harbors would help prevent a
recruiter’s financial interest from
overriding a student’s academic interest.
Discussion: The Secretary appreciates
the support offered by the commenters.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
who expressed support for the
Secretary’s goal in proposing changes to
§ 668.14(b)(22) requested modifications
to the regulatory language or to the
preamble discussion. The majority of
these commenters requested
clarifications to assist institutions in
understanding whether particular
compensation activities would be
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prohibited under proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22).
Many commenters opposed the
proposed changes and appealed for the
Department to retain the current safe
harbors. They challenged the legal
adequacy of the changes and asserted
that the need for the proposed changes
remained unsupported by any evidence
or data. Some commenters alleged that
the Department had failed to specify
sound reasons for the change in policy
and instead had offered nonspecific
references to its reviews of
compensation practices and
expenditures of resources.
Other commenters asked whether all
payments permitted under the current
safe harbors would be prohibited under
this new regulatory framework.
Discussion: Under section 410 of the
General Education Provisions Act (20
U.S.C. 1221e–3), the Secretary has the
authority to make, promulgate, issue,
rescind, and amend rules and
regulations governing the manner of
operation of, and governing applicable
programs administered by, the
Department. For regulations governing
the title IV, HEA programs, the
Secretary also must ensure that the
development and issuance of those
regulations comply with the negotiated
rulemaking requirements in section 492
of the HEA. In 2002, the Department
adopted the incentive compensation
safe harbors reflected in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii) under the statutory
authority granted in GEPA and the
negotiated rulemaking requirements in
the HEA. The Department adopted the
current safe harbors based on a
‘‘purposive reading of section 487(a)(20)
of the HEA.’’ (67 FR 51723 (August 8,
2002).) Since that time, however, the
Department’s experience has
demonstrated that unscrupulous actors
routinely rely upon these safe harbors to
circumvent the intent of section
487(a)(20) of the HEA. As such, rather
than serving to effectuate the goals
intended by Congress through its
adoption of section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA, the safe harbors have served to
obstruct those objectives and have
hampered the Department’s ability to
efficiently and effectively administer the
title IV, HEA programs.
For example, it has been the
Department’s experience that many
institutions routinely use employee
evaluation forms that acknowledge that
the number of students enrolled is an
important, if not the most important,
variable, in determining recruiter
compensation. These forms also list
certain qualitative factors that are
ostensibly considered in making
compensation decisions. The forms, on
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
their face, appear to demonstrate
compliance with the first safe harbor,
which permits compensation schemes
that are not ‘‘solely’’ based on the
number enrolled. However, the
Department has been repeatedly advised
by institutional employees that these
other qualitative factors are not really
considered when compensation
decisions are made, and that they are
identified only to create the appearance
of title IV compliance. It is clear from
this information that institutions are
making actual compensation decisions
based exclusively on the numbers of
students enrolled.
The Department’s need to look behind
the documents that institutions allege
they have used to make recruiter
compensation decisions requires the
expenditure of enormous amounts of
resources, and has resulted in an
inability to adequately determine
whether institutions are in compliance
with the incentive compensation ban in
many cases.
For these reasons, we believe it is
appropriate to remove the safe harbors
and instead to require institutions to
demonstrate that their admissions
compensation practices do not provide
any commission, bonus, or other
incentive payment based in any part,
directly or indirectly, upon success in
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid to any person or entity
engaged in any student recruitment or
admission activity or in making
decisions regarding the award of title IV,
HEA program funds. We believe that
institutions can readily determine if a
payment or compensation is permissible
under section 487(a)(20) of the HEA by
analyzing—
(1) Whether it is a commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment, defined as
an award of a sum of money or
something of value paid to or given to
a person or entity for services rendered;
and
(2) Whether the commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment is provided
to any person based in any part, directly
or indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid, which are defined as activities
engaged in for the purpose of the
admission or matriculation of students
for any period of time or the award of
financial aid.
If the answer to each of these
questions is yes, the commission, bonus,
or incentive payment would not be
permitted under the statute.
Therefore, going forward, actions that
were permitted under current
§ 668.14(b)(22) will neither be
automatically prohibited, nor
automatically permitted. Instead,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
institutions will need to re-examine
their practices to ensure that they
comply with § 668.14(b)(22). To the
extent that a safe harbor created an
exception to the statutory prohibition
found in section 487(a)(20) of the HEA,
its removal would establish that such an
exception no longer exists.
Changes: None.
Current Safe Harbors
Comment: Several commenters stated
that removing the safe harbor from
current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(B), which
permits compensation to recruiters
based upon enrollment of students in
ineligible title IV, HEA programs, is
contrary to congressional intent. These
commenters stated that the HEA was not
intended to regulate other educational
endeavors of the institution. In addition,
one commenter asked about a specific
practice permitted by some State
cosmetology boards that allows two
non-title IV, HEA eligible programs to
be combined and in that form, to
become eligible for title IV, HEA aid.
Another commenter asked about how
the removal of this safe harbor would
impact advanced education classes that
are not title IV eligible.
Discussion: In our experience,
institutions have used the safe harbor
reflected in § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(B) to steer
students away from title IV, HEA
programs. We believe that retaining this
safe harbor would continue to allow
institutions to manipulate the system by
initially enrolling students in non-title
IV, HEA eligible programs so that the
institutions pay incentive compensation
to recruiters based on such enrollments,
only to later re-enroll the same students
in title IV, HEA eligible programs.
We do not agree that the removal of
this safe harbor is contrary to
congressional intent. In particular, the
only exception Congress provided in
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA is to the
recruitment of foreign students residing
in foreign countries who are not eligible
to receive Federal student assistance.
For the reasons addressed in the
preceding discussions, we believe it is
inappropriate to carve out a further
exception to include non-foreign
students who are not immediately
receiving Title IV funds.
Moreover, as to the comment
regarding cosmetology schools, there is
nothing in the identified practice that
supports allowing compensation to be
paid to recruitment personnel that is
otherwise inconsistent with section
487(a)(20) of the HEA.
Finally, to the extent that the HEA’s
ban on the payment of incentive
compensation is not otherwise limited
to students enrolled in title IV, HEA
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66873
eligible programs, institutions need to
make sure that they are in compliance
with the prohibition on incentive
compensation regardless of the nature of
the particular program of instruction.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concerns about the safe
harbor reflected in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(C), which permits
compensation to recruiters who arrange
contracts between an institution and an
employer, where the employer pays the
tuition and fees for its employees (either
directly to the institution or by
reimbursement to the employee). One
commenter noted that because under
this type of contract there is no direct
contact between the entity or individual
seeking the arrangement and the
student, these contracts seem to be
permissible. Another commenter asked
whether the following type of
arrangement would be permissible
without this safe harbor: An employee
secures contracts for non-degree training
that is not eligible for title IV, HEA
program funding, and such contracts are
billed at a flat rate and are paid for by
the employer. This commenter
specifically asked whether the employee
in this situation may be compensated
based on revenue from those contracts.
Discussion: This safe harbor permits
compensation that is ultimately based
upon success in securing enrollments.
Because this is inconsistent with section
487(a)(20) of the HEA, we believe that
the safe harbor should not be retained
in these final regulations. We agree with
the commenter that in some instances
compensation to recruiters who arrange
contracts between an institution and an
employer, where the employer pays the
tuition and fees for its employees,
would be permissible under the ban on
incentive compensation. As previously
discussed, we encourage institutions to
apply the two-part test provided within
the NPRM in evaluating whether a
particular compensation practice is
permissible. Given the number of
possible variables within any particular
proposal, the Department is not
prepared to say that the examples
generally offered by commenters will
always be permissible, but we
acknowledge that there are
circumstances where such arrangements
may prove to be compliant with the
HEA.
We strongly believe that institutions
do not need to rely on safe harbors to
protect compensation that complies
with section 487(a)(20) of the HEA.
Ultimately, the institution must
determine whether its compensation is
based in any part, directly or indirectly,
on securing enrollments or the award of
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66874
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
financial aid. If it is not, such
compensation would continue to be
permissible even with the removal of
the safe harbor from current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(C).
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
voiced their support for the safe harbor
from current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(E),
which permits compensation based
upon a student’s successfully
completing his or her educational
program or one academic year of his or
her educational program, whichever is
shorter. Some commenters expressed
concern that removal of this safe harbor
would eliminate an important safeguard
for students because this safe harbor
encourages institutions to admit only
qualified students. Other commenters
noted that to disallow incentive
compensation based on completion of
an educational program is contrary to
the Administration’s stated goal of
student retention. Several commenters
suggested that the Department should
measure the positive effect that
incentive payments based on
completion of an educational program
can have on students’ educational
experience. Another commenter asked
whether payments based on a graduated
student’s employment in the student’s
field of study would be permitted under
the new regulatory framework for
incentive compensation.
Discussion: The Department believes
that an institution’s resolute and
ongoing goal should be for its students
to complete their educational programs.
Employees should not be rewarded
beyond their standard salary or wages
for their contributions to this
fundamental duty. The safe harbor in
current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(E) permits
compensation that is ‘‘indirectly’’ based
upon securing enrollments—that is,
unless the student enrolls, the student
cannot successfully complete an
educational program. With the
proliferation of short-term, accelerated
programs, and the potential for shorter
and shorter programs, we have seen
increased efforts by institutions to rely
upon this safe harbor to incentivize
recruiters. Accordingly, we believe that
the retention of the current safe harbor
can be readily exploited, and that it is
not necessary for institutions to
appreciate the value of keeping students
in school. On balance, we believe that
the proliferation of these types of
programs justify any benefit that this
safe harbor allegedly provided students
by encouraging institutions to admit
only qualified students.
We disagree with the commenter who
stated that removal of this safe harbor is
inconsistent with the Administration’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
goal of increasing student retention in
postsecondary education. Institutions
should not need this safe harbor
allowing incentive payments to
recruiters to demonstrate their
commitment to retaining students
within their program of instruction.
In addition, there is nothing about the
making of incentivized payments to
recruiters based upon student retention
that enhances the quality of a student’s
educational experience. If the program
of instruction has value and is
appropriate for a student’s needs, a
student will likely enjoy a positive
educational experience regardless of the
manner in which the student’s recruiter
is compensated.
Finally, the Department’s experience
has shown that some institutions pay
incentive compensation to recruiters
based upon claims that the students
who the recruiter enrolled graduated
and received jobs in their fields of
study. Yet, included among the abuses
the Department has seen, for example, is
a circumstance where a student’s field
of study was culinary arts, and the socalled employed student was working
an entry-level position in the fast food
industry. Such a position did not
require the student to purchase a higher
education ‘‘credential.’’ As a result, we
believe that paying bonuses to recruiters
based upon retention, completion,
graduation, or placement remain in
violation of the HEA’s prohibition on
the payment of incentive compensation.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters
questioned our rationale for eliminating
the safe harbor in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(G), which exempts
managerial and supervisory employees
who do not directly manage or
supervise employees who are directly
involved in recruiting or admissions
activities, or the awarding of title IV,
HEA program funds from the
prohibition on receiving incentive
payments. These commenters argued
that a bright line designation is needed
and that the incentive compensation
ban should only apply to employees
who are involved in direct recruitment
or admission of students or decisions
involving the award of title IV, HEA aid.
Others recommended that we retain this
safe harbor, and that we clarify that the
words ‘‘indirectly or directly’’ do not
apply to the determination of which
persons are covered by the prohibition.
Several commenters expressed their
concerns about having the regulations
prohibit compensation practices at any
level of an organization, no matter how
far removed from actual recruitment,
admissions, or financial aid activity.
These commenters argued that such an
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
approach would prevent institutions
from evaluating top management with
respect to student population metrics or
any other business or organizational
metric that is a function of student
enrollment.
A few commenters raised more
specific concerns about the
compensation of top college officials in
situations where the president attends
an open house or speaks with potential
students who the institution is
recruiting, either in a group or
individually. Some commenters also
asked whether the proposed regulations
would permit a president to receive a
bonus or other payment if one factor in
attaining the bonus or other payment
was meeting an institutional
management plan or goal that included
increasing minority enrollment by a
certain percentage.
Finally, a few commenters asked
whether institutions can still reward
athletic coaches whose student athletes
stay in school and graduate.
Discussion: We intend the incentive
compensation ban in § 668.14(b)(22)(i)
to apply to all employees at an
institution who are engaged in any
student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions
regarding the award of title IV, HEA
program funds. We interpret these
employees to include any higher level
employee with responsibility for
recruitment or admission of students, or
making decisions about awarding title
IV, HEA program funds. To make this
clearer, we are revising
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii) to add a definition
for the term entity or person engaged in
any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid. This new
definition expressly includes any
employee who undertakes recruiting or
admitting of students or who makes
decisions about and awards title IV,
HEA program funds, as well as higher
level employees as specified.
Therefore, the actions of a college
president could potentially come within
the HEA’s prohibition on the payment
of incentive compensation. However,
the Department does not see how mere
attendance at an open house or speaking
with prospective students about the
value of a college education or the
virtues of attending a particular
institution would violate the incentive
compensation plan. Other activities
should be evaluated within the context
of the Department’s previously
discussed two-part test to receive
assistance as to whether a particular
activity is permissible.
Finally, recruitment of student
athletes is not different from
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
recruitment of other students. Incentive
compensation payments to athletic
department staff are governed by the
restrictions included in § 668.14(b)(22).
If the payments are made based on
success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid, the payments are
prohibited; however, the Department
does not consider ‘‘bonus’’ payments
made to coaching staff or other athletic
department personnel to be prohibited if
they are rewarding performance other
than securing enrollment or awarding
financial aid, such as a successful
athletic season, team academic
performance, or other measures of a
successful team.
Changes: We have added a definition
of the term entity or person engaged in
any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid to
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii). New paragraph
(b)(22)(iii)(C) of this section provides
that the term means—
(1) With respect to an entity, any
institution or organization that
undertakes the recruiting or the
admitting of students or that makes
decisions about and awards title IV,
HEA program funds; and
(2) With respect to a person, any
employee who undertakes recruiting or
admitting of students or who makes
decisions about and awards title IV,
HEA program funds, and any higher
level employee with responsibility for
recruitment or admission of students, or
making decisions about awarding title
IV, HEA program funds.
Comment: One commenter asked how
the removal of the safe harbor from
current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(H), which
permits an institution to provide a token
gift not to exceed $100 to an alumnus
or student provided that the gift is not
in the form of money and no more than
one gift is provided annually to an
individual, will affect institutions
compensating students for referrals. The
commenter asked whether an individual
who is referred can be given a
scholarship for friends or family of the
individual who is referring or a tuition
waiver.
Discussion: Section 668.14(b)(22)
does not prohibit institutions from
providing any commission, bonus, or
incentive payment to students who are
referrals. Therefore, an individual who
is referred to an institution should be
able to receive whatever scholarship
money or tuition assistance that he or
she may otherwise be eligible to receive
without violating the HEA.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters asked
for clarification regarding the safe
harbor in current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(J)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
permitting an institution to award
compensation for Internet-based
recruitment and admission activities
that provide information about the
institution to prospective students, refer
prospective students to the institution,
or permit prospective students to apply
for admission online. Specifically, the
commenters asked us to clarify that
institutions can make payments to third
parties that provide Internet-based
recruitment and admission services as
long as they do not otherwise violate the
statutory prohibition. Other commenters
asked for confirmation that clickthrough payments are permitted if the
third party is paid based on those who
click, not those who enroll. Other
commenters requested examples of
permitted relationships.
Discussion: The HEA does not
prohibit advertising and marketing
activities by a third party, as long as
payment to the third party is based on
those who ‘‘click’’ and is not based in
any part, directly or indirectly, on the
number of individuals who enroll or are
awarded financial aid; therefore, the
regulatory language would not prohibit
such click-through payments. Further,
institutions may make payments to third
parties and entities with formal thirdparty arrangements as long as the parties
are not compensated in any part,
directly or indirectly, based on success
in securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters offered
suggestions regarding the safe harbors
reflected in current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(K)
and (b)(22)(ii)(L), which both involve
payments to third parties for shared
services. A number of commenters
representing organizations that provide
a variety of services to institutions asked
for clarification about their continued
ability to assist institutions in this way,
as long as the compensation
arrangements are not prohibited by the
HEA. Many commenters asked whether
tuition-sharing arrangements with thirdparties to secure servicers that include
recruitment would be permitted. They
questioned whether these arrangements
should be treated the same as
arrangements involving volume-driven
payments. Several commenters
expressed concern about the affect these
regulations will have on third parties
who provide services to assist students
who study abroad.
One commenter suggested that
entities that provide enrollment services
be able to elect to be treated as ‘‘thirdparty servicers,’’ with all of the
restrictions, obligations, liabilities,
reporting requirements, and oversight
that accompany that status.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66875
Other commenters asked whether
institutions would be held accountable
for the actions of third-party servicers.
A few commenters also requested the
Department to provide examples of
arrangements with third parties that
would be permitted under the new
regulatory framework (i.e., with the
removal of the safe harbors from current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(K) and (b)(22)(ii)(L)).
Discussion: The Department
understands the value of partnerships
between institutions and entities that
provide various support and
administrative services to these
institutions. Such arrangements are
permitted under these regulations as
long as no entity or person engaged in
any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid (as defined in
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(C)) is compensated
in any part, directly or indirectly, based
upon success in securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid.
In addition, as the Department stated
in the NPRM, arrangements under
which an institution is billed based on
the number of student files that are
processed (e.g., a volume-driven
arrangement) are not automatically
precluded, provided that payment is not
based in any part, directly or indirectly,
on success in securing student
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
Further, it is longstanding Department
policy that an institution is responsible
for the actions of any entity that
performs functions and tasks on the
institution’s behalf. The definition of a
third-party servicer is established in
§ 668.2; the responsibilities of a thirdparty servicer are described in § 668.25.
No additional language is needed.
Changes: None.
Permissible Compensation Activities
Comment: Many commenters
requested clarification on the types of
compensation that would be permitted
under proposed § 668.14(b)(22) and
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA. A few
commenters who supported the
proposed changes to § 668.14(b)(22)
suggested additional alterations to
strengthen the language—such as
moving language we had included in
the NPRM preamble to the regulatory
text—to ensure that incentive payments
are not based ‘‘in any part’’ on success
in securing enrollments or financial aid.
In addition, several commenters
suggested that more than two changes in
pay in a calendar year should be
considered evidence that the payments
are incentive compensation.
These commenters also requested
guidance about allowable salary
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66876
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
adjustments, including whether raises
(for promotions) would be permitted
and whether reductions (for demotions)
would be permitted. Some commenters
requested clarification on whether a
salary could be paid. One commenter
asked whether benefits could be paid at
differential rates by class of employee or
on a sliding scale by salary.
Discussion: Based on these comments,
the Secretary agrees that some
modifications to the language in
proposed § 668.14(b)(22) would be
helpful to ensure that incentive
payments are not based ‘‘in any part’’ on
success in securing enrollments or
financial aid. In particular, we agree that
it is appropriate to add language to
avoid confusion as to whether some part
of an individual’s compensation may be
based on incentive compensation. For
this reason, we are revising
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i) to reinforce the idea
that compensation must not be based in
any part, directly or indirectly, on
success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid.
In addition, we support revising the
regulations to provide that an employee
who receives multiple compensation
adjustments in a calendar year is
considered to have received adjustments
based upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid in violation of the incentive
compensation ban in § 668.14(b)(22) if
those adjustments create compensation
that is based in any part, directly or
indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
Finally, with respect to the requests
for clarification on allowable salary
adjustments, we note that individuals
may be compensated in any fashion that
is consistent with the prohibition
identified in section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA. Accordingly, while not
commenting on any specific
compensation structure that an
institution may choose to implement,
the Department recognizes, for example,
that institutions often maintain a
hierarchy of recruitment personnel with
different amounts of responsibility. As
long as an institution complies with
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA, it may be
appropriate for an institution to have
salary scales that reflect an added
amount of responsibility. Institutions
also remain free to promote and demote
recruitment personnel, as long as these
decisions are consistent with the HEA’s
prohibition on the payment of incentive
compensation. Finally, it is appropriate
to pay recruitment personnel a fixed
salary.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) (which has been
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
redesignated as § 668.14(b)(22)(i)) to
clarify that a prohibited incentive
compensation includes any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment based in any part, directly or
indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in
any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions
regarding the award of title IV, HEA
program funds.
In addition, we have redesignated
proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(i)(B) as
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) and added a new
paragraph (b)(22)(i)(B) to provide that,
for the purposes of this paragraph, an
employee who receives multiple
adjustments to compensation in a
calendar year and is engaged in any
student enrollment or admission
activity or in making decisions
regarding the award of title IV, HEA
program funds is considered to have
received such adjustments based upon
success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid if those
adjustments create compensation that is
based in any part, directly or indirectly,
upon success in securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid.
Finally, we have revised
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii) to provide that
eligible institutions, organizations that
are contractors to eligible institutions,
and other entities may make merit-based
adjustments to employee compensation
provided that such adjustments are not
based in any part, directly or indirectly,
upon success in securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid.
Comment: Commenters raised a
number of questions related to the twopart test the Department has offered that
will demonstrate whether a
compensation plan or payment
complies with the statute and the
implementing regulations. Many
commenters seemed confused about the
application of the two-part test and
raised a wide range of specific questions
about employment possibilities and
compensation practices. For example,
some commenters asked for clarification
about the types of items that could be
considered something of value, such as
letters of recommendation to volunteer
interns.
Several commenters asked that we
include the language of the two-part test
in the regulatory text.
Finally, one commenter asserted that
the two-part test will not add clarity on
compensation issues but instead will
raise questions about the legality of
certain types of merit-based
compensation systems that seem to fall
outside the scope of compensation
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
restriction but that could fail to satisfy
the two-part test.
Discussion: As discussed earlier in
this preamble, the Department has
described a two-part test for evaluating
whether a payment constitutes a
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment based in any part, directly or
indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in
any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions
regarding the award of title IV, HEA
program aid in violation of the ban
reflected in § 668.14(b)(22)(i). The
Department first described this test in
the preamble to NPRM. (See 75 FR
34818 (June 18, 2010).) The test consists
of the following two questions, the
answers to which will permit an
institution to know whether the
compensation is considered incentive
compensation:
(1) Whether the payment is a
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment, defined as an award of a sum
of money or something of value paid to
or given to a person or entity for
services rendered; and
(2) Whether the commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment is provided
to any person based in any part, directly
or indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid, which are defined as activities
engaged in for the purpose of the
admission or matriculation of students
for any period of time or the award of
financial aid.
If the answer to each of these
questions is yes, the payment would not
be permitted under section 487(a)(20) of
the HEA or § 668.14(b)(22). The
Department merely provided this test as
a tool to help institutions evaluate
compensation practices they may
consider implementing. The test does
not add any substantive requirements
that are not otherwise included in
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i). For this reason, we do
not think it is necessary or appropriate
to include the text of the test in the
regulations.
The Department further notes that, as
a general matter, it does not believe that
the provision of letters of
recommendation to volunteer interns
would constitute a proscribed incentive
payment.
Finally, we disagree with the
comment that the two-part test will not
serve generally to answer institutions’
questions regarding a particular
compensation plan. As previously
stated, we believe that the prohibition
identified in section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA is clear and that institutions
should not have difficulty maintaining
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
compliance with the new regulatory
language. To the extent an institution
has questions about what it intends to
do, the Department has offered the twopart test as an aid to reaching a proper
conclusion. To the extent that an
institution does not wish to use the test
to assist it in evaluating its practices, it
is not required to do so.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
questioned the use of the term
‘‘indirectly’’ in the prohibition on
incentive compensation in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22). They expressed concern
about the broad scope of this term and
believed that interpretive discord will
result from its inclusion in
§ 668.14(b)(22). These commenters
argued that any compensation involving
an institution of higher education is
based indirectly on success in securing
enrollments and asked how far removed
an activity must be in order for it not to
be considered indirectly related. Other
commenters specifically requested that
we define the term ‘‘indirectly.’’
Several commenters suggested that
proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) should
use the term ‘‘solely’’ rather than
‘‘directly or indirectly’’ (i.e., ‘‘it will not
provide any commission, bonus, or
other incentive payment based solely
upon success’’ rather than ‘‘it will not
provide any commission, bonus, or
other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly upon success’’). These and
other commenters alleged that the
language in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) is not consistent
with congressional intent. Many of these
commenters cited to the conference
report, which states that the use of the
term ‘‘indirectly’’ does not mean that
institutions are prohibited from basing
salaries on merit; they may not,
however, be based ‘‘solely’’ on the
number of students recruited, admitted,
enrolled, or awarded.
Discussion: The Department does not
agree with the view that the use of the
phrase ‘‘directly or indirectly’’ will lead
to interpretation problems or that it is
inconsistent with congressional intent.
Given the Department’s experience with
how the safe harbor in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A), which permits up
to two salary adjustments per year
provided that they are not based solely
on the number of students recruited,
admitted, enrolled, or awarded financial
aid, has been abused, the Department
does not believe that it serves
congressional intent to limit the
incentive compensation ban in section
487(a)(20) of the HEA to those payments
that are based solely upon success in
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid. The Department believes
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
that, consistent with section 487(a)(20)
of the HEA, incentive payments should
not be based in any part, directly or
indirectly, on success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
The safe harbor in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) has led to
allegations in which institutions
conceded that their compensation
structures included consideration of the
number of enrolled students, but
averred that they were not solely based
upon such numbers. In some of these
instances, the substantial weight of the
evidence suggested that the other factors
purportedly analyzed were not truly
considered, and that, in reality, the
institution based salaries exclusively
upon the number of students enrolled.
After careful consideration, the
Department determined that removal of
the safe harbor was preferable to
retaining but revising the safe harbor.
For example, we considered suggestions
that we change the word solely to some
other modifier, such as ‘‘primarily’’ or
‘‘substantially,’’ but ultimately
determined that doing so would not
correct the problem. With such a
change, we believe the evaluation of any
alternative arrangement would merely
shift to whether the compensation was
‘‘primarily’’ or ‘‘substantially’’ based
upon enrollments. Such a shift would
not reduce the ability of an
unscrupulous actor to claim that student
enrollments constituted this lesser
factor within a recruiter’s evaluation
and would foster the same sorts of
abuses that have become apparent by
institutions attempting to assert that
their compensation practices are not
solely based on enrollments.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
raised questions about proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii), which allows eligible
institutions, organizations that are
contractors to eligible institutions, and
other entities to make merit-based
adjustments to employee compensation
provided that such adjustments are not
based upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid. They expressed concern that
limiting merit-based adjustments to
those that are not based upon success in
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid would make it impossible
for them to award merit increases for
employees whose job it is to enroll
students. They noted that there are no
standard evaluative factors concerning
enrollment that are not directly or
indirectly based on securing
enrollments.
Some commenters requested
clarification about whether an increase
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66877
could be based on seniority or length of
employment, including whether a
retention bonus could be paid based on
the employee’s retention at the
institution if it is paid evenly to all
employees.
Some commenters argued that the
regulations should recognize and permit
compensation based on the performance
of, and success at, the core job functions
of admissions representatives and
financial aid officials. They questioned
how it would be possible to measure
employee performance without
evaluating success. They asked that we
provide concrete guidance about how
institutions can make salary
adjustments without violating the
incentive compensation prohibition.
Discussion: Section 668.14(b)(22)
does not prohibit merit-based
compensation for financial aid or
admissions staff. An institution may use
a variety of standard evaluative factors
as the basis for this type of
compensation; however, consistent with
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA and
§ 668.14(b)(22), an institution may not
consider the employee’s success in
securing student enrollments or the
award of financial aid in providing this
type of compensation. Further, an
increase in compensation that is based
in any part either directly or indirectly
on the number of students recruited or
awarded financial aid is prohibited.
As previously mentioned, many
institutions currently claim to evaluate
their recruitment personnel on a series
of qualitative factors, as well as on the
number of enrolled students, to
demonstrate compliance with the safe
harbor reflected in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A), which prohibits
compensation based solely on the
number of students enrolled. As a
result, it appears that these institutions
have identified other factors that are not
dependent upon student enrollments
that we believe could by themselves be
considered for making a merit-based
compensation decision. In addition,
seniority or length of employment is an
appropriate basis for making a
compensation decision separate and
apart from any consideration of the
numbers of students enrolled. Finally,
as many commenters from groups
representing admissions personnel
noted, as a general matter, recruitment
personnel should be compensated with
a fixed salary to ensure that their ability
to focus on what is in a student’s best
interest is not compromised.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters raised
issues about the relationship between an
institution’s goals and payments to
employees. Many asked whether
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66878
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
employees could be rewarded through
profit-sharing or other payments for
success in meeting retention,
graduation, and placement goals as long
as they are not rewarded for the number
of students recruited and admitted.
These commenters requested that we
define an acceptable percentage of an
employee’s compensation adjustment
that can be based on the number of
students recruited, admitted, enrolled,
or awarded financial aid.
One commenter asked that we clarify
whether payments tied to overall
institutional revenues, including profitsharing, pension, and retirement plans
are allowed. A number of commenters
asked more broadly whether such plans
would be permissible. A few
commenters requested changes to
incorporate the distribution of profitsharing or bonus payments under
certain circumstances, such as when a
payment is made to a broad group of
employees.
Discussion: While there is no
statutory proscription upon offering
employees either profit-sharing or a
bonus, if either is based in any part,
directly or indirectly, upon success in
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid, it is not permitted under
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA or
§ 668.14(b)(22).
The Department agrees with
commenters that there are
circumstances when profit-sharing
payments should be permitted. Under
proposed § 668.14(b)(22), an institution
may distribute profit-sharing payments
if those payments are not provided to
any person who is engaged in student
recruitment or admission activity or in
making decisions regarding the award of
title IV, HEA program funds. The
Department believes that such payments
are consistent with the HEA as they are
not being made to a particular group
who is active in admissions or financial
aid.
For this reason, we are making a
change to § 668.14(b)(22)(ii) to provide
that institutions may make payments,
including profit-sharing payments, so
long as they are not provided to any
person who is engaged in student
recruitment or admission activity or in
making decisions regarding the award of
title IV, HEA program funds.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii) to clarify that,
notwithstanding the ban in
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i), eligible institutions,
organizations that are contractors to
eligible institutions, and other entities
may make profit-sharing payments, so
long as such payments are not provided
to any person who is engaged in student
recruitment or admission activity or in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
making decisions regarding the award of
title IV, HEA program funds.
Comment: Several commenters asked
us to clarify what kinds of activities
would not be considered under the
definition of securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid. They asked that
we revise the regulations to provide
explicitly that payments based on any
additional activities are not allowed if
they are directly or indirectly based on
enrollment or the awarding of aid.
Other commenters raised questions
about the use of ‘‘aggregators,’’ that is,
entities that assist an institution with
the institution’s outreach efforts. These
efforts include but are not limited to,
identifying students, offering counseling
and information on multiple
institutions, and encouraging potential
students to fill out an application
directly with the individual institutions.
Aggregators are paid based on the
student remaining at the institution for
a certain time period rather than based
on the fact that the student enrolls.
Commenters asked us to clarify whether
these practices are permitted under
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA and
§ 668.14(b)(22).
Some commenters focused on
arrangements under which institutions
pay third parties for student contact
information and asked whether such
information may be sorted or qualified.
Further, they questioned whether
institutions would be permitted to pay
only for information that yields actual
contact with a student. They asked that
we confirm that institutions may pay
students for contact information on a
per person basis as long as payments are
not based on the number of students
who apply or enroll. In addition, they
suggested that we allow qualitative
factors to be included in the
consideration of the price to provide
incentives to third parties to
appropriately identify students that
more closely fit an institution’s profile.
Some commenters believed that the
proposed definition of securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid does not make it clear that the
activities are prohibited through the
completion of a student’s educational
program.
Discussion: The Department agrees
that it would be helpful to clarify the
type of activities that are and are not
considered securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid. For this reason,
we have revised the definition of
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid to specifically include (as
examples) contact through preadmission
or advising activities, scheduling an
appointment for the prospective student
to visit the enrollment office or any
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
other office of the institution,
attendance at such an appointment, or
involvement in a prospective student’s
signing of an enrollment agreement or
financial aid application (see
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(B)(1) of these final
regulations).
We also revised the definition to
clarify that it does not include making
a payment to a third party for the
provision of student contact information
provided that such payment is not based
on any additional conduct by the third
party, such as participation in
preadmission or advertising activities,
scheduling an appointment to visit the
enrollment office or any other office of
the institution or attendance at such an
appointment, or the signing, or being
involved in the signing of a prospective
student’s enrollment agreement or
financial aid application (see
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(B)(2) of these final
regulations).
With respect to the comments
requesting guidance on ‘‘aggregators,’’
we do not believe it is necessary or
appropriate for the Department to
indicate whether these types of
activities would, across the board, be
permitted. Each arrangement must be
evaluated on its specific terms. As noted
earlier in this preamble, we believe any
institution can determine whether a
payment it intends to make is
prohibited by § 668.14(b)(22) by
applying the two-part test we have
described. Specifically, the first step for
an institution in determining if payment
for an activity or action is considered
incentive compensation is to evaluate
whether the entity is receiving
something of value, then to determine
whether the payment is made based in
any part, directly or indirectly, on
success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid.
Finally, we agree with commenters
that the definition of the term securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid should be revised to specify that
these activities include activities that
run throughout completion of the
student’s educational program.
Changes: We have revised the
definition of securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid in
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(B) to provide more
detail about actions that are considered
to be covered by the definition. We also
have revised the definition to clarify
that it includes activities through the
completion of an educational program.
Comment: Numerous commenters
requested that the Department offer
guidance on the practical
implementation of the proposed
definitions. Many expressed concern
about our stated intention to address
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
only broadly applicable principles
rather than responding to questions on
individual compensation issues. These
commenters asserted that institutions
need guidance before they should be the
subject of an investigation or legal
action. They raised concerns about the
confusion that could result without
additional clarification and the
attendant costs to partners in the
student aid process in ‘‘today’s legal
environment.’’ They believed that the
Department already knows that
guidance will be needed based on our
pre-2002 experiences and noted that
issuing guidance is a fundamental
purpose of the Department and should
be continued.
Discussion: The Department believes
the proposed language is clear and
reflective of section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA. As modified, it is designed to
appropriately guide institutions as they
evaluate compensation practices. To the
extent that ongoing questions arise on a
particular aspect of the regulations, the
Department will respond appropriately
in a broadly applicable format and will
distribute the information widely to all
participating institutions. This response
may include a clarification in a
Department publication, such as the
Federal Student Aid Handbook or a
Dear Colleague Letter. The Department
does not intend to provide private
guidance regarding particular
compensation structures in the future
and will enforce the regulations as
written.
Changes: None.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
(§§ 668.16(e), 668.32(f), and 668.34)
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
General
Comment: Many commenters
supported the proposed changes to the
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP)
regulations. Several commenters noted
that the consolidation of the SAP
requirements into § 668.34 would ease
compliance and suggested that it would
be helpful to revise the Federal Student
Aid (FSA) Handbook to mirror the new
organization of the requirements in the
regulations.
Several commenters noted that they
appreciated that the proposed SAP
regulations retain the flexibility
provided under the current regulations
for institutions to establish policies that
best meet the needs of their students.
Many commenters expressed support
for the proposed changes to the SAP
regulations because they viewed them
as a means for helping hold students
accountable for their academic goals
earlier in their careers, which they
believed would lead to lower student
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
debt levels. Several commenters noted
that their current policy and practices
either met or exceeded the requirements
in the proposed regulations.
Many commenters supported, in
particular, the definition of the terms
financial aid warning and financial aid
probation as well as the standardized
definitions of other terms related to
SAP. These commenters stated that this
standardization would lead to a more
consistent application of the SAP
regulations among institutions, which,
in turn, will make them more
understandable to students.
Many commenters also supported the
SAP regulations because they give those
institutions that choose to evaluate SAP
more frequently than annually the
ability to use a financial aid warning
status, which they viewed as being
beneficial to students. They stated that
such a warning would lead to early
intervention for students who face
academic difficulties. Commenters also
noted that the financial aid warning
status will allow financial aid offices to
strengthen their SAP policies to
encourage students to use designated
support services on campus and lead to
further student success.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the support of its efforts to
improve program integrity through its
SAP regulations. With regard to the
comment recommending that we revise
the FSA Handbook to align it with the
changes we have made in the SAP
regulations, we will take this
recommendation into account during
the next revision of the FSA Handbook.
Changes: None.
General
Comment: Several commenters did
not support the proposed changes to the
SAP regulations. Two commenters
stated that the Department should delay
implementation of the SAP regulations,
including proposed § 668.34, so that we
can resubmit these proposals for
negotiation and evaluation in a future
negotiated rulemaking proceeding.
These commenters argued that the
Department had not made a sufficient
argument for what would be gained by
the changes, and how these benefits
would justify the additional burden
imposed upon institutions by these
regulations.
Two commenters stated that
institutions were in the best position to
design and implement a satisfactory
academic progress policy that fit their
institutional needs, and that the current
regulations were sufficient for achieving
this purpose. These commenters
asserted that the proposed changes were
intrusive and would lead to increased
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66879
audit exceptions. These commenters
also noted that the Department should
consider incentives to encourage
institutions to research student success
in light of their own SAP policies. One
commenter stated that the proposed
regulations were too prescriptive, and
that institutions would require
significant guidance in the FSA
Handbook in order to be able to comply
with the new regulations.
Two commenters stated that while
they generally agreed with the
Department’s desire to clarify the SAP
regulations and with the proposed
approach reflected in the NPRM, the
regulations had a number of unintended
consequences. These commenters
indicated that the Department’s
proposal would force institutions to
choose whether to take on additional
workload by evaluating students each
term, or to take on the additional
workload caused by the dramatic
increase in appeals. One of the
commenters noted as an example an
institution that has a number of Alaskan
Native students to whom it provides
significant support, particularly early in
their careers; in this case, the
commenter stated that these students
would be significantly harmed by these
SAP regulations as the students often
cannot remedy their academic problems
in a short period of time. Both of these
commenters noted that while the
Department believes that it has to
address abuses with the current
regulations, that it should weigh this
against the unintended consequences of
the proposed regulations, which include
increased workload for institutions and
unfair impact on certain groups of
students.
Discussion: The Department disagrees
with the commenters who suggested
that these regulations should be
resubmitted for the negotiated
rulemaking process. The proposed
changes to the SAP regulations in
§§ 668.16(e), 668.32(f), and 668.34 have
already been through the negotiated
rulemaking process. In fact, the
negotiators reached tentative agreement
on these proposed changes. During
negotiations, most negotiators stated
that it was appropriate for the
Department to provide certain
flexibilities for those institutions that
chose to check on the satisfactory
academic progress of students more
often than was required by the statutory
minimum of annually. Many of the
negotiators said that they supported the
proposed changes to the SAP
regulations because they continued to
provide significant flexibilities for
institutions to craft SAP policies that
met the needs of their student bodies
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66880
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
while still preserving program integrity.
For the commenter who suggested that
the Department should encourage
institutions to study the consequences
of their SAP policies and allow
incentives for doing so, we will take this
under advisement when we next have
the opportunity to develop experimental
site proposals.
We do not agree with the commenters
who suggest that the SAP regulations
are too prescriptive or intrusive. Section
484(c)(1)(A) of the HEA requires that an
eligible student be making satisfactory
progress towards program completion,
and that institutions check at least
annually for programs longer than a
year, that a student is annually meeting
that requirement. These regulations do
not require institutions to do any more
than what is required by the HEA, and
are not more difficult to comply with
than the current regulations. Therefore,
institutions should not experience
increased incidents of noncompliance.
We will continue to provide any
applicable and needed guidance in the
FSA Handbook to assist institutions in
complying with the regulations.
We do agree with the commenters
who stated that an increase in SAP
monitoring to a payment period by
payment period basis would increase
administrative burden. However,
institutions are free to continue to
monitor as frequently as they currently
do, and are not required to change their
SAP policy and monitor every payment
period. As for the unintended
consequences for particular groups of
students, these regulations allow for
institutions to craft SAP policies that
best fit the needs of their students. An
institution could evaluate the needs of
any special student groups and find
ways to work effectively with those
students. For example, a specific
student may need to have assistance
developing an academic plan that will
enable him or her to be successful.
Changes: None.
Delayed Implementation
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that implementation of the
proposed changes to §§ 668.16(e),
668.32(f) and 668.34 should be delayed
for a couple of years to allow
institutions to prepare their policies and
procedures to comply with the
regulatory changes. One commenter
recommended that implementation be
delayed until the 2012–13 award year to
allow for institutions to make changes to
their monitoring systems. Another
commenter encouraged the Department
to delay implementation of the
regulations for SAP, but noted that if we
do not delay implementation, then the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Department should issue guidance as to
how the new regulations will affect
summer crossover payment periods.
This commenter expressed concern that,
without this additional guidance, it will
be unclear as to which SAP regulations
apply to students enrolled in summer.
Discussion: While the Department
appreciates that some institutions may
have to make changes to computer
monitoring systems, or written policies
and procedures, we do not believe that
the changes to the SAP regulations are
extensive enough to warrant delayed
implementation. Institutions that may
have to adjust or change their SAP
policy will have to publicize such a
change to students, and let students
know when any new SAP policy is
effective. As such, the summer
crossover payment period would be
addressed by the school’s new policy
and would be subject to the effective
date of the school’s new policy. For
example, a school may decide that for
the purpose of this policy change, a
2011–12 summer crossover period will
be subject to their current SAP policy
and procedures, as part of the 2010–11
award year. This would be acceptable,
and should be addressed in the school’s
notification to their students of the
effective date of any new policy.
Changes: None.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
(§ 668.34)
Comment: Two commenters stated
that the term ‘‘financial aid applicants’’
should be substituted for the word
‘‘students’’ in § 668.34. The commenters
indicated that students who had not
applied for financial aid would be
confused by notifications about
eligibility under the SAP regulations.
These commenters argued that
institutions should only be required to
send notifications to financial aid
applicants, and that the proposed
requirement that notifications be sent to
all of an institution’s students is
unreasonable.
Discussion: There is no requirement
in the proposed regulations for schools
to notify students who are not applying
or receiving title IV, HEA aid of their
eligibility under SAP. These regulations
do not impose such a requirement.
Moreover, we do not believe it is
necessary to replace the term ‘‘student’’
with the term ‘‘financial aid applicant’’
in these regulations since we are
referring to general student eligibility
criteria, which affect not only financial
aid applicants, but recipients of title IV,
HEA funds as well. There is no attempt
to regulate any other students in these
regulations.
Changes: None.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Consistency Among Categories of
Students
Comment: One commenter noted that
proposed § 668.34(a)(2) retained the
language from current § 668.16(e)(3) that
the institution’s policy must be
consistent among categories of students.
This commenter questioned whether,
within the categories of students, an
institution could evaluate sub-categories
of students differently. For example,
within the group of undergraduate
students, could an institution choose to
evaluate freshmen and sophomore
students every payment period but
upperclassmen only once a year. The
commenter noted that this approach
might be used if the institution
determined that students in the first two
years needed more intervention, and
that after that time students were more
likely to remain enrolled until
graduation. The commenter also asked if
this approach is allowable, could the
institution use a financial aid warning
for those students who are evaluated
every payment period.
One commenter noted that proposed
§ 668.34(a)(2) does not appear to allow
for different evaluation periods based
upon the type of student or program
being evaluated. For example, this
commenter noted that an institution
may want to evaluate undergraduates
each payment period and evaluate
graduate students annually. The
commenter proposed changes to the
regulatory language that would allow for
such a difference.
Discussion: These regulations retain
the flexibility for an institution to
evaluate different categories of students
differently, as long as the policy
provides for consistent application of
standards within each of the categories
of students. Institutions retain flexibility
to create a policy within those groups of
students to best meet the needs of its
student body. If they wish to institute a
policy that evaluates freshmen and
sophomores every payment period, and
juniors and seniors annually, an
institution is free to do so. Such a policy
would only allow for the automatic
financial aid warning status to be used
for those students who are evaluated
every payment period. This would,
however, allow for a policy that is
sensitive to the needs of the institution’s
student body. For this reason, we do not
believe that any changes are needed to
respond to the commenters’ concerns.
Changes: None.
Frequency of Evaluation
Comment: One commenter supported
the proposed regulations, but expressed
concern that an institution may not have
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
time prior to the start of the next term
to evaluate SAP, thereby resulting in
students owing a repayment of title IV,
HEA funds. Several commenters noted
that for some academic periods there is
not enough time to evaluate students
prior to the beginning of the next
payment period. These commenters
noted that this is particularly true for
institutions with quarters and even most
traditional calendar schools for the
period after the summer term. One
commenter stated that, in order to
accommodate the realities of
institutions that use the quarter system,
all institutions that monitor their
students’ satisfactory academic progress
more frequently than annually should
be allowed to use the financial aid
warning status.
Several commenters argued that the
Department should not require
institutions to evaluate more frequently
than annually. Numerous commenters
did not agree with the Department
giving additional flexibilities to those
institutions that evaluate the satisfactory
academic progress of its students each
payment period rather than annually.
One commenter stated that it was
unfair to ‘‘pressure’’ institutions to check
a student’s satisfactory academic
progress more frequently than once per
year, particularly if they have stable
student populations and good
graduation rates. This commenter
argued that these types of institutions
should be allowed to use the flexibility
of the financial aid warning status even
if they monitored SAP less frequently
than every payment period. Another
commenter representing an association
noted that some of its members objected
to what they perceived as the
Department restricting flexibility when
an institution is in compliance with the
minimum yearly requirement
established under section 484(c)(1)(A) of
the HEA. Another commenter argued
that it would decrease student success
to require all institutions to check
satisfactory progress each payment
period, as students would not know
from one term to the next what their
eligibility for aid might be. This
commenter expressed concern that this
would particularly disadvantage low
income and minority students.
One commenter argued that by
strengthening other parts of the SAP
regulations, only one probationary
period for example, abuses could be
curtailed, and institutions would not be
encouraged to create more lenient
policies.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the fact that there could be
an increased administrative burden for
some institutions to change the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
frequency with which they monitor the
satisfactory academic progress of their
students to a payment period-bypayment period basis. However,
changing the frequency for monitoring
satisfactory academic progress is not
required under these regulations;
institutions still have the flexibility to
create a policy that best meets the needs
of their student body. If an institution
believes, for example, that evaluating
SAP every payment period would create
too much uncertainty for their students,
then they are not required to develop
such a policy.
With respect to the commenter who
suggested that institutions with stable
student populations and good
graduation rates should be able to use
the flexibility of the financial aid
warning status even if they monitored
SAP on an annual basis, we do not
believe it is appropriate to allow
extended periods of financial aid
warning because this is essentially
providing title IV, HEA aid to students
who are not making progress towards
program completion. We understand
that some institutions believe that the
Department is unfairly placing
restrictions on institutions that choose
to stay with minimum annual
evaluations, or to evaluate less
frequently than every payment period.
However, we do not believe that it is
appropriate to continue to allow a
student who does not meet eligibility
criteria to continue to receive title IV,
HEA funds without a formal
intervention by the institution in the
form of an appeal approval or an
academic plan.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters noted
that students who attend quarter schools
face an inequity under proposed
§ 668.34 in that they could lose title IV,
HEA eligibility after 20 weeks, whereas
for a student at a semester school, they
could lose title IV, HEA eligibility after
30 weeks, which is an academic year.
These commenters asserted that this
subjects the student at a quarter school
to more rigorous evaluation. These
commenters expressed concern that
institutions might choose to evaluate the
SAP of their students annually in order
to level the playing field for their
students, as well as relieve
administrative burden.
One commenter expressed concern
that the term ‘‘annually’’ in § 668.34 was
subject to interpretation and that
questions would arise as to whether this
term referred to every calendar year,
every 12 months, or every academic
year. This commenter suggested that the
Department revise § 668.34(a)(3)(ii) and
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66881
(d) to refer to ‘‘every academic year’’
rather than ‘‘annually’’.
Discussion: The Department notes
that a student in a quarter program
would be evaluated three times in an
academic year, while the student in a
semester program would be evaluated
twice in an academic year. While some
institutions may view this as a more
rigorous evaluation, it also allows more
opportunities for intervention by the
institution. We would hope that an
institution would develop a policy that
would best serve the needs of students,
and that if the institution believes that
more frequent evaluations would be
beneficial, that it would work with
faculty and other parties to attempt to
make such a review possible, for
example, by shortening the amount of
time that it takes grades to become
available for evaluation.
The Department notes that
institutions that currently review
student progress annually choose to
review all students at a specific point in
time, such as at the end of the spring
term or spring payment period. The
Department agrees that this is an
appropriate and reasonable institutional
policy for an institution that reviews
academic progress annually. We do not
believe that further regulatory language
is necessary to specify that the reviews
happen every academic year because if
the review happens annually, it
necessarily will happen every academic
year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
indicated that the proposed SAP
regulations will not work well for
nonterm and nonstandard term
programs. They noted that because
students in these types of programs
complete payment periods at various
points during the year, institutions with
these types of programs would be
unable to evaluate SAP at the end of
each payment period. One commenter
specifically asked the Department to
clarify how SAP in a nonterm program
could be evaluated under proposed
§ 668.34. Another commenter noted that
institutions with 8-week terms would
find it overly burdensome to evaluate
academic progress every payment
period. This commenter indicated that
an unintended consequence of the
proposed changes reflected in § 668.34
would be that institutions with
nonstandard term or nonterm programs
would evaluate less frequently than
currently, due to the administrative
burden. Several commenters suggested
that to avoid this unintended
consequence, the regulations should
allow institutions with nonterm
programs to set evaluations based upon
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66882
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
calendar dates rather than payment
period completion. One commenter
stated that these ‘‘scheduled satisfactory
academic progress calculation’’ periods
could then be used as the basis for the
student’s continued receipt of aid or
placement on financial aid warning.
This commenter also suggested that we
revise § 668.34 to make the financial aid
warning status available to those
institutions with nonterm programs that
evaluate student academic progress
more frequently than annually but not
in conjunction with payment periods.
The commenter expressed that much
confusion will result if the Department
does not address how institutions with
nonterm programs, where the annual
review date chosen for SAP review does
not coincide with a payment period, can
comply with these regulations.
Another commenter stated that the
Department should consider studying
different instructional delivery models
in order to determine how to best
regulate accountability for institutions
that need to evaluate SAP for students
in nonstandard programs.
Discussion: The Department
recognizes the complicated monitoring
that institutions with nonterm and
nonstandard term programs will need to
implement to comply with § 668.34 for
evaluating the academic progress of
students in these programs, if they
choose to evaluate SAP on a payment
period-by-payment period bases. This is
because, for these programs, institutions
could have students completing
payment periods on a daily basis. We
understand why institutions may find it
easier to set one particular calendar date
to evaluate the SAP of all of their
students in these programs. However,
we do not believe that this approach
will work because on any given date,
any particular student could be at the
beginning, middle, or end of a payment
period. The SAP review must account
for completed coursework, and students
in the middle of a payment period, for
example, might still have days or weeks
to go to finish that work. We do believe
that the institution could set a particular
time period when it evaluates SAP for
all of its students. For example, the
institution could set a policy that SAP
evaluation will occur for all students
upon the completion of the payment
period in a given month(s). The
evaluation would then include all of the
coursework that an individual student
completes for the payment period
completed in that month. We do not
believe that evaluating students at any
moment in time other than at the end of
a payment period is an appropriate
measure of the student’s current
progress towards program completion,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
as it is not generally possible to evaluate
the work in progress. By evaluating all
of the most recently completed work, a
SAP evaluation will be most accurate in
portraying a student’s progress, and will
enable the institution to evaluate SAP
prior to making the payment for the next
payment period thereby insuring
payments only to eligible students. We
have, therefore, made a change to the
proposed regulations to clarify that the
evaluation must occur at the end of a
payment period. With regards to the
commenter who suggested that the
Department should conduct a study in
order to determine the best way to
regulate accountability for students in
nontraditional programs, we will take
this recommendation under advisement.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.34(a)(3)(ii) to provide that, for
programs longer than an academic year
in length, satisfactory academic progress
is measured at the end of each payment
period or at least annually to correspond
to the end of a payment period.
Comment: Two commenters noted
that the proposed SAP regulations do
not address students with disabilities
and their needs, especially during the
appeals process, as such students may
need several appeals.
Discussion: When evaluating a
student appeal under § 668.34, an
institution may take into consideration
factors that could have affected the
student’s academic progress. These
factors can include whether the student
has a disability or other extenuating
circumstances. Additional
considerations may also be given in an
academic plan for a student who has a
disability as long as applicable title IV,
HEA program requirements are
followed. Therefore, we do not believe
that it is necessary to include any
additional regulatory language on
evaluating the SAP of students with
disabilities or the appeals process for
those students.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter, who
expressed concern that the proposed
SAP regulations were cumbersome,
asked whether the regulations would
permit two specific types of situations.
First, the commenter asked whether an
institution could retain the ability to
utilize the financial aid warning status
if its SAP policy stated that it would
begin monitoring a student’s academic
progress after the student’s first
academic year, and then continue to
monitor the student’s progress every
payment period thereafter. Second, the
commenter asked whether a student
could continue to receive title IV, HEA
aid without further appeal if the student
is in financial aid warning status and he
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or she submits, and continues to meet
the terms of, an acceptable academic
plan.
Discussion: The proposed regulations
allow for significant flexibilities for
institutions. If the institution wishes to
monitor at different periods in time,
such as at the end of the first year, and
then by payment period after that, it is
free to do so. In this situation, only
those students who are evaluated each
payment period may receive the
automatic financial aid warning status.
With regard to the second scenario
described by the commenter, a student
who has appealed a determination that
he or she is not meeting satisfactory
academic progress and is attending his
or her program under an approved
academic plan because he or she is on
financial aid warning status remains
eligible for title IV, HEA aid as long as
he or she continues to meet the
conditions of that plan. In such a
situation, the student’s academic
progress would simply be re-evaluated
at the same time as the institution’s
other title IV, HEA aid recipients are
evaluated, unless its policy called for a
different review period.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter noted that
at his institution summer is considered
a trailing term, and the institution
evaluates SAP at the end of the spring
term. The commenter asked whether
summer coursework could be used
retroactively as part of the student’s
academic plan. The commenter also
questioned whether the institution
could state in its SAP policy that it
reviews SAP after all work for the
academic year is completed. Under this
approach, the institution would review
some students in the spring and others
after they complete summer term.
Another commenter asked how to
handle an optional summer term.
Discussion: An institution may choose
to state in its SAP policy that it
monitors academic progress at the end
of the student’s completion of the
academic year. These SAP regulations
still leave the flexibility to the
institution to determine what policy
will best serve its students. We note,
however, that under an institution’s
SAP policy, the institution must
evaluate all of the student’s coursework
at some point, and that the financial aid
warning status described in § 668.34(b)
is only available to institutions that
evaluate a student’s academic progress
every payment period.
If an institution evaluates SAP by
payment period, then it would evaluate
a student’s academic progress at the end
of each payment period that the student
attends. If the institution evaluates SAP
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
an institution may, but is not required
to, include remedial coursework when
making its SAP determination.
Discussion: It is the Department’s
longstanding position that an institution
is not required to include remedial
courses when calculating the student’s
progress towards program completion.
While an institution is not required to
include remedial courses when
Minimum GPA
calculating pace under the SAP
Comment: One commenter noted that, analysis, it may do so as long as its SAP
under current § 668.34(b), a student
policy otherwise meets the requirements
must have a ‘‘C’’ average or its equivalent in § 668.34.
after two years in order to make
Changes: None.
satisfactory academic progress. The
Comment: One commenter, who
commenter noted that the Department’s noted that its students enter a program
guidance in this area has been that the
at multiple points during the year, asked
student must have a ‘‘C’’ average or its
the Department to clarify how to
equivalent after two years of attendance, calculate a student’s ‘‘pace’’ toward
regardless of the student’s enrollment
program completion under proposed
status during that time. The commenter
§ 668.34(a)(5)(ii). This commenter also
stated that proposed § 668.34(4)(ii)
asked whether full time or part time
enrollment should be used to calculate
states that the ‘‘C’’ average is required at
pace toward completion under these
the end of two academic years. The
regulations. Another commenter asked
commenter asked the Department to
the Department to clarify how pace
clarify whether the use of the phrase
relates to maximum timeframe under
‘‘two academic years’’ as opposed to the
these regulations. This commenter
phrase ‘‘two years’’ results in any
questioned whether a time component
substantive change in how the
Department interprets this requirement. of weeks or months to program
completion needed to be part of the
Another commenter stated that the
current regulations are sufficient in this pace measurement. Another commenter
expressed concern that proposed
area, because they allow institutions to
§ 668.34(a)(5) is less clear than a strict
interpret the phrase ‘‘two years’’ in the
percentage of completion policy. This
way that is best for their students.
Discussion: The term ‘‘academic year’’ commenter, who came up with a 67
percent minimum required completion
is used in section 484(c)(1)(B) of the
rate when applying the pace formula
HEA, which states that a student is
and the maximum timeframe
considered to be maintaining
requirements to the normal BA
satisfactory academic progress if the
student has a cumulative ‘‘C’’ average, or graduation requirements, argued that
the Department should revise the
its equivalent or academic standing
regulations to list the minimum
consistent with the requirements for
completion rate that would allow a
graduation, as determined by the
student to complete his or her program
institution, at the end of the second
in a 150 percent maximum timeframe
such academic year. We changed the
reference from ‘‘year’’ to ‘‘academic year’’ (67 percent completion in the
commenter’s calculation).
in § 668.34 to more closely align this
This commenter also stated that any
regulatory language with the
institution that had a stricter than
corresponding statutory language. This
minimum SAP policy, such as higher
change, however, does not alter the
required completion rates, should be
Department’s interpretation that this
allowed to use the financial aid warning
requirement means that a student must
have a ‘‘C’’ average or its equivalent after status, even if it only checked SAP on
an annual basis. The commenter stated
two years of attendance, regardless of
that this would allow those institutions
the student’s enrollment status.
with stricter policies and high
Changes: None.
completion rates to use the flexibility
Pace
offered through the use of the financial
Comment: Two commenters noted
aid warning status.
Discussion: Proposed § 668.34(a)(5)(i),
that proposed § 668.34(a)(5)(ii) states
together with the definition of
that an institution is not required to
maximum timeframe in § 668.34(b),
include remedial coursework when
defines ‘‘pace’’ for purposes of SAP
determining the attempted and
evaluations; it is the pace at which a
completed hours for purposes of
student must progress through his or her
evaluating a student’s pace toward
educational program to ensure that the
completion of the program. Both
commenters requested clarification that student will complete the program
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
annually, then it would evaluate all of
the coursework that the student has
attempted and completed since the last
annual evaluation to determine whether
the student is making satisfactory
academic progress. There are no periods
of the student’s attendance that are not
considered in the evaluation.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66883
within the maximum timeframe and
provides for measurement of the
student’s progress at each SAP
evaluation. Proposed § 668.34(a)(5)(ii)
provides the formula that an institution
must use at each SAP evaluation to
calculate pace: divide the cumulative
number of hours the student has
successfully completed by the
cumulative number of hours the student
has attempted. This calculation is to be
used regardless of the student’s
enrollment status, as the formula is
designed to measure completion
appropriately for each student
regardless of whether that student
attends full time or part time. The
Department believes that these
requirements for measuring pace toward
program completion provide maximum
flexibility for both students and
institutions. Students are free to attend
at whatever enrollment status is
appropriate for them, and institutions
can measure the pace as appropriate for
their students. Because a graduated pace
standard (i.e., 50 percent the first year,
60 percent the second year, and 70
percent every year thereafter) is
permissible, the Department does not
believe it is appropriate to regulate a
specific completion rate for all students
in all programs at all institutions.
Changes: None.
Transfer Credits
Comment: Several commenters stated
that, for purposes of calculating pace
toward program completion under
§ 668.34(a)(5), transfer credits should
only count in the completed hours
category, but not the attempted hours
category, because those credits were not
taken at the institution determining
SAP. Another commenter stated that
transfer credits should only be counted
in the attempted hours category but not
the completed hours category. One
commenter requested clarification as to
whether the requirement in
§ 668.34(a)(6) to count transfer credits as
both attempted and completed means
that institutions are required to request
and evaluate all applicable transcripts.
Discussion: Whether or not an
institution evaluates the transcripts of
all coursework taken by a student at
previous institutions is a decision left to
the institution. The Department has not
required institutions to request
transcripts for previously completed
work, and is not doing so now.
However, in so much as credits taken at
another institution are accepted towards
the student’s academic program under
the institution’s academic requirements,
we do believe it is appropriate to
include those credits in both the
attempted and completed hours
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66884
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
category when measuring pace towards
completion for each SAP evaluation
period.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that the Department
revise § 668.34(a) to require transfer
credits to be considered when
determining progress towards maximum
timeframe, but not for purposes of
determining the pace of completion for
each evaluation period. This commenter
stated that counting transfer credits
when looking at each evaluation period
would give transfer students an unfair
advantage in the pace to completion
calculation.
Another commenter noted that the
practice of excluding courses that were
not degree applicable from the pace
calculation for evaluating SAP has
prompted many students to change
majors in order to retain financial aid
eligibility. The commenter opined that
this practice leaves the door open to
abuse of the system. Additionally, the
commenter stated that the Department
should require that all courses that the
student had attempted and completed in
his entire career be included in the pace
computation for purposes of
determining the student’s progress
toward program completion.
Discussion: The Department
acknowledges that transfer students may
have a slight advantage over other
students when an institution calculates
their pace toward program completion.
However, this inclusion of transfer
credits in the calculation of pace will
allow for a more level playing field for
all students, and standardize treatment
of completed credits in the SAP
evaluation. This is because including
transfer credits in the calculation of
pace means we are considering all
completed work for all students.
We also note that the Department has
had a longstanding policy that
institutions are free to set their own SAP
policy that deals with major changes as
they relate to measurement of maximum
timeframe. Therefore, if an institution
wishes to limit the number of major
changes that it will allow a student,
then it is free to set a policy that does
so.
Changes: None.
Financial Aid Probation and Financial
Aid Warning Statuses
Comment: Many commenters found
the definitions of the terms financial aid
warning and financial aid probation in
proposed § 668.34(b) to be helpful.
These commenters stated that it was
very useful to have standard vocabulary
to use when discussing SAP. Some
commenters noted that these terms and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
concepts matched their current policy
while others requested slight changes to
the terms or definitions so that they
align more closely with their own
institution’s policies. Several
commenters sought clarification,
however, as to whether institutions are
required under these regulations to use
the newly defined terms of financial aid
warning and financial aid probation in
their consumer information and other
communications with students, or
whether we would allow them to
continue to use their current
terminology. These commenters
expressed concern that their students
might be confused if they changed the
terminology used in this area.
Discussion: The Department intends
to allow institutions to have as much
flexibility as possible in developing an
appropriate SAP policy for their
institution as well as consumer
information materials for their students.
However, institutions must incorporate
these regulations changes into the
information that they provide to
students; this includes ensuring that the
information made available by the
institution uses the terminology used in
these regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed support for the addition of
the concept of a financial aid warning
status, but believed that the use of this
status should be available to all
institutions, regardless of how often
they performed a SAP evaluation. Some
of the commenters asserted that this
would allow institutions additional
flexibility in administering SAP that
would be beneficial for students. Some
commenters also noted that it would be
an administrative burden to review
students more frequently. Others
indicated that they had stable student
populations and did not need to
evaluate more often than annually. At
least one commenter opined that
schools with good graduation and
completion rates should be able to use
the financial aid warning status
regardless of how often they checked
SAP. Some commenters argued that the
financial aid warning status should be
an option for all institutions to use
automatically and without intervention,
and for periods as long as a year or until
the next scheduled evaluation. One
commenter suggested that in exchange
for allowing all institutions to use the
financial aid warning status regardless
of how often they evaluate students’
academic progress, institutions should
be required to remind students of their
SAP standards at the end of any
payment period in which an evaluation
is not done. Some commenters wanted
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to know if the financial aid warning
status could be used to evaluate a
student’s progress and to help to
prepare an academic plan and appeal
for the student, so that the student
would not suffer a lapse in eligibility.
Discussion: While we appreciate the
fact that institutions support the
flexibility that the financial aid warning
status provides, the Department feels
strongly that this option should only be
available when an institution evaluates
SAP each payment period. It is
important to remember that a student
who is on a financial aid warning status
is one who is not actually meeting SAP
standards.
If an institution has a stable student
population and does not believe it needs
to evaluate SAP each payment period,
then it is not required to do so. We
recognize that there is an additional
administrative burden involved for
institutions to evaluate every payment
period, but we also believe students
benefit from the early intervention of
this approach. We believe that this
approach will impact favorably on
student completion rates, as well as
help minimize student debt levels for
those that are not on track to complete
a program successfully. We note that,
during the negotiated rulemaking
process, several negotiators had a SAP
policy that required checking a
student’s academic progress each
payment period. These negotiators
related numerous student success
stories that resulted from early
intervention. This demonstrated success
with this approach led to the negotiators
supporting the proposed SAP
regulations.
We believe that it is important to get
students back on track as soon as
possible, and not allow the continued
provision of title IV, HEA aid to
students who are not making progress
towards program completion under the
institution’s SAP standards. Allowing a
financial aid warning status for one
payment period allows the institution to
provide an alert to that student of his
status, as well as provide any needed
support services. The institution could
use the time to meet with the student
and, if the situation means that an
appeal will be necessary, to help the
student prepare that appeal or to
prepare an academic plan. The same
benefit is not realized if the student
simply receives notice of the
institution’s SAP policy, as he may not
understand his individual status with
regards to the policy.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed support for the financial aid
warning and financial aid probation
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
statuses proposed in § 668.34, but
requested that the Department add to
the SAP regulations a defined term for
a student who has lost eligibility for title
IV, HEA aid as a result of an
institution’s evaluation under the SAP
regulations. Several other commenters
questioned what status would be
assigned to a student who was
reinstated on an academic plan and was
making progress under that plan. These
commenters wondered whether these
individuals would still be considered to
be on financial aid probation status, or
if the Department planned to define
another term to refer to them.
Discussion: A student who is not
meeting SAP is simply not eligible to
receive title IV, HEA aid, as he or she
does not meet one of the basic student
eligibility criteria. For this reason, we
do not believe it is necessary to define
another term to describe this individual,
just as we do not have specific terms to
describe students who may not be
meeting other basic student eligibility
criteria.
A student who has been reinstated to
eligibility under an academic plan and
is making progress under that plan is
considered to be an eligible student. The
student is not considered to be on
financial aid warning status or financial
probation status, provided he or she is
otherwise making satisfactory progress.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters argued
that proposed § 668.34(c) could be
interpreted to allow an institution to
place a student on financial aid warning
status for more than one payment
period, and that, under this
interpretation, the student would be
able to get title IV, HEA aid for multiple
payment periods when the student is on
financial aid warning status as long as
the student was within range of moving
into compliance with the institution’s
SAP standards. These commenters
stated that the language in § 668.34(c)
does not need to be interpreted so
narrowly so as to limit the number of
payment periods during which a
student could be placed on financial aid
status to one payment period.
Other commenters suggested that
students could develop and follow an
academic plan during the period of their
financial aid warning and that this
approach would allow for students to be
put on financial aid warning status for
multiple periods. These commenters all
opined that there was a range of
deficiencies within any category of
student failure, and that students may
require differing amounts of
intervention to get back on track to meet
the institution’s SAP standards. The
commenters stated that institutions
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
should be able to define different bands
of need for assigning financial aid
warning statuses. Several other
commenters requested that the
Department clarify that students may be
placed on financial aid warning or
financial aid status for multiple
payment periods throughout their
academic careers.
Other commenters asked the
Department to clarify whether the
requirements around financial aid
warning or financial aid probationary
statuses allow students to receive title
IV, HEA aid for more than one payment
period. One commenter indicated that
lack of financial aid during a period in
which the student is on financial aid
probationary status would cause
problems for students. The commenter
stated that this would cause barriers for
the most needy and at-risk students.
Discussion: The financial aid warning
status and the financial aid probationary
status are both defined in § 668.34(b). A
student who has not made satisfactory
academic progress and is placed under
one of these statuses may continue to
receive title, IV HEA aid for one
payment period only, under very
specific circumstances. We do not
intend for the language in § 668.34(b) to
be interpreted in any other fashion. To
respond to the commenter who believed
that lack of financial support during this
period would disadvantage students, it
is important to note that both of these
statuses provide for one payment period
of title IV, HEA funds. It is possible for
institutions that are able to use the
financial aid warning status to do any
sort of intervention with a student that
they deem appropriate during the
period of time the student is in that
status, including help them to prepare
an appeal or refer them to other student
support services. We do not believe that
it is appropriate, however, to continue
placing students on a financial aid
warning status for more than one
payment period because these are
students who are not making progress
toward program completion. We do not
believe it is appropriate to put the
student on an academic plan and simply
continue such a plan without an
appropriate appeal. This is because we
believe that a student should be
required to file an appeal and explain
the reason that he or she has not been
able to meet the SAP standards, and
what in his or her situation has
changed. It is important for the student
to have ownership in his or her current
situation and the resulting academic
plan, with an understanding of the
consequences the student faces if he or
she fails to follow the academic plan.
We do agree with the commenters who
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66885
suggest that it is possible for a student
to be subject to more than one period of
financial aid warning, or to submit more
than one appeal throughout an
academic career, if the institution’s SAP
policy allows it.
Changes: None.
Comment: Numerous commenters
objected to the requirement in the
proposed regulations for institutions to
check SAP on a payment period-bypayment period basis. They argued that
it is unreasonable for the Department to
impose such a requirement on
institutions that do not have any history
of abuse in this area and that otherwise
have good SAP policies. These
commenters noted that it would be
overly burdensome to require
institutions to change their SAP
procedures to require SAP evaluations
every payment period.
Discussion: Section 668.34(a)(3) is
consistent with current
§ 668.16(e)(2)(ii)(B), which requires
institutions to check academic progress
for programs that are longer than an
academic year at least annually. While
institutions can check academic
progress for these programs more
frequently, they are not required to do
so. Under these regulations, institutions
are only required to evaluate satisfactory
academic progress more frequently if
the program is shorter than an academic
year.
Changes: None.
Comment: A couple of commenters
asked the Department to confirm that
the financial aid warning and financial
aid probation status would be applied to
the student’s next payment period
(following the institution’s
determination that the student is not
maintaining SAP) and not simply to the
next payment period at the institution.
These commenters argued that it was
important to apply the status to the
student during the next term that the
student was actually in attendance.
One commenter believed that a
program of an academic year in length
or shorter should not be allowed to use
the financial aid warning status because
a student in such a program would
never be denied title IV, HEA funds for
not making SAP.
Discussion: Under these regulations,
an institution would apply the financial
aid warning or financial aid probation
status to a student during the student’s
next period of attendance. It is not
reasonable to assume that the student
would be considered to be on financial
aid warning, for example, if he or she
were not in attendance. For shorter
programs (i.e., those that are an
academic year or less), the definition of
a payment period does not allow
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66886
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
disbursement of aid until the student
has successfully completed the previous
payment period. For such programs, if
an institution places the student on
financial aid warning, the student will
either complete the program or
withdraw. If the student completes the
program, then he or she has been
successful. If he or she withdraws, then
the return of funds requirements in
§ 668.22 will apply. In either case, the
student received only those funds for
which he or she was eligible. We do not
plan to make any changes in this area.
Changes: None.
Appeals
Comment: Many commenters agreed
with allowing students who would
otherwise lose eligibility for title IV,
HEA aid to appeal the loss of eligibility.
Some commenters expressed concern
that the requirements for an appeal were
too prescriptive; for example, the
commenters noted that § 668.34(b)
requires that students articulate what
had changed in their situation and that
students might not be able to comply
with this requirement. Other
commenters stated that the Department
should make the SAP appeal regulations
more prescriptive, including by
specifying the type of documentation
required to be submitted with an appeal.
Several commenters believed that it was
too burdensome on institutions to
require them to address student appeals,
while others stated that it was too
burdensome to require institutions to
develop or evaluate academic plans for
students who appeal.
Discussion: These SAP regulations do
not require that an institution accept or
evaluate student appeals of
determinations that the student is not
making SAP. Moreover, the regulations
do not require institutions to develop or
process an academic plan for a student
who appeals. These are merely offered
as options for institutions who wish to
allow those students who are no longer
meeting the SAP standards to continue
to receive title IV, HEA aid. It is
important to note that an academic plan
for a student may be as complicated as
a course by course plan toward degree
completion, or as simple as a
mathematical calculation that specifies
the percentage of coursework that the
student must now complete. Academic
plans need not be complicated or
detailed; the purpose of these plans is
merely to put the student on track to
successful program completion. Section
668.34(a)(10) does require that an
institution that does not accept appeals
notify students as to how eligibility for
title IV, HEA aid can be regained by
those who do not meet SAP standards.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
An institution is free to craft a SAP
policy that allows appeals or not, and to
specify when and how such appeals
will be permitted as well as how often
and how many times a student may
appeal. Likewise, an institution may or
may not allow an academic plan to be
submitted for a student. The SAP policy
of the institution should specify the
conditions under which an academic
plan might be approved, or if one will
be considered at all. Because
institutions have significant flexibility
in this area, the Department does not
believe that these regulations will
impose any additional burden.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
requested clarification as to when
students on an academic plan would be
evaluated. Several commenters
requested that we clarify that a student
may submit more than one appeal
during the course of his or her academic
career. A couple of commenters
inquired whether students could appeal
the 150 percent completion
requirement, and exceed this maximum
timeframe if they are progressing under
an approved academic plan.
One commenter also asked the
Department to clarify what is meant by
the requirement in § 668.34(c)(3)(iii)(B)
and (d)(2)(iii)(B) that an academic plan
ensure that the student meet the SAP
standards at a specific point in time.
The commenter noted that the student
could actually be able to graduate the
following term, and questioned whether
an appeal could be approved at that
point.
Discussion: Under these regulations,
the institution has the flexibility to
specify whether students on an
academic plan would have their
academic progress evaluated at the same
time as other students, or whether they
would be subject to more frequent SAP
evaluations. They should determine
what is best for students and make their
policy clear in their SAP standards.
As noted earlier in this preamble, an
institution also retains flexibility under
these SAP regulations to allow multiple
appeals by an individual student.
Alternatively, an institution could
decide not to allow appeals at all. We
note, however, that because pace to
program completion within 150 percent
of the published length of the
educational program is required to be
evaluated each SAP evaluation period,
it would be reasonable to assume that a
student who is not meeting the
institution’s SAP standards is not on
schedule to complete the program
within the required maximum
timeframe. Therefore, this component of
the SAP standards would be subject to
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
appeal, if the institution chooses to
permit appeals. Finally, we expect
institutions to assist a student who
appeals on this basis to plot a course to
successful completion within a new
maximum timeframe and to then
monitor this pace toward completion.
Any academic plan would need to take
into account the student’s progression to
completion of his or her program, which
could, in fact, be the next term.
Changes: None.
Maximum Timeframe
Comment: Several commenters stated
that the Department should clarify the
150 percent maximum timeframe
requirement. One of the commenters
noted that § 668.34(b) did not define
maximum timeframe, as applied to
programs that are a combination of
credit and clock hours or a combination
of undergraduate and graduate work.
One of the commenters argued that the
final regulations should reinforce the
150 percent maximum timeframe
requirement for all programs. Another
commenter stated that we should clarify
that the 150 percent maximum
timeframe only applies to determining
title IV, HEA eligibility. This commenter
suggested that this maximum timeframe
should not be used for other purposes.
For example, the commenter stated that
it was not appropriate for the
Government to determine whether or
not a student should be allowed to
complete a degree simply because title
IV, HEA eligibility had run out. Another
commenter asked whether the 150
percent maximum timeframe applied to
the student’s entire academic career or
only to the student’s current academic
program. The commenter gave the
example of a student who had one
degree, and asked if an institution
would include those earned credits
when evaluating whether the student
was progressing in his or her program
within the maximum timeframe.
Discussion: The Department believes
in allowing institutions the flexibility to
define the 150 percent maximum
timeframe in the most appropriate way
for the program in question. In
particular, individual institutions are in
the best position to determine whether
their combined programs, such as those
noted by the commenters, should be
evaluated as the sum of its parts (i.e.,
part clock hour and part credit for
example) or as one type of program
based on the structure of the majority of
the program.
The 150 percent maximum timeframe
only applies to the student’s eligibility
to receive title IV, HEA aid. The
Department has never regulated whether
or not a student is able to continue on
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
to degree completion under an
institution’s academic criteria. The
Department also wishes to clarify that
the 150 percent maximum timeframe
applies only to the student’s current
program of study. Under these
regulations, institutions retain flexibility
to define their programs of study in
their SAP policy, as well as how they
will determine how previously taken
coursework applies to the student’s
current program of study.
Changes: None.
Notification
Comment: Several commenters
requested clarification of the
notification requirement in
§ 668.34(a)(11). Specifically, these
commenters questioned whether this
provision would require institutions to
notify all students or only those who
were not making SAP.
Discussion: Proposed § 668.34(a)(11)
only requires institutions to notify
students of the results of their SAP
evaluation if the results affect the
student’s eligibility to receive title IV,
HEA aid. Institutions are not required to
notify students who are making SAP of
the results of the evaluation.
Changes: None.
Evaluating the Validity of High School
Diplomas (§ 668.16(p))
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
High School Diploma (§ 668.16(p))
The Department received over 100
submissions about the new high school
diploma regulation. Most of these
supported our proposed changes, either
with little or no qualification, or with
suggested modifications and concerns.
Others offered suggestions and concerns
without explicitly supporting the
proposed regulation.
We noted in the preamble to the
NPRM that the Department intends to
add questions on the Free Application
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) asking
for the name of the high school the
student graduated from and the State
where the school is located. The 2011–
2012 FAFSA will have one question
with three fields. Students who indicate
that they will have a high school
diploma when they begin college for the
2011–2012 year are instructed to
provide the name of the high school
where they received or will receive that
diploma and the city and state where
the school is located. In the online
application, FAFSA on the Web,
students will not be allowed to skip this
question, though for 2011–2012 it will
only be presented to first-time
undergraduate students. There will be a
drop-down list of both public and
private high schools, populated by the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES), within the Department of
Education, from which most students
will be able to select the high school
that awarded them a diploma. Students
who cannot find their school and those
who complete a paper FAFSA will write
in the name, city, and State of their high
school. It is important to note that the
absence of a high school on the dropdown list does not mean that the high
school the student indicated he or she
graduated from is not legitimate. It just
means that the school was not included
in the NCES list. Similarly, the
inclusion of a high school on the dropdown list does not necessarily mean
that the high school is legitimate.
In addition to the information in the
following discussions, we will provide
more guidance on implementing
§ 668.16(p), as necessary, in Dear
Colleague Letters, electronic
announcements, and the Federal
Student Aid Handbook.
Comment: Several commenters
observed that many institutions already
perform some kind of high school
evaluation as part of their admission
process, and one noted that because of
this, it is appropriate for the Department
to establish regulations requiring the
validation of high school diplomas. One
commenter appreciated that proposed
§ 668.16(p) would help institutions
when they are challenged by students or
high school diploma mills for looking
into the validity of high school
diplomas. Another commenter noted
that a list of ‘‘good’’ high schools would
be valuable for students in deciding
whether they would want to obtain a
diploma from a given source. Another
commenter opined that the
identification of suspect schools
benefits students.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
of these commenters. The list of schools
that will appear on FAFSA on the Web
is meant only as an aid for students in
completing the FAFSA. It is not a list of
‘‘good’’ schools, and it may happen that
an institution will need to evaluate the
diploma from one of these schools.
Also, a school that does not appear on
the list should not be inferred to be
‘‘bad.’’ The intent of new § 668.16(p) is
to have institutions develop a process
for evaluating the legitimacy of a
student’s claim to have completed high
school and not to have simply
purchased a document that purports
they completed a high school
curriculum. Under this provision,
institutions must develop and follow
procedures to evaluate the validity of a
student’s high school completion if the
institution or the Secretary has reason to
suspect the legitimacy of the diploma.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66887
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters
requested that the Department provide
institutions with clear guidance on how
to review the validity of high school
diplomas and that it provide this
guidance as soon as possible. Although,
as noted previously, many institutions
review high school credentials, one
large college noted that there are no
common practices for these types of
reviews and asked that the Department
delay the effective date of this
regulatory requirement if it is unable to
release the needed guidance far enough
in advance of July 1, 2011. This
commenter stated that such a delay
would be needed for schools to have
enough time to create their procedures
and train their employees on following
the procedures. One commenter asked
what the effect of this requirement
would be on the student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program assistance when
an institution is unable to determine
whether a given diploma is valid.
Discussion: There is no plan to delay
the implementation of § 668.16(p). As
noted earlier in this discussion, more
guidance will be forthcoming about
evaluating the validity of high school
diplomas, and many institutions have
been evaluating the validity of high
school diplomas for years. We
encourage financial aid administrators
(FAAs) to consult with each other in
this matter, which can be especially
useful for similar types of institutions in
the same State, where differing levels of
oversight by State departments of
education will have a significant effect
on what procedures an institution might
establish.
With respect to the comment asking
about student eligibility for title IV,
HEA program assistance when an
institution is unable to determine
whether the student’s diploma is valid,
we note that there are alternatives for
the student to establish aid eligibility
under § 668.32(e), such as passing an
ATB test, or completing six credits of
college coursework that apply to a
program at the current school.
Changes: None.
Comment: Various commenters either
requested that we create a list of
fraudulent or ‘‘bad’’ high schools or
asked if we planned to do so. Many
commenters asked that we make
available both a list of ‘‘bad’’ high
schools and a list of acceptable schools
and that we update them frequently,
some suggesting at least quarterly. Some
commenters requested that the effective
date for this regulatory provision be
delayed until at least 2012–2013 so the
Department can have a complete list of
acceptable schools and can address
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66888
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
issues such as foreign postsecondary
schools, defunct schools, and missing
records.
Finally, some commenters asked what
we would consider acceptable
documentation when a high school does
not appear in the Department’s database
of acceptable high schools.
Discussion: As noted earlier in this
preamble, we are not delaying the
effective date of § 668.16(p). We believe
it is an important new provision that
can be implemented for the 2011–2012
year on the basis we describe in this
preamble.
To emphasize a point earlier in this
preamble, a school’s inclusion on the
list on FAFSA on the Web does not
mean that it is exempt from possible
review by an institution. Acceptable
documentation for a review can include
a high school diploma and a final
transcript that shows all the courses the
student completed.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter requested
that the high school diploma validation
required under § 668.16(p) apply only to
undergraduates. Others asked for
institutions to be able to waive diploma
validation for students who are
substantially older than traditional
college age and for students whose high
school no longer exists or cannot be
readily identified.
Discussion: For 2011–2012, the
Department will only ask first-year
undergraduate students to provide on
FAFSA on the Web information about
the high school they graduated from.
However, § 668.16(p) requires
institutions to review any high school
diploma if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe the
diploma is not valid. In those instances
the institution must evaluate the
validity of the student’s high school
completion whether the diploma was
obtained by an undergraduate or other
student and regardless of whether the
student’s high school no longer exists or
is not easily identified. We do not
believe it is appropriate to limit this
requirement to only undergraduate
students or those whose high schools
are not easily identified because the
student eligibility requirement to have a
high school diploma or its recognized
equivalent or to meet an alternative
standard applies to all students.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern about the difficulty
of validating high schools, not only for
older students, but also for students
who graduated from a high school in a
different part of the country, or in
another country. One commenter
suggested that the Department permit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
institutions to use copies of foreign
secondary school credentials,
attestations, and proof of entry into the
United States after the age of
compulsory attendance, when
evaluating the secondary school
education of foreign-born students.
Another commenter stated that many
admissions offices use the ‘‘credential
score’’ for foreign countries instead of
the name of the school, and that the
Department should give guidance on
how institutions can use that score to
evaluate diplomas from foreign schools.
A couple of commenters expressed
concern that under proposed § 668.16(p)
students who went to foreign schools
would be adversely affected and
possibly denied access to postsecondary
education.
Discussion: An institution may
consider various kinds of
documentation when developing its
procedures for evaluating the validity of
a student’s high school diploma. For
example, there are companies that
provide services for determining the
validity of foreign secondary school
diplomas; documentation from such
companies can inform an institution’s
diploma evaluation.
Changes: None.
Comment: A couple of commenters
asked if there will be an appeal process
for students if an institution determines
that their high school diploma is
invalid. Others observed that different
institutions may decide differently
about a given high school’s diploma and
asked whether the Department will be
the final arbiter in these situations.
Discussion: The regulations do not
provide for an appeal process for
students if an institution determines
their high school diploma is invalid.
The Department considers institutions
to be our agents in administering the
title IV, HEA programs and to have final
authority in many decisions.
Consequently, we do not generally have
appeal processes in place for
institutional determinations of student
eligibility. Moreover, the Department
will not intervene in cases where a high
school diploma is deemed valid at one
institution but not another.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters asked
what the effect of proposed § 668.16(p)
would be on homeschooling, and some
commenters noted that a home school
credential is different from a high
school diploma and asked that the
Department emphasize this difference.
Others asked that we provide guidance
on State-granted credentials for
homeschoolers and best practices for
verifying home school credentials. One
organization asked that the
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
achievements of homeschoolers not be
ignored, and that the proposed
regulations and any related FAFSA
changes recognize that graduates of
home schools receive a diploma from
their program.
Finally, one commenter questioned
why the Department is so interested in
the quality of a high school diploma
(which is not defined in the HEA or the
Department’s regulations) when
homeschooled students are taught by
their parents, who (typically) lack
credentials and curriculum standards.
Discussion: Section 668.16(p) does
not apply to homeschooled students.
For guidance pertaining to
homeschooled students, please see
Chapter 1 of Volume 1 of the Federal
Student Aid Handbook.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters asked if
there would be, or suggested that there
should be, a mechanism for schools and
State and local agencies, accrediting
bodies, and education departments to
suggest schools that should be added to
any acceptable and unacceptable lists
that the Department develops in
connection with § 668.16(p). One
commenter requested that when we ask
States to provide lists of approved
schools, they provide all high schools
and not just public high schools, which
the commenter noted fall under more
State oversight. Another commenter
recommended referring to the College
Entrance Examination Board (CEEB)
code for high schools to determine
whether those are acceptable, and
another suggested consulting the
College Board and the Department of
Defense to help build the list of
acceptable high schools. A few
commenters asked what will happen
when an institution evaluates a diploma
from a school not on the Department’s
list of acceptable high schools and finds
that the school is acceptable. The
commenter wondered if this will mean
that institutions will have their own
lists of acceptable schools separate from
the Department’s.
Discussion: As noted earlier in this
preamble, we intend to use information
from NCES to create a drop-down list in
FAFSA on the Web populated by the
names of public and private high
schools that NCES provides to us.
Neither inclusion on the list nor
exclusion from it is an indication of
whether a high school will need to be
reviewed by a postsecondary institution
under § 668.16(p).
There is a procedure by which private
schools may submit their name for
inclusion on the private school list.
Postsecondary institutions are not
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
responsible for submitting the names of
secondary schools.
Changes: None.
Comment: A couple of commenters
distinguished between a high school
diploma and a transcript, and suggested
that a transcript is more valuable for
institutions to use to determine the
validity of the student’s high school
completion. Another commenter noted
that transcripts and diplomas are not
interchangeable and that the
Department should clarify this.
Discussion: We agree that a high
school transcript is not the same as a
diploma. It is the latter that is required
under the student eligibility regulations
and the statute, not the former. A
transcript may be a valuable tool in
determining whether a high school
diploma is valid because by listing the
courses the student completed, it
demonstrates the extent of his or her
secondary school education.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter seemed to
think that an institution would submit
documentation to the Department for
review if a student was chosen for
verification due to not answering the
FAFSA questions about his or her high
school diploma.
Discussion: The Department does not
plan to require institutions to submit
individuals’ high school documentation
for validation. Moreover, the
Department does not intend to select
applicants for verification just because
they did not complete the high school
diploma questions on the FAFSA.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that institutions should not be
considered to have reason to believe
that an applicant’s high school diploma
is not valid or was not obtained from an
entity that provides secondary school
education, unless the information from
FAFSA processing suggests that. These
commenters argued that institutions
should not be obligated to investigate
whether every applicant’s high school
diploma is valid, nor should the
institution be required, if it is an
institution that collects diploma
information as part of the admissions
process, to cross-check that information
against the information from the FAFSA
because that would be too burdensome.
Discussion: For the 2011–2012 award
year, we will not provide any additional
high school diploma information on the
Institutional Student Information
Record (ISIR) beyond what the student
submitted on the FAFSA. We will not
expect institutions to check the ISIR
high school data for every student
against other information obtained by
the institution during the admissions
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
process. However, if an institution has
reason to believe (or the Secretary
indicates) that a high school diploma is
not valid, the institution must follow its
procedures to evaluate the validity of
the diploma.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter requested
that the Department declare that
§ 668.16(p) will not be retroactive.
Discussion: This requirement will
apply to institutions beginning on July
1, 2011, the effective date for these
regulations. This means that institutions
will be required to follow the
procedures developed under § 668.16(p)
for any applicant who completes a
FAFSA beginning with the 2011–2012
award year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that we allow FAAs to forego
diploma validation for students who
have completed six credits of college
coursework that applies to a program of
study at the institution or if the
student’s ability to be admitted to the
institution or eligibility for title IV, HEA
aid is otherwise not affected.
Discussion: It is correct that a student
without a high school diploma would be
eligible for title IV, HEA aid if he or she
meets one of the other academic criteria,
such as successfully completing six
credits or 225 clock hours of collegelevel coursework that apply to a
program at the current institution.
However, because students have that
flexibility does not obviate the
requirement that for an institution to be
eligible, it must admit as regular
students only those with a high school
diploma, or the recognized equivalent,
or who are beyond the age of
compulsory school attendance.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked that
if the Department permits waivers to the
requirement in § 668.16(p) to follow
procedures to check the validity of a
high school diploma, that institutions,
in particular those that do not admit
students without a diploma or the
equivalent, be permitted to evaluate the
validity of a diploma if they choose.
Discussion: There will be no waivers
of the requirement that an institution
must evaluate the validity of a high
school diploma when it or the Secretary
has reason to believe that the diploma
is not valid or was not obtained from a
school that provides secondary school
education.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked that
we interpret section 123 of the HEA (20
U.S.C. 1011l) to apply to high school
diploma mills as well as college
diploma mills.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66889
Discussion: This section of the HEA
provides that the Department will,
among other things, maintain
information on its Web site to educate
students, families, and employers about
diploma mills and that it will
collaborate with other Federal agencies
to broadly disseminate to the public
information on how to identify diploma
mills. While section 105 of the HEA (20
U.S.C. 1003) defines diploma mill only
in terms of postsecondary education, we
intend to examine the issue of high
school diploma mills further.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter urged the
Department’s Office of Inspector
General to be actively engaged with
other agencies in detecting fraud,
especially given that high school
diploma mills may adopt names of
legitimate schools.
Discussion: The Department’s Office
of Inspector General will continue to
work with other agencies as appropriate
to detect fraud in this area.
Changes: None.
Comment: One institution commented
that it finds it difficult to explain to
students who present questionable high
school credentials why those credentials
are not sufficient for receiving title IV,
HEA aid.
Discussion: In a situation such as this,
we believe that it would be appropriate
for the institution to explain to students
the concept of a high school diploma
mill, i.e., an entity that offers a
credential, typically for a fee, and
requires little or no academic work on
the part of the purchaser of the
credential. We believe that students
with a credential from a diploma mill
would not have a sufficient educational
foundation for success at the
postsecondary level and should not
receive title IV, HEA aid.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter urged the
Department to clarify that the diplomas
of high schools that are not accredited
are not necessarily invalid under
§ 668.16(p). Several commenters asked
whether a new high school that was
operating but had not yet received
accreditation would be acceptable under
this regulation. A small private high
school expressed concern that the new
provision would hinder its students
from going to college because it is not
accredited and this provision may be
misinterpreted to mean that nonaccredited high schools are not
acceptable. The school asked that we
disabuse the public of the mistaken
notion that for students to receive title
IV, HEA aid, their high school diplomas
must be from accredited schools.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66890
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion: Diplomas issued by high
schools that are not accredited (more
common among private than public
high schools) often meet college
admissions standards and are generally
acceptable for receiving title IV, HEA
aid. We have noted for several years in
the Federal Student Aid Handbook that
high schools do not need to be
accredited for their diplomas to be
acceptable for title IV, HEA eligibility.
The Department’s recognition of
accreditation exists only at the
postsecondary level.
Changes: None.
Comment: One organization
representing colleges suggested that we
should not remove a high school from
any list we create if that school closes.
Discussion: We do not plan to remove
closed schools from a list.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that because many for-profit
colleges do not require proof of a high
school diploma (many require only that
the applicant provide a signed statement
of high school completion), they will
not be diligent when evaluating the
validity of their applicants’ high school
diplomas.
Discussion: Whether any institution
fails to appropriately investigate the
validity of a student’s high school
completion will be determined in
program reviews, audits, and other
Department oversight processes.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter claimed
that institutions are not qualified to
determine the quality of anyone’s high
school diploma, education, or secondary
learning.
Discussion: We disagree with this
commenter. Section 668.16(p) only
requires that institutions develop and
follow procedures to determine the
validity of a student’s high school
completion when they or the Secretary
have reason to believe that the high
school diploma is not valid or was not
obtained from an entity that provides
secondary school education. We do not
believe that an institution will need any
unique qualifications to make this
determination; as noted earlier, many
institutions already evaluate the high
school completion of students during
the admissions process.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter opined
that using a list of unacceptable schools
is a less effective method of dealing
with high school validation, and that
the best method would be to have a
large database of all high school
graduation records.
Discussion: While we appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion, we do not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
believe that the creation or use of a
single database of all graduation records
from the entire country is feasible.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
some institutions do not have the
resources to evaluate the validity of high
school diplomas and that the
Department should make those
determinations with the help of
appropriate State agencies.
Discussion: We believe that
administrators at institutions, who have
direct contact with applicants, are in the
best position to evaluate the validity of
high school completions. We will issue
further guidance on how to make those
evaluations efficient and will try to
minimize the administrative burden on
institutions.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter claimed
that the Department wants to keep the
list of acceptable high schools secret to
avoid having to defend its inclusion of
the schools on the FAFSA list.
Discussion: As noted earlier in this
preamble, FAFSA on the Web will
include a list of schools to help students
fill out the application; it will not be a
list of acceptable schools. It will be
available to the public via FAFSA on
the Web, though whether it can be
accessed without filling out the
application and whether it will be
available as a separate document, such
as the Federal School Code List, are not
yet decided.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that complying with
§ 668.16(p) would place a
disproportionate burden on institutions
and students, and that community
colleges in particular would be
burdened because of their larger
numbers of immigrant and nontraditional students. These commenters
noted that the FAFSA will get larger by
two questions. One commenter noted
that the added questions are acceptable
even with the Department’s attempt to
simplify the FAFSA, while another
opined that requiring a high school
diploma does not seem to be a
significant hurdle.
Discussion: The Department will be
mindful of ways in which to limit the
additional burden § 668.16(p) will
impose. However, because one of the
statutorily defined eligibility criteria for
receiving title IV, HEA aid is that a
student completed high school, we do
not consider it an unacceptable burden
on students to report on their FAFSA
the name, city, and State of the high
school that awarded them their
diploma. Also, there are enough
alternatives to having a high school
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
diploma that make satisfying the
academic criterion for student eligibility
reasonable. Finally, we consider the
inclusion on the FAFSA of three
additional, easy-to-answer fields a
reasonable increase in the size of the
FAFSA.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter noted that
the new questions on the FAFSA will
not solve the problem of identifying
questionable diplomas because the
questions will only determine if a high
school is on the approved list.
Discussion: We agree that the
Department’s list of schools will not
solve the problem. Section 668.16(p),
however, requires institutions to
develop and follow procedures to
determine the validity of a student’s
high school completion when they or
the Secretary has reason to believe that
the high school diploma is not valid or
was not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.
Accordingly, we believe that the new
FAFSA question and the requirements
in § 668.16(p) will go a long way to
identifying those schools that are
providing invalid diplomas.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
the opinion that institutions should be
responsible for verifying high school
diplomas or General Education
Development (GED) certificates with a
copy of either document, or with a
transcript. The commenter argued that if
students cannot provide this
documentation to the institution, they
should be required to take an ability-tobenefit (ATB) test. Other commenters
stated that all institutions should be
required to verify that every title IV,
HEA aid recipient has a high school
diploma or GED.
Discussion: We do not plan to require
that all institutions ask, in every
instance, for a copy of a student’s
diploma or transcript. Moreover, ATB
tests are not the only alternative to a
high school diploma or GED certificate
for establishing title IV, HEA eligibility;
for example, as noted earlier in this
preamble, students who complete six
credit hours or 225 clock hours of
college coursework that apply to a
program at the current institution and
are beyond the age of compulsory
school attendance do not need to have
a high school diploma. Therefore, we
decline to make any changes to the
regulations in response to these
comments.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter argued
that verifying authenticity of high
school diplomas is a waste of resources
because even students who have
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
completed high school and obtained a
valid high school diploma might still
not be ready for college. The commenter
stated that the Department should focus
instead on improving secondary school
education and not connect title IV, HEA
eligibility to the high school credential
until the work of improving high
schools has been completed.
Discussion: Improving high school
education is an important objective of
the Secretary; however, the Department
does not consider it necessary to refrain
from requiring institutions to develop
and follow procedures for evaluating the
validity of high school diplomas until
the task of improving high school
education nationwide has been
completed. And we believe verifying the
validity of high school diplomas is
necessary to ensuring compliance with
the eligibility requirements for the
receipt of title IV, HEA aid.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that because § 668.16(p) does not
require documentation of a diploma or
graduation from an applicant’s high
school directly, the fraud surrounding
this issue will just switch to the use of
fraudulent diplomas or transcripts
purportedly from legitimate high
schools. Also, this commenter pointed
out that it will be easy for unscrupulous
college employees to skirt this
requirement by telling students to
simply list the name of a legitimate
school or where to get a forged diploma,
just as recruiters now tell students
where they can buy a high school
diploma.
Discussion: Institutions are free to
request that documentation come
directly from the high school. We also
acknowledge that it will be impossible
to eliminate all potential fraud, yet we
believe that the extra step of requiring
validation under § 668.16(p) will help to
eliminate some of it. As we noted in the
preamble to the NPRM, the Department
has other avenues for addressing
fraudulent activities committed at an
institution.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter noted that
when an institution is evaluating the
validity of a student’s high school
education and his or her diploma or
transcript is not available, it should be
able to accept a certified statement from
the student that serves as
documentation of graduation and
explains why the student could not
obtain a copy of the diploma.
Discussion: A certified statement from
a student is not sufficient
documentation of this requirement. It
should be rare that students cannot
provide a copy of either their high
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
school diploma or final transcript, and
there might be such instances where an
institution can still validate a student’s
high school education without a copy of
the diploma or transcript. But FAAs
should remember that there are
established alternatives for a high
school diploma, such as the GED
certificate or ATB test.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that the Department should determine if
a significant number of students
indicated they had valid diplomas,
when they, in fact, did not. The
commenter recommended that the
Department make § 668.16(p) voluntary
or require compliance through a pilot
program because building and
maintaining an accurate database will
be difficult and students will make
mistakes that could delay their
eligibility for a semester, a year, or a
whole degree program.
Discussion: We do not plan to make
compliance with § 668.16(p) voluntary
or part of a pilot program. We expect
that delays resulting from evaluation of
high school diplomas will be minimal
or nonexistent.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
the new FAFSA questions on high
school completion should be required
and that students should not be able to
enter an invalid school, or leave the
questions blank.
Discussion: As noted earlier, we
intend to require that students who
indicate that they have a high school
diploma also give the name of the
school that awarded the diploma and
the city and State in which the school
is located. They will be able to select a
school from the Department’s list or be
prompted to write in the name of the
school. Students will be unable to
complete the online FAFSA unless they
provide this information.
Changes: None.
Comment: Commenters noted that,
even if students indicate that their
diploma is from an acceptable school, it
does not prove the student actually
graduated from that school. These
commenters argued that proposed
§ 668.16(p) is not an improvement to the
current practice, and that the extra step
required under the new regulatory
provision will not help for institutions
that do not require a diploma for
admission.
Discussion: The proposed change
reflected in § 668.16(p) is designed to
reduce the number of students who
indicate that they have a high school
diploma, but who do not, or who only
possess a credential from a ‘‘diploma
mill.’’ We believe that many students
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66891
with such credentials will indicate the
name of the entity they received it from,
either because they honestly believe
they have a legitimate high school
diploma or because they will be
reluctant to provide the name of a
school they did not graduate from
because the financial aid office will
easily be able to determine that such a
statement is false. All institutions,
including those that do not require a
high school diploma for admission, will
be subject to the requirements in
§ 668.16(p) and, therefore, will need to
evaluate the credentials supplied by
students as proof of high school
completion if they or the Department
has reason to believe the credential is
not valid. We believe that this required
process will reduce the number of bad
credentials.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that unless the Department clarifies
what is a valid high school diploma, it
should not, as part of a program review,
substitute its judgment for an
institution’s determination. The
commenter argued that if an institution
acted reasonably, the eligibility of a
student should not be questioned, even
if the Department, or another school,
reaches a different conclusion about the
high school the student attended.
Another commenter asked that the
Department make clear in this preamble
that institutions may change their
determinations about a given high
school. New information may move a
school from the ‘‘good’’ list to the ‘‘bad’’
one, or vice versa. The commenter
wanted to ensure that the Department
does not dissuade institutions from
making such adjustments by deeming
that a later determination indicates an
earlier one was inappropriate.
Discussion: We do not plan to secondguess the decisions of college
administrators in these matters, such as
moving a high school from a ‘‘good’’ list
to a ‘‘bad’’ list (or vice versa), as long as
they are reasonable.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
it was not fair to require students to
provide a high school diploma because,
in the commenter’s experience,
homeschooled students have only a
transcript as proof of completing a
secondary school education.
Discussion: As we noted earlier in this
preamble, the procedure for determining
the validity of homeschooled students’
education is not affected by § 668.16(p).
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter observed
that students in high school special
education programs might receive a
certificate or award that is not a high
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66892
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
school diploma when they did not
complete the required coursework to
receive an actual diploma from the
school and that these students may
incorrectly believe that the certificate or
award is a diploma.
Discussion: Students who do not
complete the required coursework to
receive a high school diploma from their
secondary school by definition did not
earn a high school diploma. These
students are not eligible for title IV,
HEA aid unless they meet the academic
requirement under one of the
alternatives to a high school diploma in
§ 668.32(e), or they are students with
intellectual disabilities who are seeking
Pell, FSEOG, or FWS program assistance
under § 668.233.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked us
to clarify what would cause an
institution to have ‘‘reason to believe
that the high school diploma is not valid
or was not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.’’
Discussion: We expect that there may
be a number of situations in which an
institution will have reason to believe
that an applicant’s high school diploma
is not valid or was not obtained from an
entity that provides secondary school
education. For example, institutions
may come across information that
suggests that the applicant’s diploma or
transcript was purchased with little
work expected of the student. Often
FAAs receive conflicting information
from students themselves, typically as
remarks that cast doubt on some
element of the students’ application
information. We expect the same
regarding valid high school diplomas.
Moreover, institutions may have reason
to believe that a high school diploma is
invalid if they recognize the name of the
high school as an entity that they
identified in the past as being a high
school diploma mill.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter requested
that we add a check box on the FAFSA
for applicants who completed secondary
school in a foreign country and an
empty space for them to fill in the name
of their secondary school. The
commenter suggested that in this
situation, the student’s FAFSA would
receive a ‘‘C’’ code, not automatically,
but at random, so that due diligence
would still be required by the
institution.
Discussion: When completing the
FAFSA, applicants will be able to enter
the name of their high school if it is not
on the Department’s drop-down list.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that the wording of the second
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
new question proposed for the FAFSA,
as noted in the preamble to the NPRM,
could be misleading and suggested that
the Department use either of the
following questions instead:
• In what State is the school listed in
question #1 located? or
• In what State was the school in
which the student completed high
school located?
Discussion: As we noted earlier in this
preamble, the 2011–2012 FAFSA asks
for applicants to indicate the name of
the high school where they received or
will receive their diploma and the city
and State where the school is located.
Changes: None.
Return of Title IV, HEA Program Funds
(§§ 668.22(a), 668.22(b), 668.22(f), and
668.22(l))
Treatment of Title IV, HEA Program
Funds When a Student Withdraws From
Term-Based Programs With Modules or
Compressed Courses (§§ 668.22(a),
668.22 (f) and 668.22 (l))
Comment: Approximately 80
commenters, mostly representing
institutions, commented on the
proposed changes to the treatment of
title IV, HEA program funds when a
student withdraws from a program
offered in modules. Approximately 26
of these commenters opposed the
proposed changes, with some
commenters recommending that the
Department not issue final regulations at
this time and instead seek further input
from the community.
Many of these commenters believed
the proposed changes would be too
burdensome to institutions. Several
commenters were concerned about the
additional administrative and financial
burden the proposed changes would
impose on institutions by requiring
them to identify and process more
students as withdrawals. A few
commenters believed that, as a result of
this burden, the proposed regulations
would discourage schools from offering
programs in modules, potentially
causing disruptive changes in course
offerings at institutions. A few
commenters believed institutions would
be unable to comply with the proposed
regulations because they are too
complicated or too difficult to explain to
students. One commenter believed the
proposed regulations would force an
institution to delay disbursements to
prevent the institution or student from
having to return unearned title IV, HEA
program funds if the student withdrew.
Many of these commenters also
believed that the proposed changes
would be harmful to students because
some students who withdrew after
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
completing one course in one module
would earn less title IV, HEA program
funds. In particular, some commenters
believed it was unfair to treat as a
withdrawal a student who withdrew
from a course or courses in the payment
period or period of enrollment, but who
would attend courses later in the same
payment period or period of enrollment,
and wanted to know how to handle title
IV, HEA program funds in such cases.
A few commenters believed the
proposed regulations would discourage
students from enrolling in programs
structured in modules, including
compressed courses to accelerate
completion of their program, which the
commenters believed was in conflict
with the provisions for two Federal Pell
Grants in one award year, which were
implemented to support and make
equitable aid available for students who
wish to complete their program sooner.
A few commenters were concerned that
a student who would now be counted as
a withdrawal would be burdened with
more debt: To the institution for any
remaining balance of tuition and fees,
and to the Department for Federal loans
and or grant overpayments. One
commenter noted that treating a student
as a withdrawal also has negative
consequences for a student under the
provisions on satisfactory academic
progress and loan repayment.
A few commenters believed the
proposed regulations unfairly targeted
certain programs or institutions. Some
of the commenters believed the
proposed changes would treat students
in module programs inequitably when
compared to students in more
traditional programs where courses are
offered concurrently. One commenter
believed that the proposed regulations
would have a disproportionately
negative affect for students in career
technical programs, as many of those
programs are taught in a condensed,
modular form. Some commenters
believed the proposed regulations
unfairly focused on only term-based
credit-hour programs.
Approximately 25 of the commenters
expressed an understanding of the
Department’s concern with students
receiving full or large amounts of title
IV, HEA program funds for a short
period of attendance during a payment
period or period of enrollment. A
couple of those commenters agreed with
the proposed changes. Others believed
that the current guidance from Dear
Colleague Letter of December 2000,
GEN–00–24, Return of Title IV AidVolume #1—which provided that a
student who completed only one
module or compressed course within a
term was not considered to have
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
withdrawn—should be incorporated
into the regulations. These commenters
believed that a student who has earned
credits in a payment period or period of
enrollment who then ceases attendance
should not be treated as a withdrawal,
as the existing regulations in 34 CFR
690.80(b)(2)(ii), requiring recalculations
of title IV, HEA program funds when a
student did not begin attendance in all
classes, are a sufficient safeguard against
students receiving full or large amounts
of title IV, HEA program funds for a
short period of attendance in a program
offered in modules. Two commenters
believed that the satisfactory academic
program provisions should be sufficient
to prevent long-term abuse by students
of title IV, HEA program funds.
Several commenters suggested
alternative approaches to ensure that
students are not receiving title IV, HEA
program funds for periods in which they
are not in attendance. A few
commenters believed that a student
attending a certain percentage of the
payment period or period of enrollment
(commenters suggested 60 percent)
should be deemed to have completed a
payment period or period of enrollment.
A couple of commenters believed that
the determination of whether a student
should be treated as a withdrawal
should be based on credit hours
completed, rather than days completed,
meaning that a student who ceased
attendance would not be treated as a
withdrawal as long as the student
completed the minimum number of
credits required to be eligible for a
particular title IV, HEA program. A few
commenters supported setting a
minimum length of a module that must
be completed, after which a student
who ceased attendance would not be
considered to have withdrawn. A few
commenters suggested requiring
institutions to award or pay title IV,
HEA program funds by module, or to
delay payment until a student has
earned enough credits to support the
enrollment status necessary for
eligibility of the aid. One commenter
suggested limiting the amount of title
IV, HEA program funds that can be
earned by a student to the lesser of
actual charges or the amount calculated
under the Return of Title IV Funds
provisions (i.e., the provisions of
§ 668.22). A couple of commenters
believed an institution should be able to
exercise professional judgment or use its
own discretion to determine whether a
student has truly withdrawn from class.
One commenter suggested that, for
clock-hour and nonterm programs, a
student be considered to have
withdrawn if the student had not been
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
in attendance for 35 consecutive days
and had not completed the payment
period or period of enrollment.
One commenter believed that the
proposed changes addressing
completion of a payment period or
period of enrollment by students in
clock-hour programs were incorrect as
all determinations of title IV, HEA
program funds earned by students who
withdraw from clock-hour programs aid
are based on scheduled hours, and the
changes referred to clock hours
completed.
Discussion: We note that these final
regulations do not change how
institutions are currently required to
treat students when they withdraw from
programs offered in modules (i.e.,
sequentially) in nonterm credit-hour
programs, and some nonstandard-term
credit-hour programs. The Secretary
believes that the approach proposed in
the NPRM treats students more
equitably across all programs by
eliminating the major differences in the
treatment of students who withdraw
from term-based and nonterm-based
programs offered in modules and,
therefore, is a better approach than
basing the determination of completion
of a payment period or period of
enrollment on completion of one
course/module, even if a minimum
length of such a course/module were
set. In addition, this approach more
accurately reflects the statutory
requirement in section 484B(a)(1) of the
HEA that applies the Return of Title IV
Funds requirements to any recipient of
title IV, HEA program funds who
‘‘withdraws from an institution during a
payment period or period of enrollment
in which the student began attendance’’
and the fact that title IV, HEA program
funds are awarded for an entire payment
period or period of enrollment. Some of
the alternatives suggested by the
commenters—determining completion
based on attendance of a certain
percentage of the payment period or
period of enrollment; using credit hours
completed, instead of days completed;
delaying awarding or paying title IV,
HEA program funds; equating unearned
aid to actual charges; and leaving the
determination of completion of the
period up to institutional discretion—
are not supported by the HEA, which
requires in section 484B(a) that students
earn title IV, HEA program funds on a
pro rata basis up through the 60 percent
point of a period based on days
completed, for credit-hour programs,
and clock hours completed, for clockhour programs. Completing more than
60 percent of the period then entitles a
student to have earned 100 percent of
the funds for the period. The law
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66893
therefore does not permit the alternative
measures of when a student may keep
100 percent of the title IV, HEA program
funds that were suggested by the
commenters.
The Secretary agrees that it is
reasonable to allow an institution not to
treat as a withdrawal a student who
ceases attendance during a payment
period or period of enrollment, but
intends to attend a course later in the
payment period or period of enrollment.
This position is consistent with the
guidance provided in the Department’s
Dear Colleague Letter of December 2000,
GEN–00–24, Return of Title IV AidVolume #1, for the treatment of title IV,
HEA program funds when a student
withdraws without completing at least
one course in a payment period or
period of enrollment. These final
regulations have been modified to
incorporate this policy and provide that
a student is not considered to have
withdrawn if the student ceased
attending the modules he or she was
scheduled to attend, but the institution
obtains a written confirmation from the
student at the time of the withdrawal
that he or she will attend a module that
begins later in the same payment period
or period of enrollment. This will
provide more flexibility for a student
who provides the authorization. This
confirmation must be obtained at the
time of withdrawal, even if the student
has already registered for subsequent
courses. However, these final
regulations provide that, for nonterm
and nonstandard-term programs, a
confirmation is valid only if the module
the student plans to attend begins no
later than 45 calendar days after the end
of the module the student ceased
attending. If the institution has not
obtained a written confirmation that the
student intends to return to a nonterm
or nonstandard-term program within 45
calendar days of the end of the module
the student ceased attending, the
student is considered to have
withdrawn. A student who has provided
written confirmation of his or her intent
to return is permitted to change the date
of return to a module that begins even
later in the same payment period or
period of enrollment, provided that the
student does so in writing prior to the
return date that he or she had
previously confirmed, and, for nonterm
and nonstandard-term programs, the
later module that he or she will attend
begins no later than 45 calendar days
after the end of the module the student
ceased attending. If an institution
obtains a written confirmation of future
attendance but the student does not
return as scheduled, the student is
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66894
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
considered to have withdrawn from the
payment period or period of enrollment
and the student’s withdrawal date and
the total number of calendar days in the
payment period or period of enrollment
would be the withdrawal date and total
number of calendar days that would
have applied if the student had not
provided written confirmation of future
attendance.
Title IV, HEA program funds are
awarded to a student with the
expectation that the student will
complete the period of time for which
the aid has been awarded. When a
student does not complete enough of his
or her education to earn all of the
originally awarded title IV, HEA
program funds, it is in the best interest
of the taxpayer to have the unearned
Federal funds returned to the
government as expeditiously as possible
for use by other students. It is also fairer
to all students receiving title IV, HEA
program funds to have the way those
funds are earned be comparable
regardless of the way their programs are
structured. In general, the Secretary
believes that long gaps in attendance
during a payment period or period of
enrollment are not in the best interest of
students and increase the likelihood
that a student will not return to the
institution. Should the student not
return, the Secretary does not wish to
unduly delay the return of title IV, HEA
program funds. The Secretary agrees
with the suggestion that, for clock-hour
and nonterm programs, a student be
considered to have withdrawn if the
student has not been in attendance for
a specified period of time and has not
completed the payment period or period
of enrollment, although the Secretary
believes that 45 days, rather than 35
days, as suggested by the commenter, is
an appropriate period of time. Thus, in
addition to limiting a student’s
confirmation of return in a nonterm or
nonstandard-term program to a module
that begins no later than 45 calendar
days after the end of the module the
student ceased attending, if a student in
a nonterm or nonstandard-term program
is not scheduled to begin another course
within a payment period or period of
enrollment for more than 45 calendar
days, the institution must treat the
student as a withdrawal for title IV,
HEA program fund purposes, unless the
student is on an approved leave of
absence, as defined in § 668.22(d).
We do not believe that students
should be penalized if they do not
confirm an intent to return to a module
later in the payment period or period of
enrollment, but do return to the module
anyway, or if they are not scheduled to
begin a course within a payment period
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or period of enrollment in a nonterm or
nonstandard-term program for over 45
days, but do return and begin a course
within that payment period or period of
enrollment. Thus, in these situations,
we believe it is appropriate for the
institution to ‘‘undo’’ the Return of Title
IV Funds calculation and treat those
students as if they had not ceased
attendance. This final regulation is
consistent with current regulations for
students who withdraw from clock-hour
programs and nonterm credit-hour
programs. Under § 668.4(f), a student
who returns to a nonterm credit-hour
program or clock-hour program
(regardless of whether the program is
offered in modules) within 180 days
after withdrawing is treated as if he or
she did not cease attendance (i.e., is
considered to remain in that same
payment period, and is eligible to
receive any title IV, HEA program funds
for which he or she was eligible prior to
withdrawal, including funds that were
returned by the institution or student
under the provisions of § 668.22). If a
student returns to a clock-hour or
nonterm credit-hour programs after 180
days, the student’s withdrawal is not
‘‘undone’’; he or she must begin a new
payment period and aid for that period
is determined in accordance with the
provisions of § 668.4(g). The Secretary
believes that similar treatment is
warranted for students who withdraw
from term-based programs offered in
modules. That is, if a student returns to
a term-based credit-hour program
offered in modules prior to the end of
the payment period or period of
enrollment, the student is treated as if
he or she did not cease attendance, and
is eligible to receive any title IV, HEA
program funds for which he or she was
eligible prior to withdrawal, including
funds that were returned by the
institution or student under the
provisions of § 668.22. However, the
institution must make adjustments to
reflect any changes to the student’s
enrollment status.
While we acknowledge that requiring
institutions to treat as withdrawals
students who cease attending at any
point during the payment period or
period of enrollment, rather than just
those students who cease attending
before completing at least one course, is
likely to increase the number of Return
of Title IV Fund calculations an
institution must perform for these
programs, we note that institutions have
always had to track students in module
programs beyond the first course/
module to determine whether a student
began attendance in all the courses they
were scheduled to attend, in case the
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
student’s enrollment status changed
upon ceasing attendance, resulting in
required recalculations of the title IV,
HEA program funds awarded. While we
recognize that some students must
withdraw due to circumstances beyond
their control, we are concerned with the
commenters’ contention that there will
be a substantial increase in burden due
to the number of students who cease
attendance during a payment period or
period of enrollment. We do not believe
that it is in a student’s best interest to
withdraw and we would expect that
institutions are doing all they can to
prevent withdrawals through
counseling, student support services,
and proper enrollment procedures. In
response to the commenter who
believed the proposed regulations
would force institutions to delay
disbursements to prevent the institution
or student from having to return
unearned title IV, HEA program funds if
they withdraw, we are providing that,
under amended § 668.164(i), an
institution would be required to provide
a way for a Federal Pell Grant eligible
student to obtain or purchase required
books and supplies by the seventh day
of a payment period under certain
conditions if the student were to have
a title IV credit balance.
The commenter who noted that the
determination of title IV, HEA program
funds that are earned by a student who
withdraws from a clock-hour program
are based on scheduled hours is correct
in that once it has been determined that
a student has not completed the
payment period or period of enrollment,
the percentage of the payment period or
period of enrollment completed is
determined by dividing the total
number of clock hours in the payment
period or period of enrollment into the
number of clock hours scheduled to be
completed at the time the student
ceased attending (§ 668.22(f)(1)(ii)(A)).
However, a student has not completed
a clock hour payment period or period
of enrollment until he or she has
completed all the hours and all of the
weeks of instructional time that he or
she was scheduled to attend in that
period.
Because different institutions use
different names to refer to this type of
program structure, in amended
§ 668.22(l)(6), we have defined the term
‘‘offered in modules’’ to mean if a course
or courses in the program do not span
the entire length of the payment period
or period of enrollment. In addition, to
clarify the types of programs that are
considered to be nonstandard-term
programs or nonterm programs, in
amended § 668.22(l)(8), we have defined
the term ‘‘nonstandard-term program’’ as
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
a term-based program that does not
qualify under 34 CFR 690.63(a)(1) or (2)
to calculate Federal Pell Grant payments
under 34 CFR 690.63(b) or (c). We note
that nonterm programs include any
program offered in clock hours for title
IV, HEA program purposes as well as
any nonterm credit-hour program.
Changes: Section 668.22(a)(2) has
been revised to provide that, for a
payment period or period of enrollment
in which courses in the program are
offered in modules, a student who
would otherwise be considered to have
withdrawn from an institution because,
prior to ceasing attendance the student
has not completed all of the days or
scheduled hours he or she was
scheduled to attend, is not considered to
have withdrawn if the institution
obtains written confirmation from the
student at the time of withdrawal that
he or she will attend a module that
begins later in the same payment period
or period of enrollment, provided that,
for a nonterm or nonstandard-term
program, that module begins no later
than 45 days after the end of the module
the student ceased attending. However,
if that student does not return as
scheduled, the student is considered to
have withdrawn from the payment
period or period of enrollment and the
student’s withdrawal date and the total
number of calendar days in the payment
period or period of enrollment would be
the withdrawal date and total number of
calendar days that would have applied
if the student had not provided written
confirmation of future attendance in
accordance with § 668.22(a)(2)(ii)(A).
Section 668.22(a)(2) also has been
revised to cross-reference § 668.4(f),
which provides that, if a student
withdraws from a nonterm credit-hour
or clock-hour program during a payment
period or period of enrollment and then
reenters the same program within 180
days, the student remains in that same
period when he or she returns and,
subject to conditions established by the
Secretary, is eligible to receive any title
IV, HEA program funds for which he or
she was eligible prior to withdrawal,
including funds that were returned by
the institution or student under the
provisions of this section. Section
668.22(a)(2) has been further revised to
provide that, if a student withdraws
from a term-based credit-hour program
offered in modules during a payment
period or period of enrollment and
reenters the same program prior to the
end of the period, the student remains
in the same payment period or period of
enrollment when he or she returns and,
subject to conditions established by the
Secretary, is eligible to receive any title
IV, HEA program funds for which he or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
she was eligible prior to withdrawal,
including funds that were returned by
the institution or student under the
provisions of this section.
In addition, § 668.22(a)(2) has been
revised to provide that, if a student in
a nonterm or nonstandard-term program
is not scheduled to begin another course
within a payment period or period of
enrollment for more than 45 calendar
days, the institution must treat the
student as a withdrawal for title IV,
HEA program fund purposes, unless the
student is on an approved leave of
absence, as defined in § 668.22(d).
Finally, § 668.22(a)(2) has been
revised to clarify that a student in a
clock hour program has not completed
a payment period or period of
enrollment until the student has
completed both the weeks of
instructional time and the clock hours
scheduled to be completed in the
period.
Section 668.22(l)(6) and (8) has been
revised to add definitions of a program
that is offered in modules and of a
nonstandard-term program.
Comment: Approximately 40
commenters asked the Department to
clarify how the regulations would apply
in different situations. Some of these
commenters questioned how enrollment
status changes due to an institution’s
add/drop policy would be differentiated
from a withdrawal. For example, some
commenters asked for guidance on the
handling of title IV, HEA program funds
when a student withdraws without
beginning attendance in all courses, or
notifies the institution that he or she
will not be attending a future module
that he or she was scheduled to attend.
One commenter believed that the
proposed regulations would be in
conflict with the Department’s guidance
that allows a Direct Loan to be
disbursed based on anticipated
enrollment during a term, such as a
summer term, where a student is
enrolled for two consecutive courses.
The commenter’s understanding is that
if the student does not begin the second
course to establish half time enrollment,
the student can keep the funds.
Discussion: A student that begins
attending but then ceases attendance in
all classes during a payment period is a
withdrawal unless the institution
obtains written confirmation from the
student that he or she plans to attend a
course that begins later in the payment
period or period of enrollment, as
applicable. Anytime a student begins
attendance in at least one course, but
does not begin attendance in all the
courses he or she was scheduled to
attend, regardless of whether the
student is a withdrawal, the institution
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66895
must check to see if it is necessary to
recalculate the student’s eligibility for
Pell Grant and campus-based funds
based on a revised enrollment status
and cost of education (34 CFR
690.80(b)(2)(ii)). If the student is a
withdrawal, this recalculation must be
done before performing a Return of Title
IV Funds calculation, and the
institution must use the recalculated
amounts of aid in the Return of Title IV
Funds calculation. If the student has not
begun attendance in enough courses to
establish a half-time enrollment status,
the institution may not make a first
disbursement of a Direct Loan to the
student (34 CFR 685.303(b)(2)(i)), or a
second disbursement of Pell Grant
funds, although the funds are included
as aid that could have been disbursed in
the Return of Title IV Funds calculation.
Courses that were officially dropped
prior to the student ceasing attendance
are not days that the student was
scheduled to attend, unless the student
remained enrolled in other courses
offered on those days. Correspondingly,
courses that were officially added prior
to the student ceasing attendance are
days the student was scheduled to
attend.
If a student officially drops a course
or courses he or she was scheduled to
attend and doing so does not result in
the student no longer attending any
courses, the student is not a withdrawal,
and the dropped courses are handled as
changes in enrollment status, as
applicable.
An institution can determine whether
a student in a program offered in
modules is a withdrawal by answering
the following questions:
(1) After beginning attendance in the
payment period or period of enrollment,
did the student cease to attend or fail to
begin attendance in a course he or she
was scheduled to attend? If the answer
is no, this is not a withdrawal. If the
answer is yes, go to question 2.
(2) When the student ceased to attend
or failed to begin attendance in a course
he or she was scheduled to attend, was
the student still attending any other
courses? If the answer is yes, this is not
a withdrawal, however other regulatory
provisions concerning recalculation
may apply. If the answer is no, go to
question 3.
(3) Did the student confirm
attendance in a course in a module
beginning later in the period (for
nonterm and nonstandard term
programs, this must be no later than 45
calendar days after the end of the
module the student ceased attending). If
the answer is yes, this is not a
withdrawal, unless the student does not
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66896
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
return. If the answer is no, this is a
withdrawal.
Take, for example, a student who is a
recipient of title IV, HEA program funds
who is scheduled to complete two
courses in each of the first two of three
modules within the payment period.
Scenario 1: The student begins
attendance in both courses in the first
module, but ceases to attend both
courses after just a few days and does
not confirm that he will return to any
courses in modules two or three. The
student is a withdrawal because he or
she ceased to attend courses he or she
was scheduled to attend (Yes to
question 1); was not still attending any
other courses (No to question 2); and
did not confirm attendance in a course
in a module beginning later in the
period (No to question 3).
Scenario 2: If, however, the student
begins attendance in both courses in the
first module, but drops just one of the
courses after just a few days, the student
is not a withdrawal. Although the
student ceased to attend a course he or
she was scheduled to attend (Yes to
question 1), the student was still
attending another course (Yes to
question 2).
Scenario 3: If the student completes
both courses in module one, but
officially drops both courses in module
two while still attending the courses in
module one, the student is not a
withdrawal. Because the student
officially dropped both courses in
module two before they began, the
student did not cease to attend or fail to
begin attendance in a course he or she
was scheduled to attend (No to question
1). However, because the student did
not begin attendance in all courses,
other regulatory provisions concerning
recalculation may apply.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters asked
the Department to clarify what it means
to ‘‘complete all the days’’ or ‘‘complete
all of the clock hours’’ in a payment
period or period of enrollment. More
specifically, commenters asked if
students would be required to attend
every day of every course, or be in
attendance on the last day of the
payment period or period of enrollment.
Some of the commenters noted that, due
to individual student schedules,
students do not attend all days in the
payment period or period of enrollment.
Commenters were concerned that a
student who was not in attendance on
the last day of the payment period
would be counted as a withdrawal. To
address this concern, one commenter
suggested that the wording of the
regulations be changed to say that a
student is considered to have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment if the student does
not complete substantially all of the
days in the payment period or period of
enrollment.
Some of the commenters asked how
limited absences (for example, for
illness), incompletes, and leaves of
absence would be treated. Commenters
also asked if a student is considered to
have completed a course in a payment
period or period of enrollment if the
student received a grade for that course
or, for a clock-hour program, earns all
the clock hours for the course,
regardless of absences. A couple of the
commenters asked if the definition of
what it means to complete all the days
or complete all the clock hours would
affect in-school deferments for title IV,
HEA program loans. Some commenters
asked under what circumstances an
institution would have to prove that the
student attended all days in a period
and what documentation would
constitute that proof. Commenters asked
if the issue would arise only if all of a
student’s grades are Fs or if it becomes
otherwise apparent that the student has
ceased attendance without formally
withdrawing. A few commenters
wanted to know how intersessions—a
period of time between terms when
courses are offered—would be handled.
A few commenters asked the
Department to clarify what the length of
the payment period or period of
enrollment is when performing a Return
of Title IV Funds calculation for a
withdrawn student who was not
scheduled to attend courses over the
entire term and how an institution
would determine whether the student
has completed more than 60 percent of
the payment period or period of
enrollment (i.e., earned all of his or her
title IV, HEA program funds). One
commenter believed there would be no
possible way for an institution to
determine the days the student was
scheduled to attend for an on-line class
that is self-paced as there are no
‘‘scheduled days’’ in a self-paced
program.
Discussion: Section 668.22(f)(1)(i) has
always required an institution to
determine the days in the payment
period or period of enrollment that were
completed by a student who withdraws
from a program offered in credit hours
in order to determine the percentage of
the payment period or period of
enrollment completed by the student.
These final regulations do not change
what it means to complete days for
credit-hour programs, or clock hours for
clock-hour programs, for purposes of the
determination of the amount of aid
earned by a student who withdraws
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
from a program, nor do they change an
institution’s responsibility for having a
procedure for determining whether a
title IV recipient who began attendance
during a period completed the period or
should be treated as a withdrawal. The
Department does not require that an
institution use a specific procedure for
making this determination; however, we
have provided guidance to assist
institutions in making these
determinations. For example, consistent
with the Department’s guidance
provided in its Dear Colleague Letter of
November 2004, GEN–04–12, Return of
Title IV Aid, an institution may
presume a student completed the period
in a program offered in modules if the
student did not officially withdraw from
the institution and received a passing
grade in all courses the student was
scheduled to attend during the period.
If a student in a program offered in
modules does not receive a passing
grade in the last course or courses he or
she was scheduled to attend, the
institution must otherwise demonstrate
that the student completed the period,
which can sometimes be done using the
institution’s grading policy if the failing
grades reflect whether the student
participated in those courses. Consistent
with current requirements, if a student
is determined to have withdrawn from
an institution under § 668.22, the
student is no longer considered to be
enrolled and in attendance at an
institution and, therefore, is ineligible
for an in-school deferment and must be
reported by the institution as a
withdrawal for this purpose (34 CFR
674.34(b)(1)(i) and 34 CFR
685.204(b)(1)(i)(A)).
Consistent with the guidance
provided in the Department’s Dear
Colleague Letter of December 2000,
GEN–00–24, Return of Title IV AidVolume #1, for the treatment of title IV,
HEA program funds when a student
withdraws without completing at least
one course in a payment period or
period of enrollment, to determine
whether the percentage of the payment
period or period of enrollment
completed for a student who withdraws
from a program offered in modules, the
institution would include in the
denominator (the total number of
calendar days in the payment period or
period of enrollment) all the days in the
modules the student was scheduled to
attend, except for scheduled breaks of at
least five consecutive days and days
when the student was on an approved
leave of absence. The numerator would
include the number of the total days in
the payment period or period of
enrollment that the student has
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
completed. For example, a student was
scheduled to attend an intersession of
three weeks of instructional time at the
end of a fall semester, and, in
accordance with the Department’s past
guidance, the institution has included
that intersession with the fall term for
purposes of the program’s academic
calendar when determining the payment
of title IV, HEA program funds. In this
circumstance the days in that
intersession are included in the total
number of days in the payment period
for that student, except for scheduled
breaks of at least five consecutive days,
and days in which the student was on
an approved leave of absence. Note that
all the courses in the fall term are
considered modules for purposes of a
Return of Title IV Funds calculation
when the intersession is included in the
payment period.
Regarding the comment that there
would be no possible way for an
institution to determine the days the
student was scheduled to attend for an
on-line class that is self-paced, we note
that, for Title IV, HEA program
purposes, an institution is required to
determine a program schedule for a
payment period or period of enrollment.
Changes: Section 668.22(f)(2)(ii) has
been revised to clarify that, when
determining the percentage of payment
period or period of enrollment
completed, the total number of calendar
days in a payment period or period of
enrollment does not include, for a
payment period or period of enrollment
in which any courses in the program are
offered in modules, any scheduled
breaks of at least five consecutive days
when the student is not scheduled to
attend a module or other course offered
during that period of time.
Withdrawal Date for a Student Who
Withdraws From an Institution That Is
Required To Take Attendance
(§§ 668.22(b) and 668.22(l))
Comment: Commenters were unsure
about the effect of the proposed
changes, and a number of them asked
for clarification. A few commenters
expressed concern that the Department
was requiring institutions to take
attendance. Others thought that, in
instances in which individual faculty
members take attendance by choice, the
entire institution would then be
considered an institution required to
take attendance. Some commenters
believed that if an institution or an
outside entity required attendance
taking for students in some but not all
programs, then the institution would be
considered one that has to take
attendance for students in all programs.
Other commenters believed that the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
proposed regulations would require
institutions that take attendance for a
limited period of time and use those
attendance records, to continue to take
attendance beyond that point.
Some commenters advocated a more
restricted definition of an institution
that is required to take attendance,
suggesting that an institution should
only be required to take attendance if an
outside entity collects and maintains
those records. One commenter did not
believe that an outside entity should be
able to require an institution to take
attendance, and others opposed the
provision that institutions required by
an outside entity to take attendance
must use these attendance records for
the purposes of a Return of Title IV
Funds calculation.
In general, we received comments on
the application of the regulations to
subpopulations of students and on the
use of attendance records during a
limited period. With respect to
attendance requirements for
subpopulations of students, most
commenters did not object to the
current policy that if some students at
the institution are subject to attendance
taking requirements, then institutions
would have to follow the last day of
attendance regulations for those
students. Other commenters agreed with
this position, but believed that this
condition should only be applied when
taking attendance is required for the
entire payment period, for all classes the
student enrolls in, and only when
imposed by an outside entity. One
commenter disagreed with our position
on the treatment of subpopulations of
students, recommending that we modify
the regulations to specify that the taking
attendance requirement must be
imposed by an outside entity and be
applicable to the entire institution in
order for an institution to be considered
one required to take attendance.
One commenter supported the
proposed change that if an institution
requires the taking of attendance for a
limited period of time, then those
attendance records must be used to
determine a withdrawal date. A few
commenters objected to considering
institutions that take attendance during
a limited period of time to be
institutions required to take attendance,
even for only that limited period,
suggesting that this provision should
only be applied when taking attendance
is required for the entire payment
period or period of enrollment.
Discussion: The regulations do not
require institutions to take attendance.
Instead, under the regulations the
Department considers an ‘‘institution
that is required to take attendance’’ to
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66897
include not only an institution that is
required to take attendance by an
outside entity, but also an institution
that itself requires its faculty to take
attendance in certain circumstances.
Regarding faculty attendance records,
if an institution does not require faculty
to take attendance, but a faculty member
chooses to take attendance, then the
institution would not then be
considered an institution required to
take attendance. If, however, the
institution requires its faculty to take
attendance, whether at the program,
department, or institutional level, then
those attendance records must be used
by the institution in determining a
student’s date of withdrawal.
Institutions that do not require the
taking of attendance and are not
required to take attendance by an
outside entity are not prohibited from
using individual faculty members’
attendance records in determining a
student’s date of withdrawal. The
Department encourages institutions to
use the best information available in
making this determination.
We do not agree with commenters
who believed that if attendance taking is
required for some students, then the
institution would be required to take
attendance for all students. These final
regulations do not change our existing
policy. Under our current guidance and
regulations, if an outside entity requires
an institution to take attendance for
only some students, for instance, for
students receiving financial assistance
under a State program, the institution
must use its attendance records to
determine a withdrawal date for those
students. Similarly, under these final
regulations, if the institution itself
requires attendance taking for students
in certain programs or departments,
then the institution must use its
attendance records to determine a
withdrawal date for students in those
programs or departments. These
attendance taking regulations only
apply when an institution either
requires the taking of attendance or is
required by an outside entity to take
attendance, but not when a student is
required to self-certify attendance
directly to an outside entity. For
example, a veterans’ benefits
requirement that benefit recipients selfreport attendance would not result in an
institutional requirement to take
attendance of those students unless the
institution is required to verify the
student’s self-certification.
An institution that is required by an
outside entity to take attendance during
a limited period, or that requires its
faculty to do so, must use any
attendance records from that limited
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66898
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
period in determining a withdrawal date
for a student. For students in attendance
at the end of that limited period, if the
institution is not required to take
attendance and does not require its
faculty to do so, then the guidelines for
determining a withdrawal date for an
institution that is not required to take
attendance would apply. The
Department continues to believe that the
best data available should be used in
determining a student’s withdrawal date
from classes, and, accordingly, if an
institution requires the taking of
attendance or is required to take
attendance for any limited period, then
those records must be used.
Lastly, we disagree with the comment
that an outside entity should not be able
to require an institution to take
attendance. We continue to believe that
our policy that an ‘‘institution that is
required to take attendance’’ means an
institution that is required to take
attendance by an outside entity is a
reasonable interpretation of the statute.
The phrase ‘‘required to take
attendance’’ presupposes that an entity
has this requirement, and under this
regulation, that entity may be either the
institution itself or a separate entity.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concern about who would
decide what ‘‘required to take
attendance means.’’ Specifically, they
were concerned that the Department
would determine that an institution or
outside entity had a requirement that
attendance be taken at an institution,
even if the institution or outside entity
disagreed with that conclusion. The
commenters believed that the entity
requiring the taking of attendance
should make the determination about
when attendance must be taken and
what kind of documentation to support
attendance taking is necessary, and that
the Department should not superimpose
its view of attendance taking on that
entity. In particular, a few commenters
opposed the idea that the Department
would consider clock-hour institutions
to be institutions required to take
attendance if an outside entity or the
institutions themselves did not believe
that they were. One commenter
recommended that we remove
§ 668.22(b)(3)(i)(C), believing that an
institution could be found in
noncompliance by the Department if the
institution or outside entity had a
different interpretation of whether
taking attendance was required.
A couple of commenters requested
clarification that, in a case where a
student must be physically present to
demonstrate a competency or skill,
attendance taking would not be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
automatically required. Instead, the
institution or another outside entity
would have the responsibility of
deciding whether attendance taking was
necessary. Further, one commenter
suggested that a ‘‘requirement’’ to take
attendance should mean a written
regulation or policy tied to determining
seat time and not a quality inherent to
the type of program.
Discussion: For institutions that are
required to measure the clock hours a
student completes in a program, the
Department believes that this is, in
substance, a requirement for those
institutions to take attendance for those
programs since they satisfy both the
requirement of determining that a
student is present and that the student
is participating in a core academic
activity. The Department is looking at
the substance of the information that is
available rather than the way that
information is described or portrayed by
the institution or outside entity. If the
institution is required to collect
information or record information about
whether a student was in attendance
during a payment period, or during a
limited period of time during a payment
period, that information should be used
to determine if the student ceased
attendance during that period.
Changes: None.
Comment: Commenters had a number
of questions about the documentation
and the maintenance of attendance
records, generally requesting
clarification about how attendance must
be documented and what constitutes
attendance in an academic or
academically-related activity. One
commenter asked for specific guidance
as to the definition of an attendance
record, and requested clarification as to
how often attendance must be taken at
an institution required to take
attendance. Another commenter asked
what documentation would be sufficient
to demonstrate attendance in cases in
which students do not physically attend
class but watch a video or podcast of the
lecture remotely. Similarly, a
commenter asked whether a student
would be considered in attendance if he
or she participated in an academicallyrelated activity but was not physically
present, such as working with an
instructor by phone or e-mail. A few
commenters requested clarification and
guidance about what the Department
believes constitutes attendance in a
distance education context and how an
institution should document that
attendance. One commenter requested
that the Department ensure that the
evidence required of last day of
attendance in online programs for the
purpose of a Return of Title IV Funds
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
calculation be substantially comparable
to that required of traditional, face-toface programs. The same commenter
was also concerned that the Department
would be requiring documentation
beyond that required in the past without
providing sufficient time for institutions
to implement this change.
Discussion: In accordance with
§ 668.22(b)(2) and (c)(4), an institution
must document a student’s withdrawal
date and maintain that documentation
as of the date of the institution’s
determination that the student
withdrew. As noted in the Federal
Student Aid Handbook (FSA
Handbook), the determination of a
student’s withdrawal date is the
responsibility of the institution; a
student’s certification of attendance that
is not supported by institutional
documentation would not be acceptable
documentation of the student’s last date
of attendance at an academically-related
activity. As with other title IV, HEA
program records, documentation of
attendance must be retained and be
available for examination in accordance
with the provisions of § 668.24. If an
institution is required to take attendance
or is an institution that is not required
to take attendance, but is using a last
date of attendance at an academicallyrelated activity as a withdrawal date, it
is up to the institution to ensure that
accurate records are kept for purposes of
identifying a student’s last date of
academic attendance or last date of
attendance at an academically-related
activity. An institution must also
determine and maintain the records that
most accurately support its
determination of a student’s withdrawal
date and the institution’s use of one
withdrawal date over another if the
institution has conflicting information.
To count as attendance for title IV,
HEA program purposes, attendance
must be ‘‘academic attendance’’ or
‘‘attendance at an academically-related
activity.’’ We have defined those terms
in new § 668.22(l)(7) by providing
examples of academically-related
activities that institutions that are not
required to take attendance may use in
determining a student’s last date of
attendance at an academically-related
activity. Certainly, traditional academic
attendance is acceptable, i.e., a student’s
physical attendance in a class where
there is an opportunity for direct
interaction between the instructor and
students. Additionally, academicallyrelated activities may include an exam,
a tutorial, computer-assisted instruction,
academic counseling, academic
advising, turning in a class assignment,
or attending a study group that is
assigned by the institution. The
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Department has provided further
guidance on this policy in the FSA
Handbook, specifying that living in
institutional housing and participating
in the institution’s meal plan are
examples of activities that are not
academically-related. The Department
finds it acceptable for an institution that
is required to take attendance to use the
institution’s records of attendance at the
activities listed in § 668.22(l)(7) as
evidence of attendance, provided there
is no conflict with the requirements of
the outside entity that requires the
institution to take attendance or, if
applicable, the institution’s own
requirements.
However, in these final regulations,
we are revising the list of acceptable
activities because the Secretary no
longer considers participation in
academic counseling or advising to be
an activity that demonstrates academic
attendance or attendance at an
academically-related activity. The
Secretary has encountered several
instances of abuse of this particular
provision by institutions that contact
students who have ceased attendance,
and treated that contact as ‘‘academic
counseling’’ to facilitate a later
withdrawal date, resulting in an inflated
amount of ‘‘earned’’ title IV, HEA
program funds. The Secretary does not
view such contact as evidence of
academic attendance, but notes that if
the student resumed attendance and
completed the period of enrollment no
return calculation would be needed.
Even if the student resumed attendance
and later stopped attending, the
student’s participation in other
activities that are already included on
the list of academic activities could be
used to establish a later withdrawal
date. Thus, participation in academic
counseling or advising without
subsequent participation in other
academic or academically-related
activities is no longer an acceptable
example of participation in an
academically related activity.
With respect to what constitutes
attendance in a distance education
context, the Department does not
believe that documenting that a student
has logged into an online class is
sufficient by itself to demonstrate
academic attendance by the student
because a student logging in with no
participation thereafter may indicate
that the student is not even present at
the computer past that point. Further,
there is also a potential that someone
other than the student may have logged
into a class using the student’s
information to create the appearance the
student was on-line. Instead, an
institution must demonstrate that a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
student participated in class or was
otherwise engaged in an academicallyrelated activity, such as by contributing
to an online discussion or initiating
contact with a faculty member to ask a
course-related question. This position is
consistent with the current guidance the
Department has provided to individual
institutions regarding the applicability
of the regulations to online programs.
When assessing an institution’s
compliance with any program
requirement, the Department looks at
information provided by the institution
in support of the compliance of its
policies and procedures.
Changes: We have removed the
reference to academic counseling and
advising in current § 668.22(c)(3)(ii) and
have added to the regulations a
combined definition of academic
attendance and attendance at an
academically-related activity in
§ 668.22(l)(7) to clarify that both
institutions required to take attendance
and those that are not required to take
attendance may use institutionallydocumented attendance at certain
activities as a student’s withdrawal date.
We have also redesignated current
§ 668.22(c)(3)(i) as § 668.22(c)(3) to
reflect the removal of § 668.22(c)(3)(ii).
We have added to the definition at
§ 668.22(l)(7) both existing guidance
from the FSA Handbook and examples
of academic attendance for online
programs. For additional clarity, we
have specified that physically attending
a class where there is an opportunity for
direct interaction between the instructor
and students is considered academic
attendance and have specified that
participating in academic counseling or
advising is not considered academic
attendance.
Comment: A number of commenters
opposed the proposed changes,
believing that they would impose
additional burdens on institutions, be
too complex to administer, and prove
counterproductive to the goals of the
Department.
In terms of additional burden, the
commenters argued that the proposed
regulations could become too complex,
noting that institutions might have
different attendance taking
requirements, depending on the
program or academic department.
Others suggested that it would be too
confusing and burdensome to take
attendance for only a limited period.
Two commenters did not support
adverse actions or audit findings by the
Department against institutions that did
not demonstrate 100 percent
compliance with the attendance taking
requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66899
Commenters also pointed out
potential barriers to administering these
regulations properly. A few believed
that it would be difficult to ensure
complete and accurate attendance
records across faculty and programs,
arguing that these records would not
necessarily fully reflect a student’s
attendance at academically-related
activities. A couple of commenters
questioned the feasibility of achieving
full compliance with attendance taking
policies across faculty. One commenter
did not believe that attendance records
held by individual faculty members or
departments should constitute available
data. One commenter believed that the
additional complexity of the regulations
would make it impossible to complete a
Return of Title IV Funds calculation in
the required timeframe.
The commenters also argued that the
additional burden and complexity of the
regulations would ultimately undermine
attempts to mitigate the potential for
fraud and abuse of Federal funds and
would hamper attempts to improve
student success in higher education.
Specifically, a number of commenters
believed that the proposed regulations
would create an economic disincentive
to taking attendance, causing many
institutions that voluntarily take
attendance to stop doing so. They
argued that this provision would make
it more difficult to identify a date on
which a student has withdrawn from
classes, compelling more institutions to
use a mid-point date when performing
a Return of Title IV Funds calculation.
The commenters further asserted that
institutions take attendance for a variety
of reasons, and that ending this practice
would lead to lower retention and
graduation rates and, subsequently,
higher student loan default rates.
Due to the perceived complexity of
this issue, two commenters requested
that the Department delay the
implementation of these regulations.
One suggested gathering additional
input from the community to develop
proposed regulations, while the other
recommended reconvening a negotiated
rulemaking committee to further
consider these issues.
Discussion: We appreciate the
concerns of the commenters about
possible harms that might come from
the proposed changes. The goal of
determining the amount of funds a
student earned before he or she stopped
attending should be a shared one, and
the claim that the institutions would
stop taking attendance in order to
increase the funds a student would
receive beyond the point where the
student stopped attending is troubling.
The Department continues to believe
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66900
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
that institutions should use the best data
available in determining a student’s
withdrawal date from classes.
Accordingly, if an institution requires
the taking of attendance or is required
to take attendance for any limited
period of a semester or other payment
period, then those records should be
used when determining a student’s date
of withdrawal for the purposes of a
Return of Title IV Funds calculation.
With respect to comments regarding
the complexity of the regulations, they
address the taking attendance policies
that are either required by an outside
party or required by the institution
itself. Institutions would already be
expected to follow these requirements,
and the regulations provide for that
attendance information to be used when
it indicates a student has stopped
attending during this limited period. For
students in attendance at the end of that
limited period, the guidelines for
determining a withdrawal date for an
institution that is not required to take
attendance would apply until the start
of the next period during which
attendance taking is required. Any
increase in overall burden is mitigated
since this requirement is tied to policies
for taking attendance that are already in
place at institutions, and uses the
existing requirements for determining
the amount of Federal funds a student
earned based upon that information.
Cases of noncompliance are addressed
on a case by case basis when the
occurrences are isolated, and
institutions are expected to take
appropriate corrective actions when an
error is brought to their attention during
a self-audit, a compliance audit, or a
program review. Accordingly, the
Department does not believe it is
necessary to delay the implementation
date of these regulations, or to reopen
the issue for negotiation.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
opposed the proposed changes, arguing
that the proposed regulations exceed the
Secretary’s authority under the law. The
commenters believed that Congress
intentionally allowed institutions the
option to use the midpoint of the
payment period because it recognized
that institutions have already incurred
costs when a student fails to withdraw
officially. A few commenters believed
that the definition of last day of
attendance under the statute is
sufficient and that the Department
should not make any changes to the
regulations. Some commenters opposed
the proposal that an ‘‘institution
required to take attendance’’ includes an
institution that takes attendance
voluntarily, arguing that the wording of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
the statute, which states ‘‘institutions
that are required to take attendance’’ and
not ‘‘institutions that take attendance,’’
indicates that Congress did not intend to
include institutions that choose to take
attendance in that category. Other
commenters expressed strong support
for the broadened definition.
Discussion: Under the law,
institutions that are required to take
attendance must use that information to
determine when students who do not
complete a class stopped attending. It is
common for the Department to view
requirements established by an
institution, such as an institutional
refund policy, as being a requirement
for that institution. The Secretary
believes it is reasonable to interpret the
law to include instances where the
institution itself is establishing the
requirement to take attendance for a
program, a department, or the entire
institution. The regulations do not
include instances where a faculty
member would monitor student
attendance but was not required to do
so by the institution. Furthermore, there
is no reason that attendance information
required by an institution would be
different in substance from attendance
information required by other entities. It
is the process of taking attendance itself
that leads to the information being
available, regardless of whether it is
required by the institution or an outside
entity. The law provides that
institutions that are required to take
attendance must use that information
for students who stop attending, and the
regulations define the term ‘‘required to
take attendance’’ to include instances
where the institution itself is
establishing that requirement for a
program, a subpopulation of a program,
a department, or the entire institution.
The Secretary also believes that this
information should be used when it is
available, even if attendance is not
required and is only taken for a limited
period during the payment period or
period of enrollment.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
requested clarification about whether an
institution would be required to perform
a Return of Title IV Funds calculation
for students that were not in attendance
on the last day of a limited census
period. Specifically, a few commenters
believed that § 668.22(b)(3)(iii)(B) could
be interpreted in different ways. First, it
could be read to mean that an
institution must treat a student who is
not in attendance on the last day of a
limited period of attendance taking as a
withdrawal, even if the student
continued to attend classes or was
engaged in another academically-related
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
activity after the end of the limited
period. Along these lines, a few
commenters pointed out that it could be
difficult for an institution to ascertain
whether a student actually withdrew, or
whether the student was in fact only
absent for a class or two. Second, it
could be read to mean that if an
institution has attendance records
during a limited period, the institution
must use those attendance records, as
the best available source of information,
in determining a student’s date of
withdrawal. One commenter believed
that this interpretation could require an
institution not otherwise required to
take attendance to take attendance
beyond the end of the limited
attendance period to determine if the
student came back. The commenter
further requested clarification about
when an institution in this situation
would have to determine that the
student actually withdrew.
Three commenters provided potential
modifications to the language related to
taking attendance during a limited time
period. The first suggested replacing the
words ‘‘in attendance at the end of the
limited period’’ with the words ‘‘in
attendance during the limited period’’ to
account for the fact that a student might
have attended earlier in the limited
period but was only absent on that last
day, perhaps due to illness or another
legitimate reason. The second
commenter recommended modifying
the words ‘‘a student in attendance’’ to
read ‘‘a student determined by the
institution to be in attendance’’ in order
to give institutions the necessary
flexibility to determine that a student
actually withdrew from all courses and
was not just absent on that particular
day. The third commenter suggested
replacing the phrase ‘‘in attendance at
the end of the limited period’’ with ‘‘in
attendance at the last regularly
scheduled class meeting prior to the
census date’’ to account for courses that
do not meet on the last day of the
limited period.
One commenter believed that the
Department should require institutions
to have a limited number of hours or
credits that a student may miss without
having to be considered a withdrawal.
Discussion: Standing alone,
information that a student was absent
on the last date attendance was taken
during a limited period of time is the
best evidence that the student has
ceased attendance. That presumption is
easily refuted when a student has gone
on to complete the payment period,
since the student will have earned a
grade for the class. For a student who
did not complete the class, the
institution may determine whether there
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
is evidence that the student was
academically engaged in the class at a
point after the limited period when
attendance was taken. Unless an
institution demonstrates that a
withdrawn student who is not in
attendance at the end of the limited
period of required attendance taking
attended after the limited period, the
student’s withdrawal date would be
determined according to the
requirements for an institution that is
required to take attendance. That is, the
student’s withdrawal date would be the
last date of academic attendance, as
determined by the institution from its
attendance records. If the institution
demonstrates that the student attended
past the end of the limited period, the
student’s withdrawal date is determined
in accordance with the requirements for
an institution that is not required to take
attendance. So, for a student the
institution has determined attended past
the limited period and has unofficially
withdrawn, the student’s withdrawal
date is the midpoint of the payment
period of period of enrollment unless
the institution uses a later date when
the student was academically engaged
in the class. The institution therefore
has the option to document a student’s
last date of attendance at an
academically-related activity, but an
institution is not required to take
attendance past the end of the limited
period of attendance taking.
We do not interpret a requirement to
take attendance in one class for a
‘‘census date’’ as taking attendance for
purposes of this regulation. For
example, some institutions have courses
that meet only on Mondays and
Wednesdays, and other courses that
meet on Tuesdays and Thursdays. In
those cases, a ‘‘census date’’ may be
taken on two different days in order to
establish attendance in both sets of
courses that meet on alternate days.
With respect to the suggestion that an
institution be permitted to have a policy
to establish a different procedure or
presumption for a student who is absent
at the end of a limited period of
attendance taking, this is addressed in
practice by having the institution
determine if the student participated in
an academically related activity at a
later point in the payment period, not
by adding a regulation that otherwise
ignores an absence on the last date
attendance was taken for the student.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
believed that the proposed regulations
would cause a greater financial burden
for a student who withdraws from
courses prior to the midpoint of the
semester. A few commenters noted that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
institutions that voluntarily maintain
attendance records would now have to
use those records to determine the
student’s actual last date of attendance
instead of using a midpoint date. In the
case of clock-hour institutions,
commenters were concerned that
institutions would be required to use an
actual last date of attendance instead of
a scheduled last date of attendance. In
these situations, a student might receive
fewer funds to cover costs incurred for
the entire payment period, even if he or
she withdrew before the end of that
payment period.
Discussion: The Department
recognizes that using an actual last date
of attendance instead of a midpoint of
the semester may require an institution
to return more unearned aid; this
outcome, however, is equitable. For
institutions using credit hours that are
determined to be required to take
attendance for all or a part of the period,
the regulation may establish an earlier
date of withdrawal for a student that
stops attending during a period when
attendance is taken. This outcome
provides a more consistent treatment
with other institutions that have
programs where student progress is
tracked by measuring clock hours, and
more closely tracks the requirements in
the law that students earn title IV funds
as they progress through a period until
they complete more than 60 percent of
the period. Institutions are responsible
for determining the amount of title IV,
HEA program assistance that a student
earned under the applicable regulations,
and unearned funds for a student must
be returned in accordance with the
procedures in § 668.22. By establishing
a more accurate date a student ceased
attendance during a period when
attendance is taken, the regulation will
tend to increase the amount of unearned
funds that are used to reduce the loan
amounts students received for that
period under § 668.22(i).
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters
from cosmetology schools believed that
the proposed regulations would put
some institutions in a position of being
unable to comply with both Federal and
State regulations. Specifically, they
were concerned that the proposed
regulations would require institutions
that are credit-hour institutions to
become clock-hour institutions if they
take attendance, forcing them,
depending on individual State laws, to
be out of compliance with State
requirements that those institutions use
credit hours.
Discussion: We do not agree that these
regulations create a conflict between
Federal and State laws. Institutions that
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66901
use clock hours for a program for State
reporting or licensing purposes will be
treated as institutions that are required
to take attendance under this regulation,
and the clock hours attended will be
used to determine when a student
ceased attendance. To the extent that
such an institution uses credit hours for
its academic purposes, that institution
will not be affected by this regulation.
The requirement to determine the
amount of aid a student earned before
ceasing attendance is separate from the
question of whether that institution uses
credit hours for academic purposes. The
clock hours are used to measure the
amount of funds a student earned, the
same way that other institutions that are
required to take attendance will
measure earnings under this regulation.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested modifications to the
regulatory language that would require
institutions to use the best information
available in determining a student’s
withdrawal date. Specifically, one
commenter recommended amending
§ 668.22(c) to make the midpoint of the
payment period the ‘‘last resort’’ option
for determining a student’s last date of
attendance when a student unofficially
withdraws such that a school would be
required to use the midpoint of the
payment period only in the absence of
other documentation of a student’s
attendance. Another commenter
recommended that we require
institutions to use the best available
data when determining a withdrawal
date instead of allowing schools that are
not required to take attendance to use a
default date of the midpoint of the
payment period of period of enrollment.
The commenter believed that using this
language would best support the
Department’s goals.
Discussion: We do not believe that the
suggested modifications are supportable
under the HEA because the requirement
to use attendance information is only
applicable for periods when attendance
taking is required. Under section
484B(c)(1) of the HEA, if a student stops
attending an institution at a point where
attendance taking is not required, the
institution uses the midpoint of the
payment period, or may use a later date
when the student was participating in
an academically related activity.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter was
concerned that if an institution that is
required to take attendance did not have
a valid ISIR before a student’s last date
of attendance, the student would be
unintentionally penalized and unable to
receive title IV, HEA program
assistance.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66902
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
General (§ 668.51)
FFEL Program was enacted. Our intent
was to make the necessary technical
corrections in the final regulations.
Changes: Throughout subpart E of
part 668, we have removed references to
the FFEL Program and any
corresponding regulatory citations.
Specifically, we have removed
references to ‘‘Subsidized Stafford
Loan,’’ ‘‘Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,’’
‘‘Federal PLUS Loan,’’ and ‘‘lender’’ as
well as certifications for Subsidized
Stafford loans from §§ 668.52, 668.58,
and 668.60.
Comment: One commenter questioned
whether the Department would
describe, in the final regulations, our
plans to provide training to assist
institutions to prepare for and comply
with verification requirements reflected
in subpart E of part 668.
Discussion: The Department will issue
guidance through the Application and
Verification Guide and other training
materials, as needed. The Department
will also provide training through our
regional training officers. For
information on our current and future
training activities and learning
resources, institutions should visit the
Training for Financial Aid Professionals
Web site at https://www2.ed.gov/offices/
OSFAP/training/.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
requested that the Department delay
implementing the new verification
requirements until the 2012–13 award
year to give institutions sufficient time
to train their staff and make the
necessary system changes.
Discussion: The Department
recognizes that institutions may need
time to make changes to their
institutional processing systems to
comply with the requirements in
subpart E of part 668. Accordingly, as
described in the DATES section of these
final regulations, we will delay the
effective date of the changes to this
subpart until July 1, 2012, which means
that it will be effective for the 2012–13
award year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters noted
that because no new loans can be
certified under the Federal Family
Education Loan (FFEL) Program
effective July 1, 2010, all references to
the FFEL Program and loan certification
should be removed from the regulatory
language in this subpart.
Discussion: We concur with the
commenters. We had not removed the
references to FFEL in the NPRM because
that notice was already under
development when the legislative
change to end new lending under the
Definitions (§ 668.52)
Comment: Some commenters
expressed support for the Department’s
efforts to simplify and clarify the
definitions used throughout the
verification regulations under subpart E
of part 668. One commenter noted that
changing the defined term application
to FAFSA, and using the term FAFSA
information in place of the term
application helps distinguish the
FAFSA from other financial aid
applications used at many institutions.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ support.
Changes: None.
Comment: Two commenters suggested
that we change the names of the defined
terms FAFSA information, subsidized
student financial assistance programs,
and unsubsidized student financial
assistance programs. Specifically, one
commenter suggested that we use the
term ‘‘Federal Methodology (FM) need
analysis data’’ or ‘‘ISIR data’’ rather than
FAFSA information to better reflect
what institutions receive once the data
reported on the FAFSA have been
processed. In addition, one commenter
stated that using the terms ‘‘subsidized’’
and ‘‘unsubsidized’’ to modify student
financial assistance programs will
confuse applicants because those terms
are more commonly used when referring
to loan programs. The commenter stated
that families would better understand
the type of aid we are referring to by
using the terms ‘‘need-based student
financial assistance programs’’ and
‘‘non-need-based student financial
assistance programs.’’
Another commenter requested that
the Department include in the
regulations definitions for the terms
‘‘applicant’’ and ‘‘timely manner.’’
Discussion: While we appreciate the
suggestions, we do not believe the
suggested changes are necessary. We
also do not agree that using the term
‘‘subsidized’’ and ‘‘unsubsidized’’
throughout subpart E will confuse
applicants and their families about the
type of aid we are referring to since
these regulations are written for FAAs at
Discussion: We do not agree. An
institution must act in accordance with
§ 668.164(g), which contains the
requirements for making a late
disbursement, including circumstances
where a student did not have a valid
SAR or valid ISIR on the student’s last
date of attendance.
Changes: None.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Verification and Updating of Student
Aid Application Information (Subpart E
of Part 668)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
institutions of higher education and not
applicants and their families. An
institution may, when communicating
with students and families, use
whatever terminology it believes will
best be understood by its students and
families.
However, we did make some revisions
to the list of definitions under § 668.52.
Specifically, we determined that the
definitions for Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA),
Institutional Student Information
Record (ISIR), and Student Aid Report
(SAR) would be more appropriately
included in § 668.2(b) of subpart A
because these terms are used throughout
part 668 of the Student Assistance
General Provisions regulations and not
just under subpart E.
We also revised the definitions for
Valid Student Aid Report (valid SAR)
and Valid Institutional Student
Information Record (valid ISIR) in
§ 668.2(b) to specify that a valid ISIR is
an ISIR on which all the information
reported on a student’s FAFSA is
accurate and complete as of the date the
application is signed, and a valid SAR
is a student aid report on which all of
the information reported on a student’s
FAFSA is accurate and complete as of
the date the application is signed.
In addition, we also changed the
defined terms from Student Aid Report
(SAR) to Valid Student Aid Report
(valid SAR) and Institutional Student
Information Record (ISIR) to Valid
Institutional Student Information
Record (valid ISIR) under §§ 668.54(b),
668.58, 668.59, and 668.61. Prior to
these final regulations, an institution
was not required to obtain a valid SAR
or valid ISIR in order to make a
disbursement under the campus-based
programs and the title IV, HEA loan
programs. Institutions could rely on
their own calculations to determine an
applicant’s award amount without
having to submit corrections through
the Department’s Central Processing
System (CPS) and receiving the
corrected SAR or ISIR. Consistent with
the revisions to § 668.59(a), which
require that any change to a nondollar
item and any change to a dollar item on
the FAFSA that is $25 or more must be
submitted to the CPS for reprocessing,
an institution must have a valid SAR or
a valid ISIR to disburse funds from the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs. By definition, a valid SAR or
valid ISIR can only be created after
information has been processed through
the Department’s Central Processing
System.
Finally, we also determined that we
no longer need to define the terms valid
SAR or valid ISIR under 34 CFR 690.2
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
of the Federal Pell Grant Program
regulations as they are defined in part
668 because they apply to all of the title
IV, HEA programs. For this reason, we
have removed these definitions from
this section.
Changes: The terms and
corresponding definitions for Free
Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA), Institutional Student
Information Record (ISIR), and Student
Aid Report (SAR) have been removed
from § 668.52. Instead, we now define
Free Application for Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA), Institutional Student
Information Record (ISIR), and Student
Aid Report (SAR) under General
definitions in § 668.2(b). We have also
revised the definitions for valid
Institutional Student Information
Record (valid ISIR) and valid Student
Aid Report (valid SAR) in § 668.2(b). We
have removed the definitions for the
terms valid Student Aid Report (valid
SAR) and valid Institutional Student
Information Record (valid ISIR) from 34
CFR 690.2(b) and revised the definition
of these terms under § 668.2(b) to no
longer refer to the definitions in 34 CFR
690.2(b) of the Federal Pell Grant
Program regulations.
Comment: One commenter asked the
Department to clarify the meaning of the
term ‘‘applicant’’ as used throughout the
verification regulations. The commenter
suggested that the regulations should
use the term ‘‘applicant’’ to refer to a
student who is accepted for admission
at an institution, rather than to a student
who submits a FAFSA. The commenter
argued that having ‘‘applicants’’ cover all
students who submit a FAFSA would be
administratively burdensome for
institutions because it would require
them to verify CPS-selected transactions
for students who do not enroll at the
institution.
Discussion: The term ‘‘applicant,’’ as
used throughout the verification
regulations, refers to an individual who
applies for assistance under the title IV,
HEA program by completing and
submitting a FAFSA.
While the term ‘‘applicant,’’ as used in
subpart E of part 668 covers individuals
who may not enroll at the institution,
we note that § 668.54 only requires an
institution to verify the FAFSA
information selected by the Secretary
under § 668.56 and any FAFSA
information the institution has reason to
believe is inaccurate. Therefore, only
those applicants who are enrolled at the
institution and whose FAFSA
information falls into one of these
categories are subject to verification.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Policies and Procedures—Professional
Judgment (§ 668.53(c))
Comment: Many commenters
expressed support for § 668.53(c), which
requires an institution to complete
verification prior to exercising the
professional judgment authority allowed
under section 479A of the HEA. These
commenters indicated that this
requirement, which is consistent with
their policy to complete verification
first, is important to ensure that the data
reported on the FAFSA is accurate
before making any adjustments to it.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ support.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned the process for completing
verification prior to exercising
professional judgment in special
circumstances that require a
dependency override in order to create
a valid Student Aid Report (valid SAR)
or valid Institutional Student
Information Record (valid ISIR).
Discussion: The authority given to
FAAs to exercise professional judgment
under section 479A of the HEA is
separate and apart from the authority
given FAAs to make a dependency
override decision under section
480(d)(1)(I) of the HEA. Section 479A of
the HEA authorizes an FAA to make
adjustments on a case-by-case basis to
the cost of attendance or to the values
of the data items used to calculate the
EFC to allow for treatment of an
individual eligible applicant with
special circumstances as long as the
adjustments are based on adequate
documentation.
In the definition of ‘‘independent
student’’ in section 480(d)(1)(I) of the
HEA, an applicant may be considered to
be an independent student if the FAA
makes a documented determination that
the applicant is independent by reason
of other unusual circumstances.
In practice, an FAA would first
determine whether an otherwise
dependent applicant should be
considered an independent student
using the FAA’s authority under section
480(d)(1) of the HEA, in order to obtain
a valid SAR or valid ISIR, and then
would subsequently make any
corrections or professional judgment
adjustments to the applicant’s FAFSA
information.
We will provide guidance in the
Federal Student Aid Handbook to
address operational details as needed.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that requiring an
institution to complete verification
before exercising professional judgment
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66903
would make it difficult for institutions
to appropriately handle emergency
situations. The commenters noted that
delays would occur as a result of having
to complete verification, submit any
changes to CPS, and wait for the new
SAR or ISIR upon which the
professional judgment decision would
be based. Some commenters suggested
making modifications to systems
software, i.e. FAA Access, to allow
multiple changes to be made
simultaneously to resolve this problem.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ suggestion for improving
our operational process. We will take
this suggestion into consideration as we
look for ways to improve our services to
institutions.
Currently, the CPS will process
changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information as a result of the
verification process or a professional
judgment determination and report the
results on a new ISIR sent to the
institution usually the next day.
However the two transactions cannot be
processed on the same day. This is
because after the institution receives the
ISIR that was created as a result of
verification, the institution would use
that ISIR transaction to make
adjustments to the applicant’s FAFSA
information using the professional
judgment process. While we understand
the commenters’ concerns about any
delay that may occur with having to
submit transactions separately, we
believe that any delay will be slight. In
addition, institutions have the option of
making interim disbursements, as
allowed under § 668.58, until a
corrected valid SAR or valid ISIR is
received.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether an applicant who is selected to
verify the parent’s household size, but
who requests that the institution use its
professional judgment authority under
section 479A of the HEA to examine the
parent’s income listed on the FAFSA,
would be required to verify all five
items before the institution could
exercise its professional judgment.
Another commenter argued that the
requirement to complete verification
before exercising professional judgment
would delay the financial aid process
and would create an additional hurdle
for families in need. This commenter
questioned why institutions have to go
through an extra step to evaluate an
applicant’s eligibility through the
verification process if the institution is
updating those same fields when
exercising professional judgment to
revise an applicant’s eligibility under
section 479A of the HEA.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66904
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion: Under these final
regulations, an institution must verify
the items selected for verification before
making any professional judgment
adjustments regardless of whether an
institution is making adjustments to the
item being verified. Prior to the effective
date for subpart E of part 668 of these
final regulations, for an application
selected for verification, an institution
must verify the data elements identified
in current § 668.56 before making any
adjustments regardless of whether an
institution is making adjustments to the
item being verified.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether an institution must complete
verification prior to exercising
professional judgment if the applicant’s
FAFSA information is selected for
verification by the institution, rather
than by the Secretary.
Discussion: To ensure that any
professional judgment adjustments
made by an institution are based on
accurate information, we believe that all
FAFSA information selected for
verification, whether selected by the
Secretary or the institution, must be
verified before the institution can
exercise professional judgment. We are
making a change to § 668.53(c) to make
this clearer.
Changes: We have revised § 668.53(c)
by removing the phrase ‘‘by the
Secretary’’ after the words ‘‘selected for
verification’’ to provide that verification,
regardless of whether the FAFSA
information to be verified is selected by
the Secretary or the institution, must be
completed prior to exercising
professional judgment.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Selection of FAFSA Information for
Verification (§ 668.54)
Comment: Many commenters
supported our proposal to target
verification to those items reported on
the FAFSA that are most prone to error,
based on a set of criteria that identifies
which items are most likely to contain
erroneous data, instead of requiring
verification of all five items listed in
current § 668.56 for FAFSAs selected for
verification.
Another commenter agreed with
proposed § 668.54(b)(1)(iii), which
excludes from verification applicants
who only receive unsubsidized student
financial assistance. This commenter
stated that this approach would be more
efficient for applicants and free up time
for institutional staff to help other
applicants.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the commenters’ support.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comment: Many commenters opposed
removing the institutional option to
limit the total number of applicants who
must be verified to 30 percent of all
applicants. They argued that removing
this limitation, which is reflected in
current § 668.54(a)(2)(ii), would increase
the workload of FAAs already struggling
with reductions in staff and in State
budgets, with a multitude of regulatory
changes, and with increased
enrollments. Some commenters noted
that the Department currently targets
Pell-eligible applicants for verification
and were concerned that community
colleges would be unduly impacted if
the 30 percent limitation were removed.
Commenters stated that more
institutions may need to use the 30
percent limit to manage their workload
due to the large increase in applicants
applying to institutions with open
enrollment. Many commenters
expressed concern that the Department
would significantly increase the number
of applicants whose FAFSAs are
selected for verification if a limit is not
established in the regulations.
One commenter noted that additional
study of the current verification process
is needed to determine which
corrections provide the most meaningful
improvements in program integrity.
A commenter recommended that we
retain the 30 percent limit for at least
two years, during which time we can
monitor whether the proposed approach
of targeting information to be verified,
as reflected in § 668.56, actually reduces
an institution’s burden. If, after this twoyear period, we have evidence to show
that burden on institutions has been
reduced, the commenter suggested that
the limit on the percentage of applicants
whose FAFSAs must be verified should
be lifted or modified.
Discussion: The Department reviews,
studies, and analyzes verification data
on an ongoing basis. Annually, the
Department develops a comprehensive
predictive model by applying
sophisticated statistical techniques to
FAFSA application data from the most
recent application filing years along
with corresponding payment data from
those same years. The model is designed
to identify the characteristics of FAFSA
applications containing information that
is likely to have errors which, if not
corrected, will result in an improper
payment of title IV, HEA program funds.
The model contains a series of
application groupings that identifies
that application’s statistical likelihood
of error. The Department selects
applications with the highest likelihood
of significant error for verification.
We are confident that, when fully
implemented, the targeted selection of
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FAFSA information to be verified will
result in a more efficient and effective
verification process. While some
institutions, particularly those that
enroll greater numbers of Pell Grant
applicants, have more applicants whose
FAFSA information is selected for
verification, we believe that overall
burden will be reduced across
institutions. This is because for each
applicant whose FAFSA information is
selected, the items to be verified will be
limited to specific items the Secretary
has selected for that applicant (see
proposed § 668.56(b)) rather than all five
items listed in current § 668.56. For
example, one applicant may be required
to verify the five items required under
the current regulations (because the
Secretary includes them in the Federal
Register notice published under
§ 668.56(a) and specifies that those
items must be verified for that one
applicant) while another applicant may
only be required to verify adjusted gross
income (AGI) and household size
(because the Secretary includes these
two items in the Federal Register notice
published under § 668.56(a) and
specifies that these are the only items
that must be verified for this applicant).
The Department also notes that it does
not view the 30 percent limitation as
applying to its own enforcement and
monitoring activities, including program
reviews and audits.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters asked
the Department to clarify how subpart E
of part 668 will affect institutions that
are currently allowed to establish their
own verification criteria under the
Quality Assurance (QA) Program.
Discussion: The changes made to the
verification regulations in subpart E of
part 668 will not diminish the
importance of the QA Program. In fact,
we are currently in the process of
developing a plan to expand the number
of institutions that participate in the QA
Program. We are especially interested in
increasing the participation of minority
serving institutions, community
colleges, proprietary institutions, and
institutions that serve non-traditional
students or that offer instruction in nontraditional ways. Also, the changes
made to the verification regulations are
not expected to alter the way the QA
Program operates. In fact, the
Department expects that data and
results generated from institutions
participating in the QA Program will
help us assess the effectiveness of the
new verification regulations in subpart
E of part 668.
Changes: None.
Comment: Two commenters stated
that the FAFSA information of
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
applicants who are incarcerated at the
time verification would occur and
applicants who are immigrants who
recently arrived in the United States
should not be subject to verification.
One commenter noted that verification
in these cases would require institutions
to spend a significant amount of time
explaining the Federal requirements to
these applicants when their eligibility
for aid may not be affected by the data
gathered to complete verification.
Another commenter stated that a
dependent applicant whose parents are
deceased or are physically incapacitated
should also be excluded from
verification.
Discussion: We do not agree with the
commenters. Applicants who are
incarcerated, recent immigrants to the
United States, or whose parents are
physically incapacitated, should be able
to provide the documentation required
to complete verification by providing
their institution with the documentation
that was used to complete the FAFSA.
An applicant whose parents are
deceased would be independent and
therefore there would be no verification
of parental information on an
independent student’s FAFSA.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that the new process
for verifying different FAFSA items
would cause difficulties because, after
one instance of verification, there
potentially would be other items that
the applicant would need to verify
during subsequent transactions (a
‘‘verification loop’’). One commenter
suggested that if the Department uses
the targeted approach for verification, it
should limit verification selection to
one time per applicant and accept a
subsequent correction for that targeted
item as closure of the verification
process for that application. One
commenter noted that repeated
verification does not currently occur
because, under the current regulations,
applicants are required to verify all
items the first time. One commenter
expressed concern that multiple
verifications may occur for one student
if the institution submits corrections to
CPS and the student also initiates
changes to the ISIR data. The
commenter recommended including
some protections for institutions that
submit corrections to ISIR data. One
commenter asked for guidance on what
an institution is required to do when an
applicant is selected for verification,
completes it, is then selected for
verification again but fails to complete
the second verification process.
Discussion: As noted earlier, the
Department has delayed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
implementation of the changes to
subpart E of part 668, including
§§ 668.54 and 668.56, which provide for
the targeted approach to verification,
until the 2012–13 award year.
Therefore, for the 2011–12 award year,
institutions will continue to verify, for
all FAFSAs selected for verification by
the Secretary, the five data items listed
in current § 668.56. As we develop the
selection criteria for determining which
FAFSA information must be verified for
an individual applicant (i.e., selection
criteria for determining which FAFSA
information is prone to error), we will
build into the system procedures that
limit the possibility of any applicant
being subject to additional FAFSA items
needing verification after the first
selection has been made. However if our
analysis shows that, based on
submissions of corrections, additional
FAFSA information should be verified,
perhaps because it is inconsistent with
the ‘‘corrected information,’’ an
applicant may have to verify those
additional items.
In the NPRM, we inadvertently
omitted § 668.54(a)(4) from the
verification regulations. Under current
§ 668.54(a)(4), if an applicant is selected
for verification by the Secretary, the
institution must require the applicant to
verify the information as specified in
§ 668.56 on each additional application
the applicant submits for the award year
except for information already verified
for the applicable award year. We are
restoring § 668.54(a)(4) to provide that if
an applicant is selected by the Secretary
to verify his or her FAFSA information,
the institution must require the
applicant to verify the information in
accordance with § 668.56 if the
applicant is selected for a subsequent
verification of FAFSA information,
except that applicant is not required to
provide documentation for that FAFSA
information previously verified to the
extent that the FAFSA information
previously verified remains unchanged.
Under current regulations, an
applicant who has completed
verification once, whose FAFSA
information is selected a second time for
verification, is only required to verify
FAFSA information not verified
previously. When the revised
§ 668.54(a)(4) becomes effective, such an
applicant would be required to
complete the second verification
process if the FAFSA information
selected has changed for that award
year. If the applicant fails to do so, he
or she may forfeit eligibility for title IV
aid in accordance with § 668.60(b).
Changes: We have revised § 668.54 by
reinstating current § 668.54(a)(4) to
provide that if an applicant is selected
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66905
by the Secretary to verify his or her
FAFSA information under
§ 668.54(a)(1), the institution must
require the applicant to verify the
information as specified in § 668.56 if
the applicant is selected for a
subsequent verification of FAFSA
information, except that applicant is not
required to provide documentation for
the FAFSA information previously
verified to the extent that the FAFSA
information previously verified remains
unchanged.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that the proposed verification
requirements in subpart E of part 668
would increase barriers for the neediest
students to apply for financial aid to
pursue higher education.
Discussion: We do not agree. When
this subpart is fully implemented in the
2012–13 award year, the verification
process is expected to be more efficient
and effective for both students and
institutions. Thus, we do not expect that
these new requirements will add a
burden or increase barriers for students,
including those from low-income
backgrounds. We have not been
presented with any evidence to support
that these requirements will increase
barriers for the neediest students to
apply for financial aid to pursue higher
education.
Changes: None.
Updating Information (§ 668.55)
Comment: While a few commenters
supported the requirement in
§ 668.55(a)(1)(ii), which may result in
making dependency status updates in
mid-year, many stressed the difficulties
that would arise as a result of this
requirement. A primary concern
expressed was that this requirement
would result in a substantial increase in
burden for institutions, particularly
because a student’s financial aid
package is affected by the student’s
dependency status. One commenter
claimed that to comply with this
requirement, institutions would need to
hire extra staff, which would not be
possible in the current economy. In
addition, some commenters noted that
there would be undesirable
consequences for the student: One who
marries and becomes independent could
lose eligibility for the Pell Grants
already awarded and received because
the spouse’s financial data would be
taken into account. Others stated that
students might get married to increase
their Pell eligibility or that divorce,
rather than marriage, would decrease
Pell eligibility; as one institution noted,
many of its dependent students become
eligible for more aid after they marry
and become independent. Some
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66906
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
commenters requested that there be no
change in this area or that FAAs be
permitted to make dependency status
changes under certain circumstances,
such as during verification, or at their
discretion. For example, one commenter
suggested requiring the reporting of a
change to dependency status until the
first disbursement of title IV, HEA aid
has been made and that if the
dependency status update results in a
change in the applicant’s EFC, the lower
value should be used. A couple of
commenters observed that students who
married late in the award year would
become independent and need to have
their aid repackaged for the award year.
One commenter opposed all mid-year
dependency status changes because they
undermine the ‘‘snapshot’’ approach to
the application process and create a
large administrative burden. Another
commenter noted the potential for
students who divorced and became
dependent again to lose eligibility for
the aid they received because their
parents would refuse to provide
information for the application. Still
another remarked that it is hard for
institutions to track dependency status
during the award year because accurate
tracking requires that students notify the
institution of changes. One commenter,
who stated that he appreciated that
when an update is due to a change in
the student’s marital status, institutions
would only be required to make the
update if notified by the student, also
noted that this approach can penalize
the student who is honest and reports
the marital status change. This
commenter argued that such a change in
dependency status should be reflected
in the application for the following year,
as occurs under the current regulations.
Another commenter suggested that
although the Department affirmed that it
is not the institution’s responsibility to
initiate updating, this view ignores the
burden imposed on institutions to
resolve conflicts in information they
receive from different sources. This
commenter requested relief for
institutions so that they would only
need to make a dependency status
change in ISIR information if the
student or family was the source of the
information supporting the dependency
change. Another commenter asked
whether institutions are required to
keep track of potential dependency
status changes that are indicated by
other campus offices when the student
does not report the change. One
commenter asked that there be a cut-off
date after which an institution would no
longer be required to make dependency
status changes. Another commenter
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
agreed with the Department’s logic for
not having a cut-off date, and asked that
institutions be permitted to set their
own date based on their academic
calendar.
One commenter who supported midyear dependency status changes
requested that the Department allow
updates to household size and number
in college when there is a change in
marital status. Another commenter
asked for early implementation of
§ 668.55(c) because students are
adversely affected by the current
regulations.
Discussion: We agree that mid-year
verification updates to household size
and number in college and dependency
status updates would be burdensome to
institutions if they resulted from a
change in a student’s marital status.
Accordingly, we have revised
§ 668.55(a) to provide that if an
applicant’s dependency status changes
at any time during the award year, the
applicant must update his or her FAFSA
information, except when the
dependency status change is due to a
change in the applicant’s marital status.
Also, to reduce burden to institutions
with regard to updating information, in
§ 668.55(b)(2), we specify that an
applicant is not required to provide
documentation of household size,
number in college, or the financial data
of an applicant’s spouse during a
subsequent verification of these data
items if the information has not
changed. However, new paragraph (c) of
this section would allow the institution,
at its discretion, to require an applicant
to update the applicant’s marital status,
even if it results in a change in the
applicant’s dependency status, if the
institution determines the update is
necessary to address an inequity or to
reflect more accurately the applicant’s
ability to pay.
In response to the comments about
establishing cut-off dates for making
updates, we note that under the revised
provisions, an institution that decides to
have marital status updated pursuant to
§ 668.55(c) may also incorporate in its
policy a cut-off date after which it will
not consider any updates to a student’s
marital status.
Changes: We have revised § 668.55(a)
to provide that if any of the factors that
impact an applicant’s dependency
status changes at any time during the
award year, the applicant must update
his or her FAFSA information, except if
the item is the applicant’s marital status.
Paragraph (b) of § 668.55 has been
revised to provide that an applicant who
is selected for verification of his or her
household size or number in college
must update those items to be correct as
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of the date of verification, except when
the update is due to a change in the
applicant’s marital status. As revised,
§ 668.55(b)(2) also provides that an
applicant is not required to provide
documentation of household size or
number in college during a subsequent
verification for the same award year of
either item if the information has not
changed. Finally, paragraph (c) of
§ 668.55 provides that an institution
may, at its discretion, update an
applicant’s marital status, even if the
update will result in a change in the
applicant’s dependency status if the
institution determines the update is
necessary to address an inequity or to
reflect more accurately the applicant’s
ability to pay.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether, when a student’s marital status
is updated, the student must have his or
her spouse’s income reported to the CPS
for recalculation of the student’s EFC.
Another commenter requested that the
Department clarify how to treat income
in cases when the student marries or
divorces, regardless of whether
verification was performed. A third
commenter wondered why the
household size and number in college
items are updated while the income and
assets items are not updated for new
family members (e.g., the stepparent of
a dependent student or the spouse of an
independent student).
Discussion: As we stated earlier in
this preamble, we have revised § 668.55
to provide that there is no updating of
an applicant’s dependency status based
on a change in marital status except at
the discretion of an FAA. In such cases
where an FAA chooses to update a
student’s dependency status as a result
of a change in the student’s marital
status regardless of whether the student
is being verified, all of the information
must be consistent with the change to
the marital status. This includes income
(either adding the spouse’s income or
deducting a former spouse’s income) as
well as household size and number in
college. Note, however, that the revised
regulations do not allow for updating
when an otherwise independent student
marries or divorces, i.e., there is no
change in dependency status and the
student is not selected for verification.
During verification, household size
and number in college are updated, but
the income and assets of new family
members are not typically includable
items on the FAFSA; for example, the
income or assets of a grandparent who
comes to live in the dependent student’s
family would not be includable.
Moreover, section 475(f)(3) of the HEA
excludes a stepparent’s income and
assets from being reported on the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
FAFSA when a dependent student’s
parent remarries after the FAFSA was
submitted, though we have stated for
several years in the Application and
Verification Guide that an institution
may use professional judgment to
include the stepparent’s financial
information.
Changes: As noted earlier in this
discussion, we have revised § 668.55 to
provide that applicants are not required
to update their household size, number
in college, and dependency status when
the update is needed as a result of a
change in the student’s marital status,
unless the institution chooses to update
those items. When the institution
determines that updates are required as
a result of a change in a student’s
marital status, the student’s FAFSA
information needs to reflect the accurate
household size, number in college,
dependency status, and the spouse’s
financial information.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned whether, when completing
the FAFSA, students could project their
marital status. One commenter argued
that students should not be able to
project marital status as they project
household size based on unborn
children.
Discussion: Because projected marital
status is prone to error, applicants may
not project their marital status when
completing the FAFSA.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters asked
whether the student or the institution is
responsible for updating information
that impacts dependency status.
Discussion: Students and institutions
both are able to update information that
impacts an applicant’s dependency
status. Students can use FAFSA
Corrections on the Web (COTW) or a
paper SAR to submit updates.
Institutions can use FAA Access to CPS
Online or other Departmental electronic
processes to submit updates on the
student’s behalf.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked us
to clarify whether an institution must
process a change in dependency status
if a student is no longer enrolled at the
institution.
Discussion: An institution is not
required to process a change in an
applicant’s dependency status if the
student does not enroll or is no longer
enrolled at the institution. However, if
the student subsequently enrolls or
reenrolls for the award year, required
updates must be made.
Changes: None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Information To Be Verified (§ 668.56)
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that even though the
number of items to be verified under the
new targeted approach reflected in
§ 668.56 will be reduced, the new
approach will not alleviate the burden
on the applicant or the institution
because the institution must still
identify and resolve discrepancies in the
information the institution receives
from different sources pursuant to
§ 668.16(f). For example, if a student
were selected to verify AGI or untaxed
IRA income, and the documentation for
that is the tax return, the institution will
need to check the other data on the tax
return to ensure there are no conflicts
with what was reported on the FAFSA.
One of these commenters stated that it
will continue to require full verification
of all data items and to collect all
documentation unless the applicant
uses the IRS Data Retrieval Process.
Another commenter suggested that
relaxing the requirement to resolve
discrepancies in information under
§ 668.16(f) would be a reasonable
solution if the Department is using
historical data that supports targeting
specific data elements.
Discussion: Under § 668.16(f), an
institution is required to resolve
discrepancies in the information it
receives from different sources with
respect to a student’s application for
financial aid under the title IV, HEA
programs. Therefore, conflicting
information between the FAFSA
information and other information at the
institution must be resolved, and these
regulations under subpart E do not
change this. We have no reason to
believe that the new approach to
selecting items for verification will
increase instances of conflicting
information since any such conflicts
would occur under the current
regulations where every applicant
selected for verification must verify
information from a tax return.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
disagreed with the proposed targeted
approach to select items to be verified
reflected in § 668.56 because they
predicted that it would add to the
burden of institutions. One commenter
stated that having verifiable items
different from the current five would
require institutions to modify their
automated correspondence and other
processes. This would result in the use
of more paper at a time when
institutions are trying to reduce their
carbon footprint.
Discussion: While a change in the
number and type of verifiable items will
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66907
require some work by financial aid
offices, we believe that there should not
necessarily be an increase in paper use
and that once systems are automated,
any additional administrative burden
should be minimized. In fact, the use of
the IRS Data Retrieval Process will
reduce the amount of FAFSA
information that institutions are
required to verify and decrease the
documentation an institution must
collect and maintain. We believe the
benefits to institutions and to students
as a result of this process justify any
extra work that institutions and students
will experience in the short term.
As explained earlier in this preamble,
we are delaying the effective date for the
changes to subpart E of part 668 until
July 1, 2012, the 2012–13 award year.
This will allow more time for
institutions to prepare.
Changes: None.
Comment: Various commenters
observed that because the items for
verification will be unpredictable,
institutions will not be able to inform
applicants and parents before receiving
the ISIR what documentation will be
required for verification. Commenters
requested that the Department provide
the expected date for publishing the set
of verifiable items in the Federal
Register in advance so that institutions
have time to implement any changes in
the items to be verified. Commenters
requested advance notice as late as midDecember to as early as 5 or 6 months
prior to the beginning of the application
cycle each January. Commenters stated
that institutions will have difficulties
setting up complicated systems and
training aid administrators and other
staff to comply with the changes
reflected in the new approach to
verification, especially given limited
resources on so many campuses. One
commenter asked the Department to set
a maximum number of items that can be
selected for verification each year. Some
commenters suggested having multiyear sets of verification items, rather
than different ones each year, to
expedite the verification process and to
allow institutions time to plan. One
commenter asked that each year the
Department obtain public comment on
the selection criteria the Department
will use to select items for verification.
One commenter asked how institutions
would verify applicants’ FAFSAs
consistently for the overlap of two
processing years. Another commenter
asked that the new regulations be
delayed until the IRS Data Retrieval
Process is fully implemented, while
another commenter asked for a safe
harbor period during crossover periods
when institutions can use the old
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66908
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
verification criteria, or adopt early the
new criteria.
Discussion: While institutions will
need to wait for the receipt of the ISIR
before requesting specific verification
documentation from applicants, we do
not envision that this will substantially
delay the time required for applicants to
complete verification. During the early
years of implementation of the targeted
approach to verification, there will be
stability in the FAFSA information the
Secretary selects from year to year. For
example, we would retain the five items
included in the current regulations and
supplement them as needed. However,
it is unlikely that an applicant would
have to verify all five data elements.
We will publish in the Federal
Register the set of potential verification
items the Department intends to verify
for an upcoming award year four to six
months prior to the start of the
application processing year (January 1,
2012 for the 2012–13 award year) to give
institutions time to modify their
systems. The maximum number of items
that could be selected for verification in
any given year is the entire list of items
we plan to publish in the Federal
Register notice for that year. Because
the selection of verification items for a
particular award year will be based
upon a sophisticated statistical analysis
of prior year and other relevant data, we
do not anticipate the Federal Register
notice providing multi-year selection
criteria, nor, for the same reason, do we
intend to solicit public comments on the
verification items we select.
To verify an applicant’s FAFSA
information that overlaps two
processing years, the institution must
determine which award year’s EFC will
be used and apply the verification
criteria established for that award year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Various commenters
expressed concern that the new
approach for targeting items for
verification will unfairly affect
traditionally black, community, and
career colleges. One commenter
requested that we not use the
verification process to target lowincome demographic groups and that
we consider some kind of relief for these
groups regarding discrepancies in
information under § 668.16(f). Another
commenter questioned whether the new
approach for targeting items for
verification could be seen as a means of
profiling applicants.
Discussion: Historically the
Department has used verification to
focus on those FAFSAs that are likely to
include errors that will result in
incorrect awards. It is not our intent to
single out any demographic population
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or a particular type of institution; rather,
our goal is to continue to select for
verification FAFSA information that
most likely needs to be corrected.
As stated earlier, § 668.16(f) requires
an institution to resolve discrepancies
in the information it receives from
different sources and these regulations
under subpart E will not change this
requirement.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked if
verification should be required when a
student appeals for a professional
judgment change to the cost of
attendance.
Discussion: We do not plan to add to
the list of verification exclusions in
§ 668.54(b) students who request a
professional judgment change.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that an exclusion from verification
could be granted when the student or
parent used the IRS Data Retrieval
Process to supply income and tax data
on the FAFSA.
Discussion: Section 668.57(a)(2) of the
new regulations codifies our
determination that in instances when an
applicant or parent is required to have
his or her AGI, taxes paid, or income
earned from work verified, the
institution may consider as acceptable
documentation the information reported
by the student on the FAFSA and
reported to the institution on the ISIR if
the Secretary has identified those items
as having come from the IRS and as
having not been changed. The Secretary
will so indicate by a flag on the ISIR that
the information came directly from the
IRS and was not changed. There will be
separate flags for the student’s
information and, if applicable, for the
parents’ information.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern that students will be confused
and will miss the verification
information on their SAR. The
commenter stated that the verification
worksheet will not work anymore
because not all items will be used for
each student and asked if institutions
will need to develop their own
interchangeable forms that will list only
those items an applicant or parent must
verify.
Discussion: Institutions have always
been able and will continue to be able
to develop and use their own
verification worksheets as long as it
captures the essential verification items.
Institutions could create a single form
with all the verification criteria for the
coming award year and select for each
student the pertinent items, or they
could modify their form so that each
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
student receives an individualized
request for documentation. We will
work with the community to determine
if there still is a need for a Departmentdeveloped verification worksheet, and,
if so, how it should be formatted.
Changes: None.
Comment: One organization requested
that we create unique codes on the ISIR
that correspond with each verification
item so that institutions can automate
their correspondence with applicants
and other processes. Another
commenter suggested that comments
included on the SAR should be
expanded to assist the applicant in
sending the documentation to verify the
specific items selected for verification to
the institution he or she is seeking to
attend.
Discussion: As suggested by the
commenters, we will include on each
applicant’s ISIR item specific flags that
will indicate which items need to be
verified. We will also provide
notification to the applicant on the
Student Aid Report (SAR) of the need to
have information verified.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked that
the Department be responsible for
completing verification and that the
Department report to institutions when
an applicant’s aid can be disbursed.
Discussion: The commenter’s request
has been suggested before, and we have
determined that most institutions are
not interested in the Department
performing verification and would,
notwithstanding the workload, prefer to
work with students directly.
Changes: None.
Acceptable Documentation
(§ 668.57(a)(2), (a)(4)(ii)(A), (a)(5), (a)(7),
and (d))
Comment: One commenter suggested
that, for applicants and parents who
have not filed their taxes prior to filling
out the FAFSA and who indicate that
they will be filing, the CPS should
automatically draw down the IRS data
and send a reprocessed ISIR, once the
applicant files the required tax returns.
A commenter noted that the IRS Data
Retrieval Process would not benefit
applicants and their families who
complete the FAFSA (using estimated
income) prior to completing their
Federal income tax return in order to
meet various State aid deadlines. One
commenter asked whether data
retrieved from the IRS can be used to
make corrections to a FAFSA if the IRS
Data Retrieval Process was not used to
complete the original FAFSA. In this
situation, the commenter asked whether
the corrected data would be considered
verified.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion: Under our current
agreement with the IRS, only the tax
filer, at the time he or she is completing
the FAFSA or, starting in 2011–12, at
the time he or she is making corrections,
can request that IRS tax information be
displayed and only the tax filer can
choose to have that information
imported into the applicant’s FAFSA for
initial filings or into the CPS record for
corrections. However, working with the
IRS we have been able to mitigate
(although not eliminate) the inherent
calendar conflicts between the
beginning of a FAFSA processing year
in January, the many State and
institutional deadlines occurring as
early as February, and the IRS tax return
filing timelines. Beginning with the
2011–12 processing year, the IRS plans
to provide applicants and their families
with FAFSA on the Web access to tax
return information within
approximately 10 days of the return’s
filing date if the return was filed
electronically and within two weeks if
a paper return was filed. Also,
beginning with the 2011–12 FAFSA
processing year, applicants and parents
will be able to access IRS tax return
information using the FAFSA COTW
process. Thus, many applicants, who,
because of their original FAFSA filing
date (or for any reason), did not use the
IRS Data Retrieval Process when they
originally completed the FAFSA will be
able to use the process to ‘‘correct’’ the
original FAFSA information. Like
applicants who use the IRS Data
Retrieval Process when originally
completing the FAFSA, if applicants
and parents use the FAFSA COTW
process to import IRS data on the
FAFSA, the institution may consider
that data as acceptable documentation
in accordance with § 668.57(a)(2) if that
data was not changed. As mentioned
earlier, an applicant’s ISIR will indicate
that the information came directly from
the IRS and was not changed.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the IRS Data Retrieval
Process, which will allow applicants
and their families to import data
obtained from the IRS to populate an
applicant’s online FAFSA. Many
commenters agreed that this process
will reduce an institution’s burden and
help expedite the financial aid process
by not requiring verification of IRS
imported data; however, one commenter
argued that it would be more
appropriate to eliminate FAFSAs
populated with IRS data through the IRS
Data Retrieval Process entirely from
verification.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the commenters’ support.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
We do not agree that individuals who
retrieve income and tax data from the
IRS should be exempt from the
verification process because not all
FAFSA information can be imported
from the IRS database and an
applicant’s FAFSA may be selected for
verification as a result of a data item
that cannot be retrieved from the IRS.
However, as discussed earlier in this
preamble, an institution may consider
as acceptable documentation IRS
retrieved information if the Secretary
has identified those items as having
come from the IRS and not having been
changed. We are exploring a process
that would automatically exclude from
verification FAFSA items that came
from the IRS and were not changed.
Changes: Section 668.57(a)(2) has
been revised to clarify that an
institution may use IRS transferred data
as acceptable documentation for
verification purposes if it is limited to
the IRS data that was transferred for the
specific award year, and the Secretary
has identified the data as having been
obtained from the IRS and not having
been changed.
Comment: One commenter questioned
whether applicants should be allowed
to use data from the second processing
tax year because that data may not
accurately reflect a student’s or parent’s
current income. The commenter
asserted that the use of these data may
cause confusion when completing the
FAFSA and that this, in turn, will
increase burden on institutions, which
will be responsible for responding to
increased requests for professional
judgment reviews.
Another commenter pointed out that
using data from the second processing
tax year would not benefit some
California Community Colleges that
have a high population of families who
have experienced job losses.
Discussion: Section 480(a) of the HEA
gives the Secretary the option of using
income and other data from the second
preceding tax year to calculate an
applicant’s EFC. While the Department
does not plan to exercise this option at
this time, we believe it is appropriate to
include this provision in the regulations
to allow for this flexibility in the future.
We are revising § 668.57(a)(1)(i),
(a)(1)(ii), (a)(1)(iii) to make conforming
changes consistent with other
paragraphs under this section that
clarify the specific year that the
documentation provided for under this
section must be submitted to the
institution.
Changes: Section 668.57 has been
revised in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii),
(a)(1)(iii), and (a)(2) to add the phrase
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66909
‘‘for the specified year’’ as defined under
§ 668.52.
Comment: We received a number of
comments expressing concern regarding
the operational aspect of the IRS Data
Retrieval Process. For instance, a few
commenters were unclear if an
applicant, whose marital status has
changed since filing an income tax
return, could use the IRS Data Retrieval
Process to import only his or her data
from an income tax return filed jointly.
Another commenter asked if the
appropriate fields from a married
couple’s separately filed tax return
would be added together before the data
are imported into an online FAFSA.
Discussion: For the reasons noted by
the commenters, the IRS Data Retrieval
Process has not and will not be offered
to an applicant (or parent) whose
marital status changed after the end of
the tax year. Also, because the current
configuration of the IRS Data Retrieval
Process cannot access both tax returns
when a married applicant or the married
parents of a dependent student filed
separately (IRS Filing Status of ‘‘Married
Filing Separately), our FAFSA on the
Web instructions advise such tax filers
not to use the IRS Data Retrieval
Process. Similarly the IRS Data Retrieval
Process cannot extract the income of
one individual that filed jointly. We are
working with the IRS to find a
resolution to this issue. In the
meantime, if an institution is aware that
such individuals did use the IRS Data
Retrieval Process the institution must
collect tax return information from the
other spouse.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter noted that
most Pell-eligible applicants would not
benefit from the IRS Data Retrieval
Process since they are not required to
file a Federal tax return because they do
not earn enough. Therefore, this
commenter argued that these applicants
and the institutions that serve them
would not experience the reduction in
burden the IRS Data Retrieval Process is
expected to provide.
Discussion: The commenter is correct.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter requested
guidance on the level of knowledge
FAAs are expected to have regarding tax
filing requirements. Specifically, the
commenter expressed concern that
FAAs may not have the knowledge
necessary to ensure that applicants are
filing their tax returns under the correct
tax filing status (i.e., single, married
filing jointly, married filing separately,
and head of household).
Discussion: We do not expect FAAs to
be experts in IRS and tax filing
requirements. However, FAAs are
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66910
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
expected to have a basic understanding
of relevant tax issues that can
considerably affect an applicant’s
eligibility. We expect FAAs to be able to
ascertain whether an applicant or his or
her family members identified on the
applicant’s FAFSA were required to file
a tax return, what the correct filing
status for the applicant should be, and
that an individual cannot be claimed as
an exemption by more than one person.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter asked for
clarification on whether institutions
have the authority to require an
individual who is required to file a U.S.
tax return but who has been granted a
filing extension by the IRS to submit tax
documents before proceeding with
verification. Another commenter asked
why the Department would not require
the actual tax return filed with the IRS
to be used to complete verification for
a student or parent that files a tax
extension. This commenter stated that a
student should not receive any aid until
verification is completed using the
actual tax return (not the documentation
provided under § 668.57(a)(4)(ii)).
Another commenter supported the
requirement that an applicant who is
granted an extension to file his or her
income tax return must submit a copy
of the return that was filed, and the
institution must re-verify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents.
Discussion: Section 668.57(a)(4)(ii)(A)
provides that an institution must accept
a copy of IRS Form 4868, ‘‘Application
for Automatic Extension of Time to File
U.S. Individual Income Tax Return,’’
that was filed with the IRS or a copy of
the IRS’s approval for an extension
beyond the automatic six-month
extension as acceptable documentation
to verify an applicant’s FAFSA
information for an applicant that has
been granted a tax filing extension. An
institution may request a copy of the tax
return once filed, but it may not delay
verifying an applicant’s FAFSA
information until the tax return is
received if the applicant provides the
documentation approved by the
Secretary under § 668.57.
The Department does not require an
applicant that has been granted a tax
extension to submit the actual tax return
filed with the IRS because of the
extended period of time that may elapse
before the applicant actually files the
return. This would delay the applicant’s
aid, which we believe would be
inappropriate. We believe the income
information collected on IRS Form 4868
and IRS Form W–2 should be sufficient
documentation to verify the AGI,
income earned from work, or U.S. taxes
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
paid if those items are selected for
verification. However, the regulations
do provide that the institution may
require the applicant to submit the
actual tax return that was filed with the
IRS. If the institution receives a copy of
the return, it must reverify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents.
We believe clarification is needed for
the one commenter who appeared to
interpret § 668.57(a)(5) to mean that in
all cases applicants who are granted a
tax extension must submit the actual tax
return once it is filed, and that the
institution must reverify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents once it receives
the filed return. An applicant who files
an extension is only required to provide
a copy of the tax return that was filed
if the institution requires a copy. Only
if the institution requires the applicant
to submit the tax return that was filed
would the institution be required to
reverify the AGI and taxes paid by the
applicant and his or her spouse or
parents. This differs from what occurs
under the current regulations. Under the
current regulations, if an institution
required an applicant who was granted
a tax filing extension to submit the
return to the institution once it was
filed, the institution could decide
whether or not to reverify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents.
Changes: None.
Comment: None.
Discussion: We are making a technical
change to § 668.57(a)(4)(iii)(B) to clarify
that an individual who is self-employed
or who has filed an income tax return
with a foreign government must provide
a signed statement that certifies the
amount of taxes paid in addition to his
or her AGI.
Changes: Section 668.57(a)(4)(iii)(B)
has been revised to provide that an
institution must accept a written
certification of the amount of taxes paid
for an individual who is self-employed
or has filed an income tax return with
a foreign government.
Comment: One commenter sought
clarification on § 668.57(a)(7), which
provides that an institution may accept
in lieu of a copy of an income tax return
signed by the filer of the return or one
of the filers of a joint return, a copy of
the filer’s return that includes the
preparer’s Social Security Number,
Employer Identification Number or the
Preparer Tax Identification Number and
has been signed by the preparer of the
return or stamped with the name and
address of the preparer of the return.
The commenter asked whether it would
be acceptable for the preparer to write
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or type his or her name on a filer’s tax
return. The commenter noted that
guidance in the 2010–11 Application
and Verification Guide is much broader,
as it allows the preparer to stamp, type,
sign, or print his or her name on a filer’s
tax return.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenter and have revised
§ 668.57(a)(7) to expand the options a
tax preparer has for being identified on
an applicant’s tax return to make it
consistent with the guidance provided
in the 2010–11 Application and
Verification Guide.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.57(a)(7) to provide that in addition
to having the preparer’s signature or
stamp on a filer’s tax return, the
institution may accept a paper return on
which the tax preparer has typed or
printed his or her own name.
Interim Disbursements (§ 668.58(a)(3))
Comment: Some commenters
supported § 668.58(a)(3), which allows
an institution to make an interim
disbursement prior to receiving the
reprocessed SAR or ISIR if, after
verification, the institution determines
that changes to the applicant’s
information will not change the amount
the applicant would receive under a
title IV, HEA program and the
requirement in § 668.59(a) that requires
institutions to submit all corrections to
the Department for reprocessing. One
commenter did not support allowing an
institution to disburse aid to a student
before the student’s corrected FAFSA
information has been submitted and the
institution receives a reprocessed SAR
or ISIR.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates the commenters’ support
and notes that interim disbursements
are optional, not required.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
because all corrections must be
submitted to the Department under
§ 668.59(a), there is no need to allow
interim disbursements. This commenter
recommended that we remove from the
regulations all provisions related to
interim disbursements.
Discussion: We believe it is important
to continue to give institutions the
flexibility to determine whether to make
interim disbursements to individual
applicants prior to the completion of
verification to alleviate a hardship a
student may experience if there is a
delay in receiving his or her financial
aid. And, as noted earlier, interim
disbursements are optional, not
required.
Changes: None.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Comment: One commenter indicated
that there is a problem with the crossreferences in proposed § 668.58. The
same commenter also expressed concern
that this provision does not make clear
how interim disbursements for the FWS
Program are treated if the student after
working is determined to have an
overpayment.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenter that there are problems with
the cross-references for interim
disbursements in proposed § 668.58.
Specifically, we believe that in
§ 668.58(a)(1) and (a)(3)(i), we need to
clarify that corrections to the student’s
FAFSA information must be made in
accordance with § 668.59(a). In
addition, in proposed § 668.58(b) we
had an erroneous cross-reference for the
interim disbursements made under the
FWS Program. Proposed § 668.58(b) also
did not cross-reference each type of
interim disbursement that is allowed
under certain conditions, either before
verification is completed or after
verification is completed but before the
institution has received the valid SAR
or valid ISIR reflecting the corrections.
For clarity, we believe it is appropriate
to revise § 668.58(b) so that it addresses
each type of interim disbursement.
Further, we believe that specific crossreferences to § 668.61 need to be added
to § 668.58(b) to clarify how institutions
must handle any overpayments that
occur because of an interim
disbursement such as under the FWS
Program.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.58(a)(1) and (a)(3)(i) by clarifying
that corrections to a student’s FAFSA
information must be made in
accordance with § 668.59(a). In
addition, we have revised § 668.58(b) to
correctly and completely cross-reference
each type of interim disbursement that
is allowed. Further, we have revised
§ 668.58(b) to explain, with more
specificity, how institutions must
handle the recovery of each type of
overpayment due to an interim
disbursement, including those made for
the FWS Program. We also added
specific cross-references to § 668.61 in
§ 668.58(b) to provide clarity to
institutions on handling the recovery of
any overpayments that may occur
because of an interim disbursement.
Consequences of a Change in an
Applicant’s FAFSA Information
(§ 668.59)
Comment: A number of commenters
agreed with the proposal to remove the
$400 tolerance reflected in current
§ 668.59(a) and, instead, to require all
changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information be reported to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Department for reprocessing to ensure a
student’s award is based on accurate
information.
Several other commenters objected to
the proposal to remove the dollar
tolerance because they believed it
would increase administrative burden,
particularly for larger institutions, and
would delay payments to students. One
commenter noted that the current
tolerance allows FAAs to use their own
judgment to determine when it was
necessary to reprocess corrections that
have minimal impact on student
eligibility.
One commenter noted that removing
the $400 tolerance will not be a problem
for institutions but, like many other
commenters, opposed requiring all
changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information to be submitted to the
Department for reprocessing. The
commenter expressed concern about
this requirement, especially when the
student’s eligibility either would not be
affected or where there were minor
errors, i.e., an AGI was off by $1. One
commenter recommended that the
Department consider providing
institutions with some administrative
relief in this area, given that institutions
will need to implement several other
changes as a result of the issuance of
these verification regulations. Many
commenters recommended that the
Department retain the current $400
tolerance or allow for a reasonable
tolerance of a modest sum to allow for
minor errors made by applicants and
their families.
Discussion: We appreciate the
concerns raised by commenters and
acknowledge the burden associated with
having to submit all changes to an
applicant’s FAFSA information to the
Department for reprocessing. While our
goal is to obtain the most accurate data
available to help in our efforts to
identify error-prone applications, we
agree that the regulations should
provide a means for dealing with minor
errors in financial information reported
on an applicant’s FAFSA information
without requiring that these minor
changes be submitted to the Department
for reprocessing. While we do not agree
that it is appropriate to retain the $400
tolerance from current § 668.59(a), we
are revising § 668.59 to address minor
errors in financial information so that
institutions need not submit changes
resulting from these types of errors to
the Department for reprocessing. It is
important to note, however, that
institutions will still be required to
submit all errors in nonfinancial
information to the Department for
reprocessing.
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66911
Specifically, we have revised
§ 668.59(a) to require institutions to
submit, for reprocessing, any change to
an individual data element on an
applicant’s FAFSA that is $25 or more.
For example if the difference reported
for AGI is $24, and taxes paid is $20, the
institution would not be required to
submit changes to the Department for
reprocessing. However, if the difference
for AGI is $25, and $20 for taxes paid,
the institution would be required to
update all changes, not just the change
that exceeded the tolerance.
We also made conforming changes in
§ 668.164(g)(2)(i) to reflect that any
dependent student, whose parent is
applying for a Direct PLUS Loan must
complete a FAFSA in accordance with
section 483 of the HEA in order to
obtain a SAR or ISIR with an official
EFC to meet the conditions for a late
disbursement.
In addition we have amended
§ 668.164(g)(4)(iv) to reflect the changes
that were made under § 668.59(a) that
require all changes to an applicant’s
FAFSA information be submitted to the
CPS System for correction, except
financial data that is less than $25.
Therefore, an institution may not make
a late disbursement of any title IV, HEA
assistance until it obtains a valid SAR
or valid ISIR.
Changes: We have revised § 668.59(a)
to provide that if an applicant’s FAFSA
information changes as a result of
verification, the applicant or the
institution must submit to the Secretary
any change to a nondollar item on the
FAFSA and any change to a dollar item
on the FAFSA if the change to that
dollar item is $25 or more.
We have revised § 668.164(g)(2)(i) to
require an applicant whose parent is
applying for a Direct PLUS loan to have
a SAR or ISIR with an official EFC to
meet the conditions for a late
disbursement.
We have also revised
§ 668.164(g)(4)(iv) to provide that an
institution may not make a late
disbursement of any title IV, HEA
program assistance unless it receives a
valid SAR or valid ISIR for the student
by the deadline date established by the
Secretary in a Federal Register notice.
Comment: One commenter stated that
it is not opposed to requiring that
institutions submit all corrections to
CPS but expressed concern with the
increased number of applicants selected
for verification when there is a change
to a school code or address.
Discussion: It is true that, in a limited
number of instances, verification could
be triggered when an applicant makes a
correction to his or her address or to a
school code. This is because the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66912
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
statistical analysis that determines
whether an applicant’s record or a
particular item should be verified due to
the likelihood of error includes factors
beyond those that are used to calculate
the EFC. We do not believe that the
number of these instances will be
significant.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter indicated
that the proposed regulations are
confusing with respect to the handling
of overpayments due to interim
disbursements made after an applicant
had been selected for verification, and
the handling of overpayments due to
disbursements made before an applicant
was selected for verification.
Discussion: We agree with the
commenter that proposed § 668.59(b),
(c), and (d) may be confusing because
these paragraphs do not clearly state
how institutions must handle an
overpayment that is the result of interim
disbursements made after the applicant
is selected for verification. Further,
proposed § 668.59(b), (c), and (d) may
also be confusing because these
paragraphs do not clearly state how
institutions must handle an
overpayment that is the result of a
disbursement that is made before the
applicant is selected for verification but
that is later discovered to be an
overpayment. While proposed
§ 668.59(b), (c), and (d) was intended to
describe how to handle an overpayment
in both of these situations if the
applicant is receiving aid under the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs, we believe that further
changes are needed so that this section
clearly states that an institution must
comply with both the procedures in
§ 668.61 for an interim disbursement
that is determined later to be an
overpayment, and the appropriate
overpayment requirements in the
applicable program regulations for
overpayments discovered during
verification that were due to
disbursements made prior to a student
being selected for verification.
Changes: We have revised § 668.59(b),
which covers the consequences of a
change in an applicant’s FAFSA
information as the result of verification
for the Federal Pell Grant Program, to
provide that for purposes of the Federal
Pell Grant Program the institution must
follow the procedures in § 668.61 for
handling overpayments due to interim
disbursements, and the procedures in
§ 690.79 for overpayments that are not
the result of interim disbursements.
We have also revised § 668.59(c),
which covers the consequences of a
change in an applicant’s FAFSA
information as the result of verification
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
for the subsidized student financial
assistance programs, excluding the
Federal Pell Grant Program. Section
668.59(c) also covers the Direct
Subsidized Loan Program that was
handled originally in proposed
§ 668.59(d). As revised, § 668.59(c) now
provides that the institution must follow
the procedures in § 668.61 for handling
overpayments due to interim
disbursements, including for the FWS
Program. Further, § 668.59(c) now
provides that the institution must follow
the procedures in § 673.5(f) for handling
overpayments that are not the result of
interim disbursements under the
Federal Perkins Loan or FSEOG
programs. Finally, we have revised
§ 668.59(c) to also provide that the
institution must follow the procedures
in § 685.303(e) for handling
overpayments that are not the result of
interim disbursements under the Direct
Subsidized Loan Program.
The content in § 668.59(d) has been
incorporated into paragraph § 668.59(c).
Deadlines for Submitting
Documentation and the Consequences
of Failing To Provide Documentation
(§ 668.60(c)(1))
Comment: Two commenters
concurred with the provision under
proposed § 668.60(c)(1) that allows a
student who completes verification
while the student is no longer enrolled
to be paid based on the valid SAR or
valid ISIR. These commenters stated
that this approach was preferable to
current § 668.60(c)(1), which provides
that the student is paid based on the
higher of the two EFCs if the student
submits a valid SAR or valid ISIR while
the student is no longer enrolled. Under
that approach, the student would
receive the lesser amount of a Federal
Pell Grant.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ support.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter
encouraged the Department to allow
institutions to implement § 668.60(c)(1)
prior to the 2011–12 award year.
Discussion: While we appreciate the
commenter’s desire to implement this
provision prior to the 2011–12 award
year, we believe that allowing early
implementation would interfere with
policies already in place for the 2010–
11 award year, and how that may
impact aid already disbursed, i.e., how
to account for aid disbursed for a
summer term that was assigned to the
prior award year. As noted earlier in
this preamble, the changes to subpart E
of part 668, including § 668.60, will
become effective on July 1, 2012, so that
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
it will be implemented beginning with
the 2012–13 award year and forward.
Changes: None.
Recovery of Funds (§ 668.61)
Comment: One commenter supported
the proposed changes to § 668.61.
Another commenter noted that § 668.61
should only address recovery of funds
in the event of overpayments resulting
from interim disbursements—not
overpayments that are not the result of
interim disbursements. This commenter
indicated that this section also contains
erroneous cross-references. In addition,
this commenter stated that this section
should provide information on how to
treat overpayments made under the
FWS Program as interim disbursements
because the student must be paid for all
hours worked.
Discussion: Section 668.61 is about
handling the recovery of overpayments
due to interim disbursements. The
recovery of overpayments that are not
the result of interim disbursements,
including overpayments that result from
disbursements made before an applicant
was selected for verification and later
after selection for verification the
applicant’s SAR and ISIR must be
corrected, are addressed by the
appropriate overpayment requirements
in the applicable program regulations.
We agree with the commenter that some
of the cross-references in proposed
§ 668.61 need to be corrected.
We also agree with the commenter
that it would be helpful for § 668.61 to
provide details on how to handle the
recovery of overpayments that occur
from interim disbursements for students
employed under the FWS Program.
Under § 668.58(a)(2)(ii), an institution is
allowed to employ an applicant under
the FWS Program for the first 60
consecutive days after the student’s
enrollment in that award year prior to
verification, if the institution does not
have reason to believe that an
applicant’s FAFSA information is
inaccurate. If an FWS overpayment
occurs due to this interim disbursement,
the institution must follow the
procedures in § 668.61(b). We have
revised § 668.61(b) to clarify that the
institution must attempt to adjust the
applicant’s other financial aid to
eliminate the overpayment due to an
interim disbursement under the FWS
Program. This revised § 668.61(b)
provides that, if the institution is unable
to eliminate the overpayment by
adjusting the applicant’s other financial
aid, the institution must reimburse the
FWS Program account by making
restitution from its own funds. The
applicant must still be paid for all work
performed under the Federal labor laws.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Because the applicant was employed,
the applicant must be placed on the
institution’s own payroll account and
all required employer contributions for
social security, workers’ compensation,
or any other welfare or insurance
program, must still be paid by the
institution because this applicant was
an employee.
In addition, the institution is allowed
under § 668.58(a)(3) to employ a student
under the FWS Program for the first 60
consecutive days prior to receiving the
corrected valid SAR or valid ISIR if,
after verification, it determines that an
applicant’s information will not change
the amount that the applicant would
receive under that program. In
§ 668.61(c), we require that if an FWS
overpayment occurs because the
institution does not receive the valid
SAR or valid ISIR reflecting corrections
within the established deadline dates,
the institution must reimburse the FWS
Program account by making restitution
from its own funds. In § 668.61(c), we
clarify that the student must still be
paid for all work performed under the
institution’s own payroll account and
the institution must still handle all
employer requirements.
Changes: We have revised § 668.61,
including the section heading, to clarify
that this section is about handling
overpayments due to interim
disbursements made under § 668.58. We
have also corrected the cross-references
in this section. In addition, we have
revised § 668.61(b) to provide specific
procedures for recovering funds from
any FWS overpayment that results from
an interim disbursement made before
verification is completed. We have
revised § 668.61(c) that describes the
procedures for handling overpayments
due to an allowable interim
disbursement of subsidized student
financial assistance, including any
disbursement from FWS employment,
before the institution receives the valid
SAR or valid ISIR reflecting the
corrections. Section 668.61(c) now
makes it clear that the applicant must
still be paid for all work performed
under the institution’s own payroll
account.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Misrepresentation (Subpart F—
§§ 668.71 Through 668.75)
General
Comment: A significant number of
commenters generally or fundamentally
supported the proposed regulations in
subpart F of part 668. Several
commenters stated that the proposed
regulations on misrepresentation reflect
an excellent, much-needed
improvement over current regulatory
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
language and that they will significantly
enhance the Department’s ability to
address deceptive practices that
compromise the ability of students to
make informed choices about
institutions and the expenditure of their
resources on higher education. One
commenter agreed, in particular, with
proposed §§ 668.72 and 668.73, which
ensure that all students have access and
transparent information about their
educational program and its cost. This
commenter noted that accurate
disclosures are needed in order to
protect students, especially in light of
the many documented instances in
which students have had their
expectations regarding postsecondary
education outcomes (e.g., completed
degrees, good jobs and high salaries) not
met with success but with failure and
mountains of debt instead. One
commenter stated that the proposed
regulations on misrepresentation
provide additional protections against
misleading and overly aggressive
advertising and marketing tactics.
Another commenter strongly supported
the proposals and stated that integrity in
how institutions present themselves is
key to ensuring students are not victims
of false promises or misunderstanding
when making a decision about higher
education. Finally, we received many
comments that supported the
Department’s mission of helping
students make sound decisions and
maintaining the integrity of the title IV,
HEA programs but expressed concern
about some of the specific language.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ support. We address the
comments and concerns on specific
language in the relevant sections that
follow.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters
strenuously opposed the proposed
revisions to the misrepresentation
regulations in subpart F of part 668.
Some commenters argued that, because
misrepresentation is an issue more
appropriately addressed by the Federal
Trade Commission (FTC), the
Department should have adopted in
these regulations the language from the
FTC guidelines so that those guidelines
would be applicable to all institutions
participating in the title IV, HEA
programs. These commenters noted that
for-profit institutions are already subject
to the FTC guidelines and that the
results of that guidance have served
their students well and that other
sectors of higher education should be
subject to the FTC guidelines as well.
Several commenters stated that
students would be confused by the
proposed regulations dealing with
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66913
misrepresentation. Specifically, the
commenters expressed concern that
because institutions disclose
information to many parties, including
accrediting agencies, the Department,
current and prospective students, and
the general public, information required
to be disclosed under the title IV, HEA
program regulations is complex and not
always easy to understand. Therefore,
the commenters argued that students
will not be able to make informed
decisions about which institution to
attend because, under the title IV, HEA
program regulations, they will be
provided different statistics and will
have difficulty understanding them.
One commenter expressed concern
that while the education community is
in need of clear guidance on ethical
practices and the proposed regulations
are well-intended, they are too vague
and subjective. A few commenters urged
the Department not to adopt the
proposed regulations as final unless
they are significantly clarified.
Finally, one group of commenters
stated that the proposed changes to
subpart F of part 668 are unfair to forprofit schools. Some commenters
appeared to believe that the revisions
reflected in proposed subpart F of part
668 would only apply to for-profit
schools.
Discussion: During the negotiations
that were held during the months of
November 2009 through January 2010,
we discussed whether to adopt the FTC
guidelines in our misrepresentation
regulations. Some non-Federal
negotiators strongly opposed adopting
the FTC guidelines in the Department’s
regulations because doing so, they
argued, would be duplicative and
heavy-handed.
The FTC only has jurisdiction over
for-profit entities, and those entities are
already subject to the FTC guidelines.
The FTC guidelines do not apply to
degree-granting institutions, and we
believe it would not be appropriate to
adopt the FTC guidelines wholesale.
Instead, we have reviewed the
guidelines carefully and incorporated
only those that we determined are
appropriate for inclusion in our
regulations (i.e., those that we believe
should be applicable to all eligible
institutions participating in the title IV,
HEA programs).
With regard to the commenters who
expressed concern for students being
confused by these regulations, we note
that the proposed regulations apply to
institutions participating in the title IV,
HEA programs and not to students.
Because students are not the intended
audience for these regulations, we do
not believe that students will be
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66914
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
confused by the regulations. If students
have questions about the regulations,
they have a variety of sources to assist
them in understanding them, including
by contacting the Department with their
questions.
We disagree with the commenters
who opined that the proposed
regulations are too vague and subjective.
Section 487 of the HEA provides that
institutions participating in the title IV,
HEA programs shall not engage in
substantial misrepresentation of the
nature of the institution’s educational
program, its financial charges, or the
employability of its graduates. The
regulations in subpart F of part 668 set
forth the types of activities that
constitute misrepresentation by an
institution and describe the actions that
the Secretary may take if the Secretary
determines that an institution has
engaged in substantial
misrepresentation. The proposed
changes to the regulations strengthen
the Department’s regulatory
enforcement authority against
institutions that engage in substantial
misrepresentation and clarify what
constitutes misrepresentation.
The commenters who stated that the
proposed regulations are unfair because
they only apply to for-profit institutions
are incorrect. Subpart F of part 668
applies to all institutions that
participate in the title IV, HEA
programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters argued
that the proposed regulations are legally
deficient on their face, redundant, and
provide no insight or guidance on
conduct that may constitute ‘‘substantial
misrepresentation.’’ They stated that the
proposed regulations do not contain any
standards of intent, harm, or materiality.
In addition, some commenters stated
that the regulations are missing a
quantitative element because they do
not identify what exactly would trigger
penalties (e.g., a single complaint, a
pattern of misrepresentation, a dollar
amount of title IV, HEA aid). These
commenters stated that a degree of
materiality of misrepresentation should
be taken into account when determining
whether to impose a sanction on an
institution.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters who opined that the
Department does not have the legal
authority to regulate in this area.
Current subpart F of part 668 has been
in place for over 25 years. The proposed
changes strengthen the Department’s
regulatory enforcement authority over
institutions that engage in substantial
misrepresentation and further clarify
what constitutes misrepresentation.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
The U.S. Government Accountability
Office (GAO) was recently asked to
conduct undercover testing to determine
whether for-profit colleges’
representatives engaged in fraudulent,
deceptive, or otherwise questionable
marketing practices. The undercover
tests at 15 for-profit institutions found
that four institutions encouraged
fraudulent practices and that all 15
made deceptive or otherwise
questionable statements to GAO’s
undercover applicants. Institutional
personnel engaged in deceptive
practices, including by encouraging
applicants to falsify their FAFSA
information, by exaggerating applicants’
potential salary after graduation, and by
failing to provide clear information
about the institution’s program
duration, costs, and graduation rate. In
some instances, the undercover
applicants received accurate and helpful
information from institutional
personnel, such as not to borrow more
money than necessary.
The information uncovered by the
GAO during its investigation reinforces
the Department’s decision to amend the
misrepresentation regulations in subpart
F.
We disagree with commenters who
claim the regulations are legally
deficient because they fail to establish
the need for specific intent as an
element of misrepresentation or do not
define a requisite degree of harm before
the Department may initiate an
enforcement action.
The Department has always possessed
the legal authority to initiate a sanction
under part 668, subpart G for any
violation of the title IV, HEA program
regulations. However, the Department
has also always operated within a rule
of reasonableness and has not pursued
sanctions without evaluating the
available evidence in extenuation and
mitigation as well as in aggravation.
The Department intends to continue
to properly consider the circumstance
surrounding any misrepresentation
before determining an appropriate
response. Depending on the facts
presented, an appropriate response
could run the gamut from no action at
all to termination of an institution’s title
IV, HEA eligibility depending upon all
of the facts that are present.
We disagree with the commenters
who stated that the proposed
regulations are redundant. Although the
FTC publishes guidelines for consumers
to use to avoid deceptive advertising,
promotional, marketing, and sales
practices by vocational training
providers, the FTC guidelines are
considered administrative
interpretations of the statutes that the
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FTC is charged with implementing as
opposed to implementing the statutory
requirement in section 487 of the HEA,
which the Department is charged with
implementing.
We disagree with the commenters
who stated that the proposed
regulations do not provide guidance on
what constitutes ‘‘substantial
misrepresentation.’’ The proposed
regulations define ‘‘substantial
misrepresentation’’ as ‘‘any
misrepresentation on which the person
to whom it was made could reasonably
be expected to rely, or has reasonably
relied, to that person’s detriment.’’
In determining whether an institution
has engaged in substantial
misrepresentation and whether to
impose penalties, the Department uses a
rule of reasonableness and considers
various factors.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that we adopt more concrete
and narrowly defined terms in subpart
F of part 668 to address abuses while
protecting legitimate institutions and
programs from baseless charges. These
commenters stated that the proposed
regulations on misrepresentation
contain a number of vague and broad
phrases that leave the door wide open
for interpretation by States, accrediting
agencies, and the Department. These
commenters expressed concern that the
lack of specificity in the regulations will
fuel the potential for frivolous lawsuits
brought as class actions against
institutions. One commenter opined
that the proposed regulations would
function as a ‘‘perpetual employment act
for lawyers’’ because, under the
regulations, routine marketing claims
would become a potential source of
lawsuits and claims for years.
Some commenters also expressed
concern about allegations of
misrepresentation from disgruntled
students and employees or former
employees and as a result of journalists
misreporting facts. These commenters
argued that it is not appropriate for the
actions of a single individual or a single
incident, whether malicious or
unintended in nature, to dramatically
affect an institution.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters who stated that the
proposed regulations are too broad and
open for interpretation. We proposed
specific changes to the current
regulations to clarify the types of false,
erroneous, or misleading statements
about an institution’s educational
program, the cost of the program,
financial aid available, and the
employability of its graduates that
would be prohibited as
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
misrepresentations under subpart F of
part 668.
We understand that some commenters
have concerns about baseless charges
and frivolous lawsuits that may be
brought by students and employees
including by dissatisfied students and
disgruntled employees as well as fears
that ‘‘routine marketing claims’’ would
lead to lawsuits. We do not believe that
the proposed regulations will increase
litigation by students and employees
against the institution. These
regulations do not provide an additional
avenue for litigation for students,
employees and other members of the
public. Instead, the regulations specify
the conditions under which the
Department may determine that an
institution has engaged in substantial
misrepresentation and the enforcement
actions that the Department may choose
to pursue. As the Department does in
evaluating any regulatory violation, in
determining whether an institution has
engaged in substantial
misrepresentation and the appropriate
enforcement action to take, the
Department will consider the magnitude
of the violation and whether there was
a single, isolated occurrence.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern that the proposed
changes would eliminate due process
protections for institutions in the case of
substantial misrepresentation. The
commenters requested that we retain the
procedures from current § 668.75,
arguing that the removal of these
procedures conflicts with the HEA and
exceeds the Department’s statutory
authority to regulate in this area.
Several commenters also expressed
concern about the proposed removal of
current § 668.75 because that section
required the Department to review
complaints and to dispose of them
informally if the complaints were
determined to be minor and could be
readily corrected. The commenters
argued that the proposed regulations
would eliminate this sensible approach
in exchange for using other procedures.
These commenters recommended that
we amend § 668.71(a) to include an
option for the Department to allow an
institution to correct minor, inadvertent,
and readily correctable
misrepresentations and to make
appropriate restitution. They noted that
these types of misrepresentations are
bound to occur given the amount of
information institutions must report and
that simple human error should not
constitute misrepresentation. Other
commenters expressed concern that,
under the proposed regulations, simple
mistakes could trigger sanctions even if
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
an institution has no history of
misrepresentation problems.
Discussion: The Department is
removing the provisions in § 668.75
because they are formulaic and have
been proven unnecessary. The
Departments takes its enforcement
responsibilities seriously, and its history
demonstrates that it does not overreact
to single, isolated transgressions. We
intend to enforce the misrepresentation
regulations with the same degree of
fairness that we enforce all other title
IV, HEA program requirements. To the
extent the Department chooses to
initiate an action based upon a violation
of the misrepresentation regulations,
nothing in the proposed regulations
diminishes the procedural rights that an
institution otherwise possesses to
respond to that action.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that enforcement by the Department is
not necessary and is not the best way to
allocate the Department’s resources
because State agencies, accrediting
agencies and the FTC already enforce
laws prohibiting misrepresentation. For
example, some commenters noted that
accrediting agencies have standards on
institutional integrity and review the
ways in which each institution
represents itself as part of the
accrediting process. The accrediting
agencies perform regular reviews of all
advertising and promotional material
and publish specific guidelines for
institutions regarding acceptable
statements by staff. The commenters
recommended that the Department
continue to rely on this process, rather
than adopting the proposed regulations,
which they argue, will result in an
unnecessary duplication of enforcement
efforts. Another commenter asked us to
clarify whether the Department—and
not State authorizing agencies—is
responsible for monitoring compliance
with the misrepresentation regulations.
While a number of commenters
argued that it is not appropriate for the
Department to take enforcement actions
to prevent misrepresentation, other
commenters stated that in cases of true
misrepresentation strong enforcement
steps would go a long way in
eliminating fraud and abuse and
limiting the need for other measures to
combat abuse that arises in the absence
of such enforcement.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters who stated that the
Department should not be responsible
for enforcement of these
misrepresentation regulations because
others, including State agencies,
accrediting agencies, and the FTC are
already enforcing laws against
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66915
misrepresentation. The Department is
responsible for ensuring that
institutions participating in the title IV,
HEA programs comply with section 487
of the HEA, which prohibits institutions
from engaging in substantial
misrepresentation of the nature of the
institution’s educational program, its
financial charges, or the employability
of its graduates. We acknowledge that
other agencies and entities also enforce
various laws and standards that guard
against misrepresentation and are
pleased that we have partners in
ensuring that institutions do not make
false, erroneous, or misleading
statements to students, prospective
students, and members of the public.
We agree with the commenters who
supported strong enforcement in this
area. We believe that strengthening the
misrepresentation regulations and
enforcement of these regulations is
critical to maintaining the integrity of
the title IV, HEA programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters argued
that we should revise the regulations to
link enforcement to situations in which
the institution or its employees are
making a conscious decision to mislead
the consumer. The commenters
suggested that the definition of
misrepresentation be amended to
include an element of intent to deceive;
under this definition, institutions would
face sanctions only if the Department
determined that the misleading
statement was made with the intent to
deceive.
Discussion: In determining whether
an institution has engaged in substantial
misrepresentation and the appropriate
sanctions to impose if substantial
misrepresentation has occurred, the
Department considers a variety of
factors, including whether the
misrepresentation was intentional or
inadvertent.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern that they will be
unable to comply with the
misrepresentation regulations because
they are required to comply with so
many regulations that inadvertent
misrepresentations are bound to occur.
Discussion: As previously discussed,
before initiating any action, the
Department carefully evaluates all of the
circumstances surrounding an alleged
misrepresentation. However, the
Department rejects the notion that
institutions are incapable of complying
with multiple title IV, HEA program
regulations, while at the same time
ensuring that they do not make
misrepresentations, inadvertent or
otherwise.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66916
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern with the effect these
proposed misrepresentation regulations
could have on students. They argued
that the regulations would conflict with
State laws and create confusion in an
area long regulated by the States. For
example, given that students file
complaints with the State, the
commenters stated that an additional
Federal remedy would be duplicative
and would create uncertainty for
students.
Other commenters expressed concern
about institutions that require students
to sign arbitration and confidentiality
agreements as part of their enrollment
contracts. These agreements serve to
limit access to qualified legal counsel
for students who may want to pursue a
misrepresentation claim. Some
commenters stated that the regulations
should not be interpreted to create an
express or implied private right of
action against an institution for
misrepresentation.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenters who stated that students
will be confused by the
misrepresentation regulations because
they otherwise typically pursue claims
of misrepresentation under State law.
Nothing in the proposed regulations
alters a student’s ability to pursue
claims of misrepresentation pursuant to
State law and nothing in the proposed
regulations creates a new Federal
private right of action. The regulations
are intended to make sure that
institutions are on notice that the
Department believes that
misrepresentations constitute a serious
violation of the institutions’ fiduciary
duty and that the Department will
carefully and fairly evaluate claims of
misrepresentation before determining an
appropriate course of action.
Changes: None.
Scope and Special Definitions (§ 668.71)
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern about the expansion
of the misrepresentation regulations to
cover false or misleading statements
made by representatives of the
institution or any ineligible institution,
organization or person with whom the
institution has an agreement. The
commenters believed that this change
will result in holding institutions
accountable for what is said, may be
said, or inadvertently is said, by
individuals or organizations that may
have no official connection to an
institution, and that institutions cannot
monitor inadvertent and unofficial
comments. Commenters argued that the
proposals would expose good
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
institutions to sanctions based on
actions beyond their control. Many
commenters sought clarification about
which representatives of the institution
are covered by the regulations. For
example, commenters pointed to
statements that may be made by
students through the use of social
media. One commenter suggested we
modify the definition of
misrepresentation to clarify that
institutions are responsible for
statements made by representatives or
entities compensated by the institution.
Another commenter recommended that
we include only individuals under the
direct control of the institution,
including spokespersons and
enrollment management companies.
We received another suggestion to
limit covered agreements to those
relating to marketing or admissions.
Many commenters expressed concern
that, without this change, the proposed
regulations would apply to the
hundreds of contracts a large institution
may have with various vendors and
service providers. They suggested that
the institution only be responsible for
communications from and statements by
individuals or entities authorized to
speak for the institution or who have
representative authority to respond to
the subject in question.
Commenters were particularly
concerned about the penalties that
could result from misinformation
provided by an entity other than the
institution. The commenters argued that
the institution should not be subjected
to undue penalties if the institution took
steps to monitor and mitigate such
possible misrepresentations, and in fact,
took action upon identifying any
incidences. For example, institutions
provide information to companies that
compile college rankings that are often
derided as inaccurate, incomplete or
false. Commenters believed that any
penalties should be limited to
statements related to the relationship
between the institution and the entity.
Discussion: As noted elsewhere in
this preamble, the Department enforces
its regulations, including those in
subpart F of part 668 within a rule of
reasonableness. We strongly believe that
the concerns voiced by many
commenters have ignored this fact. We
do not expect, for example, to find
actionable violations in the comments
made by students and routine vendors.
However, the Department acknowledges
that the language in § 668.71 may be
unnecessarily broad. For this reason, we
agree to limit the reach of the ban on
making substantial misrepresentations
to statements made by any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement to provide educational
programs or those that provide
marketing, advertising, recruiting, or
admissions services. We have done this
by narrowing the language in § 668.71(b)
and the definition of the term
misrepresentation. As a result,
statements made by students through
social media outlets would not be
covered by these misrepresentation
regulations. Also, statements made by
entities that have agreements with the
institution to provide services, such as
food service, other than educational
programs, marketing, advertising,
recruiting, or admissions services would
not be covered by these
misrepresentation regulations.
Changes: We have revised § 668.71(b)
and the definition of the term
misrepresentation in § 668.71(c) to
clarify that the ban on
misrepresentations for which an
institution is responsible only extends
to false, erroneous, or misleading
statements about the institution that are
made by an ineligible institution,
organization, or persons with whom the
institution has an agreement to provide
educational programs or to provide
marketing, advertising, recruiting, or
admissions services.
Comment: Some commenters noted a
need for the regulations to clearly
differentiate between
‘‘misrepresentation’’ and ‘‘substantial
misrepresentation.’’ Other commenters
questioned how we will determine what
constitutes ‘‘substantial
misrepresentation.’’ These commenters
asked what the standards are for
determining what constitutes harm,
materiality, or intent to misrepresent.
Another commenter suggested that we
revise the definition of substantial
misrepresentation to include
misrepresentations that are
disseminated—not only those that are
‘‘made’’.
Discussion: The Department is
comfortable with its ability to make the
distinction between a misrepresentation
and a substantial misrepresentation. We
believe that the regulatory definitions
we are establishing are clear and can
easily be used to evaluate alleged
violations of the regulations. Moreover,
as previously stated, we routinely
evaluate the seriousness of title IV, HEA
program violations before determining
what, if any, action is appropriate.
There is nothing in the proposed
misrepresentation regulations that will
alter the manner in which the
Department reviews any violation of
part 668, subpart F before deciding how
it should respond.
Changes: None.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: Some commenters
supported the proposed definition of
misrepresentation in § 668.71(c), which,
as applied in these regulations,
prohibits making false, erroneous, or
misleading statements directly or
indirectly to students, prospective
students, or any member of the public,
an accrediting agency, a State agency or
the Secretary. They stated that these
changes provide much needed updates
to the current regulations and that the
remedies give the Department needed
flexibility. The commenters noted that
the Department should not tolerate
institutions that knowingly
misrepresent facts and provide
misinformation on purpose to students,
their families and the public, and that
we should hold institutions accountable
that encourage students to enroll but fail
to deliver on statements regarding
accreditation and employability.
Other commenters expressed concern
about broadening the list of entities to
which an institution may not make a
false, erroneous, or misleading
statement to include accrediting
agencies, State agencies or any member
of the public. These commenters
remarked that the effect of this
regulatory change is that the list now
includes anyone. The commenters
argued that the determination of
whether an institution has made
misleading statements to an accrediting
agency or State agency should be made
by that agency, not the Department, and
that the agency should take appropriate
action. One commenter suggested that
the list of entities should also include
parents who may be signing or
cosigning loans.
Discussion: The Department believes
that in its stewardship of the title IV,
HEA programs, it is essential to monitor
the claims made by institutions not only
to students and prospective students,
but also those made to the Department’s
partners who help maintain the integrity
of these programs. While it is likely that
other oversight agencies will respond
appropriately to any substantial
misrepresentations that are made to
them, only the Department has the
overall responsibility for preserving the
propriety of the administration of the
title IV, HEA programs.
In addition, because parents are also
members of the public, and most, if not
all, statements made to them will also
be made to students or prospective
students, the Department does not
believe that further enumeration to
include parents is necessary.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters noted
that the term ‘‘misleading statement’’ is
not defined by the FTC, and opined
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
that, because the term’s definition
merely reiterates what has always been
required for a finding of a substantial
misrepresentation, it is unnecessary for
the Department to define the term in its
regulations. Some commenters
suggested that, instead, the Department
follow the FTC’s practice of
acknowledging that a finding of
misrepresentation is a fact-specific
inquiry based on a flexible standard.
Many commenters appeared to be
particularly concerned about the use of
the phrase ‘‘capacity, likelihood, or
tendency to deceive or confuse’’ in the
description of a ‘‘misleading statement’’.
Some commenters stated that they do
not believe that an enforceable or
defensible basis for misrepresentation is
created by including the likelihood of
any form of communication to confuse
or ‘‘have the capacity’’ to confuse a
student or potential student. One
commenter suggested we clarify that in
order to constitute misrepresentation,
the statement must have the ‘‘capacity or
tendency’’ to deceive or confuse and be
‘‘likely’’ to deceive or confuse. The
commenter cited examples of statements
frequently made in marketing materials
by institutions, such as ‘‘there is a place
for everyone at XYZ.’’ Other commenters
noted that institutions provide
information on a variety of complex
issues that students and others may find
confusing. In particular, certain terms of
art such as ‘‘cost of attendance’’ and
‘‘graduation rate’’ may not be familiar to
the general public and may be confusing
to them. Another commenter requested
that we clarify that a misrepresentation
is not made if confusion results from the
accurate reporting of disclosures
required under various laws.
These commenters expressed concern
that attempts to comply with recently
promulgated regulations on college cost,
transparency, and outcomes measures
may result in confusion and lead to
reported complaints of
misrepresentation.
Several commenters argued that the
Department needs to address the issue
of misrepresentation through omissions
of important information. One
commenter suggested that we add
language in the description of the term
misleading statement to include an
omission, if in the absence of an
affirmative disclosure is likely to result
in a person assuming something that is
incorrect.
One commenter stated that oral
statements should not be included in
the definition of misrepresentation. The
commenter questioned how the
Department would know that an oral
misleading statement was made.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66917
Many commenters expressed concern
that the proposed misrepresentation
regulations will restrict their capability
to use the Internet for fear of
misrepresentation. These commenters
noted that their top lead source is the
Internet and that Internet marketing is
the bloodline of all institutions. The
commenters also pointed out that
Internet marketing has issues relating to
domain name ownership, name
confusion, and pirating, and that, when
the Department enforces these
regulations, it needs to be careful in
ensuring that it has the correct
institution.
Discussion: The Department believes
that it is appropriate to define the term
misrepresentation in its regulations in
order to distinguish misrepresentation
from substantial misrepresentation. As
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
the Department agrees that determining
whether a misrepresentation has been
made should be accomplished through
a fact-specific inquiry and that
enforcement actions should only be
brought when reasonable.
With regard to the comments who
stated that the ‘‘capacity, likelihood, or
tendency to deceive or confuse’’
language will be confusing, we have no
reason to believe that this language will
have any such effect. Moreover, we do
not believe that it is necessary to revise
the regulations to state that a misleading
statement must have both the capacity
or tendency and likelihood to deceive
because we believe that a statement that
has any of the characteristics of the
capacity, likelihood, or tendency to
deceive or confuse is misleading.
By adopting these proposed
regulations, the Department is not
seeking to create extraneous bases upon
which it can initiate enforcement
actions. Rather, we want to ensure that
the regulations help, rather than hinder,
our ability to protect students,
prospective students, and others from
misleading statements made about an
eligible institution, the nature of its
educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates. The Department believes it
can be trusted to properly evaluate
whether a claim is confusing to a degree
that it becomes actionable. It is also
important to remember that it is only
substantial misrepresentations that rise
to the level where the Department may
contemplate action.
As far as the failure of the proposed
regulations to address affirmative
omissions, the Department believes that
the purpose of these regulations is to
make sure that all statements an
institution makes are truthful.
Separately, the Department requires an
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66918
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
institution to make a number of
disclosures to students and to the extent
that any of these disclosures are
inaccurate and constitute substantial
misrepresentation, they are actionable.
The Department believes that the
totality of its regulations provides a
sufficient basis to protect against the
making of substantial
misrepresentations without creating
another category of misrepresentations
that are more logically covered within
the context of disclosures.
In addition, we disagree with the
commenter who argued that oral
statements should not be included in
the definition of the term
misrepresentation. We have seen and
heard clear and unambiguous examples
of oral statements that we view as
misrepresentations in the GAO’s video
of its undercover testing.
With respect to the commenters who
expressed concern about how these
regulations may affect an institution’s
ability to use the Internet for marketing
purposes, we note that it should not
matter where a misrepresentation takes
place. What is important is to curb the
practice of misleading students
regarding an eligible institution,
including about the nature of its
educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates. We strongly believe that
institutions should be able to find a way
to comply with these regulations when
using the Internet for marketing.
Finally, we understand the many
complexities of domain name
ownership, trademark infringement and
the like and will ensure that we are
targeting the correct entities in any
enforcement action we take under these
regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
objected to including testimonials and
endorsements in the definition of
misrepresentation, because doing so
holds institutions responsible for
unsolicited testimonials or
endorsements of any kind. The
commenters noted that testimonials are
widely used as the most relevant form
of marketing. One commenter suggested
that we modify the regulations to refer
to testimonials that the institution
‘‘requested’’ a student to make ‘‘as part
of the student’s program’’ as opposed to
‘‘required’’ the student to make ‘‘to
participate in a program.’’ Another
commenter believed we should expand
the definition of the term
misrepresentation to include
endorsements or testimonials for which
students are given incentives or
rewards.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Discussion: The Department disagrees
that changes to the definition of
misrepresentation are needed. First,
with respect to the commenters who
stated that the definition is too broad,
we note that the thrust of the definition
is that the statement must be false,
erroneous, or misleading. The inclusion
within the definition of certain student
endorsements or testimonials (i.e., those
that are given under duress or are
required for participation in a program)
establishes the circumstances under
which endorsements or testimonials are
necessarily considered to be false,
erroneous, or misleading. We believe
that including these types of
endorsements and testimonials in the
definition of misrepresentation is
appropriate because endorsements or
testimonials provided under these
circumstances are suspect, at best.
Second, we do not believe it is
necessary to expand the definition of
misrepresentation to include
endorsements or testimonials for which
students are given incentives or
rewards. We do not believe that an
endorsement or testimonial for which a
student was given a token reward such
as a mug or t-shirt should automatically
be considered false, erroneous, or
misleading.
Changes: None.
Nature of Educational Program
(§ 668.72)
Comment: One commenter supported
the proposed changes to § 668.72 stating
that the changes will reduce the
motivation for institutions to use
aggressive and misleading recruitment
tactics to increase enrollment. The
commenter noted that the requirements
in this section align with their
association’s principles of good practice
under which members represent and
promote their schools, institutions or
services by providing precise
information about their academic major
and degree programs.
Discussion: The Department
appreciates this support.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
§ 668.72 was inherently unclear and
asked for additional clarification
without providing any specifics.
Discussion: The Department disagrees
with this commenter and believes that
the language in this section is clear.
Moreover, because only false, erroneous,
or misleading statements that constitute
substantial misrepresentations are
potentially actionable, institutions are
on notice as to what they need to do to
assure themselves of compliance.
Changes: None.
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment: Some commenters
recommended that we add language to
this section to address specific concerns
about clinical experience. One
commenter argued that institutions
should be required to inform students of
any clinical experience the student
needs to obtain a required license or
certification, whether the institution or
the student secures the appropriate
clinical placement, and how the clinical
experience relates to the ability to
obtain employment. The commenter
argued that the failure to inform a
student of this information should
constitute misrepresentation.
Discussion: We believe that the
language in § 668.72 sufficiently covers
false, erroneous, or misleading
statements made by institutions
concerning their educational programs.
We further note that information such as
that suggested by the commenter is
more appropriately addressed in the
student consumer information
disclosures contained in subpart D of
part 668 and note that institutions are
required to disclose information about
the academic program of the institution,
which would include information about
any required clinical experience.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that we add language to § 668.72 to
specifically address misrepresentation
related to whether course credits earned
at the institution are transferable toward
a substantially similar degree. This
commenter noted that, in some cases,
courses may be accepted but not count
toward a degree at the new institution.
Discussion: We believe that the
language in § 668.72(b)(1), which
prohibits false, erroneous, or misleading
statements about whether a student may
transfer course credits earned at the
institution to any other institution, is
sufficient and provides more protection
for students than the commenter’s
suggestion to limit the coverage to
statements related to whether course
credits are transferable toward a
substantially similar degree.
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that we expand § 668.72(c)(2)
to include ‘‘States in which the program
is offered’’ rather than merely ‘‘the State
in which the institution is located’’ so
that the requirement reaches students
who are enrolled through distance
learning. One commenter noted that
institutions that offer courses online
should have additional responsibilities
to students who take these courses. The
commenter also asserted that these
institutions should know and
communicate to students what the
State’s requirements are to be employed
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
in that job and whether successful
completion of the program will qualify
them for such a job. Another commenter
stated that an institution should know
State licensing requirements in all the
States in which it is providing the
program and further opined that if the
institution does not know the
requirements, it could limit enrollment
to students residing in the States in
which it does know.
Discussion: The Department agrees
with the commenters who believe
institutions should be responsible for
making statements that are not false,
erroneous, or misleading in States in
which the institution’s educational
programs are offered and not only in the
State where the institution is located.
Changes: We have revised § 668.72(c)
to prohibit false, erroneous, or
misleading statements concerning
whether completion of an educational
program qualifies a student for licensure
or employment in the States in which
the educational program is offered.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that we add ‘‘including the recognized
occupations for which the program
prepares students’’ at the end of
§ 668.72(g) to address the proposed
requirements in § 668.6(b)(1) under
which an institution must disclose on
its Web site the occupations the
program prepares students to enter and
that we add a new paragraph to address
misrepresentation about the kinds of
disclosures that will be required under
proposed § 668.6.
Discussion: We disagree with the
commenter’s suggestion to add language
in § 668.72 to address the proposed
regulations in § 668.6. The language in
§ 668.72(g) prohibits false, erroneous, or
misleading statements concerning the
availability, frequency, and
appropriateness of its courses and
programs to the employment objectives
that it states its programs are designed
to meet. We believe that this language
is sufficient to guard against
misrepresentation in the disclosures
required under § 668.6. For additional
information on those requirements,
please see the section on Gainful
Employment (§ 668.6) earlier in the
preamble to these final regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
recommended that we add language to
this section to address specific concerns
about accreditation. One commenter
suggested that the regulations be
modified to require an institution to
explicitly disclose a lack of specialized
program or institutional accreditation if
such accreditation is associated with the
ability to apply to take or to take, the
examination required for a local, State,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or Federal license, or a nongovernmental certification generally
required as a precondition for
employment or to perform certain
functions in the State in which the
institution is located. Some commenters
suggested that misrepresentation related
to requirements that are generally
needed to be employed in the fields for
which the training is provided be
expanded to include withheld
information. The commenters cited the
testimony of Yasmine Issa who testified
before the Senate Health, Education,
Labor, and Pensions Committee on June
24, 2010. Ms. Issa testified that
important information about the value
of the educational credential she was
pursuing and future employability was
withheld. In particular, the program in
which she was enrolled lacked
specialized accreditation and, as a
result, she was unable to sit for a
licensing exam. The commenters argued
that omission of important information
should constitute misrepresentation if
such omission is likely to lead someone
to make incorrect assumptions as
happened with Ms. Issa.
Discussion: The Department agrees
with the commenters who requested
that we expand these regulations to
prohibit the withholding of information
related to requirements that are
generally needed to be employed in the
fields for which the training is provided.
To address circumstances such as the
ones experienced by Ms. Issa, the
Department has inserted the words ‘‘or
requires specialized accreditation’’ in
§ 668.72(n). As amended, this provision
now provides that misrepresentation
concerning the nature of an eligible
institution’s educational program
includes any failure by an eligible
institution to disclose the fact that a
degree has not been authorized by the
appropriate State educational agency or
that it requires specialized accreditation
in any advertising or promotional
materials that reference such degree.
Changes: We have revised § 668.72(n)
to include a failure to disclose that the
degree requires specialized
accreditation as misrepresentation.
Employability of Graduates (§ 668.74)
Comment: Some commenters raised
concerns about misrepresentation
related to the institution’s knowledge
about the current or likely future
employment conditions, compensation
or opportunities in the occupation for
which students are being prepared.
Commenters argued that predictions
about future employment or
compensation should not be deemed
misrepresentations unless such
predictions are based on statements of
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66919
fact which at the time they were made
are objectively false or themselves
misleading. The commenters requested
confirmation that general statements of
opinion about the benefits of enrolling
in or completing a program would not
be treated as misrepresentation about
the future. Other commenters sought
clarification that any information
provided by an institution that is
directly attributable to a State or the
Federal government or any direct link to
a governmental Web site such as the
O*NET Web site would not be
considered misrepresentation if the data
and projections from the government or
on the Web site are incorrect, confusing,
or do not come true.
Discussion: As noted elsewhere in
this preamble, the regulations in subpart
F of part 668 only address false,
erroneous, or misleading statements.
Moreover, in enforcing this subpart, the
Department intends to continue to
carefully evaluate all of the surrounding
circumstances before reaching any
conclusions regarding the occurrence of
a violation and the appropriate
response. Predictions that are not based
on false or misleading information,
general statements and opinions, and
information provided by State and
Federal governments would not be the
basis for a misrepresentation claim.
Changes: None.
Ability To Benefit (§ 668.32(e) and
Subpart J)
Student Eligibility—General
(§ 668.32(e))
Comment: Most commenters
supported the Department’s
implementation of section 484(d)(4) of
the HEA, which was added in 2008.
This statutory change provided that a
student shall be determined by an
institution of higher education as having
the ability to benefit from the education
or training offered by the institution of
higher education upon satisfactory
completion of six credit hours, or the
equivalent coursework that are
applicable toward a degree or certificate
offered by the institution. Several
commenters expressed appreciation for
the implementation of this new option
of establishing an ability to benefit.
Several of the commenters supported
the equivalency of the six credit hours
to six semester, six trimester, six quarter
hours or 225 clock hours. One
commenter expressly supported the
continued individual institutional
determination to accept any of the
ability-to-benefit (ATB) options
available in current § 668.32(e). One
commenter recommended that the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66920
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Department monitor the application of
this ATB option.
Discussion: We appreciate the support
for these changes. With regard to the
suggestion that the Department monitor
the use of this eligibility option, we plan
in 2011–2012 to implement a variety of
changes to the data that institutions will
provide to the Department that will help
us determine when title IV, HEA
program assistance is awarded to
students who establish their title IV,
HEA eligibility on the basis of either
successfully completing six credit hours
(or its equivalent) that are applicable
toward a degree or certificate program
offered at that institution, or when the
student successfully passes an approved
ATB test. We believe that this data will
help us better understand the frequency
that these options are employed and can
lead to further study on the
effectiveness of these alternatives to a
high school diploma or its recognized
equivalent.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters offered
conditional support for the regulatory
change reflected in § 668.32(e)(5), but
expressed some concerns. For example,
one commenter expressed disagreement
about the equivalency of six credit
hours to six semester, six trimester, six
quarter hours or 225 clock hours. In
addition, several commenters did not
agree with the application of 225 clock
hours stating that this approach would
not benefit students at clock hour
institutions. Finally, a few commenters
suggested that a conversion rate of 6
credit hours to 180 clock hours would
be more reasonable.
Discussion: As discussed during the
negotiated rulemaking sessions and in
the preamble to the NPRM, the statute
is silent on equivalency. The
Department believes that it is a
reasonable interpretation to use the
successful completion of 6 semester, 6
trimester, 6 quarter or 225 clock hours
for purposes of equivalency because
these all would be equal to completion
of one quarter of an academic year. For
this reason, we are adopting as final the
changes we proposed in § 668.32(e).
Changes: None.
Comment: A few commenters asked
about the transferability of the
successful completion of six credits (or
its equivalent) among title IV, HEA
eligible institutions. One commenter
expressed concern that it appeared that
the courses where the six credits were
initially earned could not be college
preparatory coursework, because they
are not applicable to an eligible
program. Therefore, the commenter
argued, § 668.32(e)(5) would not benefit
those students for whom ATB would be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
most helpful, students who may need
preparatory coursework.
Discussion: Section 484(d)(4) of the
HEA specifies that a student has the
ability to benefit from the education or
training offered by the institution of
higher education if the student
completes six credit hours or the
equivalent coursework that are
applicable toward a degree or certificate
offered by the institution of higher
education. When a student who earns
six or more credits (or their equivalent)
applicable toward a degree or certificate
offered by that institution of higher
education subsequently transfers to
another institution, if those credits are
applicable toward the degree or
certificate offered by the subsequent
institution, the previously-earned
credits meet the requirements of section
484(d) of the HEA. However, we point
out that the earning of credit hours
based upon testing out is not
comparable to taking and successfully
completing six credit hours (or its
equivalent) and, therefore, would not
satisfy this ATB option.
If the courses that a student enrolls in
are considered preparatory in nature, an
institution must first determine whether
these preparatory courses are a part of
the student’s program. To the extent that
the preparatory courses are a part of the
student’s eligible program, the
successful completion of six credits in
these preparatory courses would meet
this ATB standard. However, if the
institution determines that these
preparatory courses are not part of the
eligible program, the successful
completion of the six credits would not
meet this ATB standard. It may be
important to note that generally
institutions develop their admissions
policies in accordance with State
licensing and accrediting requirements
and, as a result, some institutional
admissions requirements may require
that all students have a high school
diploma. In those situations, because all
of the students would be required to
have a high school diploma, the
recognized equivalent of a high school
diploma option and the ATB options in
section 484(d) of the HEA would be
inapplicable. However, for institutions
that admit students either with the
recognized equivalent of a high school
diploma or under one of the optional
ATB standards for students who do not
have a high school diploma, those
institutions cannot fail to accept, for
title IV, HEA student eligibility
purposes, the following—
• A student’s passing of an approved
ATB test;
• A determination that a student has
the ability to benefit from the education
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or training in accordance with an
approved State process;
• A student’s successful completion
of a secondary school education in a
home school setting that is treated as a
home school or private school under
State law; or
• The satisfactory completion of six
credit hours (or the equivalent
coursework), that are applicable toward
a degree or certificate at that institution.
As such, the new ATB option added
in section 484(d)(4) of the HEA, and
reflected in § 668.32(e)(5), is not the
only opportunity for a student to
establish that he or she has the ability
to benefit from the education or training
offered by the institution.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter expressed
support for the inclusion of language in
the preamble to the NPRM that
indicated that the six credits or its
equivalent used to establish ATB
eligibility should be applicable to an
eligible program offered at that school
and suggested it should be included in
the regulatory language. Another
commenter expressed concern about the
inclusion of this language in the
preamble, opining that it went beyond
the statutory language and intent. This
commenter recommended that the
Department consider removing such
language in the final regulations.
Discussion: We recognize that the
statute does not require that the
coursework completed for purposes of
this ATB option be applicable to an
eligible program, but we remind
institutions that this ATB option is
designed to allow an otherwise
ineligible student to obtain title IV, HEA
program assistance while working to
obtain a certificate or degree. Therefore,
we expect that the coursework be
applicable to an eligible program. We
also acknowledge that students may
change programs throughout their
postsecondary career. For this reason,
these regulations do not require that the
student successfully complete six
credits or their equivalent that are
applicable to the specific degree or
certificate program in which the student
is enrolled. Instead, § 668.32(e)(5)
requires only that the six credits be
applicable to a degree or certificate
program at the institution where the six
credits are earned.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed opposition to the new
§ 668.32(e)(5). One commenter argued
that the ATB options under current
§ 668.32(e)(2) and (e)(3) provide a better
method of evaluating a student’s ability
to benefit and that the new option is not
needed. One commenter stated that new
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
§ 668.32(e)(5) would cause greater
financial hardship for students because
it would require students to pay for
these six credits without the benefit of
title IV, HEA program assistance and
that this, in turn, may lead to some
students turning to high cost private
financing. One commenter expressed
disappointment that the Department did
not seize the opportunity to fully reevaluate the ATB regulations and make
more broad and sweeping changes to the
standards. Finally, some commenters
expressed concern that § 668.32(e)(5)
may penalize students who are very able
to successfully perform class work and
demonstrate learned skills, but who
have difficulty taking tests and therefore
may be unable to successfully complete
the requisite six credit hours (or its
equivalent), due to their inability to do
well on written tests.
Discussion: Section 668.32(e)(5)
incorporates the language from section
484(d)(4) of the HEA. The Department
does not have the authority to not
recognize this statutorily mandated ATB
option. Moreover, we recognize that this
new standard for establishing the ability
to benefit for students who do not have
a high school diploma or its recognized
equivalent may not be appropriate for
all students. However, we do not view
this as a problem, because § 668.32(e)(5)
supplements—rather than replaces—the
current standards for establishing the
ability to benefit under § 668.32(e)(2)
and (e)(3).
Changes: None.
Comment: Most of the commenters
who objected to § 668.32(e)(5) objected
to this provision at least in part because
the Department has stated that title IV,
HEA funds may not be used to pay for
any portion of the payment period in
which those credits or equivalent were
earned.
Discussion: The underlying student
eligibility issue here is that a student
without a high school diploma or its
equivalent cannot be eligible for title IV,
HEA program assistance, except under
the four circumstances described in
section 484(d) of the HEA. The payment
period during which a student
successfully earns the six credits (or its
equivalent) under section 484(d)(4) of
the HEA and § 668.32(e)(5) is a period
when the student has yet to meet this
statutory requirement or standard. We
recognize that this inability to ‘‘go back’’
and establish eligibility may be fiscally
problematic for some students or
institutions, but we continue to believe
that until a student’s eligibility is
established, the student is ineligible for
title IV, HEA funds. That said, in cases
where a student is enrolled in a program
that has several modules within a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
payment period that are independently
completed and graded prior to the end
of that payment period, there could be
a situation where a student successfully
completes a module and earns six or
more credits (or the equivalent) prior to
the end of the payment period. In this
scenario, an institution could make a
determination of the cost of attendance
for the remaining modules in the
payment period, and award and
disburse title IV, HEA funds for those
remaining credits, based upon the
limited cost of attendance in the
payment period after the student has
successfully completed the initial six
credits.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
he would encourage other institutions to
establish admissions policies to prohibit
the use of the earned credit ATB option
reflected in § 668.32(e)(5) because of the
unique complications created with this
provision and State licensing boards.
Specifically, the commenter expressed
concern that students who do not
complete the six credit hours (or their
equivalent) under this option may not
be able to obtain title IV, HEA program
assistance to pay for their coursework.
Discussion: As noted earlier in this
preamble, we recognize that the ATB
option reflected in section 484(d)(4) of
the HEA and § 668.32(e)(5) may not
meet the needs of all students, or all
institutions, and is simply one method
by which a student can show that he or
she has the ability to benefit from a
degree or certificate program of study
and, therefore, is eligible to receive title
IV, HEA program assistance.
Changes: None.
Subpart J—Approval of Independently
Administered Tests; Specification of
Passing Score; Approval of State
Process
Special Definitions (§ 668.142)
Comment: In response to the
Department’s request in the NPRM for
feedback on the appropriateness of
permitting specified test administrators
in the assessment center to train other
individuals at that assessment center to
administer ATB tests, several
commenters suggested that it would not
be advisable or appropriate for senior
test administrators in an assessment
center to perform the required training
of other individuals at the assessment
center for the administration of
approved ATB tests.
Discussion: The Department agrees
that, consistent with the definition of
the term test administrator, an
individual must be certified by the test
publisher or State, as applicable, to
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66921
administer tests under subpart J of part
668 in accordance with the instructions
provided by the test publisher or State.
The only practical way for a test
publisher or State to make a
determination of whether an individual
has the necessary training required in
order to certify the individual as a test
administrator is to provide the training
that will insure that test administrators
are cognizant of the test publisher’s or
State’s written requirements. To
emphasize and add clarity that the test
administrator is required to be certified
by the test publisher or State, as
applicable, when a test is given at an
assessment center by a test
administrator who is an employee of the
center, we have modified § 668.151(b)(1)
by adding the word certified prior to the
reference to test administrator.
Changes: We have amended
§ 668.151(b)(1) by adding the word
‘‘certified’’ prior to the reference to test
administrator.
Comment: One commenter objected to
the increased burden associated with
the proposed requirement that test
administrators at assessment centers be
certified by the test publisher or State,
as applicable.
Discussion: During the negotiations,
the Department was told about the high
incidence of staff turnover at assessment
centers. One test publisher participating
in the negotiations expressed concern
that new staff have been trained to
administer the approved ATB tests by
other members of the assessment center
staff and, as a result, were providing
ATB tests without being properly
certified by the test publisher or State.
We agree that in order to meet the new
definition of the term test administrator
in § 668.142 and to meet the increased
standards of training, knowledge, skills
and integrity, that it is vital for all test
administrators to be certified in order to
administer an approved ATB test
consistent with the requirements of
subpart J of part 668 and the written
instructions of the test provider.
Moreover, we believe that the increase
in burden falls mainly upon the test
publisher or the State, rather than the
institution.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that we clarify the definition of the term
independent test administrator by
modifying it to clarify that an
independent test administrator cannot
have any current or prior financial
interest in the institution, but that he or
she may earn fees for properly
administering an approved ATB test at
that institution. Another commenter
suggested that the definition of the term
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66922
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
test administrator be expanded to
include test proctors.
Discussion: Section 668.142, in
pertinent part, defines an independent
test administrator as a test administrator
who administers tests at a location other
than an assessment center and who has
no current or prior financial or
ownership interest in the institution, its
affiliates, or its parent corporation, other
than the fees earned for administering
approved ATB tests through an
agreement with the test publisher or
State, and has no controlling interest in
any other institution and has no
controlling interest in any other
institution. We agree that independent
test administrators may obtain a fee for
the administration of ATB tests
generally through a written contract
between the test publisher or State and
the test administrator. In order to clarify
this single type of allowable financial
interest, we have made a change to the
language in this definition.
On the matter of expanding the
definition of the term test administrator
to include test proctors, we disagree
with this suggestion. The reason we
disagree with the commenter’s
suggestion is that subpart J of part 668
specifically restricts the administration
of ATB tests to test administrators
certified by the test publisher or State to
administer their tests, as defined in the
agreement between the Secretary and
the test publisher or State, as applicable.
We believe it would be confusing to add
test proctors to the definition of a test
administrator because only certified test
administrators can administer ATB tests
for title IV, HEA program purposes. We
believe certification is an appropriate
requirement because it insures that the
approved tests are administered by
trained, skilled, and knowledgeable
professions.
Changes: We have amended the
definition of the term independent test
administrator by clarifying that an
independent test administrator must
have no current or prior financial or
ownership interest in the institution, its
affiliates, or its parent corporation, other
than the fees earned through the
agreement an independent test
administrator has with the test
publisher or State to administer the test.
Application for Test Approval
(§ 668.144)
Comment: One commenter strongly
supported the proposed change in the
language regarding the norming group
in §§ 668.144(c)(11)(iv)(B) and
668.146(c)(4)(ii) that requires the group
to be a contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States.
Discussion: The statute provides that
a student who does not have a high
school diploma or its equivalent can
become eligible for title IV, HEA
program assistance if the student takes
an independently administered
examination and achieves the score
specified by the Secretary that
demonstrates that the student has the
ability to benefit from the training being
offered. As an alternative to obtaining a
high school diploma, it is appropriate
that the normative group used to
establish the relative placement of the
test-taker’s results should be comprised
of U.S. high school graduates rather
than a group of persons who are beyond
the usual age of compulsory school
attendance in the United States.
However, we take this opportunity to
remind institutions that a fundamental
component of the definition of the term
institution of higher education requires
that an eligible and participating
institution may admit as regular
students only persons who have a high
school diploma (or have the recognized
equivalent) or are beyond the age of
compulsory school attendance.
Therefore, it is clear that for the purpose
of establishing title IV, HEA program
eligibility, approved ATB tests may only
be provided to students who are beyond
the age of compulsory school
attendance.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposal to include in the
test publisher’s or State’s screening of
potential test administrators, their
evaluation of a test administrator’s
integrity. In response to our request in
the NPRM for feedback about how a test
publisher or a State will determine—in
accordance with §§ 668.144(c)(16)(i) and
668.144(d)(7)(i)—that a test
administrator has the integrity necessary
to administer tests, we received a
number of suggestions. These included
the following—
• Requiring a prospective test
administrator to sign, under penalty of
perjury, an application indicating
whether he or she had ever been
convicted of fraud, breach of fiduciary
responsibilities, or other illegal conduct
involving title IV, HEA programs;
• Including a question on the test
administrator’s application asking
whether the applicant has ever been
convicted of a crime and, if the answer
to this question is ‘‘yes’’, requiring the
applicant to provide additional details;
• Including a question on the test
administer application asking whether
the applicant has ever worked at an
institution of higher education, and if
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the answer to this question is ‘‘yes’’,
requiring the applicant to provide
additional details; and
• Requiring test publishers and States
to perform fingerprinting and
background checks, including a check
for being included in any lawsuit, as
well as, checking for arrests and
convictions, for each test administer.
Discussion: We appreciate the
commenters’ suggestions regarding ways
test publishers and States can evaluate
whether a test administrator has the
integrity necessary to administer ATB
tests. While test publishers and States
can adopt any of the methods proposed
by the commenters, we do not believe
it is appropriate to require all test
publishers and States to use those
methods to evaluate test administrator
integrity. Rather, we believe § 668.144,
as proposed, will provide test
publishers and States with the
flexibility they need to determine that
the test administrator will have the
necessary training, knowledge, skills
and integrity to test students in
accordance with subpart J of part 668
and the requirements of the test
administration technical manual. Under
§ 668.144, test publishers and States are
required to disclose how they will go
about making these determinations.
When evaluating the information
provided by test publishers and States,
we will be looking at their processes
and to what extent information
collected by the test publisher or State
supports their determination of whether
a prospective test administrator can
demonstrate his or her training,
knowledge, skills and integrity. In
addition, we will compare the
requirements in the test administration
technical manual to the other provisions
in § 668.144 that require test
administrators to have both the ability
and facilities to keep the ATB tests
secure against disclosure or release and
how those issues are explained to
prospective test administrators, how any
monitoring may be achieved to insure
that the tests are being protected.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that test publishers and
States should not be required to disclose
any proprietary information, such as test
anomaly analysis, to the Department
due to the proprietary nature of the
study techniques. The commenter stated
that, if the Department decides that test
publishers and States must provide their
test anomaly study procedures, the
Department should provide assurances
that the information will be kept
confidential.
Discussion: It is important that test
publishers and States provide the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Department with their test anomaly
analysis because the Department needs
to understand the specific test anomaly
analysis methodology employed by each
test publisher or State, as applicable, to
insure that they have established a
robust process and procedures to
identify potential test anomalies,
methods to investigate test anomalies,
due process in the investigation of these
anomalies, as well as, the types of
corrective action plans and the means of
implementation of the corrective action
plans, up to and including the
decertification of test administrators.
Because the Department agrees that test
anomaly analyses may be proprietary,
the Department will not release this
information to the public and will
otherwise treat the information as
confidential.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that the Department define the term
‘‘test irregularities’’ and explain the
distinction between test irregularities
and test score irregularities.
Discussion: An ATB test irregularity
occurs when the ATB test is
administered in a manner that does not
conform to the established rules for test
administration. An ATB test score
irregularity is one type of ATB test
irregularity. For example, improper
seating that would allow test-takers to
be so close to one another that each testtaker could observe the test answer
sheets or test answers on another testtaker’s computer screen is an example of
an ATB test score irregularity. We agree
with the commenter that a clear
understanding of proper test
administration is needed to prevent test
irregularities. For this reason, we have
added a definition of the term ATB test
irregularity to § 668.142. In addition,
test publishers and States include
instructions to the ATB test
administrator in their test
administration manuals. Section
§ 668.144(c)(12) requires test publishers
to include in their applications the
manual they provide to test
administrators. We believe it is
appropriate to also require States to
include their test manuals in their
applications. Accordingly, we have
added a new § 668.144(d)(11) to require
States to include, as part of its
submission to the Secretary, the State’s
manual for test administration.
Additionally, we have determined
that in proposed § 668.144(c)(10),
regarding test-taking time
determinations, our reference to
§ 668.146(b)(2) was imprecise. Section
668.146(b)(2) relates only to sampling
the major content domains, not to
sampling the major content domains
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
66923
with regard to test-taking time.
Therefore, we have revised this
paragraph to refer to § 668.146(b)(3),
which includes as a requirement for test
approval, the appropriate test-taking
time to permit adequate sampling of the
major content domains. We have also
added a provision to specify that a test
publisher may include with its
application a description of the manner
in which test-taking time was
determined in relation to the other
requirements in § 668.146(b) to provide
the flexibility for test publishers to
include a more comprehensive
description of the way in which testtaking time was determined.
Changes: In § 668.142, we have
defined an ATB test irregularity as an
irregularity that results from an ATB test
being administered in a manner that
does not conform to the established
rules for test administration consistent
with the provisions of subpart J and the
test administrator’s manual. We also
have added new § 668.144(d)(12) to
include a requirement that a State, in its
submission of an ATB test for approval,
must include a manual provided to test
administrators containing the
procedures and instructions for test
security and administration.
In § 668.144(c)(10), we have made a
technical correction to specifically
reference § 668.146(b)(3) rather than
§ 668.146(b)(2) and added a provision to
specify that a test publisher may include
with its application a description of the
manner in which test-taking time was
determined in relation to the other
requirements in § 668.146(b).
Test Approval Procedures (§ 668.145)
Comment: One commenter requested
that the Department provide examples
of a substantial change that would cause
the Department to revoke its approval
consistent with proposed
§ 668.145(d)(1).
Discussion: Section 668.144 lists the
components of an application that test
publishers and States must submit for
the Secretary’s approval of an ATB test
as an alternative to having a high school
diploma or its recognized equivalent.
The list of required items for submission
includes a summary of the precise
editions, forms, levels, and sub-tests for
which approval is being sought. In
addition, we require that a minimum of
two or more secure, equated, alternate
forms of the test must be submitted.
Moreover, the regulations require that if
a test is being submitted as a revision of
a previously approved test, the test
publisher or State, as applicable, must
also submit an analysis of the revisions,
including the reasons for the revisions,
the implications of the revisions for the
comparability of scores on the currently
approved test to scores on the revised
test, and the data from validity studies
of the revised test undertaken
subsequent to the revisions. Taken
together, the regulations require the test
publisher and the State to submit their
tests, including all forms or editions of
those tests, for approval. If the approved
tests are revised, we have addressed
how revised tests along with the
supportive data must be submitted for
approval under §§ 668.144(c)(9) and
(d)(12).
Examples of substantive changes are
(1) when a previously approved ATB
test in a pencil and paper format is
converted to a computerized test, and
(2) when a previously approved ATB
test in a pencil and paper format is
converted to a voice recorded format. In
each of these examples, the test
publisher or State is required to submit
the list of required submissions above.
An example of a non-substantive
change is a correction of a typographical
error. We will not require analysis of
and submission for approval for nonsubstantive changes; however, it is
important to note that if these changes
are documented and shared with the
Secretary, we would be able to address
inquiries or comments from the public
regarding these changes. Recognizing
that we cannot provide an exhaustive
list that would cover every situation, we
encourage test developers to contact us
if they have questions about changes to
an approved test and whether the
proposed changes would be considered
substantive or non-substantive.
Changes: None.
Criteria for Approving Tests (§ 668.146)
Comment: One commenter noted that
the 1985 American Psychological
Association (APA) edition of the
Standards for Educational and
Psychological Testing (Standards)
addressed test construction in terms of
meeting ‘‘primary, secondary and
conditional’’ standards. The commenter
pointed out that the 1999 revised
edition of the Standards no longer
makes these distinctions and instead
requires test developers and users to
consider all the standards before
operational use and does not continue
the practice of designating levels of
importance. As a result, the commenter
suggested that we remove the reference
to the words ‘‘meeting all primary and
applicable conditional and secondary
standards for test construction’’ in
proposed in § 668.146(b)(6) because
they are confusing. The commenter
suggested—as an alternative—that we
adopt language that the Department
used in 34 CFR 462.13(c)(1) (i.e., ‘‘The
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66924
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
test must meet all applicable and
feasible standards for test construction
and validity provided in the 1999
edition of the Standards for Educational
and Psychological Testing’’).
Discussion: As discussed in the 1999
edition of the Standards, each standard
should be considered to determine its
applicability to the test being
constructed. There may be reasons why
a particular standard cannot be adopted;
for example, if the test in question is
relatively new, it may not be possible to
have sufficient data for a complete
analysis. As a result of the information
in the 1999 edition of the Standards, we
have made a change to the proposed
language in § 668.146(b)(6) to reflect
that tests must meet all applicable
standards. However, we do not believe
that we should include all ‘‘feasible’’
standards in the regulatory language.
We believe that where a standard is not
feasible, it would also not be applicable,
as provided in the example, thus the
inclusion of the word ‘‘feasible’’ is
duplicative.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.146(b)(6) by eliminating outdated
references to primary, secondary and
conditional standards to make the
provision consistent with the language
used in the most recent edition of the
Standards.
Additional Criteria for the Approval of
Certain Tests (§ 668.148)
Comment: One commenter indicated
that their program of instruction is
taught in Spanish to non-English
speakers with an English as a Second
Language (ESL) component. The
commenter asked the Department for
guidance for populations where there is
no approved ATB test in the native
language of the students.
Discussion: Under § 668.148, if a
program is taught in a foreign language,
a test in that foreign language would
need to satisfy the conditions for
approval under §§ 668.146 and 668.148.
Absent an approved ATB test, students
without a high school diploma or its
equivalent could meet the alternative
under proposed § 668.32(e)(5), whereby
a student has been determined to have
the ability to benefit from the education
or training offered by the institution
based upon the satisfactory completion
of 6 semester hours, 6 quarter hours, or
225 clock hours that are applicable
toward a degree or certificate offered by
that institution where the hours were
earned. If no test is reasonably available
for students whose native language is
not English and who are not fluent in
English, institutions will no longer be
able to use any test that has not been
previously rejected for approval by the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Secretary. We proposed this regulatory
change because we recognized that, in
the last 15 years, no ATB test in a
foreign language has been submitted for
approval. Therefore, under the current
ATB regulations, any test in a foreign
language became an approved ATB test
regardless of whether it measured basic
verbal and quantitative skills and
general learned abilities, whether the
passing scores related to the passing
scores of other recent high school
graduates, or whether these tests were
developed in accordance with the APA
standards. We believe that the removal
of this overly broad exception from the
current regulations will improve
compliance and works in concert with
the change reflected in § 668.32(e)(5),
which allows for an exception where
ability to benefit can be measured
against a standard (the successful
earning of six credits toward a degree or
certificate program at that institution).
Changes: None.
Agreement Between the Secretary and a
Test Publisher or a State (§ 668.150)
Comment: Under proposed
§ 668.150(b)(3)(ii), the agreement
between the Secretary and a test
publisher or a State requires that
certified test administrators have the
ability and facilities to keep ATB tests
secure. One commenter stated that it
does not favor storage of ATB tests
anywhere other than at the institution.
Another commenter offered to work
with the Department and other test
publishers to develop guidelines that
will improve ATB test security.
Discussion: While ATB tests can be
used for more than title IV, student
eligibility determination purposes (such
as for other assessment purposes),
institutions, assessment center staff, as
well as, independent test administrators
will continue to have access to these
tests. Given this reality, we
acknowledge that securing tests and
preventing test disclosure or release is
difficult. We established the
requirement in § 668.150(b)(3)(ii) in
order to balance the need for legitimate
access and security. We appreciate the
commenter’s offer to work with the
Department and other test publishers to
develop guidelines to improve test
security.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter supported
the requirement in proposed
§ 668.150(b)(3)(iii) that only allows test
administrators to be certified when they
have not been decertified within the last
three years by any test publisher. This
commenter inquired how, other than
through self-reporting, a test publisher
or State would have the information
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
necessary to meet this requirement. The
commenter also asked if we intend to
develop, implement, and maintain a
database of decertified test
administrators.
Discussion: Under proposed
§ 668.144(c)(16) and (d)(7), a test
publisher and a State, respectively, must
describe its test administrator
certification process. The Department
plans to evaluate each of the test
publisher’s or State’s certification plans
to determine how they will obtain the
information about test administrator
decertifications by other test publishers
or States. Under proposed
§ 668.150(b)(2), each test administrator
will be required to provide to the
publisher or State, as appropriate, a
certification statement to indicate that
the test administrator is not currently
decertified and that the test
administrator will notify the test
publisher or State immediately if any
other test publisher or State decertifies
the test administrator. At this time, the
Department does not plan to establish a
list of all decertified test administrators.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter indicated
that proposed § 668.150(b)(4), which
provides that test administrators must
be decertified under certain
circumstances, will require States and
test publishers to take great care when
analyzing the facts prior to decertifying
any test administrator. Section
668.150(b)(4) states that the agreement
between the Secretary and a test
publisher or a State must require the
decertification of a test administrator
who (a) Fails to administer the test in
accordance with the test publisher’s or
State’s requirements, (b) has not kept
the test secure, (c) has compromised the
integrity of the testing process, or (d)
violated the test administration
requirements in § 668.151.
One commenter also expressed
concern that proposed § 668.150(b)(4)
seems to remove the test publisher’s or
State’s discretion about how to address
certain violations of test administration
rules. That commenter asked whether
other corrective action is still a possible
outcome, or whether decertification for
any violation of the regulations or the
test publisher’s or State’s test
administration requirements is the only
permissible outcome.
Discussion: We understand the
comment regarding decertification of
test administrators and that test
publishers and States will need to take
care when carrying out their obligations
under these regulations. For example,
we expect that a test publisher or State
would provide an administrator an
opportunity to respond to any finding
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
warranting decertification, including
any finding based on inferences from
the analysis required under
§ 668.151(b)(13). Regarding the inquiry
whether § 668.151(b)(4) removes
discretion and requires decertification
without the possibility of other
corrective action, we note that States
and publishers are required to establish
appropriate test instructions that ensure
the integrity of the test and compliance
with the requirements of the
regulations. Having established the
appropriate instructions, we do expect
States and test publishers to decertify
test administrators that fail to follow the
test instructions or for any of the other
reasons specified in § 668.151(b)(4). For
example, we expect a test publisher or
State to decertify a test administrator
whenever it finds that a certified test
administrator—
• Alters or falsifies answers or scores;
• Provides a test-taker with answers
to the ATB test in order to improve the
test-taker’s score; or
• Allows a test-taker—other than a
test-taker who is a person with a
documented disability—extra time
beyond the approved amount time as
provided by the test publisher or State.
In situations where there is no evidence
or basis to conclude that one or more of
the four reasons specified in
§ 668.151(b)(4) has occurred, but there
are other irregularities of another or
lesser nature, we would expect test
publishers and States to take the
appropriate corrective action to protect
the proper administration of its ATB
test.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern about § 668.150(b)(5),
which requires the test publisher or
State to reevaluate the qualifications of
a test administrator who has been
decertified by another test publisher or
State, even when the test publisher or
State lacks any evidence of its own that
the test administrator has performed in
a manner inconsistent with the
requirements in subpart J of part 668 or
as required in the test administration
manual.
Discussion: Under § 668.150(b)(2), a
test administrator is required to certify
that he or she is not currently
decertified and, in the event he or she
subsequently is decertified, that he or
she will immediately notify all other
test publishers and States who have
provided their certification. To the
extent that a test administrator, who is
certified by test publishers A, B, and C,
as well as States 1 and 2, is decertified
by State 1, the test administrator is
required to immediately notify the other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
testing organizations and make them
aware that the test administrator has
been decertified by State 1. Upon
receipt of such notification, under
§ 668.150(b)(5), each of the other test
publishers and the other State will
reevaluate the qualifications of that test
administrator. While the other testing
organizations may not know the factual
basis for the decertification by State 1,
§ 668.150(b)(5) requires the other testing
organizations to examine this test
administrator’s work. Based upon the
testing organization’s analysis,
additional professional scrutiny, and the
facts as a result of their reevaluation, the
other testing organizations must make a
determination of whether to continue
the test administrator’s certification or
to decertify the test administrator for
cause. The fact that a test administrator
has been decertified by one testing
entity is sufficient cause to require that
all other test publishers or States be
alerted both to the fact that there was a
problem of sufficient magnitude to
require decertification by the other test
publisher or State, and that they need to
make an additional review and
subsequent determination of whether
testing problems could be occurring
with the administration of their ATB
test.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that we modify proposed
§ 668.150(b)(5) to provide that test
publishers and States are not liable for
damages in the event a test
administrator is decertified wrongly.
This commenter indicated that
proposed § 668.150(b)(6), which
requires that the test publisher or State
notify the Secretary and institutions
immediately after decertifying a test
administrator, is overly broad and that
test publishers and States should be able
to end their relationship with a test
administrator for any reason.
Discussion: We cannot indemnify test
publishers or States for actions that a
former employee may take against a test
publisher or State. This is one of the
reasons it is so important to strengthen
these regulations including by requiring
that, as a part of the test developer’s (a
test publisher or a State) submission, it
describe in detail the test administrator
certification process—specifically how
the test developer will determine that
the test administrator will have the
training, knowledge, skills and integrity
to administer the test consistent with
the regulations and the requirements as
established by the test publisher or the
State. Because the current regulations
already require the decertification of test
administrators who fail to give the test
in accordance with the test publisher’s
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66925
instructions, who fail to secure the tests,
who compromise the test, or who
violate the provisions of § 668.151
(Administration of tests), we do not
anticipate that the changes to subpart J
of part 668 reflected in these final
regulations will cause an increase in
legal actions brought by former test
administrators. However, we do expect
that these regulations will cause test
publishers and States to strengthen their
procedures and training to ensure that
only properly trained test administrators
will be certified by test publishers and
States.
Notification of the Secretary and
institutions when a test administrator is
decertified is required for a variety of
compliance and other issues. The
Secretary needs to know to what extent
a test publisher or State has a problem
causing the decertification of test
administrators. Recent GAO and OIG
reports have reported a variety of
compliance concerns around ATB
testing. The Secretary has a
responsibility to protect students,
prospective students, institutions and
taxpayers. Through these requirements,
one new compliance metric will be the
number of decertifications by test
publishers or States, which the
Secretary will monitor. Notification of
any decertification by a test publisher or
State to the institution is required due
to the fact that institutions depend on
the test publisher or State to provide
certified test administrators and,
therefore, are completely reliant upon
test publishers and States to notify the
institution of when a test administrator
is no longer certified and must not be
administering tests to students for title
IV, HEA student eligibility
determination purposes.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that when a test publisher or State
suspends a test administrator while it
conducts an investigation into a
possible violation of its requirements or
the regulations, the test publisher or
State should not have to immediately
report the suspension to the Secretary
and the institution. The commenter also
suggested that there should be a time
limit after which notification by the test
publisher or State to the Secretary and
the institutions would not be required.
Discussion: Proposed § 668.150(b)(6)
requires the immediate notification of
the Secretary and all institutions where
the test administrator administered tests
upon decertification. We assume that in
cases of suspected test administrator
violations, a suspension period will
occur while fact-finding, analysis, and
ultimately a determination will be made
to either continue the test
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66926
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
administrator’s certification or to
decertify the test administrator. The
notification requirement reflected in
§ 668.150(b)(6) only applies
immediately after a test administrator is
decertified—not during the suspension
period. Notification of the Secretary or
others of a test administrator’s
suspended status is voluntary, but is an
action that the Department supports.
The commenter suggested that this
notification requirement be waived after
a certain appropriate period of time. We
do not agree. Consistent with the
provisions of §§ 682.402(e) and
685.212(e), students may have their loan
debt obligations discharged under a
false certification discharge if the school
certified the student’s eligibility for a
FFEL or a William D. Ford Federal
Direct Loan on the basis of ability to
benefit from its training and the student
did not meet the applicable
requirements of subpart J of part 668.
Because these loans generally have a 10year repayment schedule (and may have
repayment plans under which
repayment schedules can be extended to
25 or more years), we do not agree to
limit the requirement to notify to the
Secretary and institutions.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter strongly
supported proposed § 668.150(b)(7),
which requires that all test results
administered by a test administrator
who the test publisher or State
decertifies be reviewed and that a
determination be made about which
tests were improperly administered.
Upon a determination of which tests
had been improperly administered, the
test publisher or State must then
immediately notify the affected
institutions, affected students and
affected prospective students. This
commenter suggested that we revise this
provision to require that the test
publisher or State notify all students
tested by the decertified test
administrator.
Another commenter suggested that we
add a time limit to § 668.150(b)(7)(i) so
that test publishers and States that
decertify a test administrator are only
required to review tests administered by
the decertified administrator during a
specified period of time.
Discussion: Under proposed
§ 668.150(b)(7)(ii), when a
determination of improper test
administration is made, the test
publisher or State must provide
notification to all affected institutions
and students or prospective students.
Under § 668.150(b)(7)(iii), the test
publisher or State must also provide a
report to the Secretary on the results of
the review of the decertified test
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
administrator’s previously administered
tests that may have been improperly
administered. When a determination is
made that tests were improperly
administered, the affected entities
would include institutions, students,
and prospective students affected by
those tests that were improperly
administered. Under § 668.150(b)(7),
notifications to those affected entities
are required. We believe that these
notification and reporting requirements
are adequate to inform all affected
parties, including students and
prospective students. We do not believe
it is necessary to notify a student who
took a test administered by a test
administrator who was subsequently
decertified when there is no evidence
that the particular test the student took
was improperly administered.
Under proposed § 668.150(b)(7), if a
test administrator was certified over a
long number of years, test publishers
and States potentially would be
required to review many years’ worth of
previously administered ATB tests
because, as proposed, this regulatory
requirement included no limit on how
far back test publishers and States
would need to go when reviewing tests
previously administered by a decertified
test administrator. We believe that the
burden on test publishers and States
associated with such an extensive
review should be balanced against the
significant student loan debt that
students tested by the decertified test
administrator may have incurred. For
this reason, we are modifying the
language in proposed § 668.150(b)(7)(i)
to limit the period of the review to the
five-year period prior the date of
decertification. We believe that a fiveyear period is reasonable for the
following reasons. First, we are
decreasing the period of time for test
publishers and States to conduct their
test data anomaly studies from 3 years
to 18 months. These studies, which are
designed, in part, to analyze if there are
ATB test irregularities, will be
conducted more frequently and can be
used to identify possible instances of
improper test administration. Second,
we believe that a longer review period
will increase the likelihood that the
student notification efforts of test
publishers and States (in the event that
their review reveals that previously
administered tests were improperly
administered) will be ineffective, in
part, due to the low probability that the
student address information that a test
publisher or State obtains when the
student takes the test will remain
accurate over this period of the review.
Finally, we strongly recommend that
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
test publishers and States consider
additional disclosures to students
asking that they update their address
information with test publishers and
States over time, in order for test
publishers and States to provide
students and prospective students with
potential future notifications that could
reduce their future title IV, student loan
indebtedness.
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.150(b)(7)(i) to indicate that the
period of the review of all the test
results of the tests administered by a
decertified test administrator is 5 years
preceding the date of decertification.
Comment: One commenter, who
expressed support for the proposed
change reflected in § 668.150(b)(13)
decreasing the timeframe from 3 years to
18 months for test publishers and States
to analyze ATB test scores to determine
whether the test scores and data
produce any irregular patterns,
suggested that that the Department also
consider a separate metric for test
administrators who administer large
numbers of ATB test within an 18
month period.
Discussion: We appreciate the
recommendation and acknowledge that
test publishers and States are free to
adopt such a suggestion for test
administrators who are providing large
numbers of ATB test administrations in
a short period of time. As some test
publishers have pointed out, test
publishers have everything to gain from
ensuring that their ATB tests are
properly administered in accordance
with the regulations and their test
administration manual. To the extent
that there are high volume test
administrators, test publishers and
States can best protect their tests by
developing processes to help them to
determine early whether these high
volume test administrators are in
compliance.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that the Department consider a
modification to the language in
§ 668.150(b)(13) to change the emphasis
from an analysis of the test scores to an
analysis of the test data.
Discussion: The purpose of proposed
§ 668.150(b)(13) (in concert with
proposed §§ 668.144(c)(17) and (d)(8),
which require test publishers and
States, as applicable, to explain their
methodology for identifying test
irregularities) is to require test
publishers and States to collect and
analyze test data, to determine whether
the test scores and data produce any
irregular patterns that raise an inference
that the tests were not being properly
administered, and to provide the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Secretary with a copy of the test
anomaly analysis. We acknowledge that
this type of analysis is broader than just
examining the test outcomes, i.e. the test
scores. Because this type of item
analysis, which can yield statistical
irregularities, goes beyond test score
results, we have modified the proposed
language accordingly.
Changes: We have modified
§ 668.150(b)(13) so that it refers to ‘‘test
data of students who take the test’’ and
not to ‘‘test scores of students who take
the test’’ to determine whether the test
data (rather than ‘‘the test scores and
data’’) produce any irregular pattern that
raises an inference that the tests were
not being properly administered.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that the Department modify proposed
§ 668.150(b)(14) to require that any
request for information by the Secretary
or other listed agencies and entities be
in writing.
Discussion: Nothing in the regulations
would prevent the test publisher or
State from asking the entities listed in
§ 668.150(b)(14) to request the
information in writing, and from
implementing other safeguards to
protect the security and confidentiality
of the data.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter stated that
§ 668.150(b)(16), as proposed, is
ambiguous. The commenter suggested
that we delete the word ‘‘other,’’ as it
modifies ‘‘criminal misconduct,’’ from
this section.
Discussion: Upon further review, we
have determined that alternative
language that specifically provides for
both civil and criminal fraud would
clarify what we mean in this regulatory
provision. The purpose of
§ 668.150(b)(16) is to require test
publishers and States to immediately
report any credible information
indicating that a test administrator or
institution may have engaged in fraud or
other criminal misconduct. We intend
for test publishers and States to report
suspected fraud or misconduct without
requiring them to ascertain whether the
conduct constitutes civil fraud, criminal
fraud or ‘‘other criminal misconduct.’’
Changes: We have revised
§ 668.150(b)(16) to require that the
agreement between a test publisher or a
State, as applicable, and the Secretary
must provide that the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, must
immediately contact the Office of the
Inspector General of the Department of
Education if the test publisher or the
State finds any credible information
indicating that a test administrator or
institution has engaged in civil or
criminal fraud or other misconduct.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comment: One commenter expressed
general support for proposed
§ 668.150(b)(17), which requires test
administrators who provide an ATB test
to an individual with a disability who
requires an accommodation, to report to
the test publisher or State both the
disability and the accommodation.
However, the commenter recommended
that the Department provide
clarification on how test publishers and
States can exchange this information in
a manner that would be compliant with
the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA).
Additionally, the commenter requested
an explanation of the Department’s
position on distinguishing between an
accommodation provided for an
individual with a temporary impairment
and an accommodation required by a
person with a permanent or long-term
disability.
Discussion: HIPAA is administered by
the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services and the Department of
Education does not provide guidance on
how entities should comply with
another agency’s requirements.
However, it is our expectation that test
administrators, test publishers and
States will implement the requirement
reflected in § 668.150(b)(17) consistent
with all other applicable Federal
statutes and their implementing
regulations.
With regard to the comment
requesting an explanation of the
Department’s position on the differences
between accommodations for test-takers
with temporary impairments and
accommodations for test-takers with
permanent or long-term disabilities, we
note that the regulations do not
distinguish between types of
accommodations. However, we
acknowledge that test-takers may
require accommodations for either
temporary impairments or for
individuals with disabilities.1
The following two examples are
provided:
Example 1 (Temporary Impairment).
If an approved ATB test is provided via
paper and pencil and the test-taker, who
is normally right-handed, has a broken
right hand and, as a result, must write
with his or her left hand, the test
administrator must provide the testtaker an accommodation in accordance
with the test publisher or State’s
technical manual for test
administration. So, in this case, if the
1 The use of the term ‘‘temporary impairments’’ for
the purposes of these regulations should not be
confused with the definition of disability as defined
by these regulations (see § 668.142), section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act, or the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66927
technical manual indicates that under a
temporary impairment, such as, but not
limited to, a broken writing hand, the
test administrator should allow the testtaker an additional ‘‘X’’ minutes to
complete the test, the test administrator
must allow the test-taker with the
broken writing hand an extra ‘‘X’’
minutes to complete the test.
Example 2 (Disability). If an approved
ATB test is provided via paper and
pencil and the test-taker is an individual
with a disability, such as blindness. To
the extent that the test publisher or State
has addressed in the technical manual
consistent with the requirements of
§ 668.144(c)(11)(vii) and provided
additional guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
any modifications of the test for
individuals with disabilities, for
example, the use of a previously
approved audio recorded version would
be permissible. In this example, there
may or may not be scoring implications,
however, an appropriate
accommodation as provided in the
technical manual is allowable as
approved under this subpart.
Absent any instructions in the
technical manual about
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities or individuals with
temporary impairments, the test
administrator does not have the
authority to create or provide an
accommodation other than what is
provided in § 668.149. Historically, test
publishers have addressed types of
accommodations available to test
administrators in their test
administration technical manual, which
the test publisher or State provides to
the Secretary as part of its test
submission. Once the test is approved
by the Secretary, the accommodations
indicated in the test administration
technical manual are the approved
accommodations for the test. In
addition, subsequent to the Secretary’s
initial approval of an ATB test, some
test publishers, consistent with the
provisions of § 668.144(c)(9), have
developed large-print versions, braille
versions, and audio-recorded versions of
their previously-approved tests and
submitted the alternative versions along
with the requisite analysis of the
revisions for their comparability of
scores to the previously approved test,
as well as the data on the validity
studies of the revised or alternative
version of the previously approved test.
Once approved, and as published in the
Federal Register, these alternative
versions of the previously approved test
would provide for certain
accommodations that may be required
by individuals with disabilities.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66928
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Changes: None.
Administration of Tests (§ 668.151)
Comment: One commenter provided a
number of suggestions regarding test
administration security, including
requiring that (1) test publishers contact
the Department when tests are being
used for ATB and non-ATB purposes,
(2) different versions of the test be used
for different purposes so that one
version is used exclusively for ATB
purposes, (3) ATB tests only be shipped
to test administrators and not to
institutions, and (4) ATB tests be locked
in an area that cannot be accessed by
non-certified test administrators.
Discussion: Many ATB tests that have
been submitted to the Secretary and
subsequently approved for title IV, HEA
student eligibility purposes are also
used for general academic placement
purposes not related to ATB. Regarding
the suggestion that test administrators
report to the Department when a test is
used for ATB purposes, beginning with
the 2011–2012 award year, we will
begin collecting information on the use
of an ATB test for each student who
receives title IV, HEA funds; therefore
test administrators will not have to
provide the information to us. In terms
of requiring that approved ATB tests
must be used exclusively for this single
purpose, that would require a statutory
change. While it has been suggested that
we revise the regulations to allow ATB
tests only be shipped to test
administrators and not to institutions,
we believe that this is not feasible given
that ATB tests are used both for title IV,
HEA eligibility and non-title IV
purposes, such as for course placement
purposes. Finally, while it may be
possible that at the discretion of the
institution’s assessment center (or as a
result of an agreement between the test
publisher or State and the institution)
that ATB tests be locked in an area only
accessible by certified test
administrators, this may be impractical
since these tests are used for non-title IV
eligibility purposes.
Changes: None.
Comment: A commenter indicated
that for computer-based tests,
institutions maintain the associated
system components on their computers,
so test administrators (particularly
independent test administrators) cannot
be held responsible for maintaining the
security of these types of tests, other
than during the test administration.
For paper-and-pencil tests, the
commenter expressed strong concerns
regarding independent test
administrators being held responsible
for storing test materials. The
commenter stated that independent test
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
administrators often do not have access
to secure storage, other than at the
campuses where they administer the
test. Use of their home or automobile for
storage and transportation to test sites is
clearly unacceptable for security.
Institutions typically have a secure
location (a locked facility to which only
the test administrator and possibly a
select few individuals have a key) where
materials can be stored. In addition,
many institutions use the same test
forms for ATB purposes and other
purposes, and thus would already have
copies of the test forms in storage at the
institution. The commenter argued that
maintaining test forms at the institution
while emphasizing the chain of custody,
under written agreements, will better
contribute to the goal of keeping test
forms secure.
Discussion: We disagree. Proposed
§ 668.144(c)(16) and (d)(7) require test
publishers and States, respectively, to
ensure not only that the test
administrator has the training,
knowledge, skill and integrity to test
students in accordance with the
requirements of this subpart, and the
requirements of the test administration
technical manual, but also, that the test
administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep the ATB tests secure
against disclosure or release. We believe
that these requirements are reasonable,
and prudent, and will help ensure the
integrity of ATB tests. While at this
time, we are not prescribing how test
publishers or States must make these
determinations about their test
administrators, we expect that they will
base their determinations on the
measures taken by the test administrator
to protect the security of the tests. For
example, one could envision a test
administrator satisfying this
requirement by having a secure safe in
the assessment center where only
certified test administrators had the key
or combination to obtain the tests. In the
case of an independent test
administrator, one could envision the
test administrator satisfying the
requirement by maintaining the tests in
a mobile, portable safe or some other
secure device. As these examples
illustrate, test publishers and States will
be required to distinguish between
secure and non-secure methods of
storing ATB tests that limit access and
protect against unintended release or
disclosure if these tests are going to
continue to be used for ATB purposes,
otherwise the Secretary will consider
that the test is improperly administered.
Changes: None.
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Administration of Tests for Individuals
Whose Native Language Is Not English
or for Individuals With Disabilities
(§ 668.153)
Comment: One commenter noted that
if a non-English speaking student is in
a program of study which is taught in
the student’s native language and the
program also has an ESL component or
that at least a portion of the program
will be taught in English, there are two
aspects that need to be tested, the
student’s reading, verbal and
quantitative skills in their own native
language, as well as, their knowledge of
English in order to understand the
portion of the program taught in
English. The commenter expressed
concern regarding the timing of these
tests.
Discussion: We appreciate this
comment because it highlights the need
to address a situation not covered by the
proposed regulations. Under proposed
§ 668.153(a)(1), we require institutions
to use an ATB test in the student’s
native language when the student’s
native language is other than English
and the student will be enrolled in a
program that is taught in the student’s
native language. Paragraphs (a)(2) and
(a)(3) of proposed § 668.153 address
situations where individuals who are
not native speakers of English and who
are not fluent in English are enrolled (or
plan to enroll) in a program (a) that is
taught in English with an ESL
component and (b) that is taught in
English without an ESL component,
respectively. The proposed regulations
do not address what happens in the case
of a non-English speaker who is
enrolled or plans on enrolling in a
program that will be taught in his or her
native language that includes an ESL
component or a portion of the program
will be taught in English. In situations
such as these, we believe that
institutions should require the student
to take an English proficiency
assessment approved under § 668.148(b)
prior to when the English or ESL
portion of the program commences.
Changes: We have added a new
paragraph (a)(5) to § 668.153 to provide
that if the individual is a non-native
speaker of English who is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program that will be
taught in his or her native language and
the program includes an ESL
component or a portion of the program
will be taught in English, the individual
must take a test approved under
§§ 668.146 and 668.148(a)(1) in the
student’s native language. This new
paragraph also provides that prior to the
beginning of the ESL component or
when the English portion of the program
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
commences, the individual must take an
English proficiency test approved under
§ 668.148(b).
Comment: One commenter suggested
that most test administrators do not
have the training or experience to
determine appropriate accommodations
for students with disabilities, and thus
are not qualified to identify or provide
an appropriate accommodation. This
commenter argued that test publishers
and States should not be held
accountable for training test
administrators in the intricacies of laws
regarding the rights of persons with
disabilities. The commenter stated that,
to protect the privacy of the examinee,
the test administrator should not need
to know the specifics of the disability.
This commenter argued that the test
administrator only needs to know what
the accommodation is. For this reason,
the commenter recommended that the
test administrator only be required to
verify that the institution has provided
the appropriate documentation of the
student’s disability, as described in
§ 668.153(b)(4). It was the commenter’s
view that the responsibility for
determining the appropriate
accommodation for the student’s
disability lies with the institution’s staff.
Discussion: We agree that test
administrators may not have extensive
training or experience to determine
whether or not a requested
accommodation is appropriate.
However, each test must be
administered in accordance with the
test publisher’s or State’s technical
manual. Consistent with proposed
§ 668.144(c)(11)(vii) and (d)(11)(vii), the
technical manual must include
additional guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
any modifications of the test for
individuals with disabilities. We expect
that a test publisher or State will
provide examples in the technical
manual of the types of both allowable
and non-allowable accommodations
associated with a range of temporary
impairments and for individuals with
disabilities in order to insure that the
test administrator has the necessary
protocols to follow to ensure the
validity of the test administration
process, while allowing for a range of
specialized needs to be met. While these
examples of allowable and nonallowable accommodations cannot be
exhaustive, we will expect them to be
expansive so that test administrators
have clear examples of how the
approved tests can and cannot be used
for individuals with temporary
impairments and for individuals with
disabilities. These protocols may
include, for example, the use, when
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
appropriate, of alternative tests (e.g.,
approved audio-recorded ATB tests for
individuals who are blind) and
providing a test-taker whose vision is
impaired (as documented by a
physician) additional time to complete
an approved large print version of an
ATB test. To make this expectation
clearer, we will revise
§ 668.144(c)(11)(vii) and (d)(11)(vii) to
require a test’s technical manual to
include additional guidance on the
types of accommodations that are
allowable for individuals with
temporary impairments or individuals
with disabilities and the interpretation
of scores resulting from any
modifications of the test for individuals
with temporary impairments or
individuals with disabilities.
Changes: We have modified
§ 668.144(c)(11)(vii)and (d)(11)(vii) to
require the test manual to include, in
addition to guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
modification of the test for individuals
with temporary impairments or
individuals with disabilities, guidance
on the types of accommodations that are
allowable.
Disbursements (§§ 668.164(i),
685.102(b), 685.301(e), 686.2(b), and
686.37(b))
Provisions for Books and Supplies
(§ 668.164(i))
Comment: Several commenters agreed
with the proposal in § 668.164(i) to
require an institution to provide, under
certain conditions, a way for a Federal
Pell Grant eligible student to obtain or
purchase required books and supplies
by the seventh day of a payment period.
Various commenters noted the
academic importance of enabling
students to have early access to their
books and supplies. However, some of
these commenters argued that bookstore
vouchers were not the most affordable
option for students, noting that under
current guidance an institution that
issues vouchers in lieu of cash must
demonstrate it provides students ‘‘a real
and reasonable opportunity’’ to obtain
materials from other vendors.
Two commenters requested that the
regulations also apply to students who
are eligible for the Iraq and Afghanistan
Service Grants.
Various commenters believed the
proposed regulations would be
administratively difficult and
burdensome to carry out. One of the
commenters stated that institutions with
nonterm programs would have special
administrative problems meeting the
proposed regulations because of
different start dates and different
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66929
payment period completion rates for
students. Another commenter requested
the Department to delay implementing
the regulations so that institutions have
sufficient time to make needed software
and procedural changes. One
commenter believed that the student
should be required to initiate a request
to obtain or purchase books and
supplies instead of requiring an
institution to perform this process for all
Federal Pell Grant eligible students.
Discussion: Because we have
identified situations where low-cost
institutions delay disbursing funds for
an extended time, or make partial
disbursements to cover costs for only
tuition and fees, the Department
believes that these provisions are
essential in enabling needy students to
purchase books and supplies at the
beginning of the term or enrollment
period. Moreover, we find it troubling
that disbursement delays at some
institutions may force very needy
students to take out private loans to pay
for books and supplies that would
otherwise be paid by Federal Pell Grant
funds.
We believe that the regulations in
§ 668.164(i) provide an appropriate
balance between the need for Federal
Pell Grant eligible students to be able to
purchase or obtain books and supplies
early in the payment period and the
administrative needs of institutions. For
example, an institution may issue a
bookstore voucher, make a cash
disbursement, issue a stored-value card,
or otherwise extend credit to students to
make needed purchases. The institution
has the flexibility to choose one or more
of these methods or a similar method
based on its administrative needs and
constraints or an evaluation of the costs
and benefits of implementing one or
more of these methods.
With regard to the request to expand
the scope of the regulations to include
recipients of Iraq and Afghanistan
Service Grants, we believe that students
who are not eligible for a Federal Pell
Grant should have sufficient resources,
as indicated by their higher expected
family contributions, to purchase books
and supplies. We note however, that
nothing in these regulations prevents an
institution from making credit balance
funds available early in the payment
period to any student.
In response to concerns about
administrative issues for nonterm
programs, we note that for purposes of
the Federal Pell Grant Program an
institution is already responsible for
knowing when a student has either
completed a payment period or started
a payment period. These regulations fall
within that framework.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66930
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Concerning the request for a delay in
implementing these regulations, we
believe that an institution has ample
time to make any administrative and
software changes required since the
regulations are not effective until the
2011–2012 award year.
Changes: None.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned whether the anticipated
credit balance for a student under the
proposed regulations is calculated based
only on Federal Pell Grant funds; all
title IV, HEA program funds; or all
financial aid funds.
In determining whether an institution
could disburse title IV, HEA program
funds to an eligible student 10 days
before the beginning of a payment
period, several commenters requested
the Department to clarify how an
institution treats a student who (1) Is
selected for verification, (2) is subject to
the 30 day delayed disbursement
provisions for first-time, first-year
undergraduate borrowers, (3) is
attending a term-based program with
minisessions, (4) has a ‘‘C’’ code on the
SAR or ISIR, or (5) has other unresolved
eligibility issues.
Some commenters requested that the
regulations provide that an institution is
only required to provide a student with
the funds or bookstore vouchers for
books and supplies after the student has
attended at least one day of class.
One commenter noted that under
Federal law a bank must have a
customer identification program to help
the government fight the funding of
terrorism. Under that program, a bank
must verify the identity of any person
who opens an account and have
procedures in place to resolve
conflicting identity data. The
commenter was concerned that for
institutions using bank-issued storedvalue cards or prepaid debit cards to
deliver funds for books and supplies,
any delays by the bank in resolving the
conflicts would delay the delivery of
funds to students. Consequently, the
commenter requested that the
regulations allow for this type of delay.
One commenter asked how the
proposed regulations would apply
under a consortium agreement between
two eligible institutions if the student is
enrolled in a course at the host
institution with the class starting prior
to the payment period at the home
institution and the home institution is
processing and paying the title IV, HEA
program assistance. Another commenter
asked what action would be required by
an institution if it includes books and
supplies in the tuition and provides all
of those materials to the student when
he or she starts class.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Discussion: With regard to which aid
funds are used to determine whether a
credit balance would be created 10 days
before the beginning of a payment
period, an institution must consider all
the title IV, HEA program funds that a
student is eligible to receive at that time.
The institution does not have to
consider aid from any other sources.
To be eligible, the student must meet
all the eligibility requirements in
subpart C of 34 CFR part 668 at least 10
days before the start of the student’s
payment period. A student who has not
completed the verification process, has
an unresolved ‘‘C’’ code on the SAR and
ISIR, or has unresolved conflicting
information is not covered by the
regulations if those issues have not been
resolved at least 10 days before the start
of the student’s payment period. With
regard to the 30-day delayed
disbursement provisions for Stafford
Loans, the institution would not
consider the amount of the loan
disbursement in determining the credit
balance because the institution may not
disburse that loan 10 days before the
start of that student’s payment period.
Also, the institution would not consider
title IV, HEA program assistance that
has not yet been awarded to a student
at least 10 days before the start of
classes because the student missed a
financial aid deadline date.
The amount that the institution must
provide to a qualifying student to obtain
or purchase books and supplies is the
lesser of the presumed credit balance or
the amount needed by the student as
determined by the institution. In
determining the amount needed, an
institution may use the actual costs of
books and supplies or the allowance for
those materials used in the student’s
cost of attendance for the payment
period.
Since an institution has until the
seventh day of a student’s payment
period to provide the way for the
student to obtain or purchase the books
and supplies, the institution may
determine whether the student has
attended classes if it has, or chooses to
implement, a process for taking or
monitoring attendance. However, by the
seventh day of the payment period, that
student must be able to obtain books
and supplies unless the institution
knows that the student is not attending.
When an institution uses a bankissued stored-value or prepaid debit
card that is supported by a federally
insured bank account to deliver funds
for books and supplies, a student must
have access to the funds via the card by
the seventh day of his or her payment
period. If a bank delays issuing a storedvalue or prepaid debit card to the
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
student because it must resolve
conflicting identity data under Federal
law, the Department will not hold the
institution accountable as long as the
institution exercises reasonable care and
diligence in providing in a timely
manner any identity information about
the student to the bank. Likewise, the
institution is not responsible if the
student provides inaccurate information
or delays in responding to a request
from the bank to resolve any
discrepancies.
Under a consortium agreement
between two eligible institutions, if a
student is enrolled in a course at the
host institution and classes start before
the payment period begins at the home
institution that is paying the title IV,
HEA program assistance, the regulations
require that the student obtain the books
and supplies by the seventh day of the
start of the payment period of the home
institution. If the host institution is
paying the title IV, HEA program
assistance, the student must be able to
obtain the books and supplies by the
seventh day of the start of the payment
period of the host institution.
An institution that includes the costs
of books and supplies in the tuition
charged and provides all of those
materials to the student at the start of
his or her classes meets the
requirements of these regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters were
concerned over who would be liable for
advancing funds to a student for books
and supplies if the student fails to start
all of his or her classes. Some
commenters indicated that the potential
debt owed to an institution by students
under the proposed regulations is not in
the best interest of the student. A few
commenters noted that the use of
bookstore vouchers as the way for a
student to obtain books and supplies
appears to increase the amount of
unearned title IV funds that the
institution must return when a student
withdraws.
Discussion: These regulations do not
change the provisions under 34 CFR
668.21 concerning the treatment of title
IV grant and loan funds if the recipient
does not begin attendance at the
institution. In the case where the
institution has credited the student’s
account at the institution or disbursed
directly to the student any Federal Pell
Grant, FSEOG, Federal Perkins Loan,
TEACH Grant, ACG, or National
SMART Grant program funds and the
student fails to begin attendance in a
payment period, the institution must
return all of those program funds to the
respective program.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
In addition, an institution must return
any Direct Loan funds that were
credited to the student’s account at the
institution for the payment period or
period of enrollment. For any Direct
Loan funds disbursed directly to a
student, the institution must notify the
Department of the loan funds that are
outstanding, so that the Department can
issue a 30-day demand letter to the
student under 34 CFR 685.211. If the
institution knew prior to disbursing any
of the Direct Loan funds directly to the
student that he or she would not begin
attendance, the institution must also
return those Direct Loan funds. This
would apply when, for example, a
student had previously notified the
institution that he or she would not be
attending or the institution had expelled
the student before disbursing the Direct
Loan directly to the student.
When an institution is responsible for
returning title IV, HEA program funds
for a student who failed to begin
attendance at the institution it must
return those funds as soon as possible,
but no later than 30 days after the date
that the institution becomes aware that
the student will not or has not begun
attendance. The funds that are required
to be returned by the institution are not
a student title IV, HEA liability and will
not affect the student’s title IV, HEA
eligibility. However, institutional
charges not paid by financial assistance
are a student liability owed to the
institution and subject to its own
collection process.
The new requirement also does not
change the regulations in 34 CFR 668.22
on handling the Return of Title IV Aid
when a student began attendance but
withdraws from the payment period or
period of enrollment. If the institution
provides a bookstore voucher for a
student to obtain or purchase books and
supplies, those expenses for the
required course materials are considered
institutional charges because the
student does not have a real and
reasonable opportunity to purchase the
materials from any other place except
the institution. The institution must
include the charges for books and
supplies from a bookstore voucher as
institutional charges in determining the
portion of unearned title IV, HEA
program assistance that the institution is
responsible for returning. However, an
institution does not have to select the
bookstore voucher as the way to meet
the new requirement, it is just one
option.
Changes: None.
Comment: One commenter opined
that students who are not Pell Grant
eligible would be unfairly responsible
for obtaining funds to purchase books
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
while others at the same institution
would be confused about who should or
should not receive the means to obtain
or purchase books and supplies at the
beginning of the term or enrollment
period. A few commenters suggested or
asked whether a student could opt out
of the way offered by an institution to
obtain or purchase books and supplies.
Some commenters asked if the
proposed regulations were in conflict
with the current Cash Management
regulations in §§ 668.164 and 668.165.
A few commenters requested
clarification on how student
authorizations applied to the new
requirements. Some commenters
suggested that an institution should not
be required to obtain a student’s
authorization to credit his or her
account at the institution with title IV,
HEA program funds for books and
supplies, while other commenters
recommended that an institution should
be able to require the student’s
authorization before advancing funds
for books and supplies.
Discussion: Under § 668.16(h), an
institution is required to provide
adequate financial aid counseling to
eligible students who apply for title IV,
HEA program assistance and under
§ 668.42, an institution is required to
provide consumer information to
enrolled and prospective students that,
among other things, describe the
method by which aid is determined and
disbursed, delivered, or applied to a
student’s account and the frequency of
those disbursements. Further under
§ 668.165(a)(1), before an institution
disburses title IV, HEA funds it must
notify a student how and when those
funds will be disbursed. Based on these
requirements, an institution must
describe in its financial aid information
and its notifications provided to
students receiving title IV, HEA funds
the way under § 668.164(i) that it
provides for Federal Pell Grant eligible
students to obtain or purchase required
books and supplies by the seventh day
of a payment period under certain
conditions. The information must
indicate whether the institution would
enter a charge on the student’s account
at the institution for books and supplies
or pay funds to the student directly.
Institutions also routinely counsel
students about the variations in the
amounts of Federal student aid or other
resources that are available to them
based upon their need and expected
family contribution. We believe that this
counseling process will mitigate any
confusion by explaining to a student
who qualifies for funds advanced to
purchase books and supplies, how the
process is handled at the institution,
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66931
and how a student may opt-out of the
process.
Regardless of the way an institution
provides for a student to obtain books
and supplies, the student may opt out.
For instance, if an institution provides
a bookstore voucher, the student may
opt out by not using the voucher. If the
institution uses another way, such as a
bank-issued stored-value or prepaid
debit card, it must have a policy under
which the student may opt out. For
example, a student might have to notify
the institution by a certain date so that
the institution does not unnecessarily
issue a check to the student or transfer
funds to the student’s bank account. In
any case, if the student opts out, the
institution may, but is not required to,
offer the student another way to
purchase books and supplies so long as
it does not otherwise delay providing
funds to the student as a credit balance.
We are amending the regulations to
clarify that a student may opt out of the
way that an institution provides for a
student to obtain books and supplies.
In addition, to facilitate advancing
funds or credit by the seventh day of
classes of a payment period under this
provision, the Department considers
that a student authorizes the use of title
IV, HEA funds at the time the student
uses the method provided by the
institution to purchase books and
supplies. This means that an institution
does not need to obtain a written
authorization under §§ 668.164(d)(1)(iv)
and 668.165(b) from the student to
credit a student’s account at the
institution for the books and supplies
that may be provided only under
§ 668.164(i). We are amending the
regulations to indicate that an
institution does not need to obtain a
written authorization from a student to
credit the student’s account at the
institution for books and supplies
provided under § 668.164(i).
Changes: Section 668.164(i) has been
revised to specify that an institution
must have a policy under which a
Federal Pell Grant eligible student may
opt out of the way the institution
provides for the student to purchase
books and supplies by the seventh day
of classes of a payment period. In
addition, § 668.164(i) has been revised
to specify that if the Federal Pell Grant
eligible student uses the method
provided by the institution to purchase
books and supplies, the student is
considered to have authorized the use of
title IV, HEA funds and the institution
does not need to obtain a written
authorization under §§ 668.164(d)(1)(iv)
and 668.165(b) for this purpose only.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66932
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Reporting Disbursements, Adjustments,
and Cancellations (§§ 685.102(b),
685.301(e), 686.2(b), and 686.37(b))
Comment: A few commenters
supported the proposed regulations to
adopt the Federal Pell Grant reporting
requirements for the TEACH Grant and
Direct Loan programs and to add the
Federal Pell Grant definition of the term
Payment Data to the two other
programs.
Discussion: We believe that
harmonizing the reporting requirements
for the Federal Pell Grant, TEACH
Grant, and Direct Loan programs in
accordance with procedures established
by the Secretary through publication in
the Federal Register will make it easier
for institutions to administer the
programs. In addition, this flexibility to
adjust the reporting requirements for all
three programs through publication in
the Federal Register will enable the
Secretary to make changes in the future
that take advantage of new technology
and improved business processes.
Changes: None.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Executive Order 12866
Regulatory Impact Analysis
Under Executive Order 12866, the
Secretary must determine whether the
regulatory action is ‘‘significant’’ and
therefore subject to the requirements of
the Executive Order and subject to
review by the OMB. Section 3(f) of
Executive Order 12866 defines a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as an
action likely to result in a rule that may
(1) Have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more, or
adversely affect a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, local or tribal governments or
communities in a material way (also
referred to as an ‘‘economically
significant’’ rule); (2) create serious
inconsistency or otherwise interfere
with an action taken or planned by
another agency; (3) materially alter the
budgetary impacts of entitlement grants,
user fees, or loan programs or the rights
and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) raise novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive order.
Pursuant to the terms of the Executive
order, we have determined this
proposed regulatory action will have an
annual effect on the economy of more
than $100 million. Therefore, this action
is ‘‘economically significant’’ and subject
to OMB review under section 3(f)(1) of
Executive Order 12866.
Notwithstanding this determination, we
have assessed the potential costs and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
benefits—both quantitative and
qualitative—of this regulatory action.
The agency believes that the benefits
justify the costs.
A detailed analysis, including the
Department’s Regulatory Flexibility Act
certification, is found in Appendix A to
these final regulations.
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
Sections 668.6, 668.8, 668.16, 668.22,
668.34, 668.43, 668.55, 668.56, 668.57,
668.59, 668.144, 668.150, 668.151,
668.152, and 668.164 contain
information collection requirements.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)), the
Department has submitted a copy of
these sections to OMB for its review.
Section 668.6—Gainful Employment
The final regulations will impose new
requirements on certain programs that
by law must, for purposes of the title IV,
HEA programs, prepare students for
gainful employment in a recognized
occupation. For public and private
nonprofit institutions, a program that
does not lead to a degree will be subject
to the eligibility requirement that the
program lead to gainful employment in
a recognized occupation, while a
program leading to a degree, including
a two-academic-year program fully
transferrable to a baccalaureate degree,
will not be subject to this eligibility
requirement. For proprietary
institutions, all eligible degree and nondegree programs will be required to lead
to gainful employment in a recognized
occupation, except for a liberal arts
baccalaureate program under section
102(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the HEA.
An institution will be required under
final § 668.6(a) to report for each
student, who during an award year,
began attending or completed a program
under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d), information
that includes, at a minimum,
information needed to identify the
student and the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
code of the program, the date the
student completed the program, the
amounts the student received from
private educational loans and the
amount from institutional financing
plans that the student owes the
institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the institution or another
institution. We estimate that it will take
the affected 1,950 proprietary
institutions, on average, 12 hours to
develop the processes necessary to
implement the requirements in
§ 668.6(a) for students who, during the
award year, began attending or
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
completed a program under § 668.6(c)(3)
or (d). These processes include ones to
record student identifier information, to
record the CIP codes associated with
these programs, to record completion
dates, to determine and record the
amounts the student received from
private educational loans and the
amount from institutional financing
plans that the student owes the
institution after completing the
program, and to record data on students
who matriculate to higher credentialed
programs at the same or at another
institution. Therefore, burden will
increase for these affected proprietary
institutions by 23,400 hours.
We estimate that it will take the
affected 1,736 private not-for-profit
institutions, on average, 12 hours to
develop the processes necessary to
implement the requirements in
§ 668.6(a) for students who, during the
award year, began attending or
completed a program under § 668.6.
These processes include ones to record
student identifier information, to record
the CIP codes associated with these
programs, to record completion dates, to
determine and record the amounts the
student received from private
educational loans and the amount from
institutional financing plans that the
student owes the institution after
completing the program, and to record
data on students who matriculate to
higher credentialed programs at the
same or at another institution.
Therefore, burden will increase for these
affected private not-for-profit
institutions by 20,832 hours.
We estimate that it will take the
affected 1,915 public institutions, on
average, 12 hours to develop the
processes necessary to implement the
requirements in § 668.6(a) for students
who, during the award year, began
attending or completed a program under
§ 668.6. These processes include ones to
record student identifier information, to
record the CIP codes associated with
these programs, to record completion
dates, to determine and record the
amounts the student received from
private educational loans and the
amount from institutional financing
plans that the student owes the
institution after completing the
program, and to record data on students
who matriculate to higher credentialed
programs at the same or at another
institution. Therefore, burden will
increase for these affected public
institutions by 22,980 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden for
institutions to meet these process
development requirements in
accordance with procedures established
by the Secretary will increase burden by
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
67,212 hours in OMB Control Number
1845–NEW1.
We estimate that annually there will
be 3,499,998 students who will begin
attendance in occupational programs
that train students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation. We estimate that 1,996,593
of the 3,499,998 students will attend a
proprietary institution. Therefore, with
regard to proprietary institutions, the
total number of affected students is
estimated to be 5,989,779 students
(1,996,593 times 3) for the initial
reporting period that will cover the
2006–2007 award year, the 2007–2008
award year and the 2008–2009 award
year. We estimate that the reporting of
student identifier information, the
location of the institution the student
attended, and the CIP codes for each
beginning student (i.e., a student who
during the award year began attending
a program under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d))
will average .03 hours (2 minutes) per
student or 179,693 hours of increased
burden.
We estimate that 161,308 of the
3,499,998 students will attend a private
not-for-profit institution. Therefore,
with regard to not-for-profit institutions,
the total number of affected students is
estimated to be 483,924 students
(161,308 times 3) for the initial
reporting period that will cover the
2006–2007 award year, the 2007–2008
award year and the 2008–2009 award
year. We estimate that the reporting of
student identifier information, the
location of the institution the student
attended, and the CIP codes for each
beginning student will average .03 hours
(2 minutes) per student or 14,518 hours
of increased burden.
We estimate that 1,342,097 of the
3,499,998 students will attend a public
institution. Therefore, with regard to
public institutions, the total number of
affected students is estimated to be
4,026,291 students (1,342,097 times 3)
for the initial reporting period that will
cover the 2006–2007 award year, the
2007–2008 award year and the 2008–
2009 award year. We estimate that the
reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, and the
CIP codes for each beginning student
will average .03 hours (2 minutes) per
student or 120,789 hours of increased
burden.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
for institutions to meet these reporting
requirements for a student who during
the award year began attending a
program under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d) will
increase burden by 315,000 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW1.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
We estimate that annually there will
be 567,334 students who will complete
their occupational programs that train
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. We estimate that
325,416 of the 567,334 students will
attend a proprietary institution.
Therefore, with regard to proprietary
institutions, the total number of affected
students is estimated to be 976,248
students (325,416 times 3) for the initial
reporting period that will cover the
2006–2007 award year, the 2007–2008
award year and the 2008–2009 award
year. We estimate that the reporting of
student identifier information, the
location of the institution the student
attended, the CIP codes for each
graduate, the date of completion, the
amounts the students received from
private education loans and the amount
from institutional financing plans that
the student owes the institution after
completing the program, and whether
the student matriculated to a higher
credentialed program at the same or
another institution will average .08
hours (5 minutes) per student or 78,100
hours of increased burden.
We estimate that 33,627 of the
567,334 students will attend a private
not-for-profit institution. Therefore,
with regard to not-for-profit institutions,
the total number of affected students is
estimated to be 100,881 students (33,627
times 3) for the initial reporting period
that will cover the 2006–2007 award
year, the 2007–2008 award year and the
2008–2009 award year. We estimate that
the reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
codes for each graduate, the date of
completion, the amounts the student
received from private education loans
and the amount from institutional
financing plans that the student owes
the institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same or another
institution will average .08 hours (5
minutes) per student or 8,070 hours of
increased burden.
We estimate that 208,291 of the
567,334 students will attend a public
institution. Therefore, with regard to
public institutions, the total number of
affected students is estimated to be
624,873 students (208,291 times 3) for
the initial reporting period that will
cover the 2006–2007 award year, the
2007–2008 award year and the 2008–
2009 award year. We estimate that the
reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
codes for each graduate, the date of
completion, the amounts the student
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66933
received from private education loans
and the amount from institutional
financing plans that the student owes
the institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same or another
institution will average .08 hours (5
minutes) per student or 49,990 hours of
increased burden.
Additionally, later in the initial year
of reporting, institutions will have to
report information on students who
began attendance during the 2009–2010
award year. We estimate that annually
there will be 3,499,998 students who
will begin attendance in occupational
programs that train students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation. As established above, we
estimate that 1,996,593 of the 3,499,998
students will begin occupational
programs at proprietary institutions
during the 2009–2010 award year. We
estimate that the reporting of student
identifier information, the location of
the institution the student attended, and
the CIP codes for each beginning
student (i.e., a student who during the
award year began attending a program
under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d)) will average
.03 hours (2 minutes) per student or
59,898 hours of increased burden.
We estimate that 161,308 of the
3,499,998 students will attend a private
not-for-profit institution. We estimate
that the reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, and the
CIP codes for each beginning student
will average .03 hours (2 minutes) per
student or 4,839 hours of increased
burden.
We estimate that 1,342,097 of the
3,499,998 students will attend a public
institution. We estimate that the
reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, and the
CIP codes for each beginning student
will average .03 hours (2 minutes) per
student or 40,263 hours of increased
burden.
Similarly, we estimate that annually
there will be 567,334 students who will
complete their occupational programs
that train students for gainful
employment in a recognized occupation
during the 2009–2010 award year. We
estimate that 325,416 of the 567,334
students will complete their program at
a proprietary institution during the
2009–2010 award year. We estimate that
the reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
codes for each graduate, the date of
completion, the amounts the students
received from private education loans
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66934
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
and the amount from institutional
financing plans that the student owes
the institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same or another
institution will average .08 hours (5
minutes) per student or 26,033 hours of
increased burden for the 2009–2010
award year.
We estimate that 33,627 of the
567,334 students will complete their
program at a private not-for-profit
institution. We estimate that the
reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
codes for each graduate, the date of
completion, the amounts the student
received from private education loans
and the amount from institutional
financing plans that the student owes
the institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same or another
institution will average .08 hours (5
minutes) per student or 2,690 hours of
increased burden during the 2009–2010
award year.
We estimate that 208,291 of the
567,334 students will complete their
program at a public institution during
the 2009–2010 award year. We estimate
that the reporting of student identifier
information, the location of the
institution the student attended, the CIP
codes for each graduate, the date of
completion, the amounts the student
received from private education loans
and the amount from institutional
financing plans that the student owes
the institution after completing the
program, and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same or another
institution will average .08 hours (5
minutes) per student or 16,663 hours of
increased burden for the 2009–2010
award year.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
for institutions to meet these reporting
requirements for students who begin
attendance or complete their
occupational programs that train
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation will increase
burden by 658,758 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–NEW1.
Finally, under § 668.6(b) an
institution will be required to disclose
to each prospective student information
about (1) The occupations (by names
and Standard Occupational Code (SOC)
codes) that its programs prepare
students to enter, along with links to
occupational profiles on O*NET or its
successor site, or if the number of
occupations related to the program on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
O*Net is more than ten (10), the
institution may provide Web links to a
representative sample of SOC codes for
which its graduates typically find
employment within a few years after
completing their program; (2) the ontime graduation rate for students
entering the program; (3) the total
amount of tuition and fees it charges a
student for completing the program
within normal time as defined in
§ 668.41(a), the typical costs for books
and supplies, and the cost of room and
board, if applicable. The institution may
include information on other costs, such
as transportation and living expenses,
but it must provide a Web link, or
access, to the program cost information
the institution makes available under
§ 668.43(a); (4) beginning on July 1,
2011, the placement rate for students
completing the program, as determined
under the institution’s accrediting
agency or State requirements, until a
new placement rate methodology is
developed by the National Center for
Education Statistics (NCES) and
reported to the institution; and (5) the
median loan debt incurred by students
who completed the program as provided
by the Secretary, as well as any other
information the Secretary provided to
the institution about that program. The
institution must identify separately the
median loan debt from title IV, HEA
programs and the median loan debt
from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
We estimate that of the 5,601
institutions with these occupational
programs that 1,950, or 35%, are
proprietary institutions. We estimate
that of the 5,601 with these
occupational programs that 1,736, or
31%, are private not-for-profit
institutions. We estimate that of the
5,601 with these occupational programs
that 1,915, or 34%, are public
institutions. Because under the revised
disclosure requirements, institutions
may use a representative sample of SOC
codes and use placement rate data
already required by their accrediting
agency or State, or data that will be
provided by the Department, we
estimate that on average, it will take 1.5
hours for an institution to obtain the
required disclosure information from
O*Net and its own programmatic cost
information and to provide that
information on its Web site and in its
promotional materials. Therefore, we
estimate that burden for 1,950
proprietary institutions will increase by
2,925 hours. We estimate that burden
for 1,736 private not-for-profit
institutions will increase by 2,604
hours. We estimate that burden for
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1,915 public institutions will increase
by 2,873 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
for institutions to meet these disclosure
requirements for prospective students
will increase burden by 8,402 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW1.
We estimate the total burden under
this section to increase by 677,160 hours
in OMB Control Number 1845–NEW1.
Section 668.8—Eligible Program
Under S668.8(l)(1), we will revise the
method of converting clock hours to
credit hours to use a ratio of the
minimum clock hours in an academic
year to the minimum credit hours in an
academic year, i.e., 900 clock hours to
24 semester or trimester hours or 36
quarter hours. Thus, a semester or
trimester hour will be based on at least
37.5 clock hours, and a quarter hour
will be based on at least 25 clock hours.
Section 668.8(l)(2) will create an
exception to the conversion ratio in
§ 668.8(l)(1) if neither an institution’s
designated accrediting agency nor the
relevant State licensing authority for
participation in the title IV, HEA
programs determines there are any
deficiencies in the institution’s policies,
procedures, and practices for
establishing the credit hours that the
institution awards for programs and
courses, as defined in § 600.2. Under the
exception provided by § 668.8(l)(2), an
institution will be permitted to combine
students’ work outside of class with the
clock-hours of instruction in order to
meet or exceed the numeric
requirements established in
§ 668.8(l)(1). However, under
§ 668.8(l)(2), the institution will need to
use at least 30 clock hours for a semester
or trimester hour or 20 clock hours for
a quarter hour.
In determining whether there is
outside work that a student must
perform, the analysis will need to take
into account differences in coursework
and educational activities within the
program. Some portions of a program
may require student work outside of
class that justifies the application of
§ 668.8(l)(2). In addition, the application
of § 668.8(l)(2) could vary within a
program depending on variances in
required student work outside of class
for different portions of the program.
Other portions of the program may not
have outside work, and § 668.8(l)(1) will
need to be applied. Of course, an
institution applying only § 668.8(l)(1) to
a program eligible for conversion from
clock hours to credit hours, without an
analysis of the program’s coursework,
will be considered compliant with the
requirements of § 668.8(l).
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Section 668.8(k)(1)(ii) will modify a
provision in current regulations to
provide that a program is not subject to
the conversion formula in § 668.8(l)
where each course within the program
is acceptable for full credit toward a
degree that is offered by the institution
and that this degree requires at least two
academic years of study. Additionally,
under § 668.8(k)(1)(ii), the institution
will be required to demonstrate that
students enroll in, and graduate from,
the degree program.
Section 668.8(k)(2)(i) will provide that
a program is considered to be a clockhour program if the program must be
measured in clock hours to receive
Federal or State approval or licensure,
or if completing clock hours is a
requirement for graduates to apply for
licensure or the authorization to
practice the occupation that the student
is intending to pursue. Under
§ 668.8(k)(2)(ii) and (iii), the program
will also be considered to be offered in
clock hours if the credit hours awarded
for the program are not in compliance
with the definition of a credit hour in
§ 600.2, or if the institution does not
provide the clock hours that are the
basis for the credit hours awarded for
the program or each course in the
program and, except as provided in
current § 668.4(e), requires attendance
in the clock hours that are the basis for
the credit hours awarded. The final
regulations on which tentative
agreement was reached will not include
the provision in § 668.8(k)(2)(iii) that,
except as provided in current § 668.4(e),
an institution must require attendance
in the clock hours that are the basis for
the credit hours awarded.
Section 668.8(k)(3) will provide that
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i) will not apply if a
limited portion of the program includes
a practicum, internship, or clinical
experience component that must
include a minimum number of clock
hours due to a State or Federal approval
or licensure requirement.
We estimate that on average, for each
affected program it will take .5 hours (30
minutes) for an institution to make the
determination of whether the program is
an affected program, to evaluate the
amount of outside student work that
should be included as final and to
perform the clock hour to credit hour
conversion. We further estimate that of
the 4,587 institutions of higher
education with less than 2-year
programs, that on average, each
institution has approximately 8 nondegree programs of study for a total of
36,696 affected programs. We estimate
that there are 16,513 affected programs
at proprietary institutions times .5 hours
(30 minutes) which will increase burden
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
by 8,257 hours. We estimate that there
are 1,835 affected programs at private
non-profit institutions times .5 hours
(30 minutes) which will increase burden
by 918 hours. We estimate that there are
18,348 affected programs at public
institutions times .5 hours (30 minutes)
which will increase burden by 9,174
hours.
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.8 will
increase burden by 18,349 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022.
Section 668.16—Standards of
Administrative Capability
Under the final regulations, the
elements of the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress plan have been
moved from current § 668.16(e) to
§ 668.34. We also have updated these
provisions. As a result, the estimated
burden upon institutions associated
with measuring academic progress
currently in OMB Control Number
1845–0022 of 21,000 hours will be
administratively removed from this
collection and transferred to OMB
Control Number 1845–NEW2.
Under § 668.16(p), an institution will
be required to develop and follow
procedures to evaluate the validity of a
student’s high school completion if the
institution or the Secretary has reason to
believe that the high school diploma is
not valid or was not obtained from an
entity that provides secondary school
education. The burden associated with
this requirement will be mitigated by
the fact that many institutions already
have processes in place to collect high
school diplomas and make
determinations about their validity.
We estimate that burden will increase
for each institution by 3.5 hours for the
development of a high school diploma
validity process. We estimate that 2,086
proprietary institutions will on average
take 3.5 hours to develop the final
procedures to evaluate the validity of
high school completions, which will
increase burden by 7,301 hours. We
estimate that 1,731 private non-profit
institutions will on average take 3.5
hours to develop the final procedures to
evaluate the validity of high school
completion, which will increase burden
by 6,059 hours. We estimate that 1,892
public institutions will on average take
3.5 hours to develop the final
procedures to evaluate the validity of
high school completion, which will
increase burden by 6,622 hours.
Additionally, we estimate that the
validity of approximately 4,000 high
school diplomas per year will be
questioned and that these diplomas will
require additional verification, which
we estimate will take .5 hours (30
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66935
minutes) per questionable diploma. We
estimate that proprietary institutions
will have 2,000 questionable diplomas,
which will result in an estimated 1,000
hours of increased burden (2000
diplomas multiplied by .5 hours). We
estimate that private non-profit
institutions will have 600 questionable
diplomas, which will result in an
estimated 300 hours of increased burden
(600 diplomas multiplied by .5 hours).
We estimate that public institutions will
have 1,400 questionable, which will
result in an estimated 700 hours of
increased burden (1400 diplomas
multiplied by .5 hours).
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.16 will
increase burden by 21,982 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022.
Section 668.22—Treatment of Title IV,
HEA Program Funds When a Student
Withdraws
The changes to § 668.22(a)(2) clarify
when a student is considered to have
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment. In the case of a
program that is measured in credit
hours, the student will be considered to
have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all the days in the payment
period or period of enrollment that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing. In the case of a
program that is measured in clock
hours, the student will be considered to
have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all of the clock hours in the
payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to
complete prior to withdrawing.
Section 668.22(f)(2)(i) clarifies that,
for credit hour programs, in calculating
the percentage of the payment period or
period of enrollment completed, it is
necessary to take into account the total
number of calendar days that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing without regard to
any course completed by the student
that is less than the length of the term.
These final regulations will affect all
programs with courses that are less than
the length of a term, including, for
example, a semester-based program that
has a summer nonstandard term with
two consecutive six-week sessions
within the term.
We estimate that approximately
425,075 students in term-based
programs with modules or compressed
courses will withdraw prior to
completing more than 60 percent of
their program of study. We estimate that
on average, the burden per individual
student who withdraws prior to the 60
percent point of their term-based
program to be .75 hours (45 minutes)
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66936
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
per affected individual which will
increase burden for the estimated
425,075 students by 318,806 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022. Of
these 425,075 withdrawals, we estimate
that 50 percent of the withdrawals
(212,538) will occur at proprietary
institutions and will increase burden by
1 hour per withdrawal increasing
burden by 212,538 hours. We estimate
that 10 percent of the withdrawals
(42,508) will occur at private non-profit
institutions and will increase burden by
1 hour per withdrawal increasing
burden by 42,508 hours. We estimate
that 40 percent of the withdrawals
(170,029) will occur at public
institutions and will increase burden by
1 hour per withdrawal increasing
burden by 170,029 hours. Collectively,
we estimate that burden will increase by
743,881 hours in OMB Control Number
1845–0022, of which 318,806 hours is
for individuals and 425,075 hours is for
institutions.
Section 668.34—Satisfactory Progress
The final regulations restructure the
satisfactory academic progress
requirements. Section 668.16(e)
(Standards of administrative capability)
has been revised to include only the
requirement that an institution
establish, publish and apply satisfactory
academic progress standards that meet
the requirements of § 668.34. The
remainder of current § 668.16(e) has
been moved to § 668.34 such that it,
alone, describes all of the required
elements of a satisfactory academic
progress policy, as well as how an
institution will implement such a
policy. The references in § 668.32(e)
have been updated to conform the
section with the final changes we have
made to §§ 668.16(e) and 668.32.
Section 668.34(a) specifies the
elements an institution’s satisfactory
academic policy must contain to be
considered a reasonable policy. Under
these regulations, institutions will
continue to have flexibility in
establishing their own policies;
institutions that choose to measure
satisfactory academic progress more
frequently than at the minimum
required intervals will have additional
flexibility (see § 668.34(a)(3)).
All of the policy elements in the
current regulations under §§ 668.16(e)
and 668.34 are combined in § 668.34. In
addition, § 668.34(a)(5) makes explicit
the requirement that institutions specify
the pace at which a student must
progress through his or her educational
program to ensure that the student will
complete the program within the
maximum timeframe, and provide for
measurement of a student’s pace at each
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
evaluation. Under § 668.34(a)(6),
institutional policies will need to
describe how a student’s GPA and pace
of completion are affected by transfers
of credit from other institutions. This
provision will also require institutions
to count credit hours from another
institution that are accepted toward a
student’s educational program as both
attempted and completed hours.
Section 668.34(a)(7) provides that,
except as permitted in § 668.34(c) and
(d), the policy requires that, at the time
of each evaluation, if the student is not
making satisfactory academic progress,
the student is no longer eligible to
receive the title IV, HEA assistance.
Section 668.34(a)(8) requires
institutions that use ‘‘financial aid
warning’’ and ‘‘financial aid probation’’
statuses (concepts that are defined in
§ 668.34(b)) in connection with
satisfactory academic progress
evaluations to describe these statuses
and how they are used in their
satisfactory academic progress policies.
Section 668.34(a)(8)(i) specifies that a
student on financial aid warning may
continue to receive assistance under the
title IV, HEA programs for one payment
period despite a determination that the
student is not making satisfactory
academic progress. Financial aid
warning status may be assigned without
an appeal or other action by the student.
Section 668.34(a)(8)(ii) makes clear that
an institution with a satisfactory
academic progress policy that includes
the use of the financial aid probation
status could require that a student on
financial aid probation fulfill specific
terms and conditions, such as taking a
reduced course load or enrolling in
specific courses.
Section 668.34(a)(9) will require an
institution that permits a student to
appeal a determination that the student
is not making satisfactory academic
progress to describe the appeal process
in its policy. The policy will need to
contain specified elements. Section
668.34(a)(9)(i) will require an institution
to describe how a student may reestablish his or her eligibility to receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs.
Under § 668.34(a)(9)(ii), a student will
be permitted to file an appeal based on
the death of a relative, an injury or
illness of the student, or other special
circumstances. Under § 668.34(a)(9)(iii),
a student will be required to submit, as
part of the appeal, information regarding
why the student failed to make
satisfactory academic progress, and
what has changed in the student’s
situation that will allow the student to
demonstrate satisfactory academic
progress at the next evaluation.
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Section 668.34(a)(10) will require the
satisfactory academic progress policy of
an institution that does not permit
students to appeal a determination that
they are not making satisfactory
academic progress, to describe how a
student may regain eligibility for
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs.
Section 668.34(a)(11) will require that
an institution’s policy provide for
notification to students of the results of
an evaluation that impacts the student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds.
We estimate that, on average,
institutions will take 3 hours per
institution to review the final
regulations in § 668.34(a) and
implement any changes to their
satisfactory academic policies to insure
compliance. We estimate that 2,086
proprietary institutions will take 3
hours per institution to review and
implement the final regulations, which
will result in an estimated increase of
6,258 hours in burden. We estimate that
1,731 private non-profit institutions will
take 3 hours per institution to review
and implement the final regulations,
which will result in an estimated
increase of 5,193 hours in burden. We
estimate that 1,892 public institutions
will take 3 hours per institution to
review and implement the final
regulations, which will result in an
estimated increase of 5,676 hours in
burden.
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.34(a) will
increase burden by 17,127 hours.
Section 668.34(c) and (d) will specify
that an institution’s policy may provide
for disbursement of title IV, HEA
program funds to a student who has not
met an institution’s satisfactory
academic standards in certain
circumstances. Of the 17 million
applicants in 2008–2009, we estimate
that 90 percent (or 15,300,000
individuals) will begin attendance. We
estimate that of the 15,300,000
individuals that begin attendance, that
90 percent (or 13,770,000 individuals)
will persist at least through the end of
the initial payment period and,
therefore, will be subject to the
institutions’ satisfactory academic
progress consistent with the provisions
of § 668.34. We estimate that 38 percent
of participating institutions will
evaluate their students at the end of
each payment period under § 668.34(c);
therefore we expect 5,232,600
individuals to be evaluated more than
annually (13,770,000 individuals
multiplied 38 percent). We estimate that
62 percent of participating institutions
will evaluate their students once per
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
academic year under § 668.34(d);
therefore, we expect 8,537,400
individuals to be evaluated annually
(13,770,000 individuals multiplied by
62 percent).
Section 668.34(c) will permit an
institution that measures satisfactory
academic progress at the end of each
payment period to have a policy that
will permit a student who is not making
satisfactory academic progress to be
placed automatically on financial aid
warning, a newly defined term. We
estimate that, as a result of this
requirement, the burden associated with
an academic progress measurement at
the end of each payment period, and
when required, the development of an
academic plan for the student, will
increase. We estimate that 1,936,062
individuals at proprietary institutions
will require an academic review more
than once per academic year
(proprietary institutions, which
comprise 37 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 5,232,600 individuals).
Given this number of individuals
(1,936,062) and an average of 2 reviews
per academic year under this
requirement, we expect these
institutions to conduct 3,872,124
satisfactory academic progress reviews.
Because these academic progress
reviews are generally highly automated,
we estimate that, on average, each
review will take .02 hours (1.2 minutes)
and will increase burden by 77,442
hours.
We estimate that 1,569,780
individuals at private non-profit
institutions will require an academic
review (private non-profit institutions,
which comprise 30 percent of the total
number of institutions of higher
education, multiplied by 5,232,600
individuals). Given this number of
individuals (1,569,780) and an average
of 2 reviews per academic year under
this requirement, we expect these
institutions to conduct 3,139,560
satisfactory academic progress reviews.
Because these academic progress
reviews are generally highly automated,
we estimate that, on average, each
review will take .02 hours (1.2 minutes)
and will increase burden by 62,791
hours.
We estimate that 1,726,758
individuals at public institutions will
require an academic review (public
institutions, which comprise 33 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, multiplied by
5,232,600 individuals). Given this
number of individuals (1,726,758) and
an average of 2 reviews per academic
year under this requirement, we expect
these institutions to conduct 3,453,516
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
satisfactory academic progress reviews.
Because these academic progress
reviews are generally highly automated,
we estimate that, on average, each
review will take .02 hours (1.2 minutes)
and will increase burden by 69,070
hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions under this
requirement will increase by 209,303
hours, in OMB Control Number 1845–
NEW2.
As a result of the final satisfactory
academic progress reviews conducted
by institutions, we estimate that 7
percent of the 5,232,600 enrolled
students (at institutions that review
academic progress more often than
annually) or 366,282 will not
successfully achieve satisfactory
academic progress. For these students,
institutions will need to work with each
student to develop an academic plan
and this will increase burden for the
individual and the institutions. We
estimate that under § 668.34(c), that
366,282 students will, on average, take
.17 hours (10 minutes) to establish an
academic plan for an increase of 62,268
burden hours and re-evaluate the plan a
second time within the academic year
for an additional increase of 62,268
burden hours (2 times per academic
year), increasing burden to individuals
by a total of 124,536 hours.
We estimate that 1,936,062
individuals at proprietary institutions
will require the development of an
academic plan as a result of not
progressing academically (proprietary
institutions, which comprise 37 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, multiplied by
5,232,600 individuals). Given this
number of individuals (1,936,062)
multiplied by 7 percent (which is our
estimate for those who will not
academically progress), we expect that
135,524 individuals will need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan will take, on average, .25
hours (15 minutes) of staff time at two
times within the academic year,
increasing burden by 67,762 hours.
We estimate that 1,569,780
individuals at private non-profit
institutions will require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically
(private non-profit institutions, which
comprise 30 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 5,232,600 individuals).
Given this number of individuals
(1,569,780) multiplied by 7 percent
(which is our estimate for those who
will not academically progress), we
expect that 109,885 individuals will
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66937
need to work with their institutions to
develop an academic plan. We estimate
that each academic plan will take, on
average, .25 hours (15 minutes) of staff
time at two times within the academic
year, increasing burden by 54,943 hours.
We estimate that 1,726,758
individuals at public institutions will
require the development of an academic
plan as a result of not progressing
academically (public institutions, which
comprise 33 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 5,232,600 individuals).
Given this number of individuals
(1,726,758) multiplied by 7 percent
(which is our estimate for those who
will not academically progress), we
expect that 120,873 individuals will
need to work with their institutions to
develop an academic plan. We estimate
that each academic plan will take, on
average, .25 hours (15 minutes) of staff
time at two times within the academic
year, increasing burden by 60,437 hours.
Collectively, therefore, we estimate
that the burden for institutions will
increase by 183,142 hours, in OMB
Control Number 1845–NEW2.
Under § 668.34(d), at an institution
that measures satisfactory academic
progress annually, or less frequently
than at the end of each payment period,
a student who has been determined not
to be making satisfactory academic
progress will be able to receive title IV,
HEA program funds only after filing an
appeal and meeting one of two
conditions: (1) The institution has
determined that the student should be
able to meet satisfactory progress
standards after the subsequent payment
period, or (2) the institution develops an
academic plan with the student that, if
followed, will ensure that the student is
able to meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards by a
specific point in time.
Because the final regulations will
transfer the elements of an institution’s
satisfactory academic policy from
§ 668.16(e) to § 668.34, we are
transferring the current burden estimate
of 21,000 hours from the current OMB
Control Number 1845–0022 to OMB
Control Number 1845–NEW2.
We estimate that 3,158,838
individuals at proprietary institutions
(proprietary institutions, which
comprise 37 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 8,537,400 individuals)
will require an academic review.
Because the academic progress reviews
are generally highly automated, we
estimate that, on average, each review
will take .02 hours (1.2 minutes) and
will increase burden by 63,177 hours.
We estimate that 2,561,220 individuals
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66938
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
at private non-profit institutions will
require an academic review (private
non-profit institutions, which comprise
30 percent of the total number of
institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 8,537,400 individuals).
Because the academic progress reviews
are generally highly automated, we
estimate that, on average, each review
will take .02 hours (1.2 minutes) and
will increase burden by 51,224 hours.
We estimate that 2,817,342
individuals at public institutions will
require an academic review (public
institutions, which comprise 33 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, multiplied by
8,537,400 individuals). Because the
academic progress reviews are generally
highly automated, we estimate that, on
average, each review will take .02 hours
(1.2 minutes) and will increase burden
by 56,347 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions will increase by
170,748 hours, in OMB Control Number
1845–NEW2.
As a result of the final satisfactory
academic progress reviews conducted
by the institutions, we estimate that 7
percent of the 8,537,400 enrolled
students (at institutions that review
academic progress annually) or 597,618
will not successfully achieve
satisfactory academic progress. For
these students, institutions will need to
work with each student to develop an
academic plan and this will increase
burden for the individual and the
institutions. We estimate that under
§ 668.34(d), 597,618 students will, on
average, take .17 hours (10 minutes) to
establish an academic plan, increasing
burden to individuals by 101,595 hours.
We estimate that 3,158,838
individuals at proprietary institutions
will require the development of an
academic plan as a result of not
progressing academically (proprietary
institutions, which comprise 37 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, multiplied by
8,537,400 individuals). Given this
number of individuals (3,158,838)
multiplied by 7 percent (which is our
estimate for those who will not
academically progress), we expect
221,119 individuals will need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan will take, on average, .25
hours (15 minutes) of staff time,
increasing burden by 55,280 hours.
We estimate that 2,561,220
individuals at private non-profit
institutions will require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically
(private non-profit institutions, which
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
comprise 30 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 8,537,400 individuals).
Given this number of individuals
(2,561,220) multiplied by 7 percent
(which is our estimate for those who
will not academically progress), we
expect 179,285 individuals will need to
work with their institutions to develop
an academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan will take, on average, .25
hours (15 minutes) of staff time,
increasing burden by 44,821 hours.
We estimate that 2,817,342
individuals at public institutions will
require the development of an academic
plan as a result of not progressing
academically (public institutions, which
comprise 33 percent of the total number
of institutions of higher education,
multiplied by 8,537,400 individuals).
Given this number of individuals
(2,817,342) multiplied by 7 percent (our
estimate for those who will not
academically progress), we expect
197,214 individuals will need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan will take, on average, .25
hours (15 minutes) of staff time,
increasing burden by 49,304 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions will increase by
149,405 hours, in OMB Control Number
1845–NEW2.
In total, the final regulatory changes
reflected in § 668.34 will increase
burden by a total of 955,856 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW2;
however, when the 21,000 hours of
burden currently in OMB 1845–0022 are
administratively transferred from OMB
1845–0022 to OMB 1845–NEW2, the
grand total of burden hours under this
section will increase to 976,856 in OMB
1845–NEW2.
Section 668.43—Institutional
Information
The Department has amended current
§ 668.5(a) by revising and redesignating
paragraph (a) as paragraph (a)(1) and
adding a new paragraph (a)(2). Section
668.5(a)(1) is based on the language that
is in current § 668.5(a), but has been
modified to make it consistent with the
definition of an ‘‘educational program’’
in 34 CFR 600.2.
Section 668.5(a)(2) specifies that if a
written arrangement is between two or
more eligible institutions that are owned
or controlled by the same individual,
partnership, or corporation, the
institution that grants the degree or
certificate must provide more than 50
percent of the educational program.
These clarifications are also intended to
ensure that the institution enrolling the
student has all necessary approvals to
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
offer an educational program in the
format in which it is being provided,
such as through distance education
when the other institution is providing
instruction under a written agreement
using that method of delivery.
Section 668.5(c)(1) includes an
expanded list of conditions that will
preclude an arrangement between an
eligible institution and an ineligible
institution.
Sections 668.5(e) and 668.43 will
require an institution that enters into a
written arrangement to provide a
description of the arrangement to
enrolled and prospective students.
We estimate that 104 proprietary
institutions will enter into an average of
1 written arrangement per institution
and that, on average, the burden
associated with the information
collections about written agreements
and its disclosure required under
§ 668.5(e) and 668.43 will take .5 hours
(30 minutes) per arrangement,
increasing burden by 52 hours.
We estimate that 1,731 private nonprofit institutions will enter into an
average of 50 written arrangements per
institution and that, on average, the
burden associated with the final
collection of information about written
agreements and its disclosure will take
.5 hours (30 minutes) per arrangement,
increasing burden by 43,275 hours.
We estimate that 1,892 public
institutions will enter into an average of
25 written arrangements per institution
and that, on average, the burden
associated with the final collection of
information about written agreements
and its disclosure will take .5 hours (30
minutes) per arrangement, increasing
burden by 23,650 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
will increase for institutions in their
reporting of the details of written
agreements by 66,977 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0022.
Currently, the Department requires
that an institution must make available
for review to any enrolled or
prospective student upon request, a
copy of the documents describing the
institution’s accreditation and its State,
Federal, or tribal approval or licensing.
The Department requires in § 668.43(b)
that the institution must also provide its
students or prospective students with
contact information for filing
complaints with its accreditor and State
approval or licensing entity.
We estimate that 1,919 (or 92 percent
of all 2,086 proprietary institutions) will
have to begin providing contact
information for filing complaints with
accreditors, approval or licensing
agencies. We estimate that the other 8
percent of proprietary institutions are
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
already providing this information. We
estimate that on average, this disclosure
will take .17 hours (10 minutes) per
disclosure and that it will, therefore,
increase burden to proprietary
institutions by 326 hours.
We estimate that 1,593 (or 92 percent
of all 1,731 private non-profit
institutions) will have to begin
providing contact information for filing
complaints with accreditors, approval or
licensing agencies. We estimate that the
other 8 percent of private non-profit
institutions are already providing this
information. We estimate that on
average, this disclosure will take .17
hours (10 minutes) per disclosure and
that it will, therefore, increase burden to
private non-profit institutions by 271
hours.
We estimate that 1,740 (or 92 percent
of all 1,892 public institutions) will
have to begin providing contact
information for filing complaints with
accreditors, approval or licensing
agencies. We estimate that the other 8
percent of public institutions are
already providing this information. We
estimate that on average, this disclosure
will take .17 hours (10 minutes) per
disclosure and that it will, therefore,
increase burden to proprietary
institutions by 296 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
will increase for institutions in their
reporting of the contact information for
filing complaints to accreditors and
approval or licensing agencies by 893
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
0022.
In total, the final regulatory changes
reflected in § 668.43 will increase
burden by 67,870 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–0022.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Section 668.55—Updating Information
Section 668.55 will require an
applicant to update all applicable
changes in dependency status that occur
throughout the award year, including
changes in the applicant’s household
size and the number of those household
members attending postsecondary
educational institutions. We estimate
that 1,530,000 individuals will update
their household size or the number of
household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
and that, on average, reporting will take
.08 hours (5 minutes) per individual,
increasing burden by 122,400 hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions will receive updated
household size or the updated number
of household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
from 566,100 applicants. We estimate
that each updated record will take
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
.17 hours (10 minutes) to review, which
will increase burden by 96,237 hours.
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions will receive updated
household size or the updated number
of household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
from 459,000 applicants. We estimate
that each updated record will take .17
hours (10 minutes) to review, which
will increase burden by 78,030 hours.
We estimate that public institutions
will receive updated household size or
the updated number of household
members attending postsecondary
educational institutions from 504,900
applicants. We estimate that each
updated record will take .17 hours
(10 minutes) to review, which will
increase burden by 85,833 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
will increase for individuals and
institutions as a result of being required
to report updated household size and
the updated number of household
members attending postsecondary
educational institutions by 382,500
hours in OMB Control Number
1845–0041, of which 122,400 hours is
for individuals and 260,100 hours is for
institutions.
This section also requires individuals
to make changes to their FAFSA
information if their marital status
changes, but only at the discretion of the
financial aid administrator because such
an update is necessary to address an
inequity or to reflect more accurately
the applicant’s ability to pay. As a
result, we estimate that of the 170,000
individuals that will have a change of
marital status, we expect that this
discretion will be applied in only ten
percent of the cases, therefore, ten
percent of the 170,000 estimated cases
is 17,000 cases that on average the
reporting will take .08 hours (5 minutes)
per individual, increasing burden by
1,360 hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions will receive updated marital
status information from 6,290
applicants. We estimate that each
updated record will take .17 hours (10
minutes) to review, which will increase
burden by 1,069 hours.
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions will receive updated marital
status information from 5,100
applicants. We estimate that each
updated record will take .17 hours (10
minutes) to review, which will increase
burden by 867 hours.
We estimate that public institutions
will receive updated marital status
information from 5,610 applicants. We
estimate that each updated record will
take .17 hours (10 minutes) to review,
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66939
which will increase burden by 954
hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
will increase for individuals and
institutions in their reporting updated
marital status information by 4,250
hours in OMB Control Number
1845–0041.
Section 668.55 will also include a
number of other changes to remove
language that implements the marital
status exception in the current
regulations, including removing current
§ 668.55(a)(3) and revising § 668.55(b).
In total, the final regulatory changes
reflected in § 668.55 will increase
burden by 386,750 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.56—Information To Be
Verified
The Department will eliminate from
the regulations the five items that an
institution currently is required to verify
for all applicants selected for
verification. Instead, pursuant to
§ 668.56(a), for each award year, the
Secretary will specify in a Federal
Register notice the FAFSA information
and documentation that an institution
and an applicant may be required to
verify. The Department will then specify
on an individual student’s SAR and ISIR
what information must be verified for
that applicant.
Currently, under OMB Control
Number 1845–0041, there are 1,022,384
hours of burden associated with the
verification regulations of which
1,010,072 hours of burden are a result
of the data gathering and submission by
each individual applicant selected for
verification. This estimate was based
upon the number of applicants in the
2002–2003 award year. Since then, the
number of applicants has grown
significantly to 17.4 million applicants
for the 2008–2009 award year, of which
we project 5.1 million individual
applicants to be selected for verification.
The projected number of items to be
verified under the final regulations is
expected to be reduced from the current
five required data elements to an
average of three items per individual.
This projected reduction in items to be
verified will result in a reduction of
burden per individual applicant. Also,
as a result of collecting information to
verify applicant data on this smaller
average number of data elements (three
items instead of five items), the average
amount of time for the individual
applicant to review verification form
instructions, gather the data, respond on
a form and submit a form and the
supporting data will decrease from the
current average of .20 hours (12
minutes) per individual to .12 hours (7
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66940
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
minutes), thus further reducing burden
on the individual applicant.
For example, when we consider the
estimated 5.1 million 2008–2009
applicants selected for verification at an
average of .20 hours (12 minutes) to
collect and submit information,
including supporting documentation for
the five required data elements (which
is the estimated amount of time that is
associated with the requirements in
current § 668.56(a)), the requirements in
that section yields a total burden of
1,020,000 hours added to OMB Control
Number 1845–0041. However, under
§ 668.56(b), where the number of
verification data elements will be
reduced to an average of three, the
estimated 5.1 million individuals
selected for verification multiplied by
the reduced average of .12 minutes
(7 minutes) yields an increase of
612,000 hours in burden. Therefore, we
will expect the burden to be 408,000
hours less than under the current
regulations.
As a result, for OMB reporting
purposes, we estimate that the
individuals, as a group, will have an
increase in burden by 612,000 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0041
(rather than 1,020,000 hours).
Section 668.57—Acceptable
Documentation
We have made a number of technical
and conforming changes throughout
§ 668.57. We also have made the
following substantive changes described
in this section.
Section 668.57(a)(2) will allow an
institution to accept, in lieu of an
income tax return or an IRS form that
lists tax account information, the
electronic importation of data obtained
from the IRS into an applicant’s online
FAFSA.
We also have amended
§ 668.57(a)(4)(ii)(A) to accurately reflect
that, upon application, the IRS grants a
six-month extension beyond the April
15 deadline rather than the four-month
extension currently stated in the
regulations.
Under § 668.57(a)(5), an institution
may require an applicant who has been
granted an extension to file his or her
income tax return to provide a copy of
that tax return once it has been filed. If
the institution requires the applicant to
submit the tax return, it will need to reverify the AGI and taxes paid of the
applicant and his or her spouse or
parents when the institution receives
the return.
Section 668.57(a)(7) clarifies that an
applicant’s income tax return that is
signed by the preparer or stamped with
the preparer’s name and address must
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
also include the preparer’s Social
Security number, Employer
Identification Number or the Preparer
Tax Identification Number.
Section 668.57(b) and (c) remain
substantively unchanged.
We have deleted current § 668.57(d)
regarding acceptable documentation for
untaxed income and benefits and
replaced it with a new § 668.57(d). This
new section provides that, if an
applicant is selected to verify other
information specified in an annual
Federal Register notice, the applicant
must provide the documentation
specified for that information in the
Federal Register notice.
Currently under OMB Control
Number 1845–0041, there are 1,022,384
hours of burden associated with the
verification regulations, of which 12,312
hours are attributable to institutions of
higher education to establish their
verification policies and procedures.
Under § 668.57, we estimate that, on
average, institutions will take .12 hours
(7 minutes) per applicant selected for
verification to review and take
appropriate action based upon the
information provided by the applicant,
which in some cases may mean
correcting applicant data or having the
applicant correct his or her data. Under
current § 668.57, when we consider the
significant increase to 17.4 million
applicants in the 2008–2009 award year,
of which 5.1 million will be selected for
verification at an average of .20 hours
(12 minutes) per verification response
received from applicants by the
institutions for review, the total increase
in burden will be 1,020,000 additional
hours. However, under § 668.57, both
the average number of items to be
verified will be reduced from five items
to three items, as well as the average
amount of time to review will decrease
from .20 hours (12 minutes) to .12 hours
(7 minutes). Therefore, the burden to
institutions will be 612,000 burden
hours (that is, 5.1 million multiplied by
.12 hours (7 minutes))—rather than
1,020,000 burden hours (i.e., 5.1 million
applicants multiplied by .20 hours (12
minutes)). Thus, as compared to the
burden under the current regulations,
using the number of applicants from
2008–2009—17.4 million—there will be
408,000 fewer burden hours for
institutions.
We estimate 226,440 hours of
increased burden for proprietary
institutions (2,086 proprietary
institutions of the total 5,709 affected
institutions or 37 percent multiplied by
5,100,000 applicants equals 1,887,000
applicants multiplied by .12 hours (7
minutes)).
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
We estimate 183,600 hours of
increased burden for private non-profit
institutions (1,731 private non-profit
institutions of the total 5,709 affected
institutions or 30 percent multiplied by
5,100,000 applicants equals 1,530,000
applicants multiplied by .12 hours (7
minutes)).
We estimate 201,960 hours of
increased burden for public institutions
(1,892 public institutions of the total
5,709 affected institution or 33 percent
multiplied by 5,100,000 applicants
multiplied by .12 hours (7 minutes)).
As a result, for OMB reporting
purposes, collectively there will be a
projected increase of 612,000 hours of
burden for institutions in OMB Control
Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.59—Consequences of a
Change in FAFSA Information
We have amended § 668.59 by
removing all allowable tolerances and
requiring instead that an institution
submit to the Department all applicable
changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information resulting from verification
for those applicants receiving assistance
under any of the subsidized student
financial assistance programs (see
§ 668.59(a)).
Under § 668.59(b), for the Federal Pell
Grant program, once the applicant
provides the institution with the
corrected SAR or ISIR, the institution
will be required to recalculate the
applicant’s Federal Pell Grant and
disburse any additional funds, if
additional funds are payable. If the
applicant’s Federal Pell Grant will be
reduced as a result of verification, the
institution will be required to eliminate
any overpayment by adjusting
subsequent disbursements or
reimbursing the program account by
requiring the applicant to return the
overpayment or making restitution from
its own funds (see § 668.59(b)(2)(ii)).
Section 668.59(c) provides that, for
the subsidized student financial
assistance programs, excluding the
Federal Pell Grant Program, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must recalculate the applicant’s EFC
and adjust the applicant’s financial aid
package on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected SAR or ISIR.
With the exception of minor technical
edits, § 668.59(d), which describes the
consequences of a change in an
applicant’s FAFSA information, remains
substantively the same as current
§ 668.59(d).
Finally, we have removed current
§ 668.59(e), the provision that requires
an institution to refer to the Department
unresolved disputes over the accuracy
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
of information provided by the
applicant if the applicant received funds
on the basis of that information.
Both individuals (students) and
institutions will be making corrections
to FAFSA information as a result of the
verification process. We estimate that 30
percent of the 17,000,000 applicants or
5,100,000 individuals (students) will be
selected for verification. Of those
5,100,000 individuals, students will
submit, on average, 1.4 changes in
FAFSA information as a result of
verification for 7,140,000 changes,
which will take an average of .12 hours
(7 minutes) per change, increasing
burden to individuals by 856,800 hours.
We estimate that institutions will
need to submit 10,200,000 changes in
FAFSA information as a result of
verification (that is, 5,100,000
individuals selected for verification
multiplied by 2.0 changes, which is
what we estimate will be the average per
individual).
Of the estimated total 10,200,000
changes, we estimate that 3,774,000
changes to FAFSA information as a
result of verification will occur at
proprietary institutions, which will take
an average of .12 hours (7 minutes) per
change, increasing burden by 452,880
hours.
Of the estimated total 10,200,000
changes, we estimate that 3,060,000
changes to FAFSA information as a
result of verification will occur at
private non-profit institutions, which
will take an average of .12 hours (7
minutes) per change, increasing burden
by 367,200 hours.
Of the estimated total 10,200,000
changes, we estimate that 3,366,000
changes to FAFSA information as a
result of verification will occur at public
institutions, which will take an average
of .12 hours (7 minutes) per change,
increasing burden by 403,920 hours.
Collectively, therefore, the final
regulatory changes reflected in § 668.59
will increase for individuals and
institutions by 2,080,800 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.144—Application for Test
Approval
We have clarified and expanded the
requirements in current §§ 668.143 and
668.144. In addition, we have
consolidated all of the requirements for
test approval in one section, § 668.144.
Paragraphs (a) and (b) of § 668.144
describe the general requirement for test
publishers and States to submit to the
Secretary any test they wish to have
approved under subpart J of part 668.
Paragraph (c) of § 668.144 describes the
information that a test publisher must
include with its application for approval
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
of a test. Paragraph (d) of § 668.144
describes the information a State must
include with its application when it
submits a test to the Secretary for
approval.
Section 668.144(c)(16) will require
test publishers to include in their
applications a description of their test
administrator certification process.
Under § 668.144(c)(17), we will require
test publishers to include in their
applications, a description of the test
anomaly analysis the test publisher will
conduct and submit to the Secretary.
Finally, § 668.144(c)(18) will require
test publishers to include in their
applications a description of the types
of accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities, including
a description of the process used to
identify and report when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided.
We have added § 668.144(d) to
describe what States must include in
their test submissions to the Secretary.
While this provision replaces the
content in current § 668.143, its
language has been revised to be parallel,
where appropriate, to the test publisher
submission requirements in current
§ 668.144. In addition to making these
requirements parallel, § 668.144(d) also
includes the new requirements to be
added to the test publisher submissions.
A description of those new provisions
follows:
Both test publishers and States will be
required to submit a description of their
test administrator certification process
that indicates how the test publisher or
State, as applicable, will determine that
a test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skills and integrity
to test students in accordance with
requirements and how the test publisher
or the State will determine that the test
administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep its test secure against
disclosure or release (see
§ 668.144(c)(16) (test publishers) and
§ 668.144(d)(7) (States)).
We estimate that a test publisher and
State will, on average, take 2.5 hours to
develop its process to establish that a
test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skills and integrity
to administer ability-to-benefit (ATB)
tests and then to report that process to
the Secretary.
We estimate that the burden
associated with the currently approved
eight (8) ATB tests will increase for the
test publishers and States by 20 hours.
The regulations will require both test
publishers and States to submit a
description of the test anomaly analysis
they will conduct. This description
must include a description of how they
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66941
will identify potential test irregularities
and make a determination that test
irregularities have occurred; an
explanation of corrective action to be
taken in the event of test irregularities;
and information on when and how the
Secretary, test administrator, and
institutions will be notified if a test
administrator is decertified (see
§ 668.144(c)(17) (test publishers) and
§ 668.144(d)(8) (States)).
We estimate that each test publisher
and State will, on average, take 75 hours
to develop its test anomaly process, to
establish its test anomaly analysis
(where it explains its test irregularity
detection process including its
decertification of test administrator
process) and to establish its reporting
process to the Secretary. We estimate
that the burden associated with the
currently approved eight (8) ATB tests
will increase for the test publishers and
States by 600 hours.
Under § 668.144(c)(18) and (d)(9)
respectively, both test publishers and
States will be required to describe the
types of accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities, and the
process for a test administrator to
identify and report to the test publisher
when accommodations for individuals
with disabilities were provided. We
estimate that test publishers and States
will, on average, take 1 hour to develop
and describe to the Secretary the types
of accommodations available to
individuals with disabilities, to describe
the process the test administrator will
use to support the identification of the
disability and to develop the process to
report when accommodations will be
used.
We estimate that the burden
associated with the currently approved
eight (8) ATB tests will increase for the
current test publishers by 8 hours.
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes in § 668.144 will increase
burden for test publishers and States by
628 hours in OMB 1845–0049.
Section 668.150—Agreement Between
the Secretary and a Test-Publisher or a
State
Section 668.150 provides that States,
as well as test publishers, must enter
into agreements with the Secretary in
order to have their tests approved.
We also have revised this section to
require both test publishers and States
to comply with a number of new
requirements that will be added to the
agreement with the Secretary.
These requirements will include:
Requiring the test administrators that
they certify to provide them with certain
information about whether they have
been decertified (see § 668.150(b)(2)).
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66942
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
We estimate that 3,774 individuals (test
administrators) will take, on average, .17
hours (10 minutes) to access, read,
complete and submit the written
certification to a test publisher or State,
which will increase burden by 642
hours.
We estimate that it will take each test
publisher or State 1 hour per test
submission to develop its process to
obtain a certification statement from
each prospective test administrator,
which will increase burden by 8 hours.
We estimate that the review of the
submitted written certifications by the
test publishers or States for the 3,774
test administrators will take, on average,
.08 hours (5 minutes) per certification
form, which will increase burden by 302
hours.
With regard to the requirement to
immediately notify the test
administrator, the Secretary, and
institutions when the test administrator
is decertified (see § 668.150(b)(6)), we
estimate that 1 percent of the 3,774 test
administrators will be decertified. We
estimate that it will take test publishers
and States, on average, 1 hour per
decertification to provide all of the final
notifications, which will increase
burden for test publishers and States by
38 hours.
With regard to the requirement to
review test results of tests administered
by a decertified test administrator and
immediately to notify affected
institutions and students (see
§ 668.150(b)(7)), we estimate that
burden will increase. We estimate that
481,763 ATB tests will be taken for title
IV, HEA purposes annually. Of the
annual total of ATB tests provided, we
estimate that 1 percent will be
improperly administered and that 4,818
individuals will be contacted, which
will take, on average, .25 hours (15
minutes) per individual. As a result, we
estimate that burden will increase to test
publishers and States by 1,205 hours.
In addition, we estimate that it will
take test publishers and States, on
average, 5 hours per ATB test submitted,
to develop the process to determine
when ATB tests have been improperly
administered, which for 8 approved
ATB tests will increase burden by 40
hours.
We estimate that test publishers and
States will, on average, take .33 hours
(20 minutes) for each of the 4,818
estimated improperly administered ATB
tests to make the final notifications to
institutions, students and prospective
students, which will increase burden by
1,590 hours.
We estimate that 38 test
administrators (1 percent of the 3,774
test administrators) will be decertified.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Of the 38 decertified test administrators,
we estimate that 1 previously decertified test administrator (2 percent of
38 test administrators) will be recertified after a three-year period and,
therefore, reported to the Secretary. We
estimate the burden for test publishers
and States for this reporting will be 1
hour. We project that it will be very rare
that a decertified test administrator will
seek re-certification after the three-year
decertification period.
Under § 668.150(b)(13), test
publishers and States must provide
copies of test anomaly analysis every 18
months instead of every 3 years. We
estimate that it will take a test publisher
or State, on average, 75 hours to conduct
its test anomaly analysis and report the
results to the Secretary every 18 months.
We estimate the burden on test
publishers and States for the submission
of the 8 test anomaly analysis every 18
months will be 600 hours.
Under § 668.150(b)(15), test
publishers and States will be required to
report to the Secretary any credible
information indicating that a test has
been compromised (see
§ 668.150(b)(15)). We estimate that
481,763 ATB tests for title IV, HEA
purposes will be given on an annual
basis. Of that total number ATB tests
given, we estimate that 482 ATB tests
will be compromised. On average, we
estimate that test publishers and States
will take 1 hour per test to collect the
credible information to make the
determination that a test will be
compromised and report it to the
Secretary. We estimate that burden will
increase by 482 hours.
Section 668.150(b)(16) will require
test publishers and States to report to
the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education any credible
information indicating that a test
administrator or institution may have
engaged in civil or criminal fraud or
other misconduct. We estimate that
481,763 ATB tests for title IV, HEA
purposes will be given on an annual
basis. Of that total number ATB tests
given, we estimate that 482 ATB tests
will be compromised. On average, we
estimate that test publishers or States
will take 1 hour per test to collect the
credible information to make the
determination that a test administrator
or institution may have engaged in fraud
or other misconduct and report it to the
U.S. Department of Education’s Office of
the Inspector General. We estimate that,
as a result of this requirement, burden
will increase by 482 hours.
Section 668.150(b)(17) requires a test
administrator who provides a test to an
individual with a disability who
requires an accommodation in the test’s
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
administration to report to the test
publisher or the State the nature of the
disability and the accommodations that
were provided. Census data indicate
that 12 percent of the U.S. population is
severely disabled. We estimate that 12
percent of the ATB test population
(481,763 ATB test takers) or 57,812 of
the ATB test takers will be individuals
with disabilities that will need
accommodations for an ATB test. We
estimate that it will take .08 hours (5
minutes) to report the nature of the
disability and any accommodation that
the test administrator made for the test
taker, increasing burden by 4,625 hours.
We estimate that, on average, test
publishers and States will take 2 hours
per ATB test to develop the process for
having test administrators report the
nature of the test taker’s disability and
any accommodations provided. We
expect this to result in an increase
burden for test publishers and States by
16 hours (2 hours multiplied by 8 ATB
tests).
Collectively, the final changes
reflected in § 668.150 will increase
burden by 10,031 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–0049.
Section 668.151—Administration of
Tests
Section 668.151(g)(4) will require
institutions to keep a record of each
individual who took an ATB test and
the name and address of the test
administrator who administered the test
and any identifier assigned to the test
administrator by the test publisher or
the State.
We estimate that 481,763 ATB tests
for title IV, HEA purposes will be given
on an annual basis. We estimate that
proprietary institutions will give
173,445 tests (36 percent of those ATB
tests) and that, on average, the amount
of time to record the test takers’ name
and address as well as the test
administrators’ identifiers will be .08
hours (5 minutes) per test, increasing
burden for proprietary institutions by
13,876 hours.
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions will give 149,347 tests (31
percent of the total annual ATB tests
given) and that, on average, the amount
of time to record the test takers’ name
and address, as well as the test
administrators’ identifiers will be .08
hours (5 minutes) per test, increasing
burden for private non-profit
institutions by 11,948 hours.
We estimate that public institutions
will give 158,962 tests (33 percent of the
total annual ATB tests given) and that,
on average, the amount of time to record
the test takers’ name and address as well
as the test administrators’ identifiers
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
will be .08 hours (5 minutes) per test,
increasing burden for public institutions
by 12,717 hours.
If the individual who took the test has
a disability and is unable to be
evaluated by the use of an approved
ATB test, or the individual requested or
required a testing accommodation, the
institution will be required, under
§ 668.151(g)(5), to maintain
documentation of the individual’s
disability and of the testing
arrangements provided. Census data
indicate that 12 percent of the U.S.
population is severely disabled. We
estimate that 12 percent of the ATB test
population (481,763 ATB test takers) or
57,812 of the ATB test takers will be
individuals with disabilities that will
need accommodations for the ATB test.
We estimate that it will take .08 hours
(5 minutes) to collect and maintain
documentation of the individual’s
disability and of the testing
accommodations provided to the test
taker.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions will give 20,812 tests (36 of
the total annual ATB tests given),
resulting in an increase in burden for
proprietary institutions by 1,665 hours
(20,812 tests multiplied by .08 hours).
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions will give 17,922 tests (31
percent of the total annual ATB tests
given), resulting in an increase in
burden for private non-profit
institutions by 1,434 hours (17,922 tests
multiplied by .08 hours).
We estimate that public institutions
will give 19,078 tests (33 percent of the
total annual ATB tests given), resulting
in an increase in burden for public
institutions by 1,526 hours (19,078 tests
multiplied by .08 hours).
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.151 will
increase burden by 43,166 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0049.
Section 668.152—Administration of
Tests by Assessment Centers
Section 668.152(a) clarifies that
assessment centers are also required to
comply with the provisions of § 688.153
(Administration of tests for individuals
whose native language is not English or
for individuals with disabilities), if
applicable.
Under § 668.152(b)(2), assessment
centers that score tests will be required
to provide copies of completed tests or
lists of test-takers’ scores to the test
publisher or the State, as applicable, on
a weekly basis. Under § 668.152(b)(2)(i)
and (b)(2)(ii), copies of completed tests
or reports listing test-takers’ scores will
be required to include the name and
address of the test administrator who
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
administered the test and any identifier
assigned to the test administrator by the
test publisher or the State.
We estimate that of the 3,774 ATB test
administrators approximately one-third
(.3328 times 3,774) or 1,256 of the ATB
test administrators are at test assessment
centers. Of the 1,256 test assessment
centers, we estimate that 18 percent or
226 test assessment centers are at
private non-profit institutions and 82
percent or 1,030 test assessment centers
are at public institutions. We estimate
that 92 percent of the ATB tests
provided at test assessment centers are
scored by the test administrators.
Therefore, under the regulations, the
institution will be required to maintain
the scored ATB tests, to collect and
submit copies of the completed ATB
tests or a listing to the test publisher or
State on a weekly basis, while the other
8 percent will not be impacted by these
regulations. We estimate that, on
average, it will take .08 hours (5
minutes) per week for the test
assessment center (institution) to collect
and submit the final information.
For the 226 test assessment centers at
private non-profit institutions, we
expect 940 hours of increased annual
burden (226 test assessment centers
multiplied by .08 hours (5 minutes) and
then multiplied by 52 weeks in a year).
For the 1,030 test assessment centers
at public institutions, we expect 4,285
hours of increased annual burden (1,030
test assessment centers multiplied by.08
hours (5 minutes) and then multiplied
by 52 weeks in a year).
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.152 will
increase burden by 5,225 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0049.
Section 668.164—Disbursing Funds
Under § 668.164(i), an institution will
provide a way for a Federal Pell Grant
eligible student to obtain or purchase
required books and supplies by the
seventh day of a payment period under
certain conditions. An institution will
have to comply with this requirement
only if, 10 days before the beginning of
the payment period, the institution
could disburse the title IV, HEA
program funds for which the student is
eligible, and presuming that those funds
were disbursed, the student will have a
title IV, HEA credit balance under
§ 668.164(e). The amount the institution
will provide to the student for books
and supplies will be the lesser of the
presumed credit balance or the amount
needed by the student, as determined by
the institution. In determining the
amount needed by the student, the
institution could use the actual costs of
books and supplies or the allowance for
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66943
books and supplies used in the student’s
cost of attendance for the payment
period.
We estimate that of the 6,321,678
Federal Pell Grant recipients in the
2008–2009 award year, that
approximately 30 percent or 1,896,503
will have or did have a title IV, HEA
credit balance. Of that number of
Federal Pell Grant recipients, we
estimate that 25 percent or 474,126
Federal Pell Grant recipients will have
a presumed credit balance 10 days prior
to the beginning of the payment period,
and as final, that the institution will
have to provide a way for those
recipients to either obtain or purchase
their books and supplies within 7 days
of the beginning of the payment period.
We estimate that the 2,063 proprietary
institutions participating in the Federal
Pell Grant program will take, on average
3 hours per institution to analyze and
make programming change needed to
identify these recipients with presumed
credit balances, increasing burden by
6,189 hours. Additionally, we estimate
that proprietary institutions will be
required to disburse the presumed
credit balance to 38 percent of the
474,126 at proprietary institutions
(180,168 recipients), which on average,
will take .08 hours (5 minutes) per
recipient, increasing burden by 14,413
hours.
We estimate that the 1,523 private
non-profit institutions participating in
the Federal Pell Grant program will
take, on average, 3 hours per institution
to analyze and make programming
change needed to identify these
recipients with presumed credit
balances, increasing burden by 4,569
hours. Additionally, we estimate that
private non-profit institutions will be
required to disburse the presumed
credit balance to 28 percent of the
474,126 at proprietary institutions
(132,755 recipients) which on average,
will take .08 hours (5 minutes) per
recipient, increasing burden by 10,620
hours.
We estimate that the 1,883 public
institutions participating in the Federal
Pell Grant program will take, on average
3 hours per institution to analyze and
make programming change needed to
identify these recipients with presumed
credit balances, increasing burden by
5,649 hours. Additionally, we estimate
that proprietary institutions will be
required to disburse the presumed
credit balance to 34 percent of the
474,126 at proprietary institutions
(161,203 recipients) which on average,
will take .08 hours (5 minutes) per
recipient, increasing burden by 12,896
hours.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66944
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Collectively, the final regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.164 will
increase burden by 54,336 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW3.
COLLECTION OF INFORMATION
Regulatory Section
Information collection
Collection
668.6 .......................
This regulatory section will require institutions to report for each student who
during an award year began attending or completed a program that prepares
a student for gainful employment information needed to identify the student
and the location of the institution the student attended, the CIP code for the
program, the date the student completed the program, the amounts the student received from private educational loans and the amount from institutional financing plans that the student owes the institution after completing
the program, and whether the student matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the same institution or another institution. Institutions will have to
disclose information to prospective students about the occupations (by
names and SOC codes) that its programs prepare students to enter, along
with links to occupational profiles on O–NET or its successor site, or if the
number of occupations related to the programs on O–Net is more than ten
(10), the institution may provide Web links to a representative sample of the
SOCs for which its graduates typically find employment within a few years
after completing the program. In addition, the institution will also have to report the on-time graduation rate for students entering the program; the total
amount of tuition and fees it charges a student for completing the program
within the normal timeframe, the typical costs for books and supplies, and the
typical costs for room and board, if applicable. The institution may include information on other costs, such as transportation and living expenses, but it
must provide a Web link, or access, to the program cost information the institution makes available under § 668.43(a). Beginning July 1, 2011, the institution must provide prospective students with the placement rate for students
completing the program, as determined by the institution’s accrediting agency
or State requirements, until NCES develops and makes available a new
placement rate, and the median loan debt incurred by students who completed the program, as provided by the Secretary, as well as other information the Secretary provided to the institution about the program. Separately,
the institution must identify the median loan dept from title IV, HEA program
loans, and the median loan debt from private educational loan and institutional financing plans.
This regulatory section provides for a new conversion ratio when converting
clock hours to credit hours. As finalized, this section will include an exemption for affected institutions if the accrediting agency or the State approval
agency finds that there are no deficiencies in the institutions policies and procedures for these conversions. Under the exception, the institution will use a
lower ratio and could consider student’s outside work in the total hours being
converted to credit hours. Burden will increase for proprietary, not-for profit
and public institutions when they measure whether certain programs when
converted from clock hours to credit hours have sufficient credit hours to receive title VI, HEA funds.
This regulatory section will be streamlined by moving most of the elements of
satisfactory academic progress (SAP) from this section to § 668.34. Under
this proposal, the required elements of SAP will be expanded to provide
greater institutional flexibility. Burden will increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions to develop a high school diploma validity process
and will increase when certain diplomas are verified.
OMB 1845–NEW1. This will be a new
collection. Separate 60-day and 30day Federal Register notices were
published to solicit comment. The
burden will increase by 677,160
hours.
668.8 .......................
668.16 .....................
668.22 .....................
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
668.34 .....................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
This regulatory section will consider a student to have withdrawn if the student
does not complete all the days in the payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to complete prior to withdrawing. Burden will
increase for individuals, proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions when
students in term-based programs with modules or compressed courses withdraw before completing more than 60 percent of the payment period or period of enrollment for which a calculation will be performed to determine the
earned and unearned portions of title IV, HEA program assistance.
This regulatory section has been restructured and the satisfactory academic
progress requirements have been expanded to allow for more frequent
measuring of SAP. Burden will increase for individuals and proprietary, notfor profit and public institutions for institutions to measure academic progress
and when academic plans or alternatives will be provided to students who do
not meet the institution’s academic standards.
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
OMB 1845–0022. The burden will increase by 18,349 hours.
OMB 1845–0022 and OMB 1845–
NEW2. The burden hours attributable
to SAP in OMB 1845–0022 will be
administratively transferred to OMB
1845–NEW2. Additionally, the burden
will increase by 21,982 hours in OMB
1845–0022.
OMB 1845–0022. The burden will increase by 743,881 hours.
OMB 1845–NEW2. This will be a new
collection. Separate 60-day and 30day Federal Register notices were
published to solicit comment. The
burden will increase by 976,856
hours.
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
66945
COLLECTION OF INFORMATION—Continued
Regulatory Section
Information collection
Collection
668.43 .....................
This regulatory section will require that for institutions that enter into written arrangements with other institutions to provide for a portion of its programs’
training by the institution that is not providing the degree or certificate, the institution providing the degree or certificate must provide a variety of disclosures to enrolled and prospective students about the written arrangements.
Burden will increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions for reporting the details of written arrangements with other institutions offering a
portion of a student’s program of study.
This regulatory provision will require that all updated applicant data information
as a result of verification be reported to the Secretary via the Central Processing System. This also will cover changes made as a result of a dependent student becoming married during the award year when a financial aid administrator exercises their discretion to require marital status change to address an inequity or accurately reflect the student’s ability to pay, such
change in status due to marriage had previously been prohibited.
This regulation changes from the current five mandatory items included in the
verification process to a more flexible list of items that will be selected on an
individualized basis. For example, there is no need to verify data that can be
obtained directly from the IRS. Burden will increase for individuals; however,
the average number of data elements to be verified is expected to be reduced.
This final regulatory provision will modify the requirements related to acceptable
documentation required as a part of the verification process. It will allow for
the importation of data obtained directly from the IRS that has been unchanged and will provide other flexibilities that will reduce burden; however,
due to the large increase in applicants, there will be an overall increase in
burden.
This provision eliminates all allowable tolerances and will require an institution
to submit to the Department all changes to an applicant’s FAFSA as a result
of verification. Burden will increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions that will recalculate title IV, HEA awards as a result of data
changes due to verification.
This regulatory section expands the required elements that a test publisher or a
State must submit to the Secretary for approval.
This provision expands the provisions of the agreement between the Secretary
and the ability to benefit test (ATB) publishers or a State. The expanded provisions include requiring test administrators to certify that they have not been
decertified, notification requirements when a test administrator is decertified,
and providing test anomaly studies every eighteen months rather than every
36 months. Burden will increase for individuals, proprietary, not-for profit and
public institutions for the collection and maintenance of certifications, for required notifications, and for submission of test anomaly studies.
This provision will require independent test administrators to submit completed
tests for scoring to the test publisher or the State in no more than two business days following the test. Institutions will be required to maintain a record
of each individual who takes an ATB test and information about the test administrator. When the test taker has a disability, it will be the institution’s responsibility to maintain documentation of the individual’s disability and any
accommodation provided the individual.
This provision will require that test assessment centers provide either copies of
the completed tests or lists of the test takers’ scores, including the test administrator’s name, address, and any other test administrator identifier to the
test publisher or State, as applicable, on a weekly basis.
This provision will require that institutions provide a way for Federal Pell Grant
program recipients to obtain or purchase books and supplies by the seventh
day of the payment period if certain conditions are met and a credit balance
or projected credit balance exists. Burden will increase for proprietary, not-for
profit and public institutions to identify and notify Pell recipients with a presumed credit balance about ways to obtain or purchase books and supplies.
OMB 1845–0022. The burden will increase by 67,870 hours.
668.55 .....................
668.56 .....................
668.57 .....................
668.59 .....................
668.144 ...................
668.150 ...................
668.151 ...................
668.152 ...................
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
668.164 ...................
U.S.C. 1221e–4, and based on our own
review, we have determined that these
final regulations do not require
transmission of information that any
other agency or authority of the United
States gathers or makes available.
Intergovernmental Review
These programs are not subject to
Executive Order 12372 and the
regulations in 34 CFR part 79.
Assessment of Educational Impact
In accordance with section 411 of the
General Education Provisions Act, 20
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
OMB 1845–0041. The burden will increase by 386,750 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden will increase by 612,000 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden will increase by 612,000 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden will increase by 2,080,800 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden will increase by 628 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden will increase by 10,031 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden will increase by 43,166 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden will increase by 5,225 hours.
OMB 1845–NEW3. This will be a new
collection. Separate 60-day and 30day Federal Register notices were
published to solicit comment. The
burden will increase by 54,336 hours.
Electronic Access to This Document
You can view this document, as well
as all other documents of this
Department published in the Federal
Register, in text or Adobe Portable
Document Format (PDF) on the Internet
at the following site: https://www.ed.gov/
news/fedregister. To use PDF, you must
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66946
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
34 CFR Part 690
have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is
available free at this site.
Note: The official version of this document
is the document published in the Federal
Register. Free Internet access to the official
edition of the Federal Register and the Code
of Federal Regulations is available on GPO
Access at: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/
index/html.
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance:
84.007 FSEOG; 84.032 Federal Family
Education Loan Program; 84.033 Federal
Work-Study Program; 84.037 Federal Perkins
Loan Program; 84.063 Federal Pell Grant
Program; 84.069 LEAP; 84.268 William D.
Ford Federal Direct Loan Program; 84.376
ACG/SMART; 84.379 TEACH Grant Program)
List of Subjects
34 CFR Part 600
Colleges and universities, Foreign
relations, Grant programs-education,
Loan programs-education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Selective Service System, Student aid,
Vocational education.
34 CFR Part 602
Colleges and universities, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
Colleges and universities, Vocational
education.
34 CFR Part 668
Administrative practice and
procedure, Aliens, Colleges and
universities, Consumer protection,
Grant programs-education,
Incorporation by reference, Loan
programs-education, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Selective
Service System, Student aid, Vocational
education.
34 CFR Part 682
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Loan programs-education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Student aid, Vocational education.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
34 CFR Part 685
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Loan programs-education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Student aid, Vocational education.
34 CFR Part 686
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Education, Elementary and secondary
education, Grant programs-education,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Student aid.
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
34 CFR Part 691
Colleges and universities, Elementary
and secondary education, Grant
programs-education, Student aid.
Dated: October 18, 2010.
Arne Duncan,
Secretary of Education.
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Secretary amends parts
600, 602, 603, 668, 682, 685, 686, 690,
and 691 of title 34 of the Code of
Federal Regulations as follows:
■
PART 600—INSTITUTIONAL
ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE HIGHER
EDUCATION ACT OF 1965, AS
AMENDED
1. The authority citation for part 600
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002, 1003,
1088, 1091, 1094, 1099b, and 1099c, unless
otherwise noted.
2. Section 600.2 is amended by:
A. Adding, in alphabetical order, the
definition of a Credit hour.
■ B. Revising the definition of
Recognized occupation.
The addition and revision read as
follows:
■
■
34 CFR Part 603
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Colleges and universities, Education
of disadvantaged, Grant programseducation, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Student aid.
Jkt 223001
§ 600.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
Credit hour: Except as provided in 34
CFR 668.8(k) and (l), a credit hour is an
amount of work represented in intended
learning outcomes and verified by
evidence of student achievement that is
an institutionally established
equivalency that reasonably
approximates not less than—
(1) One hour of classroom or direct
faculty instruction and a minimum of
two hours of out of class student work
each week for approximately fifteen
weeks for one semester or trimester hour
of credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one
quarter hour of credit, or the equivalent
amount of work over a different amount
of time; or
(2) At least an equivalent amount of
work as required in paragraph (1) of this
definition for other academic activities
as established by the institution
including laboratory work, internships,
practica, studio work, and other
academic work leading to the award of
credit hours.
*
*
*
*
*
Recognized occupation: An
occupation that is—
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
§ 600.4
Sfmt 4700
Institution of higher education.
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) That is at least a one academic
year training program that leads to a
certificate, or other nondegree
recognized credential, and prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation; and
*
*
*
*
*
§ 600.5
[Amended]
4. Section 600.5(a)(4) is amended by
adding the words, ‘‘in accordance with
§ 600.9’’ immediately after the word
‘‘located’’.
■
§ 600.6
*
PO 00000
(1) Identified by a Standard
Occupational Classification (SOC) code
established by the Office of Management
and Budget or an Occupational
Information Network O*NET–SOC code
established by the Department of Labor
and available at https://
online.onetcenter.org or its successor
site; or
(2) Determined by the Secretary in
consultation with the Secretary of Labor
to be a recognized occupation.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Section 600.4 is amended by:
■ A. In paragraph (a)(3), adding the
words, ‘‘in accordance with § 600.9’’
immediately after the word ‘‘located’’.
■ B. Revising paragraph (a)(4)(i)(C).
The revision reads as follows:
[Amended]
5. Section 600.6(a)(3) is amended by
adding the words, ‘‘in accordance with
§ 600.9’’ immediately after the word
‘‘located’’.
■ 6. Section 600.9 is added to subpart A
to read as follows:
■
§ 600.9
State authorization.
(a)(1) An institution described under
§§ 600.4, 600.5, and 600.6 is legally
authorized by a State if the State has a
process to review and appropriately act
on complaints concerning the
institution including enforcing
applicable State laws, and the
institution meets the provisions of
paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), or (b) of
this section.
(i)(A) The institution is established by
name as an educational institution by a
State through a charter, statute,
constitutional provision, or other action
issued by an appropriate State agency or
State entity and is authorized to operate
educational programs beyond secondary
education, including programs leading
to a degree or certificate.
(B) The institution complies with any
applicable State approval or licensure
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
requirements, except that the State may
exempt the institution from any State
approval or licensure requirements
based on the institution’s accreditation
by one or more accrediting agencies
recognized by the Secretary or based
upon the institution being in operation
for at least 20 years.
(ii) If an institution is established by
a State on the basis of an authorization
to conduct business in the State or to
operate as a nonprofit charitable
organization, but not established by
name as an educational institution
under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section,
the institution—
(A) By name, must be approved or
licensed by the State to offer programs
beyond secondary education, including
programs leading to a degree or
certificate; and
(B) May not be exempt from the
State’s approval or licensure
requirements based on accreditation,
years in operation, or other comparable
exemption.
(2) The Secretary considers an
institution to meet the provisions of
paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the
institution is authorized by name to
offer educational programs beyond
secondary education by—
(i) The Federal Government; or
(ii) As defined in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2),
an Indian tribe, provided that the
institution is located on tribal lands and
the tribal government has a process to
review and appropriately act on
complaints concerning an institution
and enforces applicable tribal
requirements or laws.
(b)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph
(a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, an
institution is considered to be legally
authorized to operate educational
programs beyond secondary education if
it is exempt from State authorization as
a religious institution under the State
constitution or by State law.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of
this section, a religious institution is an
institution that—
(i) Is owned, controlled, operated, and
maintained by a religious organization
lawfully operating as a nonprofit
religious corporation; and
(ii) Awards only religious degrees or
certificates including, but not limited to,
a certificate of Talmudic studies, an
associate of Biblical studies, a bachelor
of religious studies, a master of divinity,
or a doctor of divinity.
(c) If an institution is offering
postsecondary education through
distance or correspondence education to
students in a State in which it is not
physically located or in which it is
otherwise subject to State jurisdiction as
determined by the State, the institution
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
must meet any State requirements for it
to be legally offering postsecondary
distance or correspondence education in
that State. An institution must be able
to document to the Secretary the State’s
approval upon request.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002)
PART 602—THE SECRETARY’S
RECOGNITION OF ACCREDITING
AGENCIES
7. The authority citation for part 602
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1099b, unless
otherwise noted.
8. Section 602.24 is amended by
adding a new paragraph (f) to read as
follows:
■
§ 602.24 Additional procedures certain
institutional accreditors must have.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Credit-hour policies. The
accrediting agency, as part of its review
of an institution for initial accreditation
or preaccreditation or renewal of
accreditation, must conduct an effective
review and evaluation of the reliability
and accuracy of the institution’s
assignment of credit hours.
(1) The accrediting agency meets this
requirement if—
(i) It reviews the institution’s—
(A) Policies and procedures for
determining the credit hours, as defined
in 34 CFR 600.2, that the institution
awards for courses and programs; and
(B) The application of the institution’s
policies and procedures to its programs
and coursework; and
(ii) Makes a reasonable determination
of whether the institution’s assignment
of credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education.
(2) In reviewing and evaluating an
institution’s policies and procedures for
determining credit hour assignments, an
accrediting agency may use sampling or
other methods in the evaluation,
sufficient to comply with paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
(3) The accrediting agency must take
such actions that it deems appropriate
to address any deficiencies that it
identifies at an institution as part of its
reviews and evaluations under
paragraph (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section, as it does in relation to other
deficiencies it may identify, subject to
the requirements of this part.
(4) If, following the institutional
review process under this paragraph (f),
the agency finds systemic
noncompliance with the agency’s
policies or significant noncompliance
regarding one or more programs at the
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66947
institution, the agency must promptly
notify the Secretary.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 603—SECRETARY’S
RECOGNITION PROCEDURES FOR
STATE AGENCIES
9. The authority citation for part 603
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002,
1094(c)(4); 38 U.S.C. 3675, unless otherwise
noted.
10. Section 603.24 is amended by
redesignating paragraph (c) as paragraph
(d), adding a new paragraph (c), and
revising the authority citation after
redesignated paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
■
§ 603.24
Criteria for State agencies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Credit-hour policies. The State
agency, as part of its review of an
institution for initial approval or
renewal of approval, must conduct an
effective review and evaluation of the
reliability and accuracy of the
institution’s assignment of credit hours.
(1) The State agency meets this
requirement if—
(i) It reviews the institution’s—
(A) Policies and procedures for
determining the credit hours, as defined
in 34 CFR 600.2, that the institution
awards for courses and programs; and
(B) The application of the institution’s
policies and procedures to its programs
and coursework; and
(ii) Makes a reasonable determination
of whether the institution’s assignment
of credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education.
(2) In reviewing and evaluating an
institution’s policies and procedures for
determining credit hour assignments, a
State agency may use sampling or other
methods in the evaluation, sufficient to
comply with paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of
this section.
(3) The State agency must take such
actions that it deems appropriate to
address any deficiencies that it
identifies at an institution as part of its
reviews and evaluations under
paragraph (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section, as it does in relation to other
deficiencies it may identify, subject to
the requirements of this part.
(4) If, following the institutional
review process under this paragraph (c),
the agency finds systemic
noncompliance with the agency’s
policies or significant noncompliance
regarding one or more programs at the
institution, the agency must promptly
notify the Secretary.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66948
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094(c)(4))
PART 668—STUDENT ASSISTANCE
GENERAL PROVISIONS
11. The authority citation for part 668
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002, 1003,
1070g, 1085, 1088, 1091, 1092, 1094, 1099c,
and 1099c–1, unless otherwise noted.
12. Section 668.2 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
■ B. In paragraph (b), in the definition
of Full-time student, adding the words,
‘‘including for a term-based program,
repeating any coursework previously
taken in the program but not including
either more than one repetition of a
previously passed course, or any
repetition of a previously passed course
due to the student failing other
coursework’’ immediately before the
period in the second sentence.
■ C. In paragraph (b), adding, in
alphabetical order, definitions of ‘‘Free
application for Federal student aid
(FAFSA)’’, ‘‘Institutional student
information record (ISIR)’’, and ‘‘Student
aid report (SAR)’’.
■ D. In paragraph (b), revising the
definitions for ‘‘Valid Institutional
Student Information Record (valid
ISIR)’’ and ‘‘Valid Student Aid Report
(valid SAR)’’.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
■
■
§ 668.2
General definitions.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
Free application for Federal student
aid (FAFSA): The student aid
application provided for under section
483 of the HEA, which is used to
determine an applicant’s eligibility for
the title IV, HEA programs.
*
*
*
*
*
Institutional student information
record (ISIR): An electronic record that
the Secretary transmits to an institution
that includes an applicant’s—
(1) FAFSA information; and
(2) EFC.
*
*
*
*
*
Student aid report (SAR): A report
provided to an applicant by the
Secretary showing his or her FAFSA
information and the amount of his or
her EFC.
*
*
*
*
*
Valid institutional student
information record (valid ISIR): An ISIR
on which all the information reported
on a student’s FAFSA is accurate and
complete as of the date the application
is signed.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
Valid student aid report (valid SAR):
A student aid report on which all of the
information reported on a student’s
FAFSA is accurate and complete as of
the date the application is signed.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 13. Section 668.5 is amended by:
■ A. Revising paragraph (a).
■ B. Revising paragraph (c)(1).
■ C. In paragraph (c)(2), adding the
words ‘‘offered by the institution that
grants the degree or certificate’’ after the
word ‘‘program’’.
■ D. In paragraph (c)(3)(i), removing the
words ‘‘not more than’’ and adding the
words ‘‘or less’’ after the word ‘‘percent’’.
■ E. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A), removing
the words ‘‘not more’’ and adding, in
their place, the word ‘‘less’’.
■ F. Adding new paragraph (e).
The addition and revisions read as
follows:
(iii) Had its certification to participate
in the title IV, HEA programs revoked
by the Secretary;
(iv) Had its application for recertification to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs denied by the Secretary;
or
(v) Had its application for certification
to participate in the title IV, HEA
programs denied by the Secretary;
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Information made available to
students. If an institution enters into a
written arrangement described in
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section,
the institution must provide the
information described in § 668.43(a)(12)
to enrolled and prospective students.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 14. Section 668.6 is added to subpart
A to read as follows:
§ 668.5 Written arrangements to provide
educational programs.
§ 668.6 Reporting and disclosure
requirements for programs that prepare
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
(a) Written arrangements between
eligible institutions. (1) Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, if an eligible institution enters
into a written arrangement with another
eligible institution, or with a consortium
of eligible institutions, under which the
other eligible institution or consortium
provides part of the educational
program to students enrolled in the first
institution, the Secretary considers that
educational program to be an eligible
program if the educational program
offered by the institution that grants the
degree or certificate otherwise satisfies
the requirements of § 668.8.
(2) If the written arrangement is
between two or more eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, the Secretary considers the
educational program to be an eligible
program if—
(i) The educational program offered
by the institution that grants the degree
or certificate otherwise satisfies the
requirements of § 668.8; and
(ii) The institution that grants the
degree or certificate provides more than
50 percent of the educational program.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) The ineligible institution or
organization has not—
(i) Had its eligibility to participate in
the title IV, HEA programs terminated
by the Secretary;
(ii) Voluntarily withdrawn from
participation in the title IV, HEA
programs under a termination, showcause, suspension, or similar type
proceeding initiated by the institution’s
State licensing agency, accrediting
agency, guarantor, or by the Secretary;
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(a) Reporting requirements. (1) In
accordance with procedures established
by the Secretary an institution must
report information that includes—
(i) For each student who enrolled in
a program under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d)
during an award year—
(A) Information needed to identify the
student and the institution the student
attended;
(B) If the student began attending a
program during the award year, the
name and the Classification of
Instructional Program (CIP) code of that
program; and
(C) If the student completed a
program during the award year—
(1) The name and CIP code of that
program, and the date the student
completed the program;
(2) The amounts the student received
from private education loans and the
amount from institutional financing
plans that the student owes the
institution upon completing the
program; and
(3) Whether the student matriculated
to a higher credentialed program at the
institution or if available, evidence that
the student transferred to a higher
credentialed program at another
institution; and
(ii) For each program, by name and
CIP code, offered by the institution
under § 668.8(c)(3) or (d), the total
number of students that are enrolled in
the program at the end of each award
year and identifying information for
those students.
(2)(i) An institution must report the
information required under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section—
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(A) No later than October 1, 2011 for
information from the 2006–07 award
year to the extent that the information
is available;
(B) No later than October 1, 2011 for
information from the 2007–08 through
2009–10 award years; and
(C) No earlier than September 30, but
no later than the date established by the
Secretary through a notice published in
the Federal Register, for information
from the most recently completed award
year.
(ii) For any award year, if an
institution is unable to provide all or
some of the information required under
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the
institution must provide an explanation
of why the missing information is not
available.
(b) Disclosures. (1) For each program
offered by an institution under this
section, the institution must provide
prospective students with—
(i) The occupations (by names and
SOC codes) that the program prepares
students to enter, along with links to
occupational profiles on O*NET or its
successor site. If the number of
occupations related to the program, as
identified by entering the program’s full
six digit CIP code on the O*NET
crosswalk at https://
online.onetcenter.org/crosswalk/ is
more than ten, the institution may
provide Web links to a representative
sample of the identified occupations (by
name and SOC code) for which its
graduates typically find employment
within a few years after completing the
program;
(ii) The on-time graduation rate for
students completing the program, as
provided under paragraph (c) of this
section;
(iii) The tuition and fees it charges a
student for completing the program
within normal time as defined in
§ 668.41(a), the typical costs for books
and supplies (unless those costs are
included as part of tuition and fees), and
the cost of room and board, if
applicable. The institution may include
information on other costs, such as
transportation and living expenses, but
it must provide a Web link, or access,
to the program cost information the
institutions makes available under
§ 668.43(a);
(iv) The placement rate for students
completing the program, as determined
under a methodology developed by the
National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES) when that rate is available. In
the meantime, beginning on July 1,
2011, if the institution is required by its
accrediting agency or State to calculate
a placement rate on a program basis, it
must disclose the rate under this section
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
and identify the accrediting agency or
State agency under whose requirements
the rate was calculated. If the
accrediting agency or State requires an
institution to calculate a placement rate
at the institutional level or other than a
program basis, the institution must use
the accrediting agency or State
methodology to calculate a placement
rate for the program and disclose that
rate; and
(v) The median loan debt incurred by
students who completed the program as
provided by the Secretary, as well as
any other information the Secretary
provided to the institution about that
program. The institution must identify
separately the median loan debt from
title IV, HEA program loans, and the
median loan debt from private
educational loans and institutional
financing plans.
(2) For each program, the institution
must—
(i) Include the information required
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section in
promotional materials it makes available
to prospective students and post this
information on its Web site;
(ii) Prominently provide the
information required under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section in a simple and
meaningful manner on the home page of
its program Web site, and provide a
prominent and direct link on any other
Web page containing general, academic,
or admissions information about the
program, to the single Web page that
contains all the required information;
(iii) Display the information required
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section on
the institution’s Web site in an open
format that can be retrieved,
downloaded, indexed, and searched by
commonly used Web search
applications. An open format is one that
is platform-independent, is machinereadable, and is made available to the
public without restrictions that would
impede the reuse of that information;
and
(iv) Use the disclosure form issued by
the Secretary to provide the information
in paragraph (b)(1), and other
information, when that form is
available.
(c) On-time completion rate. An
institution calculates an on-time
completion rate for each program
subject to this section by—
(1) Determining the number of
students who completed the program
during the most recently completed
award year;
(2) Determining the number of
students in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section who completed the program
within normal time, as defined under
§ 668.41(a), regardless of whether the
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66949
students transferred into the program or
changed programs at the institution. For
example, the normal time to complete
an associate degree is two years and this
timeframe applies to all students in the
program. If a student transfers into the
program, regardless of the number of
credits the institution accepts from the
student’s attendance at the prior
institution, those transfer credits have
no bearing on the two-year timeframe.
The student would still have two years
to complete from the date he or she
began attending the two-year program.
To be counted as completing on time, a
student who changes programs at the
institution and begins attending the
two-year program must complete within
the two-year timeframe beginning from
the date the student began attending the
prior program; and
(3) Dividing the number of students
who completed the program within
normal time, as determined under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, by the
total number of students who completed
the program, as determined under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and
multiplying the result by 100.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–NEW1)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C 1001(b), 1002(b) and (c))
15. Section 668.8 is amended by:
A. Revising paragraph (c)(3).
B. In paragraph (d)(2)(iii), adding the
words, ‘‘as provided under § 668.6’’
immediately after the word
‘‘occupation.’’
■ C. In paragraph (d)(3)(iii), adding the
words, ‘‘as provided under § 668.6’’
immediately after the word
‘‘occupation.’’
■ D. Revising paragraphs (k) and (l).
The revisions read as follows:
■
■
■
§ 668.8
Eligible program.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Be at least a one-academic-year
training program that leads to a
certificate, or other nondegree
recognized credential, and prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) Undergraduate educational
program in credit hours. (1) Except as
provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this
section, if an institution offers an
undergraduate educational program in
credit hours, the institution must use
the formula contained in paragraph (l)
of this section to determine whether that
program satisfies the requirements
contained in paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of
this section, and the number of credit
hours in that educational program for
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66950
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
purposes of the title IV, HEA programs,
unless—
(i) The program is at least two
academic years in length and provides
an associate degree, a bachelor’s degree,
a professional degree, or an equivalent
degree as determined by the Secretary;
or
(ii) Each course within the program is
acceptable for full credit toward that
institution’s associate degree, bachelor’s
degree, professional degree, or
equivalent degree as determined by the
Secretary provided that—
(A) The institution’s degree requires
at least two academic years of study;
and
(B) The institution demonstrates that
students enroll in, and graduate from,
the degree program.
(2) A program is considered to be a
clock-hour program for purposes of the
title IV, HEA programs if—
(i) Except as provided in paragraph
(k)(3) of this section, a program is
required to measure student progress in
clock hours when—
(A) Receiving Federal or State
approval or licensure to offer the
program; or
(B) Completing clock hours is a
requirement for graduates to apply for
licensure or the authorization to
practice the occupation that the student
is intending to pursue;
(ii) The credit hours awarded for the
program are not in compliance with the
definition of a credit hour in 34 CFR
600.2; or
(iii) The institution does not provide
the clock hours that are the basis for the
credit hours awarded for the program or
each course in the program and, except
as provided in § 668.4(e), requires
attendance in the clock hours that are
the basis for the credit hours awarded.
(3) The requirements of paragraph
(k)(2)(i) of this section do not apply to
a program if there is a State or Federal
approval or licensure requirement that a
limited component of the program must
include a practicum, internship, or
clinical experience component of the
program that must include a minimum
number of clock hours.
(l) Formula. (1) Except as provided in
paragraph (l)(2) of this section, for
purposes of determining whether a
program described in paragraph (k) of
this section satisfies the requirements
contained in paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of
this section, and of determining the
number of credit hours in that
educational program with regard to the
title IV, HEA programs—
(i) A semester hour must include at
least 37.5 clock hours of instruction;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(ii) A trimester hour must include at
least 37.5 clock hours of instruction;
and
(iii) A quarter hour must include at
least 25 clock hours of instruction.
(2) The institution’s conversions to
establish a minimum number of clock
hours of instruction per credit may be
less than those specified in paragraph
(l)(1) of this section, if the institution’s
designated accrediting agency, or
recognized State agency for the approval
of public postsecondary vocational
institutions, for participation in the title
IV, HEA programs has identified any
deficiencies with the institution’s
policies and procedures, or their
implementation, for determining the
credit hours, as defined in 34 CFR
600.2, that the institution awards for
programs and courses, in accordance
with 34 CFR 602.24(f), or, if applicable,
34 CFR 603.24(c), so long as—
(i) The institution’s student work
outside of class combined with the
clock-hours of instruction meet or
exceed the numeric requirements in
paragraph (l)(1) of this section; and
(ii)(A) A semester hour must include
at least 30 clock hours of instruction;
(B) A trimester hour must include at
least 30 clock hours of instruction; and
(C) A quarter hour must include at
least 20 hours of instruction.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 16. Section 668.14 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(22) to read as
follows:
§ 668.14
Program participation agreement.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(22)(i) It will not provide any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment based in any part, directly or
indirectly, upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid, to any person or entity who is
engaged in any student recruitment or
admission activity, or in making
decisions regarding the award of title IV,
HEA program funds.
(A) The restrictions in paragraph
(b)(22) of this section do not apply to
the recruitment of foreign students
residing in foreign countries who are
not eligible to receive Federal student
assistance.
(B) For the purpose of paragraph
(b)(22) of this section, an employee who
receives multiple adjustments to
compensation in a calendar year and is
engaged in any student enrollment or
admission activity or in making
decisions regarding the award of title IV,
HEA program funds is considered to
have received such adjustments based
upon success in securing enrollments or
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the award of financial aid if those
adjustments create compensation that is
based in any part, directly or indirectly,
upon success in securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid.
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph
(b)(22)(i) of this section, eligible
institutions, organizations that are
contractors to eligible institutions, and
other entities may make—
(A) Merit-based adjustments to
employee compensation provided that
such adjustments are not based in any
part, directly or indirectly, upon success
in securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid; and
(B) Profit-sharing payments so long as
such payments are not provided to any
person who is engaged in student
recruitment or admission activity or in
making decisions regarding the award of
title IV, HEA program funds.
(iii) As used in paragraph (b)(22) of
this section,
(A) Commission, bonus, or other
incentive payment means a sum of
money or something of value, other than
a fixed salary or wages, paid to or given
to a person or an entity for services
rendered.
(B) Securing enrollments or the award
of financial aid means activities that a
person or entity engages in at any point
in time through completion of an
educational program for the purpose of
the admission or matriculation of
students for any period of time or the
award of financial aid to students.
(1) These activities include contact in
any form with a prospective student,
such as, but not limited to—contact
through preadmission or advising
activities, scheduling an appointment to
visit the enrollment office or any other
office of the institution, attendance at
such an appointment, or involvement in
a prospective student’s signing of an
enrollment agreement or financial aid
application.
(2) These activities do not include
making a payment to a third party for
the provision of student contact
information for prospective students
provided that such payment is not based
on—
(i) Any additional conduct or action
by the third party or the prospective
students, such as participation in
preadmission or advising activities,
scheduling an appointment to visit the
enrollment office or any other office of
the institution or attendance at such an
appointment, or the signing, or being
involved in the signing, of a prospective
student’s enrollment agreement or
financial aid application; or
(ii) The number of students
(calculated at any point in time of an
educational program) who apply for
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
enrollment, are awarded financial aid,
or are enrolled for any period of time,
including through completion of an
educational program.
(C) Entity or person engaged in any
student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid means—
(1) With respect to an entity engaged
in any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid, any
institution or organization that
undertakes the recruiting or the
admitting of students or that makes
decisions about and awards title IV,
HEA program funds; and
(2) With respect to a person engaged
in any student recruitment or admission
activity or in making decisions about
the award of financial aid, any
employee who undertakes recruiting or
admitting of students or who makes
decisions about and awards title IV,
HEA program funds, and any higher
level employee with responsibility for
recruitment or admission of students, or
making decisions about awarding title
IV, HEA program funds.
(D) Enrollment means the admission
or matriculation of a student into an
eligible institution.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 17. Section 668.16 is amended by:
■ A. Revising paragraph (e).
■ B. In paragraph (n) introductory text,
removing the word ‘‘and’’ that appears
after the punctuation‘‘;’’.
■ C. In paragraph (o)(2), removing the
punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its place,
the punctuation and word ‘‘; and’’.
■ D. Adding paragraph (p).
■ E. Revising the OMB control number
at the end of the section.
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 668.16 Standards of administrative
capability.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(e) For purposes of determining
student eligibility for assistance under a
title IV, HEA program, establishes,
publishes, and applies reasonable
standards for measuring whether an
otherwise eligible student is
maintaining satisfactory academic
progress in his or her educational
program. The Secretary considers an
institution’s standards to be reasonable
if the standards are in accordance with
the provisions specified in § 668.34.
*
*
*
*
*
(p) Develops and follows procedures
to evaluate the validity of a student’s
high school completion if the institution
or the Secretary has reason to believe
that the high school diploma is not valid
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
or was not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1845–
0022)
*
*
*
*
*
18. Section 668.22 is amended by:
A. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)
through (a)(5) as paragraphs (a)(3)
through (a)(6), respectively.
■ B. Adding new paragraph (a)(2).
■ C. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(5), removing the citation ‘‘(a)(5)’’ and
adding, in its place, the citation ‘‘(a)(6)’’.
■ D. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(A)(2), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
■ E. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(B)(2), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
■ F. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(B)(3), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
■ G. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(A)(1), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(ii)(A)(2)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(ii)(A)(2)’’.
■ H. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(A)(5), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)(C)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)(C)’’.
■ I. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(B), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)(A)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)(A)’’.
■ J. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iv), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
■ K. Revising paragraph (b)(3).
■ L. Removing paragraph (c)(3)(ii) and
redesignating paragraph (c)(3)(i) as
paragraph (c)(3).
■ M. Revising paragraph (f)(2).
■ N. In the introductory text of
paragraph (j)(2), removing the first word
‘‘An’’ and adding, in its place, the words
‘‘For an institution that is not required
to take attendance, an’’.
■ O. In paragraph (l)(3), adding the
words ‘‘for an institution that is not
required to take attendance’’ after the
words ‘‘date of the institution’s
determination that the student
withdrew’’.
■ P. Adding paragraphs (l)(6), (l)(7), and
(l)(8).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
■
■
§ 668.22 Treatment of title IV funds when
a student withdraws.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2)(i) Except as provided in
paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (a)(2)(iii) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66951
section, a student is considered to have
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment if—
(A) In the case of a program that is
measured in credit hours, the student
does not complete all the days in the
payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to
complete;
(B) In the case of a program that is
measured in clock hours, the student
does not complete all of the clock hours
and weeks of instructional time in the
payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to
complete; or
(C) For a student in a nonterm or
nonstandard-term program, the student
is not scheduled to begin another course
within a payment period or period of
enrollment for more than 45 calendar
days after the end of the module the
student ceased attending, unless the
student is on an approved leave of
absence, as defined in paragraph (d) of
this section.
(ii)(A) Notwithstanding paragraph
(a)(2)(i)(A) and (a)(2)(i)(B) of this
section, for a payment period or period
of enrollment in which courses in the
program are offered in modules—
(1) A student is not considered to
have withdrawn if the institution
obtains written confirmation from the
student at the time that would have
been a withdrawal of the date that he or
she will attend a module that begins
later in the same payment period or
period of enrollment; and
(2) For nonterm and nonstandardterm programs, that module begins no
later than 45 calendar days after the end
of the module the student ceased
attending.
(B) If an institution has obtained the
written confirmation of future
attendance in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section—
(1) A student may change the date of
return to a module that begins later in
the same payment period or period of
enrollment, provided that the student
does so in writing prior to the return
date that he or she had previously
confirmed; and
(2) For nonterm and nonstandardterm programs, the later module that he
or she will attend begins no later than
45 calendar days after the end of
module the student ceased attending.
(C) If an institution obtains written
confirmation of future attendance in
accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A)
and, if applicable, (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section, but the student does not return
as scheduled—
(1) The student is considered to have
withdrawn from the payment period or
period of enrollment; and
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66952
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The student’s withdrawal date and
the total number of calendar days in the
payment period or period of enrollment
would be the withdrawal date and total
number of calendar days that would
have applied if the student had not
provided written confirmation of a
future date of attendance in accordance
with paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section.
(iii)(A) If a student withdraws from a
term-based credit-hour program offered
in modules during a payment period or
period of enrollment and reenters the
same program prior to the end of the
period, subject to conditions established
by the Secretary, the student is eligible
to receive any title IV, HEA program
funds for which he or she was eligible
prior to withdrawal, including funds
that were returned by the institution or
student under the provisions of this
section, provided the student’s
enrollment status continues to support
the full amount of those funds.
(B) In accordance with § 668.4(f), if a
student withdraws from a clock-hour or
nonterm credit hour program during a
payment period or period of enrollment
and then reenters the same program
within 180 calendar days, the student
remains in that same period when he or
she returns and, subject to conditions
established by the Secretary, is eligible
to receive any title IV, HEA program
funds for which he or she was eligible
prior to withdrawal, including funds
that were returned by the institution or
student under the provisions of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3)(i) An institution is required to take
attendance if—
(A) An outside entity (such as the
institution’s accrediting agency or a
State agency) has a requirement that the
institution take attendance;
(B) The institution itself has a
requirement that its instructors take
attendance; or
(C) The institution or an outside
entity has a requirement that can only
be met by taking attendance or a
comparable process, including, but not
limited to, requiring that students in a
program demonstrate attendance in the
classes of that program, or a portion of
that program.
(ii) If, in accordance with paragraph
(b)(3)(i) of this section, an institution is
required to take attendance or requires
that attendance be taken for only some
students, the institution must use its
attendance records to determine a
withdrawal date in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for those
students.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii)(A) If, in accordance with
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an
institution is required to take
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, for a limited period, the
institution must use its attendance
records to determine a withdrawal date
in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section for that limited period.
(B) A student in attendance the last
time attendance is required to be taken
during the limited period identified in
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section
who subsequently stops attending
during the payment period will be
treated as a student for whom the
institution was not required to take
attendance.
(iv) If an institution is required to take
attendance or requires that attendance
be taken, on only one specified day to
meet a census reporting requirement,
the institution is not considered to take
attendance.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2)(i) The total number of calendar
days in a payment period or period of
enrollment includes all days within the
period that the student was scheduled
to complete, except that scheduled
breaks of at least five consecutive days
are excluded from the total number of
calendar days in a payment period or
period of enrollment and the number of
calendar days completed in that period.
(ii) The total number of calendar days
in a payment period or period of
enrollment does not include—
(A) Days in which the student was on
an approved leave of absence; or
(B) For a payment period or period of
enrollment in which any courses in the
program are offered in modules, any
scheduled breaks of at least five
consecutive days when the student is
not scheduled to attend a module or
other course offered during that period
of time.
*
*
*
*
*
(l) * * *
(6) A program is ‘‘offered in modules’’
if a course or courses in the program do
not span the entire length of the
payment period or period of enrollment.
(7)(i) ‘‘Academic attendance’’ and
‘‘attendance at an academically-related
activity’’—
(A) Include, but are not limited to—
(1) Physically attending a class where
there is an opportunity for direct
interaction between the instructor and
students;
(2) Submitting an academic
assignment;
(3) Taking an exam, an interactive
tutorial, or computer-assisted
instruction;
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) Attending a study group that is
assigned by the institution;
(5) Participating in an online
discussion about academic matters; and
(6) Initiating contact with a faculty
member to ask a question about the
academic subject studied in the course;
and
(B) Do not include activities where a
student may be present, but not
academically engaged, such as—
(1) Living in institutional housing;
(2) Participating in the institution’s
meal plan;
(3) Logging into an online class
without active participation; or
(4) Participating in academic
counseling or advisement.
(ii) A determination of ‘‘academic
attendance’’ or ‘‘attendance at an
academically-related activity’’ must be
made by the institution; a student’s
certification of attendance that is not
supported by institutional
documentation is not acceptable.
(8) A program is a nonstandard-term
program if the program is a term-based
program that does not qualify under 34
CFR 690.63(a)(1) or (a)(2) to calculate
Federal Pell Grant payments under 34
CFR 690.63(b) or (c).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 19. Section 668.25 is amended by:
■ A. In paragraph (c)(2)(v), removing the
word ‘‘and’’.
■ B. In paragraph (c)(2)(vi), adding the
word ‘‘and’’ after the punctuation ‘‘;’’.
■ C. Adding paragraph (c)(2)(vii).
The addition reads as follows:
§ 668.25 Contracts between an institution
and a third party servicer.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(vii) Payment of any commission,
bonus, or other incentive payment based
in any part, directly or indirectly, upon
success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid to any person or
entity engaged in any student
recruitment or admission activity or in
making decisions regarding the award of
title IV, HEA program funds.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 20. Section 668.32 is amended by:
■ A. In paragraph (e)(3), removing the
word ‘‘or’’ that appears after the
punctuation ‘‘;’’.
■ B. In paragraph (e)(4)(ii), removing the
punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its place,
the punctuation and word ‘‘; or’’.
■ C. Adding new paragraph (e)(5).
■ D. Revising paragraph (f).
The addition and revision read as
follows:
§ 668.32
*
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
*
Student eligibility—general.
*
29OCR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(e) * * *
(5) Has been determined by the
institution to have the ability to benefit
from the education or training offered
by the institution based on the
satisfactory completion of 6 semester
hours, 6 trimester hours, 6 quarter
hours, or 225 clock hours that are
applicable toward a degree or certificate
offered by the institution.
(f) Maintains satisfactory academic
progress in his or her course of study
according to the institution’s published
standards of satisfactory academic
progress that meet the requirements of
§ 668.34.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 21. Section 668.34 is revised to read
as follows:
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.34
Satisfactory academic progress.
(a) Satisfactory academic progress
policy. An institution must establish a
reasonable satisfactory academic
progress policy for determining whether
an otherwise eligible student is making
satisfactory academic progress in his or
her educational program and may
receive assistance under the title IV,
HEA programs. The Secretary considers
the institution’s policy to be reasonable
if—
(1) The policy is at least as strict as
the policy the institution applies to a
student who is not receiving assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs;
(2) The policy provides for consistent
application of standards to all students
within categories of students, e.g., fulltime, part-time, undergraduate, and
graduate students, and educational
programs established by the institution;
(3) The policy provides that a
student’s academic progress is
evaluated—
(i) At the end of each payment period
if the educational program is either one
academic year in length or shorter than
an academic year; or
(ii) For all other educational
programs, at the end of each payment
period or at least annually to correspond
with the end of a payment period;
(4)(i) The policy specifies the grade
point average (GPA) that a student must
achieve at each evaluation, or if a GPA
is not an appropriate qualitative
measure, a comparable assessment
measured against a norm; and
(ii) If a student is enrolled in an
educational program of more than two
academic years, the policy specifies that
at the end of the second academic year,
the student must have a GPA of at least
a ‘‘C’’ or its equivalent, or have academic
standing consistent with the
institution’s requirements for
graduation;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(5)(i) The policy specifies the pace at
which a student must progress through
his or her educational program to ensure
that the student will complete the
program within the maximum
timeframe, as defined in paragraph (b)
of this section, and provides for
measurement of the student’s progress
at each evaluation; and
(ii) An institution calculates the pace
at which the student is progressing by
dividing the cumulative number of
hours the student has successfully
completed by the cumulative number of
hours the student has attempted. In
making this calculation, the institution
is not required to include remedial
courses;
(6) The policy describes how a
student’s GPA and pace of completion
are affected by course incompletes,
withdrawals, or repetitions, or transfers
of credit from other institutions. Credit
hours from another institution that are
accepted toward the student’s
educational program must count as both
attempted and completed hours;
(7) Except as provided in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section, the policy
provides that, at the time of each
evaluation, a student who has not
achieved the required GPA, or who is
not successfully completing his or her
educational program at the required
pace, is no longer eligible to receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs;
(8) If the institution places students
on financial aid warning, or on financial
aid probation, as defined in paragraph
(b) of this section, the policy describes
these statuses and that—
(i) A student on financial aid warning
may continue to receive assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs for one
payment period despite a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress.
Financial aid warning status may be
assigned without an appeal or other
action by the student; and
(ii) A student on financial aid
probation may receive title IV, HEA
program funds for one payment period.
While a student is on financial aid
probation, the institution may require
the student to fulfill specific terms and
conditions such as taking a reduced
course load or enrolling in specific
courses. At the end of one payment
period on financial aid probation, the
student must meet the institution’s
satisfactory academic progress standards
or meet the requirements of the
academic plan developed by the
institution and the student to qualify for
further title IV, HEA program funds;
(9) If the institution permits a student
to appeal a determination by the
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66953
institution that he or she is not making
satisfactory academic progress, the
policy describes—
(i) How the student may reestablish
his or her eligibility to receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs;
(ii) The basis on which a student may
file an appeal: The death of a relative,
an injury or illness of the student, or
other special circumstances; and
(iii) Information the student must
submit regarding why the student failed
to make satisfactory academic progress,
and what has changed in the student’s
situation that will allow the student to
demonstrate satisfactory academic
progress at the next evaluation;
(10) If the institution does not permit
a student to appeal a determination by
the institution that he or she is not
making satisfactory academic progress,
the policy must describe how the
student may reestablish his or her
eligibility to receive assistance under
the title IV, HEA programs; and
(11) The policy provides for
notification to students of the results of
an evaluation that impacts the student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds.
(b) Definitions. The following
definitions apply to the terms used in
this section:
Appeal. Appeal means a process by
which a student who is not meeting the
institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards petitions the
institution for reconsideration of the
student’s eligibility for title IV, HEA
program assistance.
Financial aid probation. Financial aid
probation means a status assigned by an
institution to a student who fails to
make satisfactory academic progress and
who has appealed and has had
eligibility for aid reinstated.
Financial aid warning. Financial aid
warning means a status assigned to a
student who fails to make satisfactory
academic progress at an institution that
evaluates academic progress at the end
of each payment period.
Maximum timeframe. Maximum
timeframe means—
(1) For an undergraduate program
measured in credit hours, a period that
is no longer than 150 percent of the
published length of the educational
program, as measured in credit hours;
(2) For an undergraduate program
measured in clock hours, a period that
is no longer than 150 percent of the
published length of the educational
program, as measured by the cumulative
number of clock hours the student is
required to complete and expressed in
calendar time; and
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66954
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(3) For a graduate program, a period
defined by the institution that is based
on the length of the educational
program.
(c) Institutions that evaluate
satisfactory academic progress at the
end of each payment period. (1) An
institution that evaluates satisfactory
academic progress at the end of each
payment period and determines that a
student is not making progress under its
policy may nevertheless disburse title
IV, HEA program funds to the student
under the provisions of paragraph (c)(2),
(c)(3), or (c)(4) of this section.
(2) For the payment period following
the payment period in which the
student did not make satisfactory
academic progress, the institution
may—
(i) Place the student on financial aid
warning, and disburse title IV, HEA
program funds to the student; or
(ii) Place a student directly on
financial aid probation, following the
procedures outlined in paragraph (d)(2)
of this section and disburse title IV,
HEA program funds to the student.
(3) For the payment period following
a payment period during which a
student was on financial aid warning,
the institution may place the student on
financial aid probation, and disburse
title IV, HEA program funds to the
student if—
(i) The institution evaluates the
student’s progress and determines that
student did not make satisfactory
academic progress during the payment
period the student was on financial aid
warning;
(ii) The student appeals the
determination; and
(iii)(A) The institution determines
that the student should be able to meet
the institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards by the end of the
subsequent payment period; or
(B) The institution develops an
academic plan for the student that, if
followed, will ensure that the student is
able to meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards by a
specific point in time.
(4) A student on financial aid
probation for a payment period may not
receive title IV, HEA program funds for
the subsequent payment period unless
the student makes satisfactory academic
progress or the institution determines
that the student met the requirements
specified by the institution in the
academic plan for the student.
(d) Institutions that evaluate
satisfactory academic progress annually
or less frequently than at the end of
each payment period. (1) An institution
that evaluates satisfactory academic
progress annually or less frequently
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
than at the end of each payment period
and determines that a student is not
making progress under its policy may
nevertheless disburse title IV, HEA
program funds to the student under the
provisions of paragraph (d)(2) or (d)(3)
of this section.
(2) The institution may place the
student on financial aid probation and
may disburse title IV, HEA program
funds to the student for the subsequent
payment period if—
(i) The institution evaluates the
student and determines that the student
is not making satisfactory academic
progress;
(ii) The student appeals the
determination; and
(iii)(A) The institution determines
that the student should be able to be
make satisfactory academic progress
during the subsequent payment period
and meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards at the end
of that payment period; or
(B) The institution develops an
academic plan for the student that, if
followed, will ensure that the student is
able to meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards by a
specific point in time.
(3) A student on financial aid
probation for a payment period may not
receive title IV, HEA program funds for
the subsequent payment period unless
the student makes satisfactory academic
progress or the institution determines
that the student met the requirements
specified by the institution in the
academic plan for the student.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
22. Section 668.43 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a)(10)(ii), removing
the word ‘‘and’’ that appears after the
punctuation ‘‘;’’.
■ B. In paragraph (a)(11)(ii), removing
the punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its
place, the punctuation and word ‘‘; and’’.
■ C. Adding paragraph (a)(12).
■ D. Revising paragraph (b).
The addition and revision read as
follows:
■
■
§ 668.43
Institutional information.
(a) * * *
(12) A description of written
arrangements the institution has entered
into in accordance with § 668.5,
including, but not limited to,
information on—
(i) The portion of the educational
program that the institution that grants
the degree or certificate is not providing;
(ii) The name and location of the
other institutions or organizations that
are providing the portion of the
educational program that the institution
that grants the degree or certificate is
not providing;
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) The method of delivery of the
portion of the educational program that
the institution that grants the degree or
certificate is not providing; and
(iv) Estimated additional costs
students may incur as the result of
enrolling in an educational program that
is provided, in part, under the written
arrangement.
(b) The institution must make
available for review to any enrolled or
prospective student upon request, a
copy of the documents describing the
institution’s accreditation and its State,
Federal, or tribal approval or licensing.
The institution must also provide its
students or prospective students with
contact information for filing
complaints with its accreditor and with
its State approval or licensing entity and
any other relevant State official or
agency that would appropriately handle
a student’s complaint.
*
*
*
*
*
23. Subpart E of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
■
Subpart E—Verification and Updating of
Student Aid Application Information
Sec.
668.51 General.
668.52 Definitions.
668.53 Policies and procedures.
668.54 Selection of an applicant’s FAFSA
information for verification.
668.55 Updating information.
668.56 Information to be verified.
668.57 Acceptable documentation.
668.58 Interim disbursements.
668.59 Consequences of a change in an
applicant’s FAFSA information.
668.60 Deadlines for submitting
documentation and the consequences of
failing to provide documentation.
668.61 Recovery of funds from interim
disbursements.
Subpart E—Verification and Updating
of Student Aid Application Information
§ 668.51
General.
(a) Scope and purpose. The
regulations in this subpart govern the
verification by institutions of
information submitted by applicants for
student financial assistance under the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs.
(b) Applicant responsibility. If the
Secretary or the institution requests
documents or information from an
applicant under this subpart, the
applicant must provide the specified
documents or information.
(c) Foreign schools. The Secretary
exempts from the provisions of this
subpart participating institutions that
are not located in a State.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
§ 668.52
Definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
Specified year: (1) The calendar year
preceding the first calendar year of an
award year, i.e., the base year; or
(2) The year preceding the year
described in paragraph (1) of this
definition.
Subsidized student financial
assistance programs: Title IV, HEA
programs for which eligibility is
determined on the basis of an
applicant’s EFC. These programs
include the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant (FSEOG), Federal Work-Study
(FWS), Federal Perkins Loan, and Direct
Subsidized Loan programs.
Unsubsidized student financial
assistance programs: Title IV, HEA
programs for which eligibility is not
based on an applicant’s EFC. These
programs include the Teacher Education
Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) Grant, Direct
Unsubsidized Loan, and Direct PLUS
Loan programs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.53
Policies and procedures.
(a) An institution must establish and
use written policies and procedures for
verifying an applicant’s FAFSA
information in accordance with the
provisions of this subpart. These
policies and procedures must include—
(1) The time period within which an
applicant must provide any
documentation requested by the
institution in accordance with § 668.57;
(2) The consequences of an
applicant’s failure to provide the
requested documentation within the
specified time period;
(3) The method by which the
institution notifies an applicant of the
results of its verification if, as a result
of verification, the applicant’s EFC
changes and results in a change in the
amount of the applicant’s assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs;
(4) The procedures the institution will
follow itself or the procedures the
institution will require an applicant to
follow to correct FAFSA information
determined to be in error; and
(5) The procedures for making
referrals under § 668.16(g).
(b) An institution’s procedures must
provide that it will furnish, in a timely
manner, to each applicant whose
FAFSA information is selected for
verification a clear explanation of—
(1) The documentation needed to
satisfy the verification requirements;
and
(2) The applicant’s responsibilities
with respect to the verification of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
FAFSA information, including the
deadlines for completing any actions
required under this subpart and the
consequences of failing to complete any
required action.
(c) An institution’s procedures must
provide that an applicant whose FAFSA
information is selected for verification is
required to complete verification before
the institution exercises any authority
under section 479A(a) of the HEA to
make changes to the applicant’s cost of
attendance or to the values of the data
items required to calculate the EFC.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.54 Selection of an applicant’s FAFSA
information for verification.
(a) General requirements. (1) Except
as provided in paragraph (b) of this
section, an institution must require an
applicant whose FAFSA information is
selected for verification by the
Secretary, to verify the information
specified by the Secretary pursuant to
§ 668.56.
(2) If an institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information is inaccurate, it must verify
the accuracy of that information.
(3) An institution may require an
applicant to verify any FAFSA
information that it specifies.
(4) If an applicant is selected to verify
FAFSA information under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, the institution
must require the applicant to verify the
information as specified in § 668.56 if
the applicant is selected for a
subsequent verification of FAFSA
information, except that the applicant is
not required to provide documentation
for the FAFSA information previously
verified for the applicable award year to
the extent that the FAFSA information
previously verified remains unchanged.
(b) Exclusions from verification. (1)
An institution need not verify an
applicant’s FAFSA information if—
(i) The applicant dies;
(ii) The applicant does not receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs for reasons other than failure
to verify FAFSA information;
(iii) The applicant is eligible to
receive only unsubsidized student
financial assistance; or
(iv) The applicant who transfers to the
institution, had previously completed
verification at the institution from
which he or she transferred, and applies
for assistance based on the same FAFSA
information used at the previous
institution, if the current institution
obtains a letter from the previous
institution—
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66955
(A) Stating that it has verified the
applicant’s information; and
(B) Providing the transaction number
of the applicable valid ISIR.
(2) Unless the institution has reason
to believe that the information reported
by a dependent student is incorrect, it
need not verify the applicant’s parents’
FAFSA information if—
(i) The parents are residing in a
country other than the United States
and cannot be contacted by normal
means of communication;
(ii) The parents cannot be located
because their contact information is
unknown and cannot be obtained by the
applicant; or
(iii) Both of the applicant’s parents are
mentally incapacitated.
(3) Unless the institution has reason
to believe that the information reported
by an independent student is incorrect,
it need not verify the applicant’s
spouse’s information if—
(i) The spouse is deceased;
(ii) The spouse is mentally
incapacitated;
(iii) The spouse is residing in a
country other than the United States
and cannot be contacted by normal
means of communication; or
(iv) The spouse cannot be located
because his or her contact information
is unknown and cannot be obtained by
the applicant.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091, 1094)
§ 668.55
Updating information.
(a) If an applicant’s dependency status
changes at any time during the award
year, the applicant must update FAFSA
information, except when the update is
due to a change in his or her marital
status.
(b)(1) An applicant who is selected for
verification of the number of persons in
his or her household (household size) or
the number of those in the household
who are attending postsecondary
institutions (number in college) must
update those items to be correct as of
the date of verification, except when the
update is due to a change in his or her
marital status.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1)
of this section, an applicant is not
required to provide documentation of
household size or number in college
during a subsequent verification of
either item if the information has not
changed.
(c) An institution may require an
applicant to update FAFSA information
under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section
for a change in the applicant’s marital
status if the institution determines the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66956
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
update is necessary to address an
inequity or to reflect more accurately
the applicant’s ability to pay.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.56
Information to be verified.
(a) For each award year the Secretary
publishes in the Federal Register notice
the FAFSA information that an
institution and an applicant may be
required to verify.
(b) For each applicant whose FAFSA
information is selected for verification
by the Secretary, the Secretary specifies
the specific information under
paragraph (a) of this section that the
applicant must verify.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094, 1095)
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.57
Acceptable documentation.
If an applicant is selected to verify
any of the following information, an
institution must obtain the specified
documentation.
(a) Adjusted Gross Income (AGI),
income earned from work, or U.S.
income tax paid. (1) Except as provided
in paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of
this section, an institution must require
an applicant selected for verification of
AGI, income earned from work or U.S.
income tax paid to submit to it—
(i) A copy of the income tax return or
an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) form
that lists tax account information of the
applicant, his or her spouse, or his or
her parents, as applicable for the
specified year. The copy of the return
must include the signature (which need
not be an original) of the filer of the
return or of one of the filers of a joint
return;
(ii) For a dependent student, a copy
of each IRS Form W–2 for the specified
year received by the parent whose
income is being taken into account if—
(A) The parents filed a joint return;
and
(B) The parents are divorced or
separated or one of the parents has died;
and
(iii) For an independent student, a
copy of each IRS Form W–2 for the
specified year he or she received if the
independent student—
(A) Filed a joint return; and
(B) Is a widow or widower, or is
divorced or separated.
(2) An institution may accept, in lieu
of an income tax return or an IRS form
that lists tax account information, the
information reported for an item on the
applicant’s FAFSA for the specified year
if the Secretary has identified that item
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
as having been obtained from the IRS
and not having been changed.
(3) An institution must accept, in lieu
of an income tax return or an IRS form
that lists tax account information, the
documentation set forth in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section if the individual for
the specified year—
(i) Has not filed and, under IRS rules,
or other applicable government agency
rules, is not required to file an income
tax return;
(ii) Is required to file a U.S. tax return
and has been granted a filing extension
by the IRS; or
(iii) Has requested a copy of the tax
return or an IRS form that lists tax
account information, and the IRS or a
government of a U.S. territory or
commonwealth or a foreign central
government cannot locate the return or
provide an IRS form that lists tax
account information.
(4) An institution must accept—
(i) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, a
statement signed by that individual
certifying that he or she has not filed
and is not required to file an income tax
return for the specified year and
certifying for that year that
individual’s—
(A) Sources of income earned from
work as stated on the FAFSA; and
(B) Amounts of income from each
source. In lieu of a certification of these
amounts of income, the applicant may
provide a copy of his or her IRS Form
W–2 for each source listed under
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
(ii) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section—
(A) A copy of the IRS Form 4868,
‘‘Application for Automatic Extension of
Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax
Return,’’ that the individual filed with
the IRS for the specified year, or a copy
of the IRS’s approval of an extension
beyond the automatic six-month
extension if the individual requested an
additional extension of the filing time;
and
(B) A copy of each IRS Form W–2 that
the individual received for the specified
year, or for a self-employed individual,
a statement signed by the individual
certifying the amount of the AGI for the
specified year; and
(iii) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section—
(A) A copy of each IRS Form W–2 that
the individual received for the specified
year; or
(B) For an individual who is selfemployed or has filed an income tax
return with a government of a U. S.
territory or commonwealth, or a foreign
central government, a statement signed
by the individual certifying the amount
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of AGI and taxes paid for the specified
year.
(5) An institution may require an
individual described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii) of this section to provide to it
a copy of his or her completed and
signed income tax return when filed. If
an institution receives the copy of the
return, it must reverify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents.
(6) If an individual who is required to
submit an IRS Form W–2, under
paragraph (a) of this section, is unable
to obtain one in a timely manner, the
institution may permit that individual
to set forth, in a statement signed by the
individual, the amount of income
earned from work, the source of that
income, and the reason that the IRS
Form W–2 is not available in a timely
manner.
(7) For the purpose of this section, an
institution may accept in lieu of a copy
of an income tax return signed by the
filer of the return or one of the filers of
a joint return, a copy of the filer’s return
that includes the preparer’s Social
Security Number, Employer
Identification Number or the Preparer
Tax Identification Number and has been
signed, stamped, typed, or printed with
the name and address of the preparer of
the return.
(b) Number of family members in
household. An institution must require
an applicant selected for verification of
the number of family members in the
household to submit to it a statement
signed by both the applicant and one of
the applicant’s parents if the applicant
is a dependent student, or only the
applicant if the applicant is an
independent student, listing the name
and age of each family member in the
household and the relationship of that
household member to the applicant.
(c) Number of family household
members enrolled in eligible
postsecondary institutions. (1) An
institution must require an applicant
selected for verification of the number
of household members in the
applicant’s family enrolled on at least a
half-time basis in eligible postsecondary
institutions to submit a statement signed
by both the applicant and one of the
applicant’s parents, if the applicant is a
dependent student, or by only the
applicant if the applicant is an
independent student, listing—
(i) The name of each family member
who is or will be attending an eligible
postsecondary educational institution as
at least a half-time student in the award
year;
(ii) The age of each student; and
(iii) The name of the institution that
each student is or will be attending.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(2) If the institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information or the statement provided
under paragraph (c)(1) of this section
regarding the number of family
household members enrolled in eligible
postsecondary institutions is inaccurate,
the institution must obtain a statement
from each institution named by the
applicant in response to the requirement
of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section
that the household member in question
is or will be attending the institution on
at least a half-time basis, unless—
(i) The institution the student is
attending determines that such a
statement is not available because the
household member in question has not
yet registered at the institution he or she
plans to attend; or
(ii) The institution has information
indicating that the student will be
attending the same institution as the
applicant.
(d) Other information. If an applicant
is selected to verify other information
specified in the annual Federal Register
notice, the applicant must provide the
documentation specified for that
information in the Federal Register
notice.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.58
Interim disbursements.
(a)(1) If an institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information is inaccurate, until the
information is verified and any
corrections are made in accordance with
§ 668.59(a), the institution may not—
(i) Disburse any Federal Pell Grant,
FSEOG, or Federal Perkins Loan
Program funds to the applicant;
(ii) Employ or allow an employer to
employ the applicant in its FWS
Program; or
(iii) Originate a Direct Subsidized
Loan, or disburse any such loan
proceeds for any previously certified
originated Direct Subsidized Loan to the
applicant.
(2) If an institution does not have
reason to believe that an applicant’s
FAFSA information is inaccurate prior
to verification, the institution may—
(i)(A) Withhold payment of Federal
Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, or
FSEOG Program funds for the applicant;
or
(B) Make one disbursement from each
of the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Perkins Loan, or FSEOG Program funds
for the applicant’s first payment period
of the award year;
(ii) Employ or allow an employer to
employ that applicant, once he or she is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
66957
an eligible student, under the FWS
Program for the first 60 consecutive
days after the student’s enrollment in
that award year; or
(iii)(A) Withhold origination of the
applicant’s Direct Subsidized Loan; or
(B) Originate the Direct Subsidized
Loan provided that the institution does
not disburse Subsidized Stafford Loan
or Direct Subsidized Loan proceeds.
(3) If, after verification, an institution
determines that changes to an
applicant’s information will not change
the amount the applicant would receive
under a title IV, HEA program, the
institution—
(i) Must ensure corrections are made
in accordance with § 668.59(a); and
(ii) May prior to receiving the
corrected valid SAR or valid ISIR—
(A) Make one disbursement from each
of the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Perkins Loan, or FSEOG Program funds
for the applicant’s first payment period
of the award year;
(B) Employ or allow an employer to
employ the applicant, once he or she is
an eligible student, under the FWS
Program for the first 60 consecutive
days after the student’s enrollment in
that award year; or
(C) Originate the Direct Subsidized
Loan and disburse the Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds for the applicant.
(b) If an institution chooses to make
a disbursement under—
(1) Paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this
section, it—
(i) Is liable for any overpayment
discovered as a result of verification to
the extent that the overpayment is not
recovered through reducing subsequent
disbursements in the award year or from
the student; and
(ii) Must recover the overpayment in
accordance with § 668.61(a);
(2) Paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section,
it—
(i) Is liable for any overpayment
discovered as a result of verification to
the extent that the overpayment is not
eliminated by adjusting other financial
assistance; and
(ii) Must recover the overpayment in
accordance with § 668.61(b); or
(3) Paragraph (a)(3) of this section,
it—
(i) Is liable for any subsidized student
financial assistance disbursed if it does
not receive the valid SAR or valid ISIR
reflecting corrections within the
deadlines established under § 668.60;
and
(ii) Must recover the funds in
accordance with § 668.61(c).
§ 668.59 Consequences of a change in an
applicant’s FAFSA information.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(a) For the subsidized student
financial assistance programs, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the applicant
or the institution must submit to the
Secretary any changes to—
(1) A nondollar item; or
(2) A single dollar item of $25 or
more.
(b) For the Federal Pell Grant
Program, if an applicant’s FAFSA
information changes as a result of
verification, an institution must—
(1) Recalculate the applicant’s Federal
Pell Grant on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected valid SAR or valid ISIR; and
(2)(i) Disburse any additional funds
under that award only if the institution
receives a corrected valid SAR or valid
ISIR for the applicant and only to the
extent that additional funds are payable
based on the recalculation;
(ii) Comply with the procedures
specified in § 668.61 for an interim
disbursement if, as a result of
verification, the Federal Pell Grant
award is reduced; or—
(iii) Comply with the procedures
specified in 34 CFR 690.79 for an
overpayment that is not an interim
disbursement if, as a result of
verification, the Federal Pell Grant
award is reduced.
(c) For the subsidized student
financial assistance programs, excluding
the Federal Pell Grant Program, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must—
(1) Adjust the applicant’s financial aid
package on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected valid SAR or valid ISIR; and
(2)(i) Comply with the procedures
specified in § 668.61 for an interim
disbursement if, as a result of
verification, the financial aid package
must be reduced;
(ii) Comply with the procedures
specified in 34 CFR 673.5(f) for a
Federal Perkins loan or an FSEOG
overpayment that is not the result of an
interim disbursement if, as a result of
verification, the financial aid package
must be reduced; and
(iii) Comply with the procedures
specified in 34 CFR 685.303(e) for Direct
Subsidized Loan excess loan proceeds
that are not the result of an interim
disbursement if, as a result of
verification, the financial aid package
must be reduced.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66958
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.60 Deadlines for submitting
documentation and the consequences of
failing to provide documentation.
(a) An institution must require an
applicant selected for verification to
submit to it, within the period of time
it or the Secretary specifies, the
documentation set forth in § 668.57 that
is requested by the institution.
(b) For purposes of the subsidized
student financial assistance programs,
excluding the Federal Pell Grant
Program—
(1) If an applicant fails to provide the
requested documentation within a
reasonable time period established by
the institution—
(i) The institution may not—
(A) Disburse any additional Federal
Perkins Loan or FSEOG Program funds
to the applicant;
(B) Employ, continue to employ or
allow an employer to employ the
applicant under FWS; or
(C) Originate the applicant’s Direct
Subsidized Loan or disburse any
additional Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds for the applicant; and
(ii) The applicant must repay to the
institution any Federal Perkins Loan or
FSEOG received for that award year;
(2) If the applicant provides the
requested documentation after the time
period established by the institution, the
institution may, at its option, disburse
aid to the applicant notwithstanding
paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
(3) If an institution has received
proceeds for a Direct Subsidized Loan
on behalf of an applicant, the institution
must return all or a portion of those
funds as provided under § 668.166(b) if
the applicant does not complete
verification within the time period
specified.
(c) For purposes of the Federal Pell
Grant Program—
(1) An applicant may submit a valid
SAR to the institution or the institution
may receive a valid ISIR after the
applicable deadline specified in 34 CFR
690.61 but within an established
additional time period set by the
Secretary through publication of a
notice in the Federal Register; and
(2) If the applicant does not provide
to the institution the requested
documentation and, if necessary, a valid
SAR or the institution does not receive
a valid ISIR, within the additional time
period referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the applicant—
(i) Forfeits the Federal Pell Grant for
the award year; and
(ii) Must return any Federal Pell Grant
payments previously received for that
award year.
(d) The Secretary may determine not
to process FAFSA information of an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
applicant who has been requested to
provide documentation until the
applicant provides the documentation
or the Secretary decides that there is no
longer a need for the documentation.
(e) If an applicant selected for
verification for an award year dies
before the deadline for completing
verification without completing that
process, the institution may not—
(1) Make any further disbursements
on behalf of that applicant;
(2) Originate that applicant’s Direct
Subsidized Loan, or disburse that
applicant’s Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds; or
(3) Consider any funds it disbursed to
that applicant under § 668.58(a)(2) as an
overpayment.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.61 Recovery of funds from interim
disbursements.
(a) If an institution discovers, as a
result of verification, that an applicant
received under § 668.58(a)(2)(i)(B) more
financial aid than the applicant was
eligible to receive, the institution must
eliminate the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Perkins Loan, or FSEOG overpayment
by—
(1) Adjusting subsequent
disbursements in the award year in
which the overpayment occurred; or
(2) Reimbursing the appropriate
program account by—
(i) Requiring the applicant to return
the overpayment to the institution if the
institution cannot correct the
overpayment under paragraph (a)(1) of
this section; or
(ii) Making restitution from its own
funds, by the earlier of the following
dates, if the applicant does not return
the overpayment:
(A) Sixty days after the applicant’s
last day of attendance.
(B) The last day of the award year in
which the institution disbursed Federal
Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, or
FSEOG Program funds to the applicant.
(b) If an institution discovers, as a
result of verification, that an applicant
received under § 668.58(a)(2)(ii) more
financial aid than the applicant was
eligible to receive, the institution must
eliminate the FWS overpayment by—
(1) Adjusting the applicant’s other
financial aid; or
(2) Reimbursing the FWS program
account by making restitution from its
own funds, if the institution cannot
correct the overpayment under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The
applicant must still be paid for all work
performed under the institution’s own
payroll account.
(c) If an institution disbursed
subsidized student financial assistance
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to an applicant under § 668.58(a)(3), and
did not receive the valid SAR or valid
ISIR reflecting corrections within the
deadlines established under § 668.60,
the institution must reimburse the
appropriate program account by making
restitution from its own funds. The
applicant must still be paid for all work
performed under the institution’s own
payroll account.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
24. Subpart F of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
■
Subpart F—Misrepresentation
Sec.
668.71 Scope and special definitions.
668.72 Nature of educational program.
668.73 Nature of financial charges.
668.74 Employability of graduates.
668.75 Relationship with the Department of
Education.
Subpart F—Misrepresentation
§ 668.71
Scope and special definitions.
(a) If the Secretary determines that an
eligible institution has engaged in
substantial misrepresentation, the
Secretary may—
(1) Revoke the eligible institution’s
program participation agreement;
(2) Impose limitations on the
institution’s participation in the title IV,
HEA programs;
(3) Deny participation applications
made on behalf of the institution; or
(4) Initiate a proceeding against the
eligible institution under subpart G of
this part.
(b) This subpart establishes the types
of activities that constitute substantial
misrepresentation by an eligible
institution. An eligible institution is
deemed to have engaged in substantial
misrepresentation when the institution
itself, one of its representatives, or any
ineligible institution, organization, or
person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement to provide
educational programs, marketing,
advertising, recruiting or admissions
services, makes a substantial
misrepresentation regarding the eligible
institution, including about the nature
of its educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates. Substantial
misrepresentations are prohibited in all
forms, including those made in any
advertising, promotional materials, or in
the marketing or sale of courses or
programs of instruction offered by the
institution.
(c) The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Misrepresentation: Any false,
erroneous or misleading statement an
eligible institution, one of its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement to provide educational
programs, or to provide marketing,
advertising, recruiting or admissions
services makes directly or indirectly to
a student, prospective student or any
member of the public, or to an
accrediting agency, to a State agency, or
to the Secretary. A misleading statement
includes any statement that has the
likelihood or tendency to deceive or
confuse. A statement is any
communication made in writing,
visually, orally, or through other means.
Misrepresentation includes the
dissemination of a student endorsement
or testimonial that a student gives either
under duress or because the institution
required the student to make such an
endorsement or testimonial to
participate in a program.
Prospective student: Any individual
who has contacted an eligible
institution for the purpose of requesting
information about enrolling at the
institution or who has been contacted
directly by the institution or indirectly
through advertising about enrolling at
the institution.
Substantial misrepresentation: Any
misrepresentation on which the person
to whom it was made could reasonably
be expected to rely, or has reasonably
relied, to that person’s detriment.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.72
Nature of educational program.
Misrepresentation concerning the
nature of an eligible institution’s
educational program includes, but is not
limited to, false, erroneous or
misleading statements concerning—
(a) The particular type(s), specific
source(s), nature and extent of its
institutional, programmatic, or
specialized accreditation;
(b)(1) Whether a student may transfer
course credits earned at the institution
to any other institution;
(2) Conditions under which the
institution will accept transfer credits
earned at another institution;
(c) Whether successful completion of
a course of instruction qualifies a
student—
(1) For acceptance to a labor union or
similar organization; or
(2) To receive, to apply to take or to
take the examination required to
receive, a local, State, or Federal license,
or a nongovernmental certification
required as a precondition for
employment, or to perform certain
functions in the States in which the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
educational program is offered, or to
meet additional conditions that the
institution knows or reasonably should
know are generally needed to secure
employment in a recognized occupation
for which the program is represented to
prepare students;
(d) The requirements for successfully
completing the course of study or
program and the circumstances that
would constitute grounds for
terminating the student’s enrollment;
(e) Whether its courses are
recommended or have been the subject
of unsolicited testimonials or
endorsements by—
(1) Vocational counselors, high
schools, colleges, educational
organizations, employment agencies,
members of a particular industry,
students, former students, or others; or
(2) Governmental officials for
governmental employment;
(f) Its size, location, facilities, or
equipment;
(g) The availability, frequency, and
appropriateness of its courses and
programs to the employment objectives
that it states its programs are designed
to meet;
(h) The nature, age, and availability of
its training devices or equipment and
their appropriateness to the
employment objectives that it states its
programs and courses are designed to
meet;
(i) The number, availability, and
qualifications, including the training
and experience, of its faculty and other
personnel;
(j) The availability of part-time
employment or other forms of financial
assistance;
(k) The nature and availability of any
tutorial or specialized instruction,
guidance and counseling, or other
supplementary assistance it will provide
its students before, during or after the
completion of a course;
(l) The nature or extent of any
prerequisites established for enrollment
in any course;
(m) The subject matter, content of the
course of study, or any other fact related
to the degree, diploma, certificate of
completion, or any similar document
that the student is to be, or is, awarded
upon completion of the course of study;
(n) Whether the academic,
professional, or occupational degree that
the institution will confer upon
completion of the course of study has
been authorized by the appropriate State
educational agency. This type of
misrepresentation includes, in the case
of a degree that has not been authorized
by the appropriate State educational
agency or that requires specialized
accreditation, any failure by an eligible
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66959
institution to disclose these facts in any
advertising or promotional materials
that reference such degree; or
(o) Any matters required to be
disclosed to prospective students under
§§ 668.42 and 668.43 of this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.73
Nature of financial charges.
Misrepresentation concerning the
nature of an eligible institution’s
financial charges includes, but is not
limited to, false, erroneous, or
misleading statements concerning—
(a) Offers of scholarships to pay all or
part of a course charge;
(b) Whether a particular charge is the
customary charge at the institution for a
course;
(c) The cost of the program and the
institution’s refund policy if the student
does not complete the program;
(d) The availability or nature of any
financial assistance offered to students,
including a student’s responsibility to
repay any loans, regardless of whether
the student is successful in completing
the program and obtaining employment;
or
(e) The student’s right to reject any
particular type of financial aid or other
assistance, or whether the student must
apply for a particular type of financial
aid, such as financing offered by the
institution.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.74
Employability of graduates.
Misrepresentation regarding the
employability of an eligible institution’s
graduates includes, but is not limited to,
false, erroneous, or misleading
statements concerning—
(a) The institution’s relationship with
any organization, employment agency,
or other agency providing authorized
training leading directly to employment;
(b) The institution’s plans to maintain
a placement service for graduates or
otherwise assist its graduates to obtain
employment;
(c) The institution’s knowledge about
the current or likely future conditions,
compensation, or employment
opportunities in the industry or
occupation for which the students are
being prepared;
(d) Whether employment is being
offered by the institution or that a talent
hunt or contest is being conducted,
including, but not limited to, through
the use of phrases such as ‘‘Men/women
wanted to train for * * *,’’ ‘‘Help
Wanted,’’ ‘‘Employment,’’ or ‘‘Business
Opportunities’’;
(e) Government job market statistics
in relation to the potential placement of
its graduates; or
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66960
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(f) Other requirements that are
generally needed to be employed in the
fields for which the training is provided,
such as requirements related to
commercial driving licenses or permits
to carry firearms, and failing to disclose
factors that would prevent an applicant
from qualifying for such requirements,
such as prior criminal records or
preexisting medical conditions.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.75 Relationship with the Department
of Education.
An eligible institution, its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement may not describe the eligible
institution’s participation in the title IV,
HEA programs in a manner that suggests
approval or endorsement by the U.S.
Department of Education of the quality
of its educational programs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
25. Subpart J of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
■
Subpart J—Approval of Independently
Administered Tests; Specification of
Passing Score; Approval of State Process
Sec.
668.141 Scope.
668.142 Special definitions.
668.143 [Reserved]
668.144 Application for test approval.
668.145 Test approval procedures.
668.146 Criteria for approving tests.
668.147 Passing scores.
668.148 Additional criteria for the approval
of certain tests.
668.149 Special provisions for the approval
of assessment procedures for individuals
with disabilities.
668.150 Agreement between the Secretary
and a test publisher or a State.
668.151 Administration of tests.
668.152 Administration of tests by
assessment centers.
668.153 Administration of tests for
individuals whose native language is not
English or for individuals with
disabilities.
668.154 Institutional accountability.
668.155 [Reserved]
668.156 Approved State process.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Subpart J—Approval of Independently
Administered Tests; Specification of
Passing Score; Approval of State
Process
§ 668.141
Scope.
(a) This subpart sets forth the
provisions under which a student who
has neither a high school diploma nor
its recognized equivalent may become
eligible to receive title IV, HEA program
funds by—
(1) Achieving a passing score,
specified by the Secretary, on an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
independently administered test
approved by the Secretary under this
subpart; or
(2) Being enrolled in an eligible
institution that participates in a State
process approved by the Secretary
under this subpart.
(b) Under this subpart, the Secretary
sets forth—
(1) The procedures and criteria the
Secretary uses to approve tests;
(2) The basis on which the Secretary
specifies a passing score on each
approved test;
(3) The procedures and conditions
under which the Secretary determines
that an approved test is independently
administered;
(4) The information that a test
publisher or a State must submit, as part
of its test submission, to explain the
methodology it will use for the test
anomaly studies as described in
§ 668.144(c)(17) and (d)(8), as
appropriate;
(5) The requirements that a test
publisher or a State, as appropriate—
(i) Have a process to identify and
follow up on test score irregularities;
(ii) Take corrective action—up to and
including decertification of test
administrators—if the test publisher or
the State determines that test score
irregularities have occurred; and
(iii) Report to the Secretary the names
of any test administrators it decertifies
and any other action taken as a result of
test score analyses; and
(6) The procedures and conditions
under which the Secretary determines
that a State process demonstrates that
students in the process have the ability
to benefit from the education and
training being offered to them.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.142
Special definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
Assessment center: A facility that—
(1) Is located at an eligible institution
that provides two-year or four-year
degrees or is a postsecondary vocational
institution;
(2) Is responsible for gathering and
evaluating information about individual
students for multiple purposes,
including appropriate course placement;
(3) Is independent of the admissions
and financial aid processes at the
institution at which it is located;
(4) Is staffed by professionally trained
personnel;
(5) Uses test administrators to
administer tests approved by the
Secretary under this subpart; and
(6) Does not have as its primary
purpose the administration of ability to
benefit tests.
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ATB test irregularity: An irregularity
that results from an ATB test being
administered in a manner that does not
conform to the established rules for test
administration consistent with the
provisions of subpart J of part 668 and
the test administrator’s manual.
Computer-based test: A test taken by
a student on a computer and scored by
a computer.
General learned abilities: Cognitive
operations, such as deductive reasoning,
reading comprehension, or translation
from graphic to numerical
representation, that may be learned in
both school and non-school
environments.
Independent test administrator: A test
administrator who administers tests at a
location other than an assessment center
and who—
(1) Has no current or prior financial
or ownership interest in the institution,
its affiliates, or its parent corporation,
other than the fees earned for
administering approved ATB tests
through an agreement with the test
publisher or State and has no
controlling interest in any other
institution;
(2) Is not a current or former
employee of or consultant to the
institution, its affiliates, or its parent
corporation, a person in control of
another institution, or a member of the
family of any of these individuals;
(3) Is not a current or former member
of the board of directors, a current or
former employee of or a consultant to a
member of the board of directors, chief
executive officer, chief financial officer
of the institution, its affiliates, or its
parent corporation or of any other
institution, or a member of the family of
any of these individuals; and
(4) Is not a current or former student
of the institution.
Individual with a disability: A person
who has a physical or mental
impairment which substantially limits
one or more major life activities, has a
record of such an impairment, or is
regarded as having such an impairment.
Non-native speaker of English: A
person whose first language is not
English and who is not fluent in
English.
Secondary school level: As applied to
‘‘content,’’ ‘‘curricula,’’ or ‘‘basic verbal
and quantitative skills,’’ the basic
knowledge or skills generally learned in
the 9th through 12th grades in United
States secondary schools.
Test: A standardized test, assessment
or instrument that has formal protocols
on how it is to be administered in order
to be valid. These protocols include, for
example, the use of parallel, equated
forms; testing conditions; time allowed
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
for the test; and standardized scoring.
Tests are not limited to traditional paper
and pencil (or computer-administered)
instruments for which forms are
constructed prior to administration to
examinees. Tests may also include
adaptive instruments that use
computerized algorithms for selecting
and administering items in real time;
however, for such instruments, the size
of the item pool and the method of item
selection must ensure negligible overlap
in items across retests.
Test administrator: An individual
who is certified by the test publisher (or
the State, in the case of an approved
State test or assessment) to administer
tests approved under this subpart in
accordance with the instructions
provided by the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, which includes
protecting the test and the test results
from improper disclosure or release, and
who is not compensated on the basis of
test outcomes.
Test item: A question on a test.
Test publisher: An individual,
organization, or agency that owns a
registered copyright of a test, or has
been authorized by the copyright holder
to represent the copyright holder’s
interests regarding the test.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
[Reserved]
§ 668.144
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.143
Application for test approval.
(a) The Secretary only reviews tests
under this subpart that are submitted by
the publisher of that test or by a State.
(b) A test publisher or a State that
wishes to have its test approved by the
Secretary under this subpart must
submit an application to the Secretary at
such time and in such manner as the
Secretary may prescribe. The
application must contain all the
information necessary for the Secretary
to approve the test under this subpart,
including but not limited to, the
information contained in paragraph (c)
or (d) of this section, as applicable.
(c) A test publisher must include with
its application—
(1) A summary of the precise editions,
forms, levels, and (if applicable) subtests for which approval is being sought;
(2) The name, address, telephone
number, and e-mail address of a contact
person to whom the Secretary may
address inquiries;
(3) Each edition, form, level, and subtest of the test for which the test
publisher requests approval;
(4) The distribution of test scores for
each edition, form, level, or sub-test for
which approval is sought, that allows
the Secretary to prescribe the passing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
score for each test in accordance with
§ 668.147;
(5) Documentation of test
development, including a history of the
test’s use;
(6) Norming data and other evidence
used in determining the distribution of
test scores;
(7) Material that defines the content
domains addressed by the test;
(8) Documentation of periodic reviews
of the content and specifications of the
test to ensure that the test reflects
secondary school level verbal and
quantitative skills;
(9) If a test being submitted is a
revision of the most recent edition
approved by the Secretary, an analysis
of the revisions, including the reasons
for the revisions, the implications of the
revisions for the comparability of scores
on the current test to scores on the
previous test, and data from validity
studies of the test undertaken
subsequent to the revisions;
(10) A description of the manner in
which test-taking time was determined
in relation to the content
representativeness requirements in
§ 668.146(b)(3) and an analysis of the
effects of time on performance. This
description may also include the
manner in which test-taking time was
determined in relation to the other
requirements in § 668.146(b);
(11) A technical manual that
includes—
(i) An explanation of the methodology
and procedures for measuring the
reliability of the test;
(ii) Evidence that different forms of
the test, including, if applicable, short
forms, are comparable in reliability;
(iii) Other evidence demonstrating
that the test permits consistent
assessment of individual skill and
ability;
(iv) Evidence that the test was normed
using—
(A) Groups that were of sufficient size
to produce defensible standard errors of
the mean and were not
disproportionately composed of any
race or gender; and
(B) A contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States;
(v) Documentation of the level of
difficulty of the test;
(vi) Unambiguous scales and scale
values so that standard errors of
measurement can be used to determine
statistically significant differences in
performance; and
(vii) Additional guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
any modifications of the test for
individuals with temporary
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66961
impairments, individuals with
disabilities and guidance on the types of
accommodations that are allowable;
(12) The manual provided to test
administrators containing procedures
and instructions for test security and
administration, and the forwarding of
tests to the test publisher;
(13) An analysis of the item-content of
each edition, form, level, and (if
applicable) sub-test to demonstrate
compliance with the required secondary
school level criterion specified in
§ 668.146(b);
(14) A description of retesting
procedures and the analysis upon which
the criteria for retesting are based;
(15) Other evidence establishing the
test’s compliance with the criteria for
approval of tests as provided in
§ 668.146;
(16) A description of its test
administrator certification process that
provides—
(i) How the test publisher will
determine that the test administrator has
the necessary training, knowledge, skill,
and integrity to test students in
accordance with this subpart and the
test publisher’s requirements; and
(ii) How the test publisher will
determine that the test administrator has
the ability and facilities to keep its test
secure against disclosure or release;
(17) A description of the test anomaly
analysis the test publisher will conduct
and submit to the Secretary that
includes—
(i) An explanation of how the test
publisher will identify potential test
irregularities and make a determination
that test irregularities have occurred;
(ii) An explanation of the process and
procedures for corrective action (up to
and including decertification of a
certified test administrator) when the
test publisher determines that test
irregularities have occurred; and
(iii) Information on when and how the
test publisher will notify a test
administrator, the Secretary, and the
institutions for which the test
administrator had previously provided
testing services for that test publisher,
that the test administrator has been
decertified; and
(18)(i) An explanation of any
accessible technologies that are
available to accommodate individuals
with disabilities, and
(ii) A description of the process for a
test administrator to identify and report
to the test publisher when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided, for scoring
and norming purposes.
(d) A State must include with its
application—
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66962
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(1) The information necessary for the
Secretary to determine that the test the
State uses measures a student’s skills
and abilities for the purpose of
determining whether the student has the
skills and abilities the State expects of
a high school graduate in that State;
(2) The passing scores on that test;
(3) Any guidance on the interpretation
of scores resulting from any
modifications of the test for individuals
with disabilities;
(4) A statement regarding how the test
will be kept secure;
(5) A description of retesting
procedures and the analysis upon which
the criteria for retesting are based;
(6) Other evidence establishing the
test’s compliance with the criteria for
approval of tests as provided in
§ 668.146;
(7) A description of its test
administrator certification process that
provides—
(i) How the State will determine that
the test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skill, and integrity
to test students in accordance with the
State’s requirements; and
(ii) How the State will determine that
the test administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep its test secure against
disclosure or release;
(8) A description of the test anomaly
analysis that the State will conduct and
submit to the Secretary that includes—
(i) An explanation of how the State
will identify potential test irregularities
and make a determination that test
irregularities have occurred;
(ii) An explanation of the process and
procedures for corrective action (up to
and including decertification of a test
administrator) when the State
determines that test irregularities have
occurred; and
(iii) Information on when and how the
State will notify a test administrator, the
Secretary, and the institutions for which
the test administrator had previously
provided testing services for that State,
that the test administrator has been
decertified;
(9)(i) An explanation of any accessible
technologies that are available to
accommodate individuals with
disabilities; and
(ii) A description of the process for a
test administrator to identify and report
to the test publisher when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided, for scoring
and norming purposes; and
(10) The name, address, telephone
number, and e-mail address of a contact
person to whom the Secretary may
address inquiries.
(11) A technical manual that
includes—
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(i) An explanation of the methodology
and procedures for measuring the
reliability of the test;
(ii) Evidence that different forms of
the test, including, if applicable, short
forms, are comparable in reliability;
(iii) Other evidence demonstrating
that the test permits consistent
assessment of individual skill and
ability;
(iv) Evidence that the test was normed
using—
(A) Groups that were of sufficient size
to produce defensible standard errors of
the mean and were not
disproportionately composed of any
race or gender; and
(B) A contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States;
(v) Documentation of the level of
difficulty of the test;
(vi) Unambiguous scales and scale
values so that standard errors of
measurement can be used to determine
statistically significant differences in
performance; and
(vii) Additional guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
any modifications of the test for
individuals with temporary
impairments, individuals with
disabilities and guidance on the types of
accommodations that are allowable;
(12) the manual provided to test
administrators containing procedures
and instructions for test security and
administration, and the forwarding of
tests to the State.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.145
Test approval procedures.
(a)(1) When the Secretary receives a
complete application from a test
publisher or a State, the Secretary
selects one or more experts in the field
of educational testing and assessment,
who possess appropriate advanced
degrees and experience in test
development or psychometric research,
to determine whether the test meets the
requirements for test approval contained
in §§ 668.146, 668.147, 668.148, or
668.149, as appropriate, and to advise
the Secretary of their determinations.
(2) If the test involves a language
other than English, the Secretary selects
at least one individual who is fluent in
the language in which the test is written
to collaborate with the testing expert or
experts described in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section and to advise the Secretary
on whether the test meets the additional
criteria, provisions, and conditions for
test approval contained in §§ 668.148
and 668.149.
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(3) For test batteries that contain
multiple sub-tests measuring content
domains other than verbal and
quantitative domains, the Secretary
reviews only those sub-tests covering
the verbal and quantitative domains.
(b)(1) If the Secretary determines that
a test satisfies the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the
Secretary notifies the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, of the
Secretary’s decision, and publishes the
name of the test and the passing scores
in the Federal Register.
(2) If the Secretary determines that a
test does not satisfy the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the
Secretary notifies the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, of the
Secretary’s decision, and the reasons
why the test did not meet those criteria
and requirements.
(3) If the Secretary determines that a
test does not satisfy the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the test
publisher or the State that submitted the
test for approval may request that the
Secretary reevaluate the Secretary’s
decision. Such a request must be
accompanied by—
(i) Documentation and information
that address the reasons for the nonapproval of the test; and
(ii) An analysis of why the
information and documentation
submitted meet the criteria and
requirements for test approval
notwithstanding the Secretary’s earlier
decision to the contrary.
(c)(1) The Secretary approves a test for
a period not to exceed five years from
the date the notice of approval of the
test is published in the Federal Register.
(2) The Secretary extends the
approval period of a test to include the
period of review if the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, re-submits the
test for review and approval under
§ 668.144 at least six months before the
date on which the test approval is
scheduled to expire.
(d)(1) The Secretary’s approval of a
test may be revoked if the Secretary
determines that the test publisher or the
State violated any terms of the
agreement described in § 668.150, that
the information the test publisher or the
State submitted as a basis for approval
of the test was inaccurate, or that the
test publisher or the State substantially
changed the test and did not resubmit
the test, as revised, for approval.
(2) If the Secretary revokes approval
of a previously approved test, the
Secretary publishes a notice of that
revocation in the Federal Register. The
revocation becomes effective—
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(i) One hundred and twenty days from
the date the notice of revocation is
published in the Federal Register; or
(ii) An earlier date specified by the
Secretary in a notice published in the
Federal Register.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.146
Criteria for approving tests.
(a) Except as provided in § 668.148,
the Secretary approves a test under this
subpart if—
(1) The test meets the criteria set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section;
(2) The test publisher or the State
satisfies the requirements set forth in
paragraph (c) of this section; and
(3) The Secretary makes a
determination that the information the
test publisher or State submitted in
accordance with § 668.144(c)(17) or
(d)(8), as applicable, provides adequate
assurance that the test publisher or State
will conduct rigorous test anomaly
analyses and take appropriate action if
test administrators do not comply with
testing procedures.
(b) To be approved under this subpart,
a test must—
(1) Assess secondary school level
basic verbal and quantitative skills and
general learned abilities;
(2) Sample the major content domains
of secondary school level verbal and
quantitative skills with sufficient
numbers of questions to—
(i) Adequately represent each domain;
and
(ii) Permit meaningful analyses of
item-level performance by students who
are representative of the contemporary
population beyond the age of
compulsory school attendance and have
earned a high school diploma;
(3) Require appropriate test-taking
time to permit adequate sampling of the
major content domains described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
(4) Have all forms (including short
forms) comparable in reliability;
(5) Have, in the case of a test that is
revised, new scales, scale values, and
scores that are demonstrably
comparable to the old scales, scale
values, and scores;
(6) Meet all standards for test
construction provided in the 1999
edition of the Standards for Educational
and Psychological Testing, prepared by
a joint committee of the American
Educational Research Association, the
American Psychological Association,
and the National Council on
Measurement in Education incorporated
by reference in this section.
Incorporation by reference of this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
document has been approved by the
Director of the Office of the Federal
Register pursuant to the Director’s
authority under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. The incorporated
document is on file at the Department
of Education, Federal Student Aid, room
113E2, 830 First Street, NE.,
Washington, DC 20002, phone (202)
377–4026, and at the National Archives
and Records Administration (NARA).
For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call 1–866–272–
6272, or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. The document also
may be obtained from the American
Educational Research Association at:
https://www.aera.net; and
(7) Have the test publisher’s or the
State’s guidelines for retesting,
including time between test-taking, be
based on empirical analyses that are
part of the studies of test reliability.
(c) In order for a test to be approved
under this subpart, a test publisher or a
State must—
(1) Include in the test booklet or
package—
(i) Clear, specific, and complete
instructions for test administration,
including information for test takers on
the purpose, timing, and scoring of the
test; and
(ii) Sample questions representative of
the content and average difficulty of the
test;
(2) Have two or more secure, equated,
alternate forms of the test;
(3) Except as provided in §§ 668.148
and 668.149, provide tables of
distributions of test scores which clearly
indicate the mean score and standard
deviation for high school graduates who
have taken the test within three years
prior to the date that the test is
submitted to the Secretary for approval
under § 668.144;
(4) Norm the test with—
(i) Groups that are of sufficient size to
produce defensible standard errors of
the mean and are not disproportionately
composed of any race or gender; and
(ii) A contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States; and
(5) If test batteries include sub-tests
assessing different verbal and/or
quantitative skills, a distribution of test
scores as described in paragraph (c)(3)
of this section that allows the Secretary
to prescribe either—
(i) A passing score for each sub-test;
or
(ii) One composite passing score for
verbal skills and one composite passing
score for quantitative skills.
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66963
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.147
Passing scores.
Except as provided in §§ 668.144(d),
668.148, and 668.149, to demonstrate
that a test taker has the ability to benefit
from the education and training offered
by the institution, the Secretary
specifies that the passing score on each
approved test is one standard deviation
below the mean score of a sample of
individuals who have taken the test
within the three years before the test is
submitted to the Secretary for approval.
The sample must be representative of
the population of high school graduates
in the United States.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.148 Additional criteria for the
approval of certain tests.
(a) In addition to satisfying the criteria
in § 668.146, to be approved by the
Secretary, a test must meet the following
criteria, if applicable:
(1) In the case of a test developed for
a non-native speaker of English who is
enrolled in a program that is taught in
his or her native language, the test must
be—
(i) Linguistically accurate and
culturally sensitive to the population for
which the test is designed, regardless of
the language in which the test is
written;
(ii) Supported by documentation
detailing the development of normative
data;
(iii) If translated from an English
version, supported by documentation of
procedures to determine its reliability
and validity with reference to the
population for which the translated test
was designed;
(iv) Developed in accordance with
guidelines provided in the 1999 edition
of the ‘‘Testing Individuals of Diverse
Linguistic Backgrounds’’ section of the
Standards for Educational and
Psychological Testing prepared by a
joint committee of the American
Educational Research Association, the
American Psychological Association,
and the National Council on
Measurement in Education incorporated
by reference in this section.
Incorporation by reference of this
document has been approved by the
Director of the Office of the Federal
Register pursuant to the Director’s
authority under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. The incorporated
document is on file at the Department
of Education, Federal Student Aid, room
113E2, 830 First Street, NE.,
Washington, DC 20002, phone (202)
377–4026, and at the National Archives
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66964
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
and Records Administration (NARA).
For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call 1–866–272–
6272, or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. The document also
may be obtained from the American
Educational Research Association at:
https://www.aera.net; and
(v)(A) If the test is in Spanish,
accompanied by a distribution of test
scores that clearly indicates the mean
score and standard deviation for
Spanish-speaking students with high
school diplomas who have taken the test
within five years before the date on
which the test is submitted to the
Secretary for approval.
(B) If the test is in a language other
than Spanish, accompanied by a
recommendation for a provisional
passing score based upon performance
of a sample of test takers representative
of non-English speaking individuals
who speak a language other than
Spanish and who have a high school
diploma. The sample upon which the
recommended provisional passing score
is based must be large enough to
produce stable norms.
(2) In the case of a test that is
modified for use for individuals with
disabilities, the test publisher or State
must—
(i) Follow guidelines provided in the
‘‘Testing Individuals with Disabilities’’
section of the Standards for Educational
and Psychological Testing; and
(ii) Provide documentation of the
appropriateness and feasibility of the
modifications relevant to test
performance.
(3) In the case of a computer-based
test, the test publisher or State, as
applicable, must—
(i) Provide documentation to the
Secretary that the test complies with the
basic principles of test construction and
standards of reliability and validity as
promulgated in the Standards for
Educational and Psychological Testing;
(ii) Provide test administrators with
instructions for familiarizing test takers
with computer hardware prior to testtaking; and
(iii) Provide two or more parallel,
equated forms of the test, or, if parallel
forms are generated from an item pool,
provide documentation of the methods
of item selection for alternate forms.
(b) If a test is designed solely to
measure the English language
competence of non-native speakers of
English—
(1) The test must meet the criteria set
forth in § 668.146(b)(6), (c)(1), (c)(2), and
(c)(4); and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) The test publisher must
recommend a passing score based on the
mean score of test takers beyond the age
of compulsory school attendance who
completed U.S. high school equivalency
programs, formal training programs, or
bilingual vocational programs.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.149 Special provisions for the
approval of assessment procedures for
individuals with disabilities.
If no test is reasonably available for
individuals with disabilities so that no
test can be approved under §§ 668.146
or 668.148 for these individuals, the
following procedures apply:
(a) The Secretary considers a modified
test or testing procedure, or instrument
that has been scientifically developed
specifically for the purpose of
evaluating the ability to benefit from
postsecondary training or education of
individuals with disabilities to be an
approved test for purposes of this
subpart provided that the testing
procedure or instrument measures both
basic verbal and quantitative skills at
the secondary school level.
(b) The Secretary considers the
passing scores for these testing
procedures or instruments to be those
recommended by the test publisher or
State, as applicable.
(c) The test publisher or State, as
applicable, must—
(1) Maintain appropriate
documentation, including a description
of the procedures or instruments, their
content domains, technical properties,
and scoring procedures; and
(2) Require the test administrator to—
(i) Use the procedures or instruments
in accordance with instructions
provided by the test publisher or State,
as applicable; and
(ii) Use the passing scores
recommended by the test publisher or
State, as applicable.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.150 Agreement between the
Secretary and a test publisher or a State.
(a) If the Secretary approves a test
under this subpart, the test publisher or
the State that submitted the test must
enter into an agreement with the
Secretary that contains the provisions
set forth in paragraph (b) of this section
before an institution may use the test to
determine a student’s eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds.
(b) The agreement between a test
publisher or a State, as applicable, and
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the Secretary provides that the test
publisher or the State, as applicable,
must—
(1) Allow only test administrators that
it certifies to give its test;
(2) Require each test administrator it
certifies to—
(i) Provide the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, with a certification
statement that indicates he or she is not
currently decertified; and
(ii) Notify the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, immediately if any
other test publisher or State decertifies
the test administrator;
(3) Only certify test administrators
who—
(i) Have the necessary training,
knowledge, and skill to test students in
accordance with the test publisher’s or
the State’s testing requirements;
(ii) Have the ability and facilities to
keep its test secure against disclosure or
release; and
(iii) Have not been decertified within
the last three years by any test publisher
or State;
(4) Decertify a test administrator for a
period of three years if the test publisher
or the State finds that the test
administrator—
(i) Has failed to give its test in
accordance with the test publisher’s or
the State’s instructions;
(ii) Has not kept the test secure;
(iii) Has compromised the integrity of
the testing process; or
(iv) Has given the test in violation of
the provisions contained in § 668.151;
(5) Reevaluate the qualifications of a
test administrator who has been
decertified by another test publisher or
State and determine whether to
continue the test administrator’s
certification or to decertify the test
administrator;
(6) Immediately notify the test
administrator, the Secretary, and the
institutions where the test administrator
previously administered approved tests
when the test publisher or the State
decertifies a test administrator;
(7)(i) Review the test results of the
tests administered by a decertified test
administrator and determine which tests
may have been improperly administered
during the five (5) year period preceding
the date of decertification;
(ii) Immediately notify the affected
institutions and students or prospective
students; and
(iii) Provide a report to the Secretary
on the results of the review and the
notifications provided to institutions
and students or prospective students;
(8) Report to the Secretary if the test
publisher or the State certifies a
previously decertified test administrator
after the three year period specified in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section;
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(9) Score a test answer sheet that it
receives from a test administrator;
(10) If a computer-based test is used,
provide the test administrator with
software that will—
(i) Immediately generate a score report
for each test taker;
(ii) Allow the test administrator to
send to the test publisher or the State,
as applicable, a record of the test taker’s
performance on each test item and the
test taker’s test scores using a data
transfer method that is encrypted and
secure; and
(iii) Prohibit any changes in test taker
responses or test scores;
(11) Promptly send to the student and
the institution the student indicated he
or she is attending or scheduled to
attend a notice stating the student’s
score for the test and whether or not the
student passed the test;
(12) Keep each test answer sheet or
electronic record forwarded for scoring
and all other documents forwarded by
the test administrator with regard to the
test for a period of three years from the
date the analysis of the tests results,
described in paragraph (b)(13) of this
section, was sent to the Secretary;
(13) Analyze the test scores of
students who take the test to determine
whether the test scores and data
produce any irregular pattern that raises
an inference that the tests were not
being properly administered, and
provide the Secretary with a copy of this
analysis within 18 months after the test
was approved and every 18 months
thereafter during the period of test
approval;
(14) Upon request, give the Secretary,
a State agency, an accrediting agency,
and law enforcement agencies access to
test records or other documents related
to an audit, investigation, or program
review of an institution, the test
publisher, or a test administrator;
(15) Immediately report to the
Secretary if the test publisher or the
State finds any credible information
indicating that a test has been
compromised;
(16) Immediately report to the Office
of Inspector General of the Department
of Education for investigation if the test
publisher or the State finds any credible
information indicating that a test
administrator or institution may have
engaged in civil or criminal fraud, or
other misconduct; and
(17) Require a test administrator who
provides a test to an individual with a
disability who requires an
accommodation in the test’s
administration to report to the test
publisher or the State within the time
period specified in § 668.151(b)(2) or
§ 668.152(b)(2), as applicable, the nature
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
of the disability and the
accommodations that were provided.
(c)(1) The Secretary may terminate an
agreement with a test publisher or a
State, as applicable, if the test publisher
or the State fails to carry out the terms
of the agreement described in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(2) Before terminating the agreement,
the Secretary gives the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, the opportunity
to show that it has not failed to carry out
the terms of its agreement.
(3) If the Secretary terminates an
agreement with a test publisher or a
State under this section, the Secretary
publishes a notice in the Federal
Register specifying when institutions
may no longer use the test publisher’s
or the State’s test(s) for purposes of
determining a student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.151
Administration of tests.
(a)(1) To establish a student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds under this subpart, an institution
must select a test administrator to give
an approved test.
(2) An institution may use the results
of an approved test it received from an
approved test publisher or assessment
center to determine a student’s
eligibility to receive title IV, HEA
program funds if the test was
independently administered and
properly administered in accordance
with this subpart.
(b) The Secretary considers that a test
is independently administered if the test
is—
(1) Given at an assessment center by
a certified test administrator who is an
employee of the center; or
(2) Given by an independent test
administrator who maintains the test at
a secure location and submits the test
for scoring by the test publisher or the
State or, for a computer-based test, a
record of the test scores, within two
business days of administering the test.
(c) The Secretary considers that a test
is not independently administered if an
institution—
(1) Compromises test security or
testing procedures;
(2) Pays a test administrator a bonus,
commission, or any other incentive
based upon the test scores or pass rates
of its students who take the test; or
(3) Otherwise interferes with the test
administrator’s independence or test
administration.
(d) The Secretary considers that a test
is properly administered if the test
administrator—
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66965
(1) Is certified by the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, to give the test
publisher’s or the State’s test;
(2) Administers the test in accordance
with instructions provided by the test
publisher or the State, as applicable,
and in a manner that ensures the
integrity and security of the test;
(3) Makes the test available only to a
test-taker, and then only during a
regularly scheduled test;
(4) Secures the test against disclosure
or release; and
(5) Submits the completed test or, for
a computer-based test, a record of test
scores, to the test publisher or the State,
as applicable, within the time period
specified in § 668.152(b) or paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, as appropriate, and
in accordance with the test publisher’s
or the State’s instructions.
(e) An independent test administrator
may not score a test.
(f) An individual who fails to pass a
test approved under this subpart may
not retake the same form of the test for
the period prescribed by the test
publisher or the State responsible for
the test.
(g) An institution must maintain a
record for each individual who took a
test under this subpart. The record must
include—
(1) The test taken by the individual;
(2) The date of the test;
(3) The individual’s scores as reported
by the test publisher, an assessment
center, or the State;
(4) The name and address of the test
administrator who administered the test
and any identifier assigned to the test
administrator by the test publisher or
the State; and
(5) If the individual who took the test
is an individual with a disability and
was unable to be evaluated by the use
of an approved ATB test or the
individual requested or required testing
accommodations, documentation of the
individual’s disability and of the testing
arrangements provided in accordance
with § 668.153(b).
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1845–
0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.152 Administration of tests by
assessment centers.
(a) If a test is given by an assessment
center, the assessment center must
properly administer the test as
described in § 668.151(d), and
§ 668.153, if applicable.
(b)(1) Unless an agreement between a
test publisher or a State, as applicable,
and an assessment center indicates
otherwise, an assessment center scores
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66966
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the tests it gives and promptly notifies
the institution and the student of the
student’s score on the test and whether
the student passed the test.
(2) If the assessment center scores the
test, it must provide weekly to the test
publisher or the State, as applicable—
(i) All copies of the completed test,
including the name and address of the
test administrator who administered the
test and any identifier assigned to the
test administrator by the test publisher
or the State, as applicable; or
(ii) A report listing all test-takers’
scores and institutions to which the
scores were sent and the name and
address of the test administrator who
administered the test and any identifier
assigned to the test administrator by the
test publisher or the State, as applicable.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1845–
0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
§ 668.153 Administration of tests for
individuals whose native language is not
English or for individuals with disabilities.
(a) Individuals whose native language
is not English. For an individual whose
native language is not English and who
is not fluent in English, the institution
must use the following tests, as
applicable:
(1) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program conducted
entirely in his or her native language,
the individual must take a test approved
under §§ 668.146 and 668.148(a)(1).
(2) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program that is
taught in English with an ESL
component, the individual must take an
English language proficiency assessment
approved under § 668.148(b) and, before
beginning the portion of the program
taught in English, a test approved under
§ 668.146.
(3) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program that is
taught in English without an ESL
component, or the individual does not
enroll in any ESL component offered,
the individual must take a test in
English approved under § 668.146.
(4) If the individual enrolls in an ESL
program, the individual must take an
ESL test approved under § 668.148(b).
(5) If the individual enrolls or plans
to enroll in a program that is taught in
the student’s native language that either
has an ESL component or a portion of
the program will be taught in English,
the individual must take an English
proficiency test approved under
§ 668.148(b) prior to beginning the
portion of the program taught in
English.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
(b) Individuals with disabilities. (1)
For an individual with a disability who
has neither a high school diploma nor
its equivalent and who is applying for
title IV, HEA program funds and seeks
to show his or her ability to benefit
through the testing procedures in this
subpart, an institution must use a test
described in § 668.148(a)(2) or
§ 668.149(a).
(2) The test must reflect the
individual’s skills and general learned
abilities.
(3) The test administrator must ensure
that there is documentation to support
the determination that the individual is
an individual with a disability and
requires accommodations—such as
extra time or a quiet room—for taking an
approved test, or is unable to be
evaluated by the use of an approved
ATB test.
(4) Documentation of an individual’s
disability may be satisfied by—
(i) A written determination, including
a diagnosis and information about
testing accommodations, if such
accommodation information is
available, by a licensed psychologist or
physician; or
(ii) A record of the disability from a
local or State educational agency, or
other government agency, such as the
Social Security Administration or a
vocational rehabilitation agency, that
identifies the individual’s disability.
This record may, but is not required to,
include a diagnosis and recommended
testing accommodations.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1845–
0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.154
Institutional accountability.
An institution is liable for the title IV,
HEA program funds disbursed to a
student whose eligibility is determined
under this subpart only if—
(a) The institution used a test that was
not administered independently, in
accordance with § 668.151(b);
(b) The institution or an employee of
the institution compromised the testing
process in any way; or
(c) The institution is unable to
document that the student received a
passing score on an approved test.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.155
[Reserved]
§ 668.156
Approved State process.
(a)(1) A State that wishes the
Secretary to consider its State process as
an alternative to achieving a passing
score on an approved, independently
administered test for the purpose of
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
determining a student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds must apply
to the Secretary for approval of that
process.
(2) To be an approved State process,
the State process does not have to
include all the institutions located in
that State, but must indicate which
institutions are included.
(b) The Secretary approves a State’s
process if—
(1) The State administering the
process can demonstrate that the
students it admits under that process
without a high school diploma or its
equivalent, who enroll in participating
institutions have a success rate as
determined under paragraph (h) of this
section that is within 95 percent of the
success rate of students with high
school diplomas; and
(2) The State’s process satisfies the
requirements contained in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section.
(c) A State process must require
institutions participating in the process
to provide each student they admit
without a high school diploma or its
recognized equivalent with the
following services:
(1) Orientation regarding the
institution’s academic standards and
requirements, and student rights.
(2) Assessment of each student’s
existing capabilities through means
other than a single standardized test.
(3) Tutoring in basic verbal and
quantitative skills, if appropriate.
(4) Assistance in developing
educational goals.
(5) Counseling, including counseling
regarding the appropriate class level for
that student given the student’s
individual’s capabilities.
(6) Follow-up by teachers and
counselors regarding the student’s
classroom performance and satisfactory
progress toward program completion.
(d) A State process must—
(1) Monitor on an annual basis each
participating institution’s compliance
with the requirements and standards
contained in the State’s process;
(2) Require corrective action if an
institution is found to be in
noncompliance with the State process
requirements; and
(3) Terminate an institution from the
State process if the institution refuses or
fails to comply with the State process
requirements.
(e)(1) The Secretary responds to a
State’s request for approval of its State’s
process within six months after the
Secretary’s receipt of that request. If the
Secretary does not respond by the end
of six months, the State’s process is
deemed to be approved.
(2) An approved State process
becomes effective for purposes of
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
determining student eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds under this
subpart—
(i) On the date the Secretary approves
the process; or
(ii) Six months after the date on
which the State submits the process to
the Secretary for approval, if the
Secretary neither approves nor
disapproves the process during that six
month period.
(f) The Secretary approves a State
process for a period not to exceed five
years.
(g)(1) The Secretary withdraws
approval of a State process if the
Secretary determines that the State
process violated any terms of this
section or that the information that the
State submitted as a basis for approval
of the State process was inaccurate.
(2) The Secretary provides a State
with the opportunity to contest a
finding that the State process violated
any terms of this section or that the
information that the State submitted as
a basis for approval of the State process
was inaccurate.
(h) The State must calculate the
success rates as referenced in paragraph
(b) of this section by—
(1) Determining the number of
students with high school diplomas
who, during the applicable award year
described in paragraph (i) of this
section, enrolled in participating
institutions and—
(i) Successfully completed education
or training programs;
(ii) Remained enrolled in education or
training programs at the end of that
award year; or
(iii) Successfully transferred to and
remained enrolled in another institution
at the end of that award year;
(2) Determining the number of
students with high school diplomas
who enrolled in education or training
programs in participating institutions
during that award year;
(3) Determining the number of
students calculated in paragraph (h)(2)
of this section who remained enrolled
after subtracting the number of students
who subsequently withdrew or were
expelled from participating institutions
and received a 100 percent refund of
their tuition under the institutions’
refund policies;
(4) Dividing the number of students
determined in paragraph (h)(1) of this
section by the number of students
determined in paragraph (h)(3) of this
section;
(5) Making the calculations described
in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(4) of
this section for students without a high
school diploma or its recognized
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
equivalent who enrolled in participating
institutions.
(i) For purposes of paragraph (h) of
this section, the applicable award year
is the latest complete award year for
which information is available that
immediately precedes the date on which
the State requests the Secretary to
approve its State process, except that
the award year selected must be one of
the latest two completed award years
preceding that application date.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1845–
0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
26. Section 668.164 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (g)(2)(i), removing the
words ‘‘Except in the case of a parent
PLUS loan, the’’, and adding, in their
place, the word ‘‘The’’.
■ B. In paragraph (g)(4)(iv), removing
the words ‘‘a Federal Pell Grant, an
ACG, or a National SMART Grant’’, and
adding, in their place, the words ‘‘any
title IV, HEA program assistance’’.
■ C. Adding paragraph (i).
The addition reads as follows:
■
■
§ 668.164
Disbursing funds.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Provisions for books and supplies.
(1) An institution must provide a way
for a Federal Pell Grant eligible student
to obtain or purchase, by the seventh
day of a payment period, the books and
supplies required for the payment
period if, 10 days before the beginning
of the payment period—
(i) The institution could disburse the
title IV, HEA program funds for which
the student is eligible; and
(ii) Presuming the funds were
disbursed, the student would have a
credit balance under paragraph (e) of
this section.
(2) The amount the institution
provides to the Federal Pell Grant
eligible student to obtain or purchase
books and supplies is the lesser of the
presumed credit balance under this
paragraph or the amount needed by the
student, as determined by the
institution.
(3) The institution must have a policy
under which a Federal Pell Grant
eligible student may opt out of the way
the institution provides for the student
to obtain or purchase books and
supplies under this paragraph.
(4) If a Federal Pell Grant eligible
student uses the way provided by the
institution to obtain or purchase books
and supplies under this paragraph, the
student is considered to have authorized
the use of title IV, HEA funds and the
institution does not need to obtain a
written authorization under paragraph
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66967
(d)(1)(iv) of this section and § 668.165(b)
for this purpose.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 682—FEDERAL FAMILY
EDUCATION LOAN (FFEL) PROGRAM
27. The authority citation for part 682
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1071 to 1087–2,
unless otherwise noted.
§ 682.200
[Amended]
28. Section 682.200(a)(2) is amended
by adding, in alphabetical order, the
term ‘‘Credit hour’’.
■
PART 685—WILLIAM D. FORD
FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM
29. The authority citation for part 685
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070g, 1087a, et seq.,
unless otherwise noted.
30. Section 685.102 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a)(2), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
■ B. In paragraph (b), adding, in
alphabetical order, the definition of
Payment data to read as follows:
■
■
§ 685.102
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
Payment data: An electronic record
that is provided to the Secretary by an
institution showing student
disbursement information.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 31. Section 685.301 is amended by
revising paragraph (e)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 685.301 Origination of a loan by a Direct
Loan Program school.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) The Secretary accepts a student’s
Payment Data that is submitted in
accordance with procedures established
through publication in the Federal
Register, and that contains information
the Secretary considers to be accurate in
light of other available information
including that previously provided by
the student and the institution.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 686—TEACHER EDUCATION
ASSISTANCE FOR COLLEGE AND
HIGHER EDUCATION (TEACH) GRANT
PROGRAM
32. The authority citation for part 686
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070g, et seq., unless
otherwise noted.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66968
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
33. Section 686.2 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
■ B. In paragraph (d), revising the
definition of Payment Data to read as
follows:
B. In the paragraph (b) introductory
text, adding the word ‘‘valid’’ before the
word ‘‘SAR’’.
■
■
§ 686.2
■
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
Payment Data: An electronic record
that is provided to the Secretary by an
institution showing student
disbursement information.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 34. Section 686.37 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 686.37 Institutional reporting
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The Secretary accepts a student’s
Payment Data that is submitted in
accordance with procedures established
through publication in the Federal
Register, and that contains information
the Secretary considers to be accurate in
light of other available information
including that previously provided by
the student and the institution.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 690—FEDERAL PELL GRANT
PROGRAM
35. The authority citation for part 690
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070a, 1070g, unless
otherwise noted.
§ 690.2
[Amended]
36. Section 690.2 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
■ B. In paragraph (b), adding, in
alphabetical order, the terms
‘‘Institutional student information
record (ISIR)’’, ‘‘Student aid report
(SAR)’’, ‘‘Valid institutional student
information record (valid ISIR)’’, and
‘‘Valid student aid report (valid SAR)’’.
■ C. In paragraph (c), by removing the
definitions for the terms ‘‘Institutional
Student Information Record (ISIR)’’,
‘‘Student Aid Report (SAR)’’, ‘‘Valid
Institutional Student Information
Record (valid ISIR)’’, and ‘‘Valid Student
Aid Report’’.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
■
■
§ 690.61
[Amended]
37. Section 690.61 is amended by:
A. In the paragraph (b) heading,
adding the word ‘‘Valid’’ before the
words ‘‘Student Aid Report’’ and before
the words ‘‘Institutional Student
Information Record’’.
■
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
PART 691—ACADEMIC
COMPETITIVENESS GRANT (ACG)
AND NATIONAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS ACCESS TO RETAIN
TALENT GRANT (NATIONAL SMART
GRANT) PROGRAMS
38. The authority citation for part 691
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070a–1, unless
otherwise noted.
§ 691.2
[Amended]
39. Section 691.2(a) is amended by
adding, in alphabetical order, the term
‘‘Credit hour’’.
■
Note: The following appendix will not
appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
Appendix A—Regulatory Impact
Analysis
Executive Order 12866
Regulatory Impact Analysis
Under Executive Order 12866, the
Secretary must determine whether the
regulatory action is ‘‘significant’’ and
therefore subject to the requirements of the
Executive Order and subject to review by the
OMB. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866
defines a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as an
action likely to result in a rule that may (1)
Have an annual effect on the economy of
$100 million or more, or adversely affect a
sector of the economy, productivity,
competition, jobs, the environment, public
health or safety, or State, local, or tribal
governments or communities in a material
way (also referred to as an ‘‘economically
significant’’ rule); (2) create serious
inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an
action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) materially alter the budgetary impacts of
entitlement grants, user fees, or loan
programs or the rights and obligations of
recipients thereof; or (4) raise novel legal or
policy issues arising out of legal mandates,
the President’s priorities, or the principles set
forth in the Executive order.
Pursuant to the terms of the Executive
order, we have determined that this
regulatory action will have an annual effect
on the economy of more than $100 million.
Therefore, this action is ‘‘economically
significant’’ and subject to OMB review under
section 3(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866.
Notwithstanding this determination, we have
assessed the potential costs and benefits—
both quantitative and qualitative—of this
regulatory action and have determined that
the benefits justify the costs.
Need for Federal Regulatory Action
Student debt is more prevalent and
individual borrowers are incurring more debt
than ever before. Twenty years ago, only one
in six full-time freshmen at four-year public
colleges and universities took out a Federal
student loan; now more than half do. Today,
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
nearly two-thirds of all graduating college
seniors carry student loan debt. The
availability of Federal student aid allows
students to access post-secondary
educational opportunities crucial for
obtaining employment. It is therefore
important for the Department to have a strong
regulatory foundation on which to build to
protect student aid funds. The fourteen
provisions described in this Regulatory
Impact Analysis represent a broad set of
regulations and definitions that strengthen
the Federal student aid programs by
protecting students from aggressive and
misleading recruiting practices, providing
consumers with better information about the
effectiveness of career college and training
programs, and ensuring that only eligible
students or programs receive title IV, HEA
aid.
These regulations are needed to implement
provisions of the HEA, as amended by the
HEOA, particularly related to (1) Programs
that prepare students for gainful
employment, (2) incentive compensation, (3)
satisfactory academic progress policies, and
(4) verification of information on student aid
applications. These regulations also would
implement changes made by the HEOA to
provisions related to ability to benefit
options. A description of the regulations, the
reasons for adopting them, and an analysis of
their effects were presented in the NPRM
published on June 18, 2010. The NPRM
included a Regulatory Impact Analysis and
this section updates that analysis and
describes changes to the proposed
regulations that we considered in response to
comments received and our reasons for
adopting or rejecting them.
Regulatory Alternatives Considered
The Department considered a number of
regulatory alternatives as part of the
rulemaking process. These alternatives were
described in detail in the preamble to the
NPRM under both the Regulatory Impact
Analysis and the Reasons sections
accompanying the discussion of each
proposed regulatory provision. To the extent
that the Department has addressed
alternatives in response to comments
received on the NPRM, these are discussed
elsewhere in the preamble to these final
regulations under the Analysis of Comments
and Changes section.
As discussed in the Analysis of Comments
and Changes section, these final regulations
reflect decisions reached through negotiated
rulemaking, statutory amendments included
in the HEOA, and revisions in response to
public comments. In many cases, these
revisions were technical in nature and
intended to address drafting issues or
provide additional clarity.
While we received many comments
relating to the validation of high school
diplomas and written arrangements, for the
reasons we describe elsewhere in this
preamble, we did not make any changes to
those provisions.
In response to comments related to
disbursement of funds to Pell Grant
recipients for books and supplies,
§ 668.164(i) has been revised to specify that
an institution must have a policy under
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
which a student may opt out of the way the
institution provides for the student to
purchase books and supplies by the seventh
day of classes of a payment period. In
addition, § 668.164(i) has been revised to
specify that if a Federal Pell Grant eligible
student uses the method provided by the
institution to purchase books and supplies,
the student is considered to have authorized
the use of title IV, HEA funds and the
institution does not need to obtain a written
authorization under § 668.164(d)(1)(iv) and
§ 668.165(b) for this purpose only.
We also have updated the definition of fulltime student to provide that a student’s
enrollment status for a term-based program
may include repeating any coursework
previously taken in the program but may not
include more than one repetition of a
previously passed course, or any repetition of
a previously passed course due to the
student’s failing other coursework. The only
change we have made to the satisfactory
academic progress provisions has been to
revise § 668.34(a)(3)(ii) to provide that, for
programs longer than an academic year in
length, satisfactory academic progress is
measured at the end of each payment period
or at least annually to correspond to the end
of a payment period.
As discussed in the Analysis of Comments
and Changes, the majority of the comments
related to the Return of Title IV, HEA funds
opposed the proposed changes or requested
a delay in the effective date of this provision
to allow further input from the community.
Commenters were concerned with the burden
on institutions, the potential harm to
students who might withdraw after one
module but return within the same payment
period or period of enrollment, and the
targeting of certain programs. In response to
these comments, we revised § 668.22(a)(2) to
provide that a student is not considered to
have withdrawn if the student ceased
attending the modules he or she was
scheduled to attend, but the institution
obtains a written confirmation from the
student at the time of the withdrawal that he
or she will attend a module that begins later
in the same payment period or period of
enrollment. This will provide more flexibility
for a student who provides the authorization.
This confirmation must be obtained at the
time of withdrawal even if the student has
already registered for subsequent courses.
However, these final regulations provide that,
for nonterm and nonstandard-term programs,
a confirmation is valid only if the module the
student plans to attend begins no later than
45 calendar days after the end of the module
the student ceased attending.
Some additional technical and clarifying
changes were made, including revising
§ 668.22(f)(2)(ii) to clarify that, when
determining the percentage of payment
period or period of enrollment completed,
the total number of calendar days in a
payment period or period of enrollment does
not include, for a payment period or period
of enrollment in which any courses in the
program are offered in modules, any
scheduled breaks of at least five consecutive
days when the student is not scheduled to
attend a module or other course offered
during that period of time. In response to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
commenters’ requests, we have included in
the Analysis of Comments and Changes
examples of scenarios for return of title IV,
HEA program funds.
We received extensive comments on the
provisions related to the definition of a credit
hour. Some of these comments supported the
Department’s efforts and pointed out that
many institutions and others, including
States, are already following the definition or
a comparable standard that would require
only a minimal adjustment. As described in
the Analysis of Comments and Changes
section, other commenters opposed the
definition of a credit hour and expressed
concern that it would stifle innovation,
especially in delivery methods, undermine
the American higher education system,
emphasize ‘‘seat-time’’, and interfere in a core
academic issue. The Department maintains
that the credit-hour definition is intended to
provide a minimum, consistent standard for
all institutions in determining the amount of
student work necessary to award credit hours
equitably for Federal program purposes. In
response to the discussion of the credit hour
provision, we have revised the definition of
credit hour to clarify the basic principles
applied in the proposed definition of a credit
hour and have specified further in the
definition that it is the institution’s
responsibility to determine the appropriate
credit hours or equivalencies. We also have
revised the credit-hour definition to clarify
that the amount of work specified is a
minimum standard with no requirement for
the standard to be exceeded.
With respect to the provisions relating to
misrepresentation, we have revised
§ 668.72(c) to prohibit false, erroneous, or
misleading statements concerning whether
completion of an educational program
qualifies a students for licensure or
employment in the States in which the
educational program is offered and not just
the State in which the institution is located.
Additionally, we have revised § 668.72(n) to
specify that a failure to disclose that the
degree requires specialized accreditation is a
misrepresentation. To address concerns over
liability for third-party statements, we agreed
to limit the reach of the ban on making
substantial misrepresentations to statements
made by any ineligible institution,
organization, or person with whom the
eligible institution has an agreement to
provide educational programs or those that
provide marketing, advertising, recruiting, or
admissions services. We revised the
definition of misleading statement in
§ 668.71(c) to remove the word ‘‘capacity’’
from the phrase ‘‘capacity, likelihood, or
tendency to deceive or confuse.’’
We received numerous comments
regarding the incentive compensation
provisions in the NPRM. Some of these
comments supported the proposed changes
due to the conflict of interest between an
enrollment professional’s ethical obligations
and financial interest. Other commenters
opposed the changes, questioning the
Department’s legal authority to regulate,
whether there was sufficient evidence to
support the regulations, and the reasoning for
the policy changes. We maintain that the
elimination of the 12 ‘‘safe harbors’’ in
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66969
§ 668.14(b)(22) is needed to ensure program
integrity, protect students, and align
institutional practices with the goals
intended by Congress. The Department did
make a few clarifying changes. For example,
the changes to § 668.14(b) based on
comments include: (i) Adding ‘‘in any part’’
to § 668.14(b)(22) when referring to incentive
payments to eliminate confusion that a
portion of an individual’s compensation may
be based on enrollments or the award of
financial aid; (ii) revising the regulations to
provide that an employee who receives
multiple compensation adjustments in a
calendar year and is engaged in any student
enrollment or admission activity or in
making decisions regarding the award of title
IV, HEA program funds is considered to have
received such adjustments based on securing
enrollment or the award of financial aid if
those adjustments create compensation that
is based in any part, directly or indirectly,
upon success in securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid; (iii) revising
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii) to provide that eligible
institutions, organizations that are
contractors to eligible institutions, and other
entities may make merit-based adjustments to
employee compensation provided that such
adjustments are not based in any part,
directly or indirectly, upon success in
securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid; (iv) confirming that prohibited
incentive compensation includes any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment; (v) providing that profit sharing
and bonuses are not prohibited as long as
they are based on an institutional goal and
distributed to all employees who have
otherwise contributed to satisfaction of a
particular institutional goal; and (vi) revising
the definition of securing enrollments or the
award of financial aid to provide more detail
and to clarify that it includes activities
through the completion of an educational
program.
The reporting and disclosure requirements
related to gainful employment have also been
updated in response to comments and further
evaluation by the Department. We confirmed
that the reporting and disclosure
requirements apply only to programs subject
to the gainful employment regulations and
revised § 668.6(a) to require the reporting of
CIP code and other information not only for
program completers, but for all students who
attend gainful employment programs. We
also removed proposed § 600.4(a)(4)(iii) and
revised § 600.4(a)(4)(i)(c) to clarify the
programs subject to the regulations. The time
period for which information has to be
provided has been changed so that an
institution must report the required
information for each student, who during the
award year beginning July 1, 2006, and for
any subsequent award year, began attending
or completed a program under § 668.8(c)(3)
or (d).
In addition to the student identifiers, CIP
codes, program completion dates, and private
education loan and institutional financing
amounts specified in the NPRM, institutions
will also have to report the name of the
program and whether the student
matriculated to a higher credentialed
program at the institution or if available,
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66970
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
evidence that the student transferred to a
higher credentialed program at another
institution. To ensure the information is
accessible, § 668.6(b) has been revised to
require an institution to provide a prominent
and direct link to information about a
program on the home page of its Web site and
on other pages where general, academic, or
admissions information is provided about the
program. The information must also be
provided in promotional materials conveyed
to prospective students. The information
must be provided in a simple and meaningful
manner. The information to be disclosed
includes the on-time graduation rate, the
total amount of tuition and fees the
institution charges a student for completing
the program within normal time, the typical
costs for books and supplies, unless included
as part of tuition and fees, and the amount
of room and board, if applicable. The
institution may include information on other
costs, such as transportation and living
expenses, but must provide a Web link or
access to the program cost information it
makes available under § 668.43(a). The
Department intends to develop in the future
a disclosure form and will be seeking public
comment about the design of the form
through the information collection process
under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA). Until a form is developed and
approved under the PRA process, institutions
must comply with the disclosure
requirements independently.
Another area of disclosure is providing
students information about potential
occupations by linking to O*Net.
Commenters expressed concern that this
would require an unwieldy amount of data
for some degree programs and the resulting
information overload would not serve to
accurately inform students. Section 668.6(b)
has been revised so that if the number of
occupations related to the program, as
identified by entering the program’s full six
digit CIP code on the O*NET crosswalk at
https://online.onetcenter.org/crosswalk/ is
more than ten, an institution is allowed to
provide prospective students with Web links
to a representative sample of the SOCs for
which its graduates typically find
employment within a few years after
completing the program.
In response to comments that the proposed
placement rate was administratively complex
and overly burdensome, we decided to direct
the National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES) to develop a placement rate
methodology and the processes necessary for
determining and documenting student
employment and reporting placement data to
the Department using IPEDS no later than
July 1, 2012. The collaborative process used
by NCES and the opportunity for public
comment on the proposed measure will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
allow for a considered review and
development of a meaningful placement rate.
Section 668.6(b) has been revised to specify
that an institution must disclose for each
program the placement rate calculated under
a methodology developed by its accrediting
agency, State, or NCES. The institution
would have to disclose the accrediting
agency or State-required placement rate
beginning on July 1, 2011 and to identify the
accrediting agency or State under whose
requirements the rate was calculated. The
NCES-developed rate would have to be
disclosed when the rates become available.
To remove uncertainty and to ensure a
consistent calculation, we have revised
§ 668.6(b) to specify how an institution
calculates an on-time completion rate for its
programs. This is a measure designed to
provide students meaningful information
about the extent to which former students
completed the program within the published
length. As described elsewhere in this
preamble, the on-time completion rate will
be calculated by: (1) Determining the number
of students who completed the program
during the most recently completed calendar
year; (2) determining the number of students
in step (1) who completed the program
within normal time, regardless of whether
the students transferred into the program or
changed programs at the institution; and (3)
dividing the number of students who
completed in normal time in step (2) by the
total number of completers in step (1) and
multiplying by 100.
We also received comments about the use
of median loan debt, the definition of private
loans, and the treatment of debt incurred at
prior programs or institutions. The examples
that we provide earlier in this preamble
clarify the treatment of loan debt from prior
programs and institutions. In general, median
loan debt for a program at an institution does
not include debt incurred by students in
attending a prior institution, unless the prior
and current institutions are under common
ownership or control or are otherwise related
entities. In cases where a student changes
programs while attending an institution or
matriculates to a higher credentialed program
at the institutions, the Department will
associate the total amount of debt incurred by
the student to the program the student
completed. In order to perform the
calculation of the median loan debt,
§ 668.6(a) has been revised to provide that an
institution must provide information about
whether a student matriculated to a higher
credentialed program at the same institution,
or, if it has evidence, that a student
transferred to a higher credentialed program
at another institution.
The provisions related to State
authorization generated comments from
those who supported the regulations as an
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
effort to address fraud and abuse in Federal
programs through State oversight and from
others who believed the regulations infringed
on States’ authority and upset the balance of
the ‘‘Triad’’ of oversight by States, accrediting
agencies, and the Federal Government. We
clarified that the final regulations do not
mandate that a State create any licensing
agency for purposes of Federal program
eligibility as an institution may be legally
authorized by the State based on methods
such as State charters, State laws, State
constitutional provisions, or articles of
incorporation that authorize an entity to offer
educational programs beyond secondary
education in the State.
We revised § 600.9 to clarify that an
institution’s legal authority to offer
postsecondary education in a State must be
by name and, thus, it must include the name
of the institution being authorized. We have
removed proposed § 600.9(b)(2) regarding
adverse actions. In response to concerns
about the effect on distance education and
reciprocity arrangements, we clarified that an
institution must meet any State requirements
for it to be legally offering distance or
correspondence education in that State and
must be able to document to the Secretary the
State’s approval upon request. Thus, a public
institution is considered to comply with
§ 600.9 to the extent it is operating in its
home State, and, if operating in another
State, it would be expected to comply with
the requirements, if any, the other State
considers applicable or with any reciprocal
agreement that may be applicable. In making
these clarifications, we are not preempting
any State laws, regulations, or other
requirements regarding reciprocal
agreements, distance education, or
correspondence study.
We also have revised the State
authorization provisions in § 600.9 to
distinguish between a legal entity that is
established as an educational institution and
one established as a business or nonprofit
entity. An institution authorized as an
educational institution may be exempted by
name from any State approval or licensure
requirements based on the institution’s
accreditation by an accrediting agency
recognized by the Secretary or based on the
institution being in operation for at least 20
years. An institution established as a
business or nonprofit charitable organization
and not specifically as an educational
institution may not be exempted from the
State’s approval or licensure requirements
based on accreditation, years in operation, or
other comparable exemption. Chart A
illustrates the basic principles of § 600.9 of
these final regulations, with additional
examples discussed in the preamble to these
regulations.
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
66971
CHART A—STATE AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENTS
[Meets state authorization requirements*]
Legal entity
Entity description
Approval or licensure process
Educational institution ..................
A public, private nonprofit, or for-profit institution established by name by a State through a charter,
statute, or other action issued by an appropriate
State agency or State entity as an educational institution authorized to operate educational programs beyond secondary education, including programs leading to a degree or certificate.
A for-profit entity established by the State on the
basis of an authorization or license to conduct
commerce or provide services.
The institution must comply with any applicable State
approval or licensure process and be approved or
licensed by name, and may be exempted from
such requirement based on its accreditation, or
being in operation at least 20 years, or use both
criteria.
Business .......................................
Charitable organization ................
A nonprofit entity established by the State on the
basis of an authorization or license for the public
interest or common good.
The State must have a State approval or licensure
process, and the institution must comply with the
State approval or licensure process and be approved or licensed by name.
An institution in this category may not be exempted
from State approval or licensure based on accreditation, years in operation, or a comparable exemption.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
*Notes:
• Federal, tribal, and religious institutions are exempt from these requirements.
• A State must have a process, applicable to all institutions except tribal and Federal institutions, to review and address complaints directly or
through referrals.
• The chart does not take into requirements related to State reciprocity.
To maintain the State’s role in student
consumer protection and handling student
complaints related to State laws, we have
revised § 668.43(b) to provide that an
institution must make available to students
or prospective students contact information
for not only the State approval or licensing
entities but also any other relevant State
official or agency that would appropriately
handle a student’s complaint.
Finally, we have clarified the meaning of
a religious institution for the applicability of
the religious exemption. We also have
expanded § 600.9(b) to provide that an
institution is considered to be legally
authorized by the State if it is exempt from
State authorization as a religious institution
by State law, in addition to the provision of
the proposed regulations that an institution
be exempt from State authorization as a
religious institution under the State’s
constitution. We also have included a
definition of a religious institution providing
that an institution is considered a religious
institution if it is owned, controlled,
operated, and maintained by a religious
organization lawfully operating as a
nonprofit religious corporation and awards
only religious degrees or religious certificates
including, but not limited to, a certificate of
Talmudic studies, an associate of biblical
studies, a bachelor of religious studies, a
master of divinity, or a doctor of divinity.
In response to comments, we confirmed
that tribal institutions are not subject to State
oversight or subject to the State process for
handling complaints and revised § 600.9 to
clarify the status of tribal institutions. As
noted in the preamble discussion of State
Authorization, we have removed proposed
§ 600.9(b)(2) regarding adverse actions.
Further, we are providing that, in
§ 600.9(a)(2)(ii) of the final regulations, the
tribal government must have a process to
review and appropriately act on complaints
concerning a tribal institution and enforce
applicable tribal requirements or laws.
Finally, while the Secretary has designated
amended § 600.9(a) and (b) as being effective
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
July 1, 2011, we recognize that a State may
be unable to provide appropriate State
authorizations to its institutions by that date.
We are providing that the institutions unable
to obtain State authorization in that State
may request a one-year extension of the
effective date of these final regulations to July
1, 2012, and if necessary, an additional oneyear extension of the effective date to July 1,
2013. To receive an extension of the effective
date of amended § 600.9(a) and (b) for
institutions in a State, an institution must
obtain from the State an explanation of how
a one-year extension will permit the State to
modify its procedures to comply with
amended § 600.9.
As discussed in the preamble to these
regulations, we made a number of clarifying
changes to the regulations regarding the
administration of ability to benefit tests. We
revised the definition of the term
independent test administrator to clarify that
an independent test administrator must have
no current or prior financial or ownership
interest in the institution, its affiliates, or its
parent corporation, other than the fees earned
through the agreement to administer the test.
In § 668.142, we have defined an ATB test
irregularity as an irregularity that results
from an ATB test being administered in a
manner that does not conform to the
established regulations for test
administration consistent with the provision
of subpart J and the test administrator’s
manual. We also added a provision to specify
that a test publisher may include with its
application a description of the manner in
which test-taking time was determined in
relation to the other requirements in
§ 668.146(b). We have revised
§ 668.150(b)(7)(i) to indicate that the period
of review of all test results of the tests
administered by a decertified test
administrator is five years preceding the date
of decertification.
In response to a comment regarding testing
of non-native speakers of English, we have
revised § 668.153 to provide that if a nonnative speaker of English who is enrolled or
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
plans to enroll in a program that will be
taught in his or her native language with a
component or portion in English, the
individual must take a test approved under
§§ 668.146 and 668.148(a)(1) in the student’s
native language. New § 668.153(a)(5)
provides that prior to the beginning of the
English portion of the program, the
individual must take an English proficiency
test approved under § 668.148(b). Finally, we
have modified § 668.144(c)(11)(vii) to require
that the test manual include, in addition to
guidance on the interpretation of scores
resulting from modification of the test for
individuals with disabilities, guidance on the
types of accommodations that are allowable.
This responds to concerns that test
administrators may not have extensive
training or experience to determine if a
requested accommodation is appropriate.
The effect of these changes on the cost
estimates prepared for and discussed in the
Regulatory Impact Analysis of the NPRM is
discussed in the Costs section of this
Regulatory Impact Analysis.
Benefits
As discussed in the NPRM, benefits
provided in these regulations include
updated administrative procedures for the
Federal student aid programs; a definition
and process to determine the validity of a
student’s high school diploma; enhanced
reliability and security of ATB tests; an
additional option for students to prove ability
to benefit by successfully completing college
coursework; increased clarity about incentive
compensation for employees at institutions of
higher education; reporting of information on
program completers for programs leading to
gainful employment, including costs, debt
levels, graduation rates, and placement rates;
the establishment of minimum standards for
credit hours; greater transparency for
borrowers participating in the programs
offered under written agreements between
institutions; greater detail about
misrepresentation in marketing and
recruitment materials; a more structured and
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66972
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
consistent approach to the development and
implementation of satisfactory academic
progress policies; updated and simplified
procedures for verifying FAFSA applicant
information; updated regulations related to
the return of title IV, HEA funds when a
student withdraws; harmonization of Direct
Loan and Teach Grant disbursement
procedures with other title IV, HEA
programs; and revised disbursement
requirements to ensure Federal Pell Grant
recipients can access funds in a timely
manner. As noted in the Regulatory Impact
Analysis in the NPRM, these provisions
result in no net costs to the Federal
Government over 2011–2015.
Costs
As discussed in the Regulatory Impact
Analysis in the NPRM, many of the
provisions implemented through these
regulations will require regulated entities to
develop new disclosures and other materials,
as well as accompanying dissemination
processes. Other regulations generally will
require discrete changes in specific
parameters associated with existing guidance
and regulations—such as changes to title IV,
HEA disbursement procedures, updated
processes for verification of FAFSA
application information, clearer standards for
the return of title IV, HEA program funds
following a student’s withdrawal, and
updated definitions and processes for
confirming the validity of a high school
diploma—rather than wholly new
requirements. Accordingly, entities wishing
to continue to participate in the title IV, HEA
programs have already absorbed many of the
administrative costs related to implementing
these regulations. Marginal costs over this
baseline are primarily due to new procedures
that, while possibly significant in some cases,
are an unavoidable cost of continued
program participation.
In assessing the potential impact of these
regulations, the Department recognizes that
certain provisions are likely to increase
workload for some program participants.
This additional workload is discussed in
more detail under the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995 section of this preamble.
Additional workload would normally be
expected to result in estimated costs
associated with either the hiring of additional
employees or opportunity costs related to the
reassignment of existing staff from other
activities. In total, these changes are
estimated to increase burden on entities
participating in the title IV, HEA programs by
6,010,320 hours. Of this increased burden,
3,862,165 hours are associated with
institutions and 9,454 hours with ATB test
publishers, States, and ATB test
administrators. An additional 2,138,701
hours are associated with borrowers,
generally reflecting the time required to read
new disclosures or submit required
information.
As detailed in the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995 section of these final regulations,
the additional paperwork burden is
attributable to several provisions, with the
greatest additional burden coming from the
revised FAFSA verification process. Of the
3.9 million hours of additional burden
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
associated with institutions, 1.8 million
relate to FAFSA verification. While the
average number of items to be verified is
expected to decrease, the growth in the
number of applicants and the requirement to
submit all changes to the Department is
estimated to increase overall burden. Other
paperwork burden increases include the
following:
• 750,725 hours related to academic
reviews and development of academic plans
under § 668.34;
• 425,075 hours related to calculation of
unearned amounts when a student
withdraws under § 668.22;
• 262,990 hours associated with updating
marital and dependency status under
§ 668.55;
• 376,417 hours annually and an
additional 300,773 hours in the initial
reporting period related to the gainful
employment reporting and disclosure
provisions in § 668.6;
• 48,391 hours related to ATB test
administration and reporting under
§§ 668.151 and 668.152;
• 67,870 hours associated with disclosure
of information about an institution’s written
agreements in § 668.43;
• 54,366 hours related to disbursement of
funds to Pell Grant recipients for books and
supplies under § 668.164;
• 21,982 hours related to the development
of a high school diploma validation process
and the validation of questionable diplomas
under § 668.16; and
• 18,349 hours related to clock hour to
credit hour conversion and the inclusion of
outside work for program eligibility under
§ 668.8.
For ATB test publishers, States, and
administrators, the increased burden of 9,454
hours comes from the reporting, recordkeeping, test anomaly analysis, and other
requirements in §§ 668.144, 668.150, and
668.151. The increased burden on students is
concentrated in the FAFSA verification and
status updating processes with 1,604,800
hours under §§ 668.55, 668.56, and 668.59,
with additional burden associated with the
withdrawal process under § 668.22 and
satisfactory academic progress policies under
§ 668.34.
Thus, for the specific information
collections listed in the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995 section of these final regulations,
the total cost estimates are as follows:
• For Information Collection 1845–0041,
the total cost will be $72,594,870;
• For Information Collection 1845–NEW2,
the total cost attributable to these regulatory
changes will be $21,834,272;
• For Information Collection 1845–0022,
the total cost will be $15,533,671;
• For Information Collection 1845–NEW1,
the total cost attributable to the regulatory
changes will be $9,543,677 annually with an
additional $7,624,784 in the initial reporting
period;
• For Information Collection 1845–0049,
the total cost will be $1,300,595; and
• For Information Collection 1845–NEW3,
the total cost attributable to these regulatory
changes will be $1,203,799.
The monetized cost of this additional
burden, using wage data developed using
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Bureau of Labor Statistics available at
https://www.bls.gov/ncs/ect/sp/ecsuphst.pdf,
is $122,010,883, of which $86.7 million is
associated with institutions, $0.21 million
with ATB test publishers, States, and
administrators, and $35.07 million with
borrowers. For institutions, test publishers,
and test administrators, an hourly rate of
$22.14 was used to monetize the burden of
these provisions. This was a blended rate
based on wages of $16.79 for office and
administrative staff and $38.20 for managers,
assuming that office staff would perform 75
percent of the work affected by these
regulations. For the gainful employment
provision, an hourly rate of $25.35 was used
to reflect increased management time to
establish new data collection procedures
associated with that provision. For students,
the first quarter 2010 median weekly
earnings for full-time wage and salary
workers were used. This was weighted to
reflect the age profile of the student loan
portfolio, with half at the $457 per week of
the 20 to 24 age bracket and half at the $691
per week of the 25 to 34 year old bracket.
This resulted in a $16.40 hourly wage rate to
use in monetizing the burden on students.
Because data underlying many of these
burden estimates was limited, in the NPRM,
the Department requested comments and
supporting information for use in developing
more robust estimates. In particular, we
asked institutions to provide detailed data on
actual staffing and system costs associated
with implementing these regulations. In
response to comments that the regulations
would be costly, we reviewed the wage rates
for more recent information and the share of
work performed by office workers and
management and professional staff. This
increased the general wage rate from $18.63
to $22.14 and the wage rate for gainful
employment related matters from $20.71 to
$25.35. The other areas that changed between
the NPRM published on June 18, 2010 and
these final regulations related to changes to
the disclosure requirements related to gainful
employment that extended the reporting to
students who began or completed programs
beginning July 1, 2006, required specified
information for all students at a program, and
established a requirement to report on
student matriculations to higher credentialed
programs.
Net Budget Impacts
These regulations are estimated to have no
net budget impact over FY 2011–2015.
Consistent with the requirements of the
Credit Reform Act of 1990, budget cost
estimates for the student loan programs
reflect the estimated net present value of all
future non-administrative Federal costs
associated with a cohort of loans. (A cohort
reflects all loans originated in a given fiscal
year.)
These estimates were developed using the
Office of Management and Budget’s Credit
Subsidy Calculator. This calculator will also
be used for re-estimates of prior-year costs,
which will be performed each year beginning
in FY 2009. The OMB calculator takes
projected future cash flows from the
Department’s student loan cost estimation
model and produces discounted subsidy
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66973
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
rates reflecting the net present value of all
future Federal costs associated with awards
made in a given fiscal year. Values are
calculated using a ‘‘basket of zeros’’
methodology under which each cash flow is
discounted using the interest rate of a zerocoupon Treasury bond with the same
maturity as that cash flow. To ensure
comparability across programs, this
methodology is incorporated into the
calculator and used governmentwide to
develop estimates of the Federal cost of
credit programs. Accordingly, the
Department believes it is the appropriate
methodology to use in developing estimates
for these regulations. That said, however, in
developing the following Accounting
Statement, the Department consulted with
OMB on how to integrate our discounting
methodology with the discounting
methodology traditionally used in
developing regulatory impact analyses.
Absent evidence of the impact these
regulations would have on student behavior,
budget cost estimates were based on behavior
as reflected in various Department data sets
and longitudinal surveys listed under
Assumptions, Limitations, and Data Sources.
Program cost estimates were generated by
running projected cash flows related to each
provision through the Department’s student
loan cost estimation model. Student loan cost
estimates are developed across five risk
categories: Two-year proprietary institutions,
two-year public and private, not-for-profit
institutions; freshmen and sophomores at
four-year institutions, juniors and seniors at
four-year institutions, and graduate students.
Risk categories have separate assumptions
based on the historical pattern of behavior—
for example, the likelihood of default or the
likelihood to use statutory deferment or
discharge benefits—of borrowers in each
category.
The Department estimates no budgetary
impact for most of these regulations as there
is no data indicating that the provisions will
have any impact on the volume or
composition of the title IV, HEA programs.
TABLE 2—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT:
CLASSIFICATION OF ESTIMATED EX-
Assumptions, Limitations, and Data Sources
The impact estimates provided in the
preceding section reflect a pre-statutory
baseline in which the HEOA changes
implemented in these regulations do not
exist. Costs have been quantified for five
years.
In developing these estimates, a wide range
of data sources were used, including data
from the National Student Loan Data System;
operational and financial data from
Department of Education systems, including
especially the Fiscal Operations Report and
Application to Participate (FISAP); and data
from a range of surveys conducted by the
National Center for Education Statistics such
as the 2008 National Postsecondary Student
Aid Survey, the 1994 National Education
Longitudinal Study, and the 1996 Beginning
Postsecondary Student Survey. Data from
other sources, such as the U.S. Census
Bureau, were also used. Data on
administrative burden at participating
institutions are extremely limited;
accordingly, in the NPRM, the Department
expressed interest in receiving comments in
this area. No comments were received.
Elsewhere in this SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section we identify and explain
burdens specifically associated with
information collection requirements. See the
heading Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
PENDITURES
Accounting Statement
As required by OMB Circular A–4
(available at https://www.Whitehouse.gov/
omb/Circulars/a004/a-4.pdf), in Table 2, we
have prepared an accounting statement
showing the classification of the
expenditures associated with the provisions
of these regulations. This table provides our
best estimate of the changes in Federal
student aid payments as a result of these
regulations. Expenditures are classified as
transfers from the Federal Government to
student loan borrowers.
Public
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Revenue
category
Number of
schools
$0 to $500,000
$500,000 to $1
million ...........
$1 million to $3
million ...........
$3 million to $5
million ...........
$5 million to $7
million ...........
$7 million to $10
million ...........
$10 million and
above ............
Total ..........
Private NFP
Number of
students
Category
Transfers
Annualized Monetized
Costs.
$126.1.
Cost of compliance
with paperwork requirements.
$0.
Annualized Monetized
Transfers.
From Whom To
Whom?
Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification
The Secretary certifies that these
regulations will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of
small entities. These regulations will affect
institutions that participate in title IV, HEA
programs, ATB test publishers, and
individual students and loan borrowers. The
U.S. Small Business Administration Size
Standards define for-profit institutions as
‘‘small businesses’’ if they are independently
owned and operated and not dominant in
their field of operation with total annual
revenue below $7,000,000, and defines nonprofit institutions as small organizations if
they are independently owned and operated
and not dominant in their field of operation,
or if they are institutions controlled by
governmental entities with populations
below 50,000.
Data from the Integrated Postsecondary
Education Data System (IPEDS) indicate that
roughly 4,379 institutions participating in the
Federal student assistance programs meet the
definition of ‘‘small entities.’’ The following
table provides the distribution of institutions
and students by revenue category and
institutional control.
Proprietary
Number of
students
Number of
schools
Federal Government
To Student Loan
Borrowers.
Tribal
Number of
students
Number of
schools
Number of
students
43
2,124
103
13,208
510
38,774
......................
......................
44
7,182
81
9,806
438
61,906
1
137
98
29,332
243
65,614
745
217,715
3
555
75
65,442
138
60,923
303
182,362
......................
......................
49
73,798
99
62,776
224
185,705
5
2,525
78
129,079
110
84,659
228
235,888
9
4,935
1,585
18,480,000
1,067
4,312,010
383
1,793,951
14
18,065
1,972
18,786,957
1,841
4,608,996
2,831
2,716,301
32
26,217
Approximately two-thirds of these
institutions are for-profit schools subject to
the disclosure and reporting requirements
related to programs leading to gainful
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Number of
schools
[In millions]
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
employment. Other affected small
institutions include small community
colleges and tribally controlled schools. For
these institutions, the new disclosure and
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
administrative requirements imposed under
the regulations could impose some new costs
as described below. The impact of the
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
66974
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
regulations on individuals is not subject to
the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
As discussed in the preamble to these
regulations, the program integrity regulations
were developed to update administrative
procedures for the Federal student aid
programs and to ensure that funds are
provided to students at eligible programs and
institutions. As detailed in the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 section of these final
regulations, many of these regulations modify
existing regulations and requirements. For
example, the regulations on FAFSA
verification would change the number of
items to be verified, but do not require the
creation of a new process. The table below
Provision & requirement
Reg. section
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Gainful Employment ................................................................................
Annual submission of private loan, CIP, program name, further
matriculation, and identifying data for entrants and completers
by program ....................................................................................
Disclose occupational information, graduation rates, on-time completion rates, program placement rates, and program costs ........
Eligible Program ......................................................................................
Determine if program is affected, evaluate amount of outside student work that should be included, and perform credit to clock
hour conversion.
Standards of Administrative Capability ....................................................
Develop a high school diploma validity process ..............................
Verify questionable diplomas ...........................................................
Student Withdrawal ..................................................................................
Establish withdrawal date and calculate percentage of payment
period or period of enrollment completed.
Satisfactory Academic Progress ..............................................................
Review regulations and implement changes to ensure compliance
Perform academic reviews at the end of each payment period ......
Develop academic plan for students who do not achieve satisfactory academic progress when reviewed at end of payment period ................................................................................................
Perform academic reviews at institutions that do so annually .........
Develop academic plan for students who do not achieve satisfactory academic progress when reviewed annually ........................
Institutional Information—Written Agreements ........................................
Disclose information about written agreements ...............................
Make contact information for filing complaints to accreditor and
State approval or licensing agency available to enrolled and
prospective students .....................................................................
Updating Information ...............................................................................
Update household size throughout award year ...............................
Update marital status throughout award year ..................................
Acceptable Documentation ......................................................................
Review verification responses for acceptable documentation.
Consequences of a change in FAFSA information .................................
Reduces tolerances and, if outside of tolerances, requires institutions to report all changes to applicants’ FAFSA information resulting from verification.
Recalculate applicant’s EFC if information changes from
verification.
Administration of Ability to Benefit Tests .................................................
Keep records of individuals who take ATB tests and details about
the administrator ...........................................................................
Keep documentation of individual’s disability and testing arrangements provided .............................................................................
Administration of Tests by Assessment Centers ....................................
Maintain the scored ATB tests and collect and submit copies of completed ATB tests or a listing to the test publisher or State weekly .....
Disbursing Funds .....................................................................................
Provide a way for Pell Grant recipients to obtain or purchase required books and supplies by the 7th day of a payment period
under certain conditions.
To assess overall burden imposed on
institutions meeting the definition of small
entities, the Department developed a
methodology using IPEDS data and the
percentage of institutions with revenues
below $7 million and all non-profit
institutions, allocating approximately 66
percent of the paperwork burden to small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
OMB control
No.
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Hours
Costs
668.6
1845–NEW1
295,186
7,482,964
668.6(a)
..........................
288,597
7,315,937
668.6(b)
668.8
..........................
1845–0022
6,589
8,800
167,027
194,836
668.16
668.16(p)
668.16(p)
668.22
1845–0022
..........................
..........................
1845–0022
10,543
9,583
959
203,866
233,412
212,176
21,237
4,513,593
668.34
668.34(a)
668.34(c)
1845–NEW2
..........................
..........................
349,976
8,214
100,382
7,748,471
181,860
2,222,451
668.34(c)
668.34(d)
..........................
..........................
87,835
81,891
1,944,655
1,813,061
668.34(d)
668.43
..........................
..........................
1845–NEW2
..........................
71,655
32,550
32,122
1,586,434
720,667
711,185
668.43(b)
668.55
..........................
..........................
668.57
..........................
1845–0041
..........................
..........................
1845–0041
428
126,130
124,744
1,386
293,515
9,482
2,792,518
2,761,831
30,687
6,498,427
668.59
1845–0041
587,030
12,996,853
668.151
1845–0049
20,702
458,351
668.151(g)(4)
..........................
18,484
402,242
668.151(g)(5)
668.152
..........................
1845–0049
2,218
2,506
49,110
55,487
..........................
668.164
..........................
1845–NEW3
14,415
26,074
319,145
577,277
institutions. Using this methodology, the
Department estimates the regulations will
increase total burden hours for these schools
by 2.58 million, or roughly 590 hours per
institution. Monetized using salary data from
the Bureau of Labor Statistics, this burden is
$58.1 million and $13,270, respectively. If
calculated using the distribution of students
PO 00000
summarizes the estimated total hours, costs,
and requirements applicable to small entities
from these provisions on an annual basis. In
the initial reporting period, there will be an
additional 235,866 hours and $5,979,203 in
gainful employment reporting for award
years back to 2006–07.
Sfmt 4700
from 2007–08, the share of the burden
allocated to small institutions would be
much lower at approximately 21 percent,
resulting in an estimated burden of 235 hours
and $5,410 per institution. Even the more
conservative estimate of $13,270 represents
one percent or less of the midpoint revenue
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
for all but the lowest revenue category, for
which it is four percent of midpoint revenue.
For institutions, an hourly rate of $22.14
was used to monetize the burden of these
provisions. This rate was a blended rate
based on wages of $16.79 for office and
administrative staff and $38.20 for managers,
assuming that office staff would perform 75
percent of the work affected by these
regulations. For the gainful employment
provision, an hourly rate of $25.35 was used
to reflect increased management time to
establish new data collection procedures
associated with that provision.
These rates are the same as those used for
all institutions in the Costs section of this
analysis, reflecting the fact that the primary
cost of meeting the paperwork burden is in
additional labor and that wages at small
institutions should not be systematically
higher than those at all institutions. In
response to comments that the regulations
would be costly, we reviewed the wage rates
for more recent information and the share of
work performed by office workers and
management and professional staff. This
review increased the general wage rate from
$18.63 to $22.14 and the wage rate for gainful
employment related matters from $20.71 to
$25.35.
The costs discussed above represent the
cost of the regulations in the first year of
implementation, beginning on July 1, 2011,
but several provisions will have a longer
period to take effect. Most importantly, the
regulations contained in subpart E of part
668, Verification and Updating of Student
Aid Application Information, are effective
July 1, 2012. These regulations account for
approximately 50 percent of the estimated
burden described above. We would expect 30
percent of the verification costs to be
incurred in 2011 as institutions update their
systems for the changes, but the main part of
those costs will occur in the second year.
These costs would occur after the other
provisions had been implemented and, while
we do not have a split between the
development and ongoing costs of each
provision, we would expect the costs to taper
off as the institutions become familiar with
the regulations and have the systems in place
to comply. Seventy percent of the estimated
costs for the Verification regulation would
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:10 Oct 28, 2010
Jkt 223001
not be realized in the first year, reducing the
overall projected costs for small institutions
during the first year by approximately onethird to approximately $8,000. Assuming a
10 percent reduction in the costs of other
provisions from reduced development costs
and prior experience, full implementation in
2012 would cost approximately $11,000. The
State authorization provision is also subject
to a delayed implementation, but that
implementation is not expected to have a
significant cost effect on small entities.
Additionally, the recurring costs of many of
the provisions are based on the number of
students enrolled. As shown above, schools
with small revenues have lower enrollments
than others classified as small entities and
would have to perform fewer verifications
and reviews on an ongoing basis. Since they
already have some systems and processes in
place to comply with the existing regulations,
once the development changes have been
made to implement the regulatory changes,
we would expect their ongoing costs to be
lower than the averages estimated above.
Where possible, the Department has
allowed institutions flexibility to establish
processes that fit the institution’s
administrative capabilities. For example, the
requirement to distribute funds to Pell Grant
recipients for books and supplies within
seven days of the start of the payment period
allows institutions to use book vouchers or
a credit to the student’s account. The
Department has also tried to allow more time
for all entities affected by these regulations
to establish procedures for new data
collections, such as the placement rate
information required in the data collection
related to gainful employment. While these
timing provisions are available to all
institutions, they should permit small
institutions sufficient time to make the
necessary adjustments. Approximately 60
percent of the paperwork burden associated
with these regulations is in OMB 1845–0041,
which relates to the updating of FAFSA
application information and reporting all
changes resulting from verification. These
updated requirements will help ensure
eligible students receive aid. As detailed in
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 section
of these final regulations, the increase in
burden associated with the FAFSA
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
66975
acceptable documentation provision is
largely driven by the increase in student
applicants since the burden for these
requirements was last calculated. Given the
increase in the number of students applying
for title IV, HEA aid, the number of
verifications is estimated to have increased
from 3.0 million in 2002–03 to 5.1 million in
2008–09. Without the regulatory changes
reflected in these regulations, which are
estimated to reduce the number of items to
be verified, the paperwork burden on small
institutions in OMB 1845–0041 would
increase by an additional 195,677 hours.
Based on these estimates, the Department
believes the new requirements do not impose
significant new costs on these institutions.
We considered whether there would be any
benefit to allowing small institutions
additional time to come into compliance
with the regulations and concluded that there
would be no benefit to taking such action.
First and foremost, we think the risk of
delaying implementation of these program
integrity regulations and the resulting
negative impact on students and taxpayers
would be far too high.
Second, we do not believe the comments
or the facts would support such action. In the
NPRM, the Secretary invited comments from
small institutions and other affected entities
as to whether they believed the proposed
changes would have a significant economic
impact on them and requested evidence to
support that belief. Several commenters
indicated that the provisions would be costly
and the Department reviewed the estimates
as described above. However, commenters
did not provide us with evidence to suggest
that small institutions or entities would need
additional time beyond July 1, 2011 to come
into compliance with the regulations.
Additionally, because we did not include
such a proposal in the NPRM, we do not
believe we could take this type of action
without seeking further public comment.
Finally, we note that, where possible, we
have built in additional time or flexibility for
all institutions based on the nature of the
provision and the data requested.
[FR Doc. 2010–26531 Filed 10–28–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4000–01–P
E:\FR\FM\29OCR2.SGM
29OCR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 209 (Friday, October 29, 2010)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 66832-66975]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-26531]
[[Page 66831]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Education
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, 603, et al.
Program Integrity Issues; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 209 / Friday, October 29, 2010 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 66832]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, 603, 668, 682, 685, 686, 690, and 691
[Docket ID ED-2010-OPE-0004]
RIN 1840-AD02
Program Integrity Issues
AGENCY: Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
ACTION: Final regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Secretary is improving integrity in the programs
authorized under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
amended (HEA), by amending the regulations for Institutional
Eligibility Under the HEA, the Secretary's Recognition of Accrediting
Agencies, the Secretary's Recognition Procedures for State Agencies,
the Student Assistance General Provisions, the Federal Family Education
Loan (FFEL) Program, the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program,
the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education
(TEACH) Grant Program in part 686, the Federal Pell Grant Program, and
the Academic Competitiveness Grant (AGC) and National Science and
Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant (National Smart Grant)
Programs.
DATES: These regulations are effective July 1, 2011 with the exception
of the revision of subpart E of part 668, Verification and Updating of
Student Aid Application Information. Revised subpart E of part 668 is
effective July 1, 2012. The incorporation by reference of certain
publications listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the
Federal Register as of July 1, 2011.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For information related to the
provisions on high school diplomas and verification of information on
the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), Jacquelyn Butler.
Telephone: (202) 502-7890 or via the Internet at:
Jacquelyn.Butler@ed.gov.
For information related to the return of title IV, HEA funds
calculation provisions for term-based modules or taking attendance,
Jessica Finkel or Wendy Macias. Telephone: (202) 502-7647 or via the
Internet at: Jessica.Finkel@ed.gov. Telephone: (202) 502-7526 or via
the Internet at: Wendy.Macias@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on retaking coursework,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202) 502-7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information on the provisions related to incentive
compensation, Marty Guthrie. Telephone: (202) 219-7031 or via the
Internet at: Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on satisfactory academic
progress, Marty Guthrie or Marianna Deeken. Telephone: (202) 219-7031
or via the Internet at: Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov. Telephone: (206) 615-2583
or via the Internet at: Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on ability to benefit,
Dan Klock. Telephone: (202) 377-4026 or via the Internet at
Dan.Klock@ed.gov.
For information related to gainful employment in a recognized
occupation, John Kolotos. Telephone: (202) 502-7762 or via the Internet
at: John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions for written agreements
between institutions, Carney McCullough. Telephone: (202) 502-7639 or
via the Internet at: Carney.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on misrepresentation,
Carney McCullough or Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202) 502-7639 or via
the Internet at: Carney.McCullough@ed.gov. Telephone: (202) 502-7523 or
via the Internet at: Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on timeliness and method
of disbursement, Harold McCullough. Telephone: (202) 377-4030 or via
the Internet at: Harold.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions related to the definition
of credit hour, Fred Sellers. Telephone: (202) 502-7502 or via the
Internet at: Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to provisions on State authorization, Fred
Sellers. Telephone: (202) 502-7502 or via the Internet at:
Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the
Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an
accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or computer
diskette) on request to one of the contact persons listed under FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On June 18, 2010, the Secretary published a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) for program integrity issues in
the Federal Register (75 FR 34806).
In the preamble to the NPRM, the Secretary discussed on pages 34808
through 34848 the major regulations proposed in that document to
strengthen and improve the administration of programs authorized under
the HEA. These proposed regulations included the following:
Requiring institutions to develop and follow procedures to
evaluate the validity of a student's high school diploma if the
institution or the Secretary has reason to believe that the diploma is
not valid or was not obtained from an entity that provides secondary
school education;
Expanding eligibility for title IV, HEA program assistance
to students who demonstrate they have the ability to benefit by
satisfactorily completing six credits of college work, or the
equivalent amounts of coursework, that are applicable toward a degree
or certificate offered by an institution;
Amending and adding definitions of terms related to
ability to benefit testing, including ``assessment center,''
``independent test administrator,'' ``individual with a disability,''
``test,'' ``test administrator,'' and ``test publisher'';
Consolidating into a single regulatory provision the
approval processes for ability to benefit tests developed by test
publishers and States;
Establishing requirements under which test publishers and
States must provide descriptions of processes for identifying and
handling test score abnormalities, ensuring the integrity of the
testing environment, and certifying and decertifying test
administrators;
Requiring test publishers and States to describe any
accommodations available for individuals with disabilities, as well as
the process a test administrator would use to identify and report to
the test publisher instances in which these accommodations were used;
Revising the test approval procedures and criteria for
ability to benefit tests, including procedures related to the approval
of tests for speakers of foreign languages and individuals with
disabilities;
Revising the definitions and provisions that describe the
activities that constitute substantial misrepresentation by an
institution of the nature of its educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its graduates;
Removing the ``safe harbor'' provisions related to
incentive compensation for any person or entity engaged in any student
recruitment or admission activity, including making decisions regarding
the award of title IV, HEA program assistance;
Clarifying what is required for an institution of higher
education, a
[[Page 66833]]
proprietary institution of higher education, and a postsecondary
vocational institution to be considered legally authorized by the
State;
Defining a credit hour and establishing procedures that
certain institutional accrediting agencies must have in place to
determine whether an institution's assignment of a credit hour is
acceptable;
Modifying provisions to clarify whether and when an
institution must award student financial assistance based on clock or
credit hours and the standards for credit-to-clock-hour conversions;
Modifying the provisions related to written arrangements
between two or more eligible institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same person or entity so that the percentage of the educational
program that may be provided by the institution that does not grant the
degree or certificate under the arrangement may not exceed 50 percent;
Prohibiting written arrangements between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution that has had its
certification to participate in title IV, HEA programs revoked or its
application for recertification denied;
Expanding provisions related to the information that an
institution with a written arrangement must disclose to a student
enrolled in a program affected by the arrangement, including, for
example, the portion of the educational program that the institution
that grants the degree or certificate is not providing;
Revising the definition of unsubsidized student financial
aid programs to include TEACH Grants, Federal PLUS Loans, and Direct
PLUS Loans;
Codifying current policy that an institution must complete
verification before the institution may exercise its professional
judgment authority;
Eliminating the 30 percent verification cap;
Retaining the ability of institutions to select additional
applicants for verification;
Replacing the five verification items for all selected
applicants with a targeted selection from items included in an annual
Federal Register notice published by the Secretary;
Allowing interim disbursements when changes to an
applicant's FAFSA information would not change the amount that the
student would receive under a title IV, HEA program;
Codifying the Department's IRS Data Retrieval System
Process, which allows an applicant to import income and other data from
the IRS into an online FAFSA;
Requiring the processing of changes and corrections to an
applicant's FAFSA information;
Modifying the provisions related to institutional
satisfactory academic progress policies and the impact these policies
have on a student's eligibility for title IV, HEA program assistance;
Expanding the definition of full-time student to allow,
for a term-based program, repeated coursework taken in the program to
count towards a full-time workload;
Clarifying when a student is considered to have withdrawn
from a payment period or period of enrollment for the purpose of
calculating a return of title IV, HEA program funds;
Clarifying the circumstances under which an institution is
required to take attendance for the purpose of calculating a return of
title IV, HEA program funds;
Modifying the provisions for disbursing title IV, HEA
program funds to ensure that certain students can obtain or purchase
books and supplies by the seventh day of a payment period;
Updating the definition of the term recognized occupation
to reflect current usage;
Establishing requirements for institutions to submit
information on students who attend or complete programs that prepare
students for gainful employment in recognized occupations; and
Establishing requirements for institutions to disclose on
their Web site and in promotional materials to prospective students,
the on-time completion rate, placement rate, median loan debt, program
cost, and other information for programs that prepare students for
gainful employment in recognized occupations.
Implementation Date of These Regulations
Section 482(c) of the HEA requires that regulations affecting
programs under title IV of the HEA be published in final form by
November 1 prior to the start of the award year (July 1) to which they
apply. However, that section also permits the Secretary to designate
any regulation as one that an entity subject to the regulation may
choose to implement earlier and to specify the conditions under which
the entity may implement the provisions early.
The Secretary has not designated any of the provisions in these
final regulations for early implementation. As indicated in the DATES
section, the regulations contained in subpart E of part 668,
Verification and Updating of Student Aid Application Information are
effective July 1, 2012.
While the Secretary has designated amended Sec. 600.9(a) and (b)
as being effective July 1, 2011, we recognize that a State may be
unable to provide appropriate State authorizations to its institutions
by that date. We are providing that the institutions unable to obtain
State authorization in that State may request a one-year extension of
the effective date of these final regulations to July 1, 2012, and if
necessary, an additional one-year extension of the effective date to
July 1, 2013. To receive an extension of the effective date of amended
Sec. 600.9(a) and (b) for institutions in a State, an institution must
obtain from the State an explanation of how a one-year extension will
permit the State to modify its procedures to comply with amended Sec.
600.9.
Analysis of Comments and Changes
The regulations in this document were developed through the use of
negotiated rulemaking. Section 492 of the HEA requires that, before
publishing any proposed regulations to implement programs under title
IV of the HEA, the Secretary must obtain public involvement in the
development of the proposed regulations. After obtaining advice and
recommendations, the Secretary must conduct a negotiated rulemaking
process to develop the proposed regulations. The negotiated rulemaking
committee did not reach consensus on the proposed regulations that were
published on June 18, 2010. The Secretary invited comments on the
proposed regulations by August 2, 2010. Approximately 1,180 parties
submitted comments, a number of which were substantially similar. An
analysis of the comments and of the changes in the regulations since
publication of the NPRM follows.
We group major issues according to subject, with appropriate
sections of the regulations referenced in parentheses. We discuss other
substantive issues under the sections of the regulations to which they
pertain. Generally, we do not address minor, nonsubstantive changes,
recommended changes that the law does not authorize the Secretary to
make, or comments pertaining to operational processes. We also do not
address comments pertaining to issues that were not within the scope of
the NPRM.
General Comments
Comment: We received a significant number of comments that
expressed support for the Secretary's proposed regulations. Many of the
commenters noted that the proposed regulations would protect taxpayer
investments in
[[Page 66834]]
higher education by helping to curtail fraud and abuse and would
protect the interests of a diverse population of students who are
seeking higher education for personal and professional growth. Some of
the commenters also stated that the Secretary's proposed regulations
would provide a level playing field that benefits the majority of
institutions of higher education that are committed to sound academic
and administrative practices.
Discussion: The Department appreciates the numerous comments we
received in support of the proposed regulations.
Changes: None.
Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the process by which the
Department developed the proposed regulations. The commenters believe
that the Department did not negotiate in good faith and did not follow
faithfully the Federal negotiated rulemaking process. These commenters
believed that the Department excluded important members of the
proprietary school sector from the process and failed to provide
adequate time for review of and comment on the proposed regulations.
Because of the complexity of the proposed regulations, these same
commenters also requested that the Department delay the effective date
for implementation of the final regulations. Several other commenters
believed that before negotiating proposed regulations with such a broad
scope, the Department should have conducted studies to assess the
impact the proposed regulations would have on affected institutions.
Lastly, one commenter expressed the view that the Department began
negotiations without presenting examples of abuse or data that
supported additional regulation and that many of the Department's
concerns about program integrity could have been better addressed by
enforcing current regulations.
Discussion: We disagree with the commenters who said that the
Department did not act in good faith in negotiating the proposed
regulations or that we did not follow the negotiated rulemaking
process. In conducting the negotiated rulemaking for these proposed
regulations, the Department followed the requirements in section 492 of
the HEA, which govern the negotiated rulemaking process and require the
Department to choose non-Federal negotiators from the groups involved
in the student financial assistance programs authorized by title IV of
the HEA. As addressed earlier in this preamble, all of these groups
were represented during the negotiations.
We believe that the 45-day public comment period was an adequate
period of time for interested parties to submit comments, especially in
light of the fact that prior to issuing the proposed regulations, the
Department conducted public hearings and three negotiated rulemaking
sessions, where stakeholders and members of the public had an
opportunity to weigh in on the development of much of the language
reflected in the proposed regulations. In addition, we believe that the
45-day public comment period is necessary in light of the HEA's master
calendar requirements. Under those requirements, the Department must
publish final regulations by November 1, 2010, in order for them to be
effective on July 1, 2011. The Department must adhere to the master
calendar set forth by Congress and does not have the statutory
authority to amend it.
We also do not agree that, except for certain provisions of the
regulations such as those that may involve systems changes that require
adequate lead time to make, implementation of the final regulations
should be delayed. For example, the proposed regulations on FAFSA
verification cannot be implemented by the July 1, 2011 effective date
because the changes would require system updates that will not be in
place by that date. We discuss the implementation delay of regulations
that involve these system changes elsewhere in this preamble. Absent
these system-related or similar issues, however, we believe a delay in
implementing the final regulations will undermine the Department's goal
of protecting taxpayers and students by ensuring the integrity of the
title IV, HEA programs.
Lastly, we disagree with the commenters who stated that the
Department should have conducted a study to assess the impact of the
proposed regulations on institutions of higher education before
negotiating the proposed changes and those commenters who stated that
the Department did not present examples of abuse or data to support the
proposed regulations. The Department's decision to improve program
integrity by strengthening the regulations was based on many factors,
including feedback we received from the public. Specifically, the
Department developed a list of proposed regulatory provisions based on
advice and recommendations submitted by individuals and organizations
as testimony in a series of three public hearings in June of 2009, as
well as written comments submitted directly to the Department.
Department staff also identified issues for discussion and negotiation.
The proposed regulations that were negotiated during negotiated
rulemaking and included in the proposed regulations were developed for
one or more of the following reasons:
To implement provisions of the HEA, as amended by the
Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 (HEOA).
To update current regulations that had not been updated in
some time so that they more accurately reflect the state of the law as
well as the Department's current practices and policies (e.g., aligning
the regulations with the Department's FAFSA simplification initiative).
To respond to problems identified by students and
financial aid advisors about the aggressive sales tactics used by some
institutions.
To respond to a report from the United States Government
Accountability Office published in August of 2009 that raised concerns
about proprietary institutions and recommended stronger Department
oversight to ensure that only eligible students receive Federal student
aid.
We believe that all of these factors provided ample support for the
Department to immediately propose stronger regulations to protect
students and prevent fraud and abuse in the title IV, HEA programs.
Changes: None.
Comment: Many commenters expressed concern about what they argued
would be a negative impact of the proposed regulations on institutions
of higher education, particularly proprietary institutions. These
commenters stated that the proposed regulations are too complex and too
broad in scope and that, as a result, they would disproportionately
impose burdens on the institutions that serve many of the students who
need the most financial assistance. Other commenters stated that, in
these trying economic times, institutions simply do not have the
resources to administer the disclosure, reporting, and implementation
requirements included in the proposed regulations. Some of these
commenters stated that they feared that the cost of compliance with
these regulations, which many argued were ambiguous or inconsistent,
would drive their small proprietary institutions out of business.
Several commenters stated that the proposed regulations target the
entire proprietary school sector of higher education, while the actions
of only a few proprietary institutions are cause for concern. These
commenters decried the Department's ``one-size-fits-all'' approach to
ensuring program integrity.
[[Page 66835]]
Lastly, one commenter requested that the Department indicate in each
section of the final regulations the types of institutions to which
that specific section applies.
Discussion: The Department is aware that some institutions may have
limited resources to implement some provisions of the final regulations
and is committed to assisting these institutions in every way possible
to ensure that all institutions can comply with program requirements.
Several of the changes are to discrete areas of existing regulations
rather than wholly new requirements. As such, institutions wishing to
continue to participate in the title IV, HEA programs have already
absorbed many of the administrative costs related to implementing these
final regulations. Any additional costs are primarily due to new
procedures that, while possibly significant in some cases, are a cost
of continued program participation.
The Department believes that the benefits of these regulations for
students, consumers, and taxpayers justify the burdens of institutional
compliance, as discussed, in the Regulatory Impact Analysis in Appendix
A. These regulations strengthen the Federal student aid programs by
protecting students from aggressive or misleading recruiting practices
and clarifying State oversight responsibilities, providing consumers
with better information about the effectiveness of career colleges and
training programs, and ensuring that only eligible students or programs
receive aid.
We do not believe it is necessary to specifically indicate in each
section which institutions are covered by a particular regulation
because all provisions of these regulations apply to all postsecondary
institutions, unless otherwise specified.
Changes: None.
Comment: A number of commenters stated that the proposed
regulations would harm students who are already disadvantaged,
underserved, and not adequately represented in postsecondary
institutions because they would limit their choice of educational
programs and their chances of getting a quality education. Other
commenters noted that the proposed regulations could become a barrier
to access for needy students, as well as adult students who work full-
time, because aid may be discontinued for programs that do not meet new
regulatory requirements. Finally, one commenter urged the Department to
ensure that the final regulations further the objectives of student
access and success, and promote quality educational programs.
Discussion: We are confident that the regulations strengthening
program integrity are in the best interest of students, consumers, and
taxpayers, and will improve the quality of the programs offered at
institutions by ensuring that all programs meet a threshold of quality.
We believe that students, particularly disadvantaged, high-need
students who are the most vulnerable, are not well served by enrollment
in programs that leave them with limited or low-paying job prospects
and with crushing debt that they are unable to repay. Students who
complete their educational programs should not expect results that
leave them in a worse situation than when they began their educational
programs. We believe the regulations will hold institutions accountable
and ensure that students can have confidence in the quality of the
educational programs in which they invest their time, energy, and
money. The Department has a fiscal responsibility to American taxpayers
to ensure the value of education provided by all institutions and
programs that are eligible for Federal student aid, regardless of
whether they are public, private nonprofit, or proprietary
institutions, and these regulations will aid the Department in
achieving the best possible return on taxpayers' investment.
Changes: None.
Gainful Employment in a Recognized Occupation (Sec. Sec. 600.2, 600.4,
600.5, 600.0, 668.6, and 668.8) Gainful Employment Reporting and
Disclosure Requirements (Sec. 668.6)
General
Comment: Many commenters believed that the proposed reporting and
disclosure requirements should apply to all programs, regardless of the
type of institution or credential awarded, or whether the programs are
otherwise subject to the gainful employment provisions. Alternatively,
other commenters maintained that since these requirements were targeted
to prevent known abuses in the for-profit sector, they should apply
only to those institutions.
A number of commenters supported the proposed requirements and Web-
based disclosure approach. Some of the commenters urged the Department
to require institutions to provide the information under Sec. 668.6(b)
in a clear, prominent, user-friendly, and easily understood manner. The
commenters also recommended that this information be given directly to
prospective students prior to enrolling or making a verbal or written
commitment to enroll. Other commenters made similar suggestions
including making the information available in a prominent, clear, and
conspicuous location in the first promotional materials conveyed to
prospective students. Another commenter believed that disclosures could
be helpful if they are offered early in the process and are clear and
conspicuous. However, the commenter opined that there is virtually no
evidence that disclosures impact consumer decision making in a
meaningful way. The commenter further stated that the fiction that
disclosures are sufficient to regulate markets is especially apparent
for low-literate consumers, citing an example where a client was
pressured to enroll in a medical assisting program at a for-profit
institution even though she dropped out of school in the 9th grade and
had a 6th grade reading level. The student did not complete the
program, never found work, and defaulted on her loans. The commenter
concluded that disclosures are not an adequate counterweight to school
overreaching and are useful only in conjunction with substantive
standards.
Discussion: As we noted in the NPRM for these regulations (75 FR
34808-34809), the reporting and disclosure requirements in Sec. 668.6
apply only to programs that prepare students for gainful employment, as
provided under sections 102(b) and (c) and 101(b)(1) of the HEA.
With regard to the comments on how an institution should disclose
on its Web site the information required in Sec. 668.6(b), and when it
would be most beneficial to students to receive this information, we
expect institutions to abide by the intent of the provisions--to enable
students to make an informed choice about a program--by making the
disclosures in a clear, timely, and meaningful manner. To this end, and
to help ensure that the disclosures are easily accessible, an
institution must prominently provide the required information on the
home page of its program Web site and provide a prominent and direct
link to this page on any other Web page about a program. The
information displayed must be in an open format that can be retrieved,
downloaded, indexed, and searched by commonly used Web search
applications. An open format is one that is platform-independent, is
machine-readable, and is made available to the public without
restrictions that would impede the reuse of that information.
In addition, we agree with the suggestion that an institution
should be required to make this information available in the
promotional materials
[[Page 66836]]
conveyed to prospective students. To promote the goal of facilitating
informed choice, the disclosure must be simple and meaningful.
The Department intends to develop in the future a disclosure form
and will be seeking public comment about the design of the form through
the information collection process under the Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 (PRA). While the form will be developed through that process, the
regulations require institutions to provide clear and prominent notice,
delivered to students at appropriate times and in promotional materials
prior to enrollment. Until a form is developed and approved under the
PRA process, institutions must comply with these disclosure
requirements independently. In addition, we agree with the comments
that disclosures alone are likely to be inadequate and have proposed to
establish program performance standards in our NPRM on Program
Integrity--Gainful Employment that was published in the Federal
Register on July 26, 2010 (75 FR 43616).
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been revised to provide that an
institution must prominently provide the information it is required to
disclose about a program in a simple and meaningful manner on the home
page of its program Web site, and provide prominent and direct links to
this page on any other Web page containing general, academic, or
admissions information about the program. The revised provision also
states that an institution must use the disclosure form developed by
the Secretary when it becomes available and the disclosure information
must be displayed on the institution's Web site in an open format that
can be retrieved, downloaded, indexed, and searched by commonly use Web
search applications. An open format is one that is platform-
independent, is machine-readable, and is made available to the public
without restrictions that would impede the reuse of that information.
Finally, Sec. 668.6(b) has been revised to provide that an
institution must make the information available in the promotional
materials conveyed to prospective students.
Placement Rates
Comment: Many commenters objected to using the placement rate
calculation in Sec. 668.8(g) arguing that it is overly burdensome and
administratively complex. The commenters opined that tracking a student
for 180 days after graduation for a period of 13 weeks was too long and
believed that it would be virtually impossible for the Department or
any other auditor to affirm the accuracy of the placement data because
the tracking period represents nothing more than a snap-shot of how
many students were employed for 13 weeks at the time the data was
collected. The commenters asserted that if the Department requires
placement information to be disclosed to students, the information that
an institution currently provides to its accrediting agency, which
routinely assesses that information, would be more accurate. In
addition, the commenters were concerned about potential conflicts with
the misrepresentation provisions in subpart F of part 668 on the
grounds that any placement rate disclosed to students would be obsolete
as soon as it was posted to an institution's Web site. Some of the same
commenters objected to the proposed alternative of relying on State-
sponsored workforce data systems arguing that there is no consistency
between the States that maintain employment outcome data, and that in
many cases the data collected fails to provide a full and accurate
depiction of the demand, growth, and earnings of key occupations.
A number of commenters opposed using the placement rate calculation
in Sec. 668.8(g) arguing that it is a highly restrictive measure
developed solely for extremely short programs offered by a few
institutions. The commenters noted that an institution is already
required under Sec. 668.41(d)(5) to disclose any placement rates it
calculates and that it would be confusing to students to disclose any
additional rates beyond those that it is required to calculate under
accrediting agency or State requirements. Some of these commenters
suggested that in cases where an institution is not required by its
accrediting agency to calculate placement rates, the institution should
calculate the rates using a methodology from a national accrediting
agency or the State in which the institution is authorized to operate.
Under either the agency or State methodology, the commenters requested
flexibility in determining the rates for degree programs because
employment opportunities for graduates of degree programs are much more
diverse than for graduates of occupationally specific training
programs.
One commenter stated that its institution's mission of educating
working adults is at odds with the concept of placement rates--many of
the institution's students are already employed and enroll to enhance
their careers through further education. In addition, the commenter
stated that it would be impractical to administer a job placement
regime for students taking online programs who reside throughout the
world. The commenter recommended that placement rates be calculated in
accordance with an institution's accrediting agency or State
requirements, but that the proposed disclosures should not apply where
there are no agency or State requirements. As an alternative, the
commenter suggested that regionally accredited institutions, which are
not required to track employment outcomes, conduct post graduation
surveys asking program graduates if they are working in their field. An
affirmative response would count as a ``placement'' even if the
graduate maintained the same employment he or she had while attending
the institution. Along the same lines, another commenter suggested that
the Department allow an institution that is not required by an outside
agency to calculate placement rates, to develop and implement a method
that best reflects the make-up of its student body, including surveys,
collecting employer documentation, or other methods.
One commenter objected to using the placement rate calculation
intended for short-term programs in Sec. 668.8(g) because all of its
programs were at or above the baccalaureate level. While the commenter
stated that requiring public disclosure of relevant outcomes puts
pressure on an institution to ensure that it is providing a good
education to its students, the commenter suggested that unless an
institution's accrediting agency or State requires it to disclose
placement rates, the institution should only disclose rates that it
calculates on an annual basis for internal purposes or any employment
or placement information it receives from surveying its students.
Another commenter made the same suggestions and asked the Department to
clarify that placement rates would only need to be updated annually.
Another commenter argued that the placement rate methodology in
Sec. 668.8(g) was never intended for gainful employment purposes and
made several recommendations including:
(1) Excluding from the total number of students who completed a
program during an award year, the students who are unable to seek
employment due to a medical condition, active military duty,
international status, continuing education, incarceration, or death. In
addition, an institution could exclude those graduates who certify they
are not seeking employment or those that it is unable to locate. The
commenter specified the documentation an
[[Page 66837]]
institution would have to obtain for each of these exclusions.
(2) Removing the requirement in Sec. 668.8(g)(1)(iii) that a
student must be employed, or have been employed, for 13 weeks and
allowing students to find employment within 6 months from the last
graduation date in the award year.
(3) Replacing the employer certification, income tax form, and
Social Security provisions in Sec. 668.8(g)(3) with other ways that an
institution would verify that a student obtained gainful employment.
Several commenters suggested using the methodology developed by a
national accrediting agency because the proposed method in Sec.
668.8(g) does not take into consideration circumstances that would
prevent graduates from seeking employment, such as health issues,
military deployment or continuing education, or practical issues
related to the employment of international or foreign students.
Several commenters stated it would be difficult, if not impossible,
for these institutions to obtain the data needed to calculate placement
rates. Some of these commenters supported the use of State-sponsored
workforce data systems, but cautioned that many community colleges
would not be able to obtain sufficiently detailed placement information
through data matches with these systems to satisfy the proposed
requirements. Other commenters noted that some States do not have
workforce data systems, so institutions in those States would have to
use the non preferred placement rate methodology under Sec. 668.8(g).
Many of the commenters believed the requirement to document employment
on a case-by-case basis under Sec. 668.8(g)(2) would be overly
burdensome and labor intensive. Others opined that the placement
provisions are counterproductive, claiming that a substantial number of
community colleges eschewed participating in programs under the
Workforce Investment Act because of placement rate requirements. On the
other hand, another commenter supported the placement rate provisions
and recommended that all institutions in a State participate in a
workforce data system, if the State has one. The commenter asked the
Department to clarify how the data obtained from a workforce data
system would be used to meet the placement rate requirements and the
timeline for reporting those rates. In addition, the commenter
suggested revising the placement rate provisions in Sec. 668.8(g) to
more closely align those provisions with practices used by State data
systems.
One commenter stated that in order to receive Federal funding under
the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act, a program must
receive State approval that entails a review of documentation requiring
that the program be high demand, high wage or in an emerging field. As
part of the State review, the institution provides documentation of
potential placement. The commenter recommended that the Department
waive the gainful employment provisions for all certificate programs
approved by the State under this review process.
A commenter supported disclosing placement rate data, but noted
that the institution would only be able to report on graduates who are
employed in the State or continued their education. The institution
would not be able to provide occupationally specific placement data, or
data about graduates who find employment outside the State, because the
State's labor data base only tracks (1) the type of business a graduate
is employed by, not the occupation of the graduate, and (2) graduates
who are employed in the State.
Several other commenters supported the proposed placement rate
disclosures, but believed that the provisions in Sec. 668.8(g) were
inadequate. The commenters made several suggestions, including:
(1) Expanding the category of students who complete a program
(currently in Sec. 668.8(g)(1)(i)) to include students who are
eligible for a degree or certificate. The commenters stated they are
aware of institutions that delay providing the degree or certificate to
students, which omits these students from the placement rate
calculation.
(2) Specifying that the time standards in Sec. 668.8(g)
(employment within 180 days of completing a program and employment for
13 weeks) also apply to rates calculated from State workforce data
systems.
(3) Specifying that employment must be paid. The commenters stated
they are aware of institutions that have counted students in unpaid
internships as being employed.
(4) To be counted in the placement rate, providing that a student
must find employment in one of the SOC codes identified for the program
unless the student finds a job that pays more than any of the
identified SOC codes. The commenters believed that some institutions
stretch the concept of a ``related'' comparable job as currently
provided in Sec. 668.8(g)(1)(ii). For example, an institution might
include any job at a hospital, including the lowest paying jobs, when
the student was trained for a skilled job such as an x-ray technician.
The higher earnings recommendation would condition a successful
placement but allow an institution to count a student employed in an
unrelated SOC.
(5) To address the situation where a student cannot qualify for
employment until he or she passes a licensing or certification
examination, providing that the 180-day period during which the student
would otherwise have to find employment should start after the results
of the examination are available.
(6) To be counted in the placement rate, specifying that a student
must work for at least 32 hours per week. The commenters stated that
they are aware of institutions that include as successful placements
any student that works at any time during a week, even if it is only
for a few hours per week.
(7) Specifying that institutions must use a State data system if it
is available to ensure accurate reporting.
(8) If the institution chooses to demonstrate placement rates by
salary, providing that documentation must include signed copies of tax
returns, W-4s or paystubs to document earnings.
(9) To more thoroughly substantiate placement rates, requiring the
auditor who performs the institution's compliance audit under Sec.
668.23 to directly contact former students and employers whose
statements were obtained by the institution.
Discussion: We are persuaded by the comments that using the
methodology in Sec. 668.8(g) may not be the most appropriate method
for determining the placement rate for the majority of the programs
that are subject to the gainful employment provisions. Moreover, in
view of the varied suggestions for how the rate should be calculated,
documented, and verified, in early 2011 we will begin the process for
developing the method to calculate placement rates for institutions
through the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). These
final regulations establish some reporting requirements using existing
placement data as explained below, with a transition in a later period
for institutions to disclose placement rates obtained from the NCES
methodology. NCES will develop a placement rate methodology and the
processes necessary for determining and documenting student employment
and reporting placement data to the Department using the Integrated
Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS).
NCES employs a collaborative process that affords the public
significant opportunities to participate in making, and commenting on,
potential changes to IPEDS. Potential changes are
[[Page 66838]]
examined by the IPEDS Technical Review Panel (TRP), which is a peer
review panel that includes individuals representing institutions,
education associations, data users, State governments, the Federal
government, and other groups. The TRP meets to discuss and review
IPEDS-related plans and looks at the feasibility and timing of the
collection of proposed new items, added institutional burden, and
possible implementation strategies. After each meeting, a meeting
report and suggestions summary is posted to the IPEDS Web site. The
postsecondary education community then has 30 days to submit comments
on the meeting report and summary. After those comments are considered,
the Department requests the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to
include the changes in the next IPEDS data collection. This request for
forms clearance is required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, as
amended. A description of the changes and the associated institutional
reporting burden is included in the request which is then published by
OMB as a notice in the Federal Register, initiating a 60-day public
comment period. After that, a second notice is published in the Federal
Register, initiating a 30-day public comment period. Issues raised by
commenters are resolved, and then OMB determines whether to grant forms
clearance. Only OMB cleared items are added to the IPEDS data
collection.
Although we agree with the commenters that the data maintained or
processes used by workforce data systems may vary State by State, and
that the data systems are not available to all institutions or in all
States, we continue to believe that these data systems afford
participating institutions an efficient and accurate way of obtaining
employment outcome information. However, because of State-to-State
variances and in response to comments about how employment outcome data
translate to a placement rate, NCES will develop the methods needed to
use State employment data to calculate placement rates under its
deliberative process for IPEDS.
Until the IPEDS-developed placement rate methodology is
implemented, an institution that is required by its accrediting agency
or State to calculate a placement rate, or that otherwise calculates a
placement rate, must disclose that rate under the current provisions in
Sec. 668.41(d)(5). However, under new Sec. 668.6(b), the institution
must disclose on its Web site and promotional materials the placement
rate for each program that is subject to the gainful employment
provisions if that information is available or can be determined from
institutional placement rate calculations. Consequently, to satisfy the
new disclosure requirements, an institution that calculates a placement
rate for one or more programs would disclose that rate under Sec.
668.6(b) by identifying the accrediting agency or State agency under
whose requirements the rate was calculated. Otherwise, if an
accrediting agency or State requires an institution to calculate a
placement rate only at the institutional level, the institution must
use the agency or State methodology to calculate the placement rate for
each of its programs from information it already collects and must
disclose the program-specific placement rates in accordance with Sec.
668.6(b).
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been revised to specify that an
institution must disclose for each program the placement rate
calculated under a methodology developed by its accrediting agency,
State, or the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). The
institution must disclose the accrediting agency or State-required
placement rate beginning on July 1, 2011 and must identify the
accrediting agency or State agency under whose requirements the rate
was calculated. The NCES-developed placement rate would have to be
disclosed when the rates become available.
On-Time Completion Rate
Comment: Many commenters asked the Department to clarify the
meaning of ``on-time'' completion rate. Other commenters assumed that
``on-time'' completion referred to the graduation rate currently
calculated under the Student Right to Know requirements in Sec.
668.45, or encouraged the Department to either (1) adopt the current
requirements in Sec. 668.45 for gainful employment purposes, or (2)
use a completion rate methodology from an accrediting agency or State,
to minimize confusion among students and burden on institutions. One of
the commenters suggested that if the Department intended ``on-time'' to
mean 100 percent of normal time for completion, then the proposed rate
should be calculated in the same manner as the completion rate in Sec.
668.45 for normal time and incorporate the exclusions for students
transferring out of programs and other exceptions identified in Sec.
668.45(c) and (d). Another commenter opined that absent significant
enforcement to ensure that all institutions consistently use the same
definition of ``on-time'' completion rate, students will be unfairly
led to believe that institutions who report conservatively have less
favorable outcomes than institutions who report aggressively. One
commenter cautioned that it may be misleading to focus heavily on
graduation and placement rates, particularly for institutions whose
students are employed while seeking a degree.
A number of commenters supported the ``on-time'' completion
requirement, and in general all of the proposed disclosures, stating
that providing outcome data would allow prospective students to make
more informed decisions. The commenters believed that better outcome
data will help to ensure that the taxpayer investment is well spent,
and that students are protected from programs that overcharge and
under-deliver.
A commenter stated that under State licensing requirements for
cosmetology schools a student must be present, typically for 1,500
hours, to qualify for graduation and to complete the program. Taking
attendance and ensuring that a student is present for these hours is
typically required. The commenter reasoned that for a student to
complete the program ``on-time'' the student could not miss a single
day or even be late for classes as opposed to a credit hour program
where a student does not have to attend classes 100 percent of the time
but will still be considered to satisfy the on-time requirement. To
mitigate the difference between clock and credit hour programs and
account for legitimate circumstances where a student would miss
classes, the commenter suggested that the standard for ``on-time''
incorporate the concept of a maximum timeframe under the satisfactory
academic progress provisions that allow a student to complete a program
at a specified rate.
Discussion: In proposing the on-time completion rate requirement,
the Department intended to include all students who started a program
to determine the portion of those students who completed the program no
later than its published length. This approach differed significantly
in two ways from the completion rate under the Student Right to Know
(SRK) provisions in Sec. 668.45. First, in calculating the completion
rate the SRK methodology includes in the cohort only full-time, first-
time undergraduate students, not all students. Second, the SRK rate is
based on 150 percent of normal time, not the actual length of the
program. However, in view of the comments suggesting that we use the
SRK methodology, or a modified version, we examined whether the cohort
of students under SRK could be expanded to include all students and
from that,
[[Page 66839]]
whether a completion rate could be calculated based on normal time, as
defined in Sec. 668.41(a). We concluded that doing this would be
difficult and too complex for institutions and the Department.
We believe prospective students should know the extent to which
former students completed a program on time, not only to ground their
expectations but to plan for the time they will likely be attending the
program--an important consideration for many students who cannot afford
to continue their education without earnings from employment.
Therefore, to minimize burden on institutions while providing
meaningful information to prospective students, an institution must
calculate an on-time completion rate for each program subject to the
gainful employment provisions by:
(1) Determining the number of students who completed the program
during the most recently completed award year.
(2) Determining the number of students in step (1) who completed
the program within normal time, regardless of whether the students
transferred into the program or changed programs at the institution.
For example, the normal time to complete an associate degree is two
years. The two-year timeframe would apply to all students who enroll in
the program. In other words, if a student transfers into the program,
regardless of the number of credits the institution accepts from the
student's attendance at the prior institution, the transfer credits
have no bearing on the two-year timeframe. This student would still
have two years to complete from the date he or she began attending the
two-year program. To be counted as completing on time, a student who
enrolls in the two-year program from another program at the institution
would have to complete the two-year program in normal time beginning
from the date the student started attending the prior program.
(3) Dividing the number of students who completed within normal
time in step (2) by the total number of completers in step (1) and
multiplying by 100.
With regard to the commenter who believed that a student could not
miss a single day of classes to complete a program on time, we note
that under Sec. 668.4(e) a student can be excused from attending
classes. Under this section, a student may be excused for an amount of
time that does not exceed the lesser of (1) any thresholds established
by the institution's accrediting agency or State agency, or (2) 10
percent of the clock hours in a payment period. Absent any State or
accrediting agency requirements, for a typical payment period of 450
clock hours a student could miss 45 hours. In the commenter's example
of a 1,500 clock hour program, the student could miss 150 hours and
still complete on time for this requirement. Also, under Sec.
668.41(a), normal time for a certificate program is the time published
in the institution's catalog and that time may include make-up days.
So, an institution could schedule make-up days, as part of normal time,
to enable students who missed classes to complete the number of hours
required for State licensing purposes.
Changes: Section 668.6(b) has been revised to specify how an
institution calculates an on-time completion rate for its programs.
Median Loan Debt
Comment: Many commenters objected strongly to the requirement in
proposed Sec. 668.6(a)(4) that an institution report annually to the
Department, for each student attending a program that leads to gainful
employment, the amount each student received from private education
loans and institutional financing plans.
With regard to private education loans taken out by students, the
commenters argued that because the loans are self-certified, in many
cases an institution is not aware of the loans and should only have to
report the amount of the private loans it knows about or the amount of
those loans that were paid directly to the institution. Commenters
representing students and consumer advocacy groups contended that most
institutions have preferred lender lists, help students arrange private
loans, recommend a lender, receive student payments from a lender, or
otherwise have information about the lender. Consequently, to clarify
that an institution cannot avoid reporting on private loans by feigned
ignorance, the commenters suggested that an institution report any
private loan it knows about or should reasonably know about. To clarify
the meaning of ``private education loan'' one commenter suggested that
the Department reference the definition in Sec. 601.2.
With regard to institutional financing plans, many commenters,
argued that an institution should only be required to report the amount
of any remaining institutional loans or debt obligations owed by a
student after he or she completes the program, not the amount of the
loan or credit extended to the student at the start of, or during, the
program.
Many commenters asked the Department to clarify whether median loan
debt would include only loan debt incurred by students who completed a
particular program or loan debt incurred from previously attended
programs or institutions. Some of the commenters argued that it would
be difficult to determine the relevant loan debt of students who enroll
in postbaccalaureate certificate programs and end up concurrently
pursuing an associated master's degree. The commenters argued that
extracting the portion of debt that applies to the certificate would be
difficult, but reporting based on the total debt accumulated during the
graduate-level enrollment period would overstate the amount borrowed if
the intent was to report on the certificate program. They also believed
that an institution would have to track loan debt pertaining to credits
accepted for a program that were not necessarily earned by students who
continue in a graduate program, including transfer credits accepted
from other institutions. In addition, the commenters believed that for
any undergraduate work that ``transfers up,'' the portion of the loan
debt from that period would have to be identified. In view of these
complexities and considering that two-year transfer programs are
excluded from the reporting requirements, the commenters requested a
similar exclusion for graduate certificate programs where the credits
apply directly to a graduate degree. Along the same lines, other
commenters requested that postbaccalaureate certificate programs or
courses such as a certification as a school principal, district
superintendent, or director of instruction be exempted from these
regulations.
A commenter requested an exemption for four-year degree-granting
institutions stating that such institutions only have a handful of
certificate programs that would be of no concern to the Department.
A few commenters believed that institutions should either (1) be
allowed to disclose separately the amount of loan debt students
accumulate for institutional charges and the amount incurred for living
expenses, or (2) not be required to disclose loan debt incurred for
living expenses because that debt is incurred at the student's
discretion and not be required to disclose loan debt incurred by a
student at prior, unrelated institutions.
Other commenters urged the Department to use the mean instead of
the median loan debt arguing that using median debt would unjustly
penalize students attending institutions with larger numbers of
borrowers by
[[Page 66840]]
providing a competitive advantage to institutions with smaller
populations of student loan borrowers.
Many commenters supported the proposed requirement for disclosing
the median debt of students who complete a program, but suggested that
institutions should also disclose the median debt of noncompleters. The
commenters stated that it was one thing for students to be told that 40
percent graduate with $20,000 in loan debt, but it's another for them
to understand that the majority of students who don't complete have
$15,000 in loan debt they would have to repay. The commenters believed
that separating the disclosures by completers and noncompleters would
enable better comparisons between programs, and would not create the
appearance of low median debt for programs with low completion rates.
In addition, to minimize burden the commenters suggested that
collecting the data needed to calculate the median loan debt could
appropriately be limited to programs in which a significant share of
students borrow. According to the commenters, this approach would
ensure that potential students and the Department know when a program
has high student borrowing rates and low completion rates.
Discussion: We agree with the commenters that the debt an
institution reports under Sec. 668.6(a)(4) for institutional financing
plans is the amount a student is obligated to repay upon completing the
program. Under this same section, an institution must also report the
amount of any private education loans it knows that students received.
The HEOA amended both the HEA and the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA)
to require significant new disclosures for borrowers of private
education loans. The HEOA also requires private education lenders to
obtain a private loan self-certification form from every borrower of
such a loan before the lender may disburse the private education loan.
Although the term ``private education lender'' is defined in the
TILA, the Federal Reserve Board considers an entity to be a private
education lender, including an institution of higher education, if it
meets the definition of ``creditor.'' The term ``creditor'' is defined
by the Federal Reserve Board in 12 CFR 226.2(a)(17) as a person who
regularly extends consumer credit that is subject to a finance charge
or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments (not
including a down payment), and to whom the obligation is initially
payable, either on the face of the note or contract, or by agreement
when there is no note or contract. A person regularly extends consumer
credit only if it extended credit more than 25 times (or more than 5
times for transactions secured by a dwelling) in the preceding calendar
year. If a person did not meet these numerical standards in the
preceding calendar year, the numerical standards must be applied to the
current calendar year.
The term private education loan is defined in 12 CFR 226.46(b)(5)
as an extension of credit that:
Is not made, insured, or guaranteed under title IV of the
HEA;
Is extended to a consumer expressly, in whole or in part,
for postsecondary educational expenses, regardless of whether the loan
is provided by the educational institution that the student attends;
Does not include open-end credit or any loan that is
secured by real property or a dwelling; and
Does not include an extension of credit in which the
covered educational institution is the creditor if (1) the term of the
extension of credit is 90 days or less (short-term emergency loans) or
(2) an interest rate will not be applied to the credit balance and the
term of the extension of credit is one year or less, even if the credit
is payable in more than four installments (institutional billing
plans).
Examples of private education loans include, but are not limited
to, loans made expressly for educational expenses by financial
institutions, credit unions, institutions of higher education or their
a